欲界善法句分别。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarakusalapadabhājanīyaṃ
1 接下来,为了依已安立的论母,将所摄诸法逐一分类显示,而开始解说“哪些法是善”这句的分别。其中,首先通过“于任何时,欲界善心生起”显示了欲界善,在它的解说中包含法决定品、摄品、空品三大品。其中,法决定品又分为说示与解说两种。其中,说示品包括提问、时解说、法说示、摄受四个部分。其中,“哪些法是善”称为提问;“于任何时,欲界……乃至……于彼时”称为时解说;“有触……乃至……有不散乱”称为法说示;“或者,于彼时还有其他任何依缘而生起的非色法,这些法是善”称为摄受。显示巴利原文
1. Idāni yathānikkhittāya mātikāya saṅgahite dhamme pabhedato dassetuṃ katame dhammā kusalāti idaṃ padabhājanīyaṃ āraddhaṃ. Tattha yadetaṃ yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacarakusalaṃ dassitaṃ, tassa tāva niddese dhammavavatthānavāro saṅgahavāro suññatavāroti tayo mahāvārā honti. Tesu dhammavavatthānavāro uddesaniddesavasena dvidhā ṭhito. Tesu uddesavārassa pucchā, samayaniddeso, dhammuddeso, appanāti cattāro paricchedā. Tesu ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ pucchā nāma. ‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ…pe… tasmiṃ samaye’ti ayaṃ samayaniddeso nāma. ‘Phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti ayaṃ dhammuddeso nāma. ‘Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samaye aññepi atthi paṭiccasamuppannā arūpino dhammā ime dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ appanā nāma.
如是,在由四个部分构成的说示品中,其第一个部分——提问部分里,“哪些法是善”属于欲说之问。问有五种:未见解明问、已见合证问、断疑问、认可问、欲说之问。它们的差别如下——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ catūhi paricchedehi ṭhitassa uddesavārassa yvāyaṃ paṭhamo pucchāparicchedo, tattha ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchā. Pañcavidhāhi pucchā – adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti. Tāsaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ –
什么是未见解明问?依本性而言,某种特征未被了知、未见、未衡量、未审察、未明了、未显明。为了了知它、见到它、衡量它、审察它、令它明了、令它显明而提问。这就是未见解明问。显示巴利原文
Katamā adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ aññātaṃ hoti, adiṭṭhaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ. Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya tulanāya tīraṇāya vibhūtatthāya vibhāvanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是已见合证问?对于法的本性特征,已了知、已见、已衡量、已审察、已明了、已显发,他为了与其余智者相互印证而提问。这即是已见合证问。显示巴利原文
Katamā diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā? Pakatiyā lakkhaṇaṃ ñātaṃ hoti, diṭṭhaṃ tulitaṃ tīritaṃ vibhūtaṃ vibhāvitaṃ, so aññehi paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是断疑问?于本性上,他陷入疑惑、陷入犹豫、心生两端:“是这样吗?不是这样吗?到底是什么?怎么会这样?”他为了断除疑惑而提问。这即是断疑问。显示巴利原文
Katamā vimaticchedanāpucchā? Pakatiyā saṃsayapakkhando hoti, vimatipakkhando dveḷhakajāto – ‘evaṃ nu kho, nanu kho, kiṃ nu kho, kathaṃ nu kho’ti. So vimaticchedanatthāya pañhaṃ pucchati. Ayaṃ vimaticchedanāpucchā (mahāni. 150; cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12).
什么是认可问?世尊为了征得比丘们的认可而提问:“诸比丘,你们认为如何?色是常还是无常?”“无常,尊者。”“那么,无常的是苦还是乐?”“苦,尊者。”“那么,这无常、苦、变易之法,适合这样观察它——‘这是我的,这是我,这是我的我’吗?”“不适合,尊者。”这即是认可问。显示巴利原文
Katamā anumatipucchā? Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā pañhaṃ pucchati – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’ti? ‘Aniccaṃ, bhante’. ‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’ti? ‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’ . ‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti? ‘Nohetaṃ, bhante’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.79; mahāva. 21). Ayaṃ anumatipucchā.
何为欲说之问?世尊出于为比丘们说法的意愿而发问,例如:“诸比丘,有四念处。哪四种?”这便是欲说之问。显示巴利原文
Katamā kathetukamyatāpucchā? Bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ kathetukamyatāya pañhaṃ pucchati. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro’’ti (dī. ni. 2.373)? Ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchāti.
其中,佛陀没有前三种问。何以故?因为对于佛陀而言,于过去、未来、现在三世中,任何有为法,或超越时间的无为法,绝无未见、未知、未明、未察、未量、未审、未了、未显者。因此他们没有未见解明问。再者,世尊以自智所证悟的,无需与任何沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天共证。因此他们没有已见合证问。又因他已无疑、度疑、于一切法断尽疑惑,故无断疑问。然而,世尊有其余两种问。此中,应知这便是欲说之问。显示巴利原文
Tattha buddhānaṃ purimā tisso pucchā natthi. Kasmā? Buddhānañhi tīsu addhāsu kiñci saṅkhataṃ, addhāvimuttaṃ vā asaṅkhataṃ, adiṭṭhaṃ anaññātaṃ ajotitaṃ atulitaṃ atīritaṃ avibhūtaṃ avibhāvitaṃ nāma natthi. Tena tesaṃ adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā natthi. Yaṃ pana bhagavatā attano ñāṇena paṭividdhaṃ, tassa aññena samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā saddhiṃ saṃsandanakiccaṃ natthi. Tenassa diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā natthi. Yasmā panesa akathaṃkathī tiṇṇavicikiccho sabbadhammesu vihatasaṃsayo, tenassa vimaticchedanāpucchā natthi. Itarā dve pana pucchā bhagavato atthi. Tāsu ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchāti veditabbā.
其中,以“哪些”一词询问应被解说的法。因为若只说“善法”这样的言辞,并不能得知“它们是哪些、在做什么”。而当说出“哪些”时,所问及的那些法便显现出来。因此说“以‘哪些’一词询问应被解说的法”。而以“善法”这两个词则显示了所问的法。它们的含义已如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘katame’tipadena niddisitabbadhamme pucchati. ‘Dhammā kusalā’ti hi vacanamattena ‘kiṃ katā kiṃ vā karontī’ti na sakkā ñātuṃ. ‘Katame’ti vutte pana tesaṃ puṭṭhabhāvo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘katametipadena niddisitabbadhamme pucchatī’ti. ‘Dhammā kusalā’tipadadvayena pucchāya puṭṭhadhamme dasseti. Tesaṃ attho heṭṭhā pakāsitova.
那么,为何此处不像在论母中那样说“善法”,而作“法善”这样的词序呢?这是为了显示诸法依分类而说,并表明所分类的对象。因为在这阿毗达摩中,所要解说的正是诸法,而这些法依善等分类而有种种差别。因此,此处应被解说的恰恰是“法”,而非通俗的说法。而且,它们须依多种分类来解说,并非仅仅作为“法”而被认知。因为依分类而说能带来破除密集的分别智。如是,既已显示诸法依分类而说,现在为了表明依此分类所应解说的法,当知作了“哪些法是善”这样的词序。因为只有表明了分类的对象,所显示的分类才恰当易解。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panettha mātikāyaṃ viya ‘kusalā dhammā’ti avatvā ‘dhammā kusalā’ti padānukkamo katoti? Pabhedato dhammānaṃ desanaṃ dīpetvā pabhedavantadassanatthaṃ. Imasmiñhi abhidhamme dhammāva desetabbā. Te ca kusalādīhi pabhedehi anekappabhedā. Tasmā dhammāyeva idha desetabbā . Nāyaṃ vohāradesanā. Te ca anekappabhedato desetabbā, na dhammamattato. Pabhedato hi desanā ghanavinibbhogapaṭisambhidāñāṇāvahā hotīti ‘kusalā dhammā’ti evaṃ pabhedato dhammānaṃ desanaṃ dīpetvā, idāni ye tena pabhedena desetabbā dhammā te dassetuṃ, ayaṃ ‘katame dhammā kusalā’ti padānukkamo katoti veditabbo. Pabhedavantesu hi dassitesu pabhedo dassiyamāno yujjati suviññeyyo ca hotīti.
现在,“于任何时,欲界善心”——在此:显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittanti. Ettha –
Samaye niddisi cittaṃ, cittena samayaṃ muni; Niyametvāna dīpetuṃ, dhamme tattha pabhedato.
世尊以“于某时,欲界善心生起”开示时,实则以“时”限定其心。何以故?先以此“时”所限定之心,于末尾处以“于彼时”一语限定其“时”后,虽“时”有种种差别,其义则为:在彼心所限定之时,触方生起,受方生起——如是,为使契入他们依相续、聚集、作用、所缘、密集而极难通达的触、受等诸法。显示巴利原文
‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ citta’nti hi niddisanto bhagavā samaye cittaṃ niddisi. Kiṃkāraṇā? Tena samayaniyamitena cittena pariyosāne ‘tasmiṃ samaye’ti evaṃ samayaṃ niyametvāna, atha vijjamānepi samayanānatte yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ tasmiṃyeva samaye phasso hoti, vedanā hotīti evaṃ tasmiṃ cittaniyamite samaye ete santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanavasena duranubodhappabhede phassavedanādayo dhamme bodhetunti attho.
今为“yasmiṃ samaye”等语作逐词注释。“yasmiṃ”表不定处所格。“samaye”示彼不定所指之明。至此,已以不定方式标示“时”。此处,“samaya”一词——显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘yasmiṃ samaye’tiādīsu ayamanupubbapadavaṇṇanā. Yasminti aniyamato bhummaniddeso. Samayeti aniyamaniddiṭṭhaparidīpanaṃ. Ettāvatā aniyamato samayo niddiṭṭho hoti. Tattha samayasaddo –
见于合会、刹那、时节,聚集、因及诸见中;
于获得、断除及通达中亦见。
显示巴利原文 Samavāye khaṇe kāle, samūhe hetu diṭṭhisu; Paṭilābhe pahāne ca, paṭivedhe ca dissati.
例如,“或许我们明日也可前往,待时机与因缘和合”(《长部》1.447)等处,即是“合会”义。“比丘们,唯有一刹那与一时机,适于梵行生活”(《增支部》8.29)等处,即是“刹那”义。“热时、酷热时”(《波逸提》358)等处,即是“时节”义。“于林中大集会”(《大集会经》)等处,即是“聚集”义。“跋陀利,你尚未通达此因缘——世尊住于舍卫城,世尊亦将知我:‘跋陀利比丘于大师教法中,于学处未圆满行持’。跋陀利,此亦是你未通达之因缘”(《中部》2.135)等处,即是“因”义。“那时,游方者优伽诃摩那·萨摩那蒙地迦子,住在宣扬时论的廷杜迦衣园中,居于末利迦园的一间独屋”(《中部》2.260)等处,即是“见”义。显示巴利原文
Tathā hissa ‘‘appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāma kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447) evamādīsu samavāyo attho. ‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.29) khaṇo. ‘‘Uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo’’tiādīsu (pāci. 358) kālo. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmi’’ntiādīsu samūho. ‘‘Samayopi kho te, bhaddāli, appaṭividdho ahosi – bhagavā kho sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, bhagavāpi maṃ jānissati ‘bhaddāli nāma bhikkhu satthusāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārī’ti. Ayampi kho te, bhaddāli, samayo appaṭividdho ahosī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena uggāhamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.260) diṭṭhi.
‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko; Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.129) –
等中,是“获得”义。在“他以正断慢而达苦之边际”(《中部》1.28)等中,是“断除”义。在“苦有逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义、通达义”(《无碍解道》2.8)等中,是“通达”义。如是,于众多语境中——显示巴利原文
Ādīsu paṭilābho. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.28) pahānaṃ. ‘‘Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 2.8) paṭivedho. Evamanekesu samayesu –
合会、刹那、时节,聚集与因;
智者于此应知此五种时。
显示巴利原文 Samavāyo khaṇo kālo, samūho hetuyeva ca; Ete pañcapi viññeyyā, samayā idha viññunā.
在“于某时,欲界善”这段关于善的论题中,对于那九种时,智者应了知此合会等五种时。显示巴利原文
‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusala’nti imasmiñhi kusalādhikāre tesu navasu samayesu ete samavāyādayo pañca samayā paṇḍitena veditabbā.
其中,诸缘的和合即是“合会”;而“刹那”则为
唯第九应知为一刹那,或四轮亦为一刹那。
显示巴利原文 Tesu paccayasāmaggī, samavāyo khaṇo pana; Ekova navamo ñeyyo, cakkāni caturopi vā.
那些以产生共同果报为用而安立的诸缘和合,于此应知为“合会”。而如“比丘们,唯有一刹那与一时机,适于修行梵行”(《增支部》8.29)所说,唯第九刹那应知为一刹那。或者,又如“比丘们,有此四轮,具足此四轮的天人,四轮得以运转”——即此处所说的“住于适宜之地、亲近善士、自正愿求、往昔所作福德”(《增支部》4.31)四轮,这些聚合一处,即以“机会”之义应知为“刹那”。因为这些正是善法生起的机会。显示巴利原文
Yā hi esā sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakattena saṇṭhitā paccayānaṃ sāmaggī, sā idha samavāyoti ñātabbā. ‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’ti (a. ni. 8.29) evaṃ vutto pana navamova khaṇo eko khaṇoti veditabbo. Yāni vā panetāni ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’ti – ettha ‘patirūpadesavāso, sappurisūpanissayo, attasammāpaṇidhi, pubbe ca katapuññatā’ti (a. ni. 4.31) cattāri cakkāni vuttāni, etāni vā ekajjhaṃ katvā okāsaṭṭhena khaṇoti veditabbāni. Tāni hi kusaluppattiyā okāsabhūtāni.
如是了知合会与刹那后,于其余者中——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ samavāyañca khaṇañca ñatvā itaresu –
依彼彼而施设,时节唯是假名;
触等诸法的堆聚,即被阐明为“聚集”。
显示巴利原文 Taṃ taṃ upādāya paññatto, kālo vohāramattako; Puñjo phassādidhammānaṃ, samūhoti vibhāvito.
如“心时、色时”等,是依于法而施设;如“过去、未来”等,是依于法之流转而施设;如“种子时、萌芽时”等,是依于法之次第而施设;如“生时、老时”等,是依于法之相状而施设;如“感受时、认知时”等,是依于法之作用而施设;如“沐浴时、饮用时”等,是依于有情之作用而施设;如“行时、住时”等,是依于威仪而施设;如“上午、傍晚、白天、夜晚”等,是依于日、月之运转而施设;如“半月、月”等,是依于昼夜等所累积的计量而施设。如是,依彼彼而施设者,名为“时节”。然而,此“时节”并非有其自性,故应知唯是名称施设。而此处,触、受等诸法之堆聚,被阐明为“聚集”。如是了知时节与聚集之后,其余者——显示巴利原文
‘Cittakālo rūpakālo’tiādinā hi nayena dhamme vā, ‘atīto anāgato’tiādinā nayena dhammavuttiṃ vā, ‘bījakālo aṅkurakālo’ti ādinā nayena dhammapaṭipāṭiṃ vā, ‘uppādakālo jarākālo’tiādinā nayena dhammalakkhaṇaṃ vā, ‘vediyanakālo sañjānanakālo’tiādinā nayena dhammakiccaṃ vā, ‘nhānakālo pānakālo’tiādinā nayena sattakiccaṃ vā, ‘gamanakālo ṭhānakālo’tiādinā nayena iriyāpathaṃ vā, ‘pubbaṇho sāyanho divā rattī’tiādinā nayena candimasūriyādiparivattanaṃ vā, ‘aḍḍhamāso māso’tiādinā nayena ahorattādisaṅkhātaṃ kālasañcayaṃ vāti – evaṃ taṃ taṃ upādāya paññatto kālo nāma. So panesa sabhāvato avijjamānattā paññattimattako evāti veditabbo. Yo panesa phassavedanādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ puñjo, so idha samūhoti vibhāvito. Evaṃ kālasamūhepi ñatvā itaro pana –
“因”即此处所说之缘,依其门而说;
应知依诸缘而有种种不同。
显示巴利原文 Hetūti paccayovettha, tassa dvāravasena vā; Anekabhāvo viññeyyo, paccayānaṃ vasena vā.
这里,所谓的“缘”就是“因”。应知,依于门或依于诸缘,它会呈现出多种形态。如何理解?在眼门等门中生起的眼识等,以眼、色、光、作意等为缘;在《大论》中,则以“因缘、所缘缘”等方式,宣说了二十四缘。其中,除了异熟缘与后生缘之外,其余皆可作为善法之缘。凡此种种,在这里都统称为“因”。因此,应知此“因”依门、依缘而有多样性。同样,应知“合会”等五种意义,都被“samaya”一词所涵盖。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi paccayova hetu nāma, tassa dvārānaṃ vā paccayānaṃ vā vasena anekabhāvo veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvārādīsu hi uppajjamānānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ cakkhurūpaālokamanasikārādayo paccayā, mahāpakaraṇe ca ‘‘hetupaccayo ārammaṇapaccayo’’tiādinā nayena catuvīsati paccayā vuttā. Tesu ṭhapetvā vipākapaccayañca pacchājātapaccayañca, sesā kusaladhammānaṃ paccayā hontiyeva. Te sabbepi idha hetūti adhippetā. Evamassa iminā dvāravasena vā paccayavasena vā anekabhāvo veditabbo . Evamete samavāyādayo pañca atthā idha samayasaddena pariggahitāti veditabbā.
“那么,为何不单独选取其中的任何一个,而必须总括全部呢?”答:“这是为了阐明种种不同的特殊意义。在这些意义中,称为‘集会’的‘时’,显示了由多种原因而生起。由此,单一原因的主张便被破除。而所谓‘集会’,在产生共同果报时是相互观待的。因此,也阐明了‘并非有一个唯一的作者’这一道理。因为,如果原因是依自性而独立存在的,那么观待其他原因就不合理了。”如此,通过阐明没有任何单一的原因,便否定了“苦乐自作”等说法。显示巴利原文
‘Kasmā pana etesu yaṃkiñci ekaṃ apariggahetvā sabbesaṃ pariggaho kato’ti? ‘Tena tena tassa tassa atthavisesassa dīpanato. Etesu hi samavāyasaṅkhāto samayo anekahetuto vuttiṃ dīpeti. Tena ekakāraṇavādo paṭisedhito hoti. Samavāyo ca nāma sādhāraṇaphalanipphādane aññamaññāpekkho hoti. Tasmā ‘eko kattā nāma natthī’ti imampi atthaṃ dīpeti. Sabhāvena hi kāraṇe sati kāraṇantarāpekkhā ayuttāti. Evaṃ ekassa kassaci kāraṇassa abhāvadīpanena ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’’ntiādi paṭisedhitaṃ hoti.
于此,可能有人会问:“既然宣说由多种因而生起,这似乎并不合理。为什么呢?因为如果诸因不和合,便不能成为因;即便它们和合,也不能成为因。就像一个盲人不能看见,即使百个盲人也不能看见一样。”回答:“并非不合理。因为‘和合’是指诸因共同成就一个果报时的状态,而不是多个事物的简单聚集。并非只是不和合者的聚合。盲人对于众多眼睛所看到的共同所缘并不了知,因为这一果报是依于主体差别而复合呈现的。而且,非和合者也能以和合的方式成为因缘,也就是由不和合的因缘去成就和合的因缘。由此可知,并没有独立独存的眼识、色等,各种差异的缘起相互对应,这正是世间事理的显现。这便是对前面所说‘集会’这一含义的提示。”显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā – ‘yaṃ vuttaṃ anekahetuto vuttiṃ dīpetī’ti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. ‘Kiṃkāraṇā’ ?‘Asāmaggiyaṃ ahetūnaṃ sāmaggiyampi ahetubhāvāpattito’. ‘Na hi ekasmiṃ andhe daṭṭhuṃ asakkonte andhasataṃ passatī’ti. ‘No na yuttaṃ; sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakattena hi ṭhitabhāvo sāmaggī; na anekesaṃ samodhānamattaṃ. Na ca andhānaṃ dassanaṃ nāma sādhāraṇaphalaṃ’. ‘Kasmā’?‘Andhasate satipi tassa abhāvato. Cakkhādīnaṃ pana taṃ sādhāraṇaphalaṃ, tesaṃ bhāve bhāvato. Asāmaggiyaṃ ahetūnampi ca sāmaggiyaṃ hetubhāvo siddho. Svāyaṃ asāmaggiyaṃ phalābhāvena, sāmaggiyañcassa bhāvena, veditabbo. Cakkhādīnañhi vekalle cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ abhāvo, avekalle ca bhāvo, paccakkhasiddho lokassā’ti. Ayaṃ tāva samavāyasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
至于那个避开八难而被称作第九时,以及以居适宜地等为始、名为四轮的处所意义上的时,若没有人趣、佛陀出世、正法住立等时节的聚合,便不可能存在。而人趣等,正如盲龟等譬喻所示,极为难遇。由此,时的极为难得,便格外凸显。显示巴利原文
Yo panesa aṭṭhahi akkhaṇehi parivajjito navamo khaṇo, patirūpadesavāsādiko ca catucakkasaṅkhāto okāsaṭṭhena khaṇo vutto, so manussattabuddhuppādasaddhammaṭṭhitiādikaṃ khaṇasāmaggiṃ vinā natthi. Manussattādīnañca kāṇakacchapopamādīhi (ma. ni. 3.252) dullabhabhāvo. Iti khaṇassa dullabhattā suṭṭhutaraṃ khaṇāyattaṃ lokuttaradhammānaṃ upakārabhūtaṃ kusalaṃ dullabhameva . Evametesu khaṇasaṅkhāto samayo kusaluppattiyā dullabhabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Evaṃ dīpentena anena adhigatakhaṇānaṃ khaṇāyattasseva tassa kusalassa ananuṭṭhānena moghakhaṇaṃ kurumānānaṃ pamādavihāro paṭisedhito hoti. Ayaṃ khaṇasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
然而,这个善心生起的刹那,其时极为短暂。此短暂性,如经中所说:“诸比丘,犹如彼人之速,犹如月日之速,犹如那些在月日前方奔走的天神之速,而寿命诸行却比这更迅疾地灭尽。”于此应知,这是依色身及命根所依时的短暂而说。只要色身存在,便有十六心起落。对于这极为短暂的时分,的确难以找出恰当的比喻,因此经中说:“诸比丘,这并不容易作喻,如同一个轻快转动的心。”如此,这以数量表示的时,揭示了善心生起的刹那极其短促。犹如电光闪现,照见光明随即熄灭;此心实难把握。因此,能够觉知此心生起者,应当怀有精勤与崇敬而安住——这便是教导。这就是以时数所表示的时之意义。显示巴利原文
Yo panetassa kusalacittassa pavattikālo nāma hoti, so atiparitto. Sā cassa atiparittatā ‘‘yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo, yathā ca candimasūriyānaṃ javo, yathā ca yā devatā candimasūriyānaṃ purato dhāvanti tāsaṃ devatānaṃ javo, tato sīghataraṃ āyusaṅkhārā khīyantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.228) – imassa suttassa aṭṭhakathāvasena veditabbā. Tatra hi so rūpajīvitindriyassa tāva parittako kālo vutto. Yāva paṭuppannaṃ rūpaṃ tiṭṭhati tāva soḷasa cittāni uppajjitvā bhijjanti. Iti tesaṃ kālaparittatāya upamāpi natthi. Tenevāha – ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, upamāpi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ citta’’nti (a. ni. 1.48). Evametesu kālasaṅkhāto samayo kusalacittappavattikālassa atiparittataṃ dīpeti. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena atiparittakālatāya, vijjulatobhāsena muttāvuṇanaṃ viya, duppaṭivijjhamidaṃ cittaṃ, tasmā etassa paṭivedhe mahāussāho ca ādaro ca kattabboti ovādo dinno hoti. Ayaṃ kālasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
而称为‘合集’的时,则说明众多事物同时生起。因为触等诸法的聚合即被称为‘集’。在此集中生起的心,与那些诸法一同生起,由此说明众多事物同时生起。以这样的方式说明时,便遮止了仅有一法单独生起的情形。这就是以合集所表示的时之含义。显示巴利原文
Samūhasaṅkhāto pana samayo anekesaṃ sahuppattiṃ dīpeti. Phassādīnañhi dhammānaṃ puñjo samūhoti vutto. Tasmiñca uppajjamānaṃ cittaṃ saha tehi dhammehi uppajjatīti anekesaṃ sahuppatti dīpitā. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena ekasseva dhammassa uppatti paṭisedhitā hoti. Ayaṃ samūhasaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
然而,由缘由所表示的时刻,是在阐明法的依他而生性。因为‘于某时’一词,其义为‘当某因缘存在时’而生起;因此,由‘因缘存在时’而存在,正阐明了依他而生。如此阐明时,便破斥了‘诸法依自性而转’的执见。这就是以缘由所表示的时刻所诠释之义。显示巴利原文
Hetusaṅkhāto pana samayo parāyattavuttitaṃ dīpeti. ‘Yasmiṃ samaye’ti hi padassa yasmā ‘yasmiṃ hetumhi sati’ uppannaṃ hotīti ayamattho, tasmā ‘hetumhi sati’ pavattito parāyattavuttitā dīpitā. Evaṃ dīpentena cānena dhammānaṃ savasavattitābhimāno paṭisedhito hoti. Ayaṃ hetusaṅkhātena samayena attho dīpito.
其中,‘于某时’一词,若依‘时间’所表示的时刻,其义为‘于某时间’;若依‘集合’所表示的时刻,则为‘于某集合’。若依‘刹那、和合、因缘’所表示的时刻,则指‘当某刹那存在时、当某种和合存在时、当某因缘存在时,欲界善心生起;就在彼存在时,触等也生起’,应如此了知此义。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘yasmiṃ samaye’ti kālasaṅkhātassa samayassa vasena ‘yasmiṃ kāle’ti attho; samūhasaṅkhātassa ‘yasmiṃ samūhe’ti. Khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātānaṃ ‘yasmiṃ khaṇe sati, yāya sāmaggiyā sati, yamhi hetumhi sati’ kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva sati ‘phassādayopī’ti ayamattho veditabbo. Adhikaraṇañhi kālasaṅkhāto samūhasaṅkhāto ca samayo. Tattha vuttadhammānanti adhikaraṇavasenettha bhummaṃ. Khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyatīti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇavasenettha bhummaṃ.
所谓‘欲界系’,即“哪些法是欲界系?下至无间地狱,上至他化自在天,以此为范围”等(《法集论》1287)所述方式所涵盖的欲界法。此处词义解释:总括而言,有两种欲——事欲与烦恼欲。其中,烦恼欲即欲贪;事欲则指三地轮回。在此,烦恼欲因能欲求而称为‘欲’;另一种则因被欲求而称为‘欲’。而此二种欲现起活动之处,即四恶趣、人间及六欲天,共十一种处所。欲在此处活动,故称‘欲界’,如同‘刀剑者活动之处’。譬如,某处有持刀剑者活动,即使也有其他两足、四足众生游走,但因以持刀剑者为特征,便只称为‘刀剑者活动之处’;同样,即使也有色界等众生存在于此,但因以欲界众生为特征,此界便只称为‘欲界’。而此界,如同‘色有’称为‘色’,省略后缀而只称‘欲’。如此,此心在这十一种处所构成的欲中活动,故为欲界心。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacaranti ‘‘katame dhammā kāmāvacarā? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ uparito paranimmitavasavattiṃ pariyantaṃ katvā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1287) nayena vuttesu kāmāvacaradhammesu pariyāpannaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – uddānato dve kāmā, vatthukāmo ca kilesakāmo ca. Tattha kilesakāmo atthato chandarāgova vatthukāmo tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ. Kilesakāmo cettha kāmetīti kāmo; itaro pana kāmiyatīti kāmo. Yasmiṃ pana padese duvidhopeso kāmo pavattivasena avacarati, so catunnaṃ apāyānaṃ, manussānaṃ, channañca devalokānaṃ vasena ekādasavidho padeso. Kāmo ettha avacaratīti kāmāvacaro, sasatthāvacaro viya. Yathā hi yasmiṃ padese sasatthā purisā avacaranti, so vijjamānesupi aññesu dvipadacatuppadesu avacarantesu, tesaṃ abhilakkhitattā ‘sasatthāvacaro’tveva vuccati, evaṃ vijjamānesupi aññesu rūpāvacarādīsu tattha avacarantesu, tesaṃ abhilakkhitattā ayaṃ padeso ‘kāmāvacaro’tveva vuccati. Svāyaṃ yathā rūpabhavo rūpaṃ, evaṃ uttarapadalopaṃ katvā ‘kāmo’tveva vuccati. Evamidaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ ekādasapadesasaṅkhāte kāme avacaratīti kāmāvacaraṃ.
虽然此心也活动于色界、无色界,但正如因在战斗中活动而得名为“战象”的象,即使在城中行走也仍称为“战象”;又如陆行、水行的动物,即使站在非陆非水之处也仍称为“陆行动物”、“水行动物”;同样,此心虽在其他处活动,也应知唯是欲界心。或者,以所缘的方式──欲在此处活动,故亦为欲界心。虽然此欲也活动于色界、无色界,但正如凡能鸣叫即称为“犊子”,凡卧于大地即称为“水牛”,并非一切鸣叫的众生或卧于大地的众生都得到此名,此处也应如此理解。再者,令结生发生于称为欲有的欲中,故亦为欲界心。显示巴利原文
Kiñcāpi hi etaṃ rūpārūpabhavesupi avacarati, yathā pana saṅgāme avacaraṇato saṅgāmāvacaroti laddhanāmako nāgo nagare carantopi ‘saṅgāmāvacaro’tveva vuccati, thalajalacarā ca pāṇā athale ajale ca ṭhitāpi ‘thalacarā jalacarā’tveva vuccanti, evamidaṃ aññattha avacarantampi kāmāvacaramevāti veditabbaṃ. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena vā ettha kāmo avacaratītipi kāmāvacaraṃ. Kāmañcesa rūpārūpāvacaresupi avacarati, yathā pana vadatīti ‘vaccho’, mahiyaṃ setīti ‘mahiṃso’ti vutte, na sattā yattakā vadanti, mahiyaṃ vā senti sabbesaṃ taṃ nāmaṃ hoti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Apica kāmabhavasaṅkhāte kāme paṭisandhiṃ avacāretītipi kāmāvacaraṃ.
善:以弃舍恶秽等义为善。又以无病义、无过失义、从善巧所生义为善。正如“尊师是否安康?”(《本生经》1.15.146; 2.20.129)中,以身体无病、无疾、无患的无病义说善;同样,于无色法中,也应以无烦恼病、无烦恼疾、无烦恼患的无病义而了知善。又以无烦恼过失、无烦恼过恶、无烦恼热恼的无过失义为善。善巧称为智慧;因从善巧所生,故以从善巧所生义为善。显示巴利原文
Kusalanti kucchitānaṃ salanādīhi atthehi kusalaṃ. Apica ārogyaṭṭhena anavajjaṭṭhena kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena ca kusalaṃ. Yatheva hi ‘kacci nu bhoto kusala’nti (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) rūpakāye anāturatāya agelaññena nibyādhitāya ārogyaṭṭhena kusalaṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ arūpadhammepi kilesāturatāya kilesagelaññassa ca kilesabyādhino abhāvena ārogyaṭṭhena kusalaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kilesavajjassa pana kilesadosassa kilesadarathassa ca abhāvā anavajjaṭṭhena kusalaṃ. Kosallaṃ vuccati paññā; kosallato sambhūtattā kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena kusalaṃ.
与智相应者暂且如此;与智不相应者如何?彼也依惯用语而称为善。正如不用扇叶而用席等所作之物,因相似而依惯用语仍称为“扇”;同样,与智不相应者也应知为善。但依究竟而言,与智相应者以无病义、无过失义、从善巧所生义三种义而得善名;与智不相应者唯以二种义得名。如此,依《本生经》方式、《巴希提迦经》方式、依阿毗达摩方式所说的一切善,此心中皆以此三义而得。显示巴利原文
‘Ñāṇasampayuttaṃ’ tāva evaṃ hotu; ñāṇavippayuttaṃ kathanti. Tampi ruḷhīsaddena kusalameva. Yathā hi tālapaṇṇehi akatvā kilañjādīhi katampi taṃsarikkhattā ruḷhīsaddena tālavaṇṭantveva vuccati, evaṃ ‘ñāṇavippayutta’mpi kusalantveva veditabbaṃ. Nippariyāyena pana ‘ñāṇasampayuttaṃ’ ārogyaṭṭhena anavajjaṭṭhena kosallasambhūtaṭṭhenāti tividhenapi kusalanti nāmaṃ labhati, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ duvidheneva. Iti yañca jātakapariyāyena yañca bāhitikasuttapariyāyena yañca abhidhammapariyāyena kusalaṃ kathitaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ tīhipi atthehi imasmiṃ citte labbhati.
若从相、味、现起、足处等角度而言,此善以无过失、乐异熟为相,以摧毁不善为味,以清净为现起,以如理作意为足处。或因其与有过失相反,善即以无过失为相,以自性清净为味,以可爱异熟为现起,以如前所说为足处。在解说相、味等时,各各诸法的自性或共性名为相;作用或成就名为味;显现的方式或结果名为现起;近因名为足处。如此,在任何处解说相、味、现起、足处时,皆应以此方式了知其差别。显示巴利原文
Tadetaṃ lakkhaṇādivasena anavajjasukhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ, akusalaviddhaṃsanarasaṃ, vodānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Avajjapaṭipakkhattā vā anavajjalakkhaṇameva kusalaṃ, vodānabhāvarasaṃ, iṭṭhavipākapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yathāvuttapadaṭṭhānameva. Lakkhaṇādīsu hi tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvo vā sāmaññaṃ vā lakkhaṇaṃ nāma. Kiccaṃ vā sampatti vā raso nāma. Upaṭṭhānākāro vā phalaṃ vā paccupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Āsannakāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Iti yattha yattha lakkhaṇādīni vakkhāma tattha tattha imināva nayena tesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
心:思维所缘,故称为心;即了知之义。又因“心”是遍通一切心的通称,所以这里所说的世间善、不善、唯作心,是以速行路的方式积累自相续,故称为心。异熟心是由业与烦恼积集而成,故称为心。再者,一切心都依各自相应而具有多彩性,故称为心;因能造作种种多彩性,故称为心——这里应如此了知其义。其中,有贪心、有嗔心、有痴心各各不同;欲界心、色界心等各各不同;以色为所缘的心、以声等为所缘的心各各不同;在色所缘心中,缘青色的心、缘黄色等的心又各各不同;于声等所缘心亦是同理。在这一切心中,又有劣心、中心、胜心的差别;于劣等心中,还有欲增上心、精进增上心、心增上心、观增上心的差别。因此,应知此心依这些相应、界、所缘、劣中胜、增上的不同而具有多彩性。虽然这里并非仅有一种心如此,但一切心都摄括于此,故其中任何一种,皆可以多彩性而称为心。这样,先以多彩性来解释心。显示巴利原文
Cittanti ārammaṇaṃ cintetīti cittaṃ; vijānātīti attho. Yasmā vā ‘citta’nti sabbacittasādhāraṇo esa saddo, tasmā yadettha lokiyakusalākusalakiriyacittaṃ, taṃ javanavīthivasena attano santānaṃ cinotīti cittaṃ. Vipākaṃ kammakilesehi citanti cittaṃ. Apica sabbampi yathānurūpato cittatāya cittaṃ. Cittakaraṇatāya cittanti evampettha attho veditabbo. Tattha yasmā aññadeva sarāgaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ sadosaṃ , aññaṃ samohaṃ; aññaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ, aññaṃ rūpāvacarādibhedaṃ; aññaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ saddādiārammaṇaṃ; rūpārammaṇesu cāpi aññaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ pītādiārammaṇaṃ; saddādiārammaṇesupi eseva nayo; sabbesupi cetesu aññaṃ hīnaṃ aññaṃ majjhimaṃ aññaṃ paṇītaṃ; hīnādīsupi aññaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīriyādhipateyyaṃ aññaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīmaṃsādhipateyyaṃ, tasmā assa imesaṃ sampayuttabhūmiārammaṇahīnamajjhimapaṇītādhipatīnaṃ vasena cittatā veditabbā. Kāmañcettha ekameva evaṃ cittaṃ na hoti, cittānaṃ pana antogadhattā etesu yaṃkiñci ekampi cittatāya cittanti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ tāva cittatāya cittaṃ.
如何是‘心的造作性’呢?因为在世间,除了心的造作之外,并没有别的什么可称为‘心’。而在此造作中,那所谓的‘行作’本身,就是极其殊胜的心。那些从事造作的画师们生起这样的心想:‘这里应作如此这般的图像。’依此心想,便生起执笔、勾线、涂色、提亮、描线等使图像成就的心之造作;由此,在称为‘行作’的心上,成就某一奇妙的图像。此后,又思惟:‘此图像之上应有此,之下应有此,两侧应有此’,依所思惟的次第,成就其余的心之图像。如是,世间一切奇妙的技艺品类,无一不是唯由心所造作。如此,由于这种造作的奇妙性,成就种种心的心本身,也同样可称为心。又因所思惟的一切并不能毫无残余地成就,故心比那所造之物更为殊胜。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ cittakaraṇatāyāti? Lokasmiñhi cittakammato uttari aññaṃ cittaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmimpi caraṇaṃ nāma cittaṃ aticittameva hoti. Taṃ karontānaṃ cittakārānaṃ ‘evaṃvidhāni ettha rūpāni kātabbānī’ti cittasaññā uppajjati. Tāya cittasaññāya lekhāgahanarañjanaujjotanavattanādinipphādikā cittakiriyā uppajjanti, tato caraṇasaṅkhāte citte aññataraṃ vicittarūpaṃ nipphajjati. Tato ‘imassa rūpassa upari idaṃ hotu, heṭṭhā idaṃ, ubhayapasse ida’nti cintetvā yathācintitena kamena sesacittarūpanipphādanaṃ hoti, evaṃ yaṃkiñci loke vicittaṃ sippajātaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ citteneva kariyati, evaṃ imāya karaṇavicittatāya tassa tassa cittassa nipphādakaṃ cittampi tatheva cittaṃ hoti. Yathācintitassa vā anavasesassa anipphajjanato tatopi cittameva cittataraṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
世尊说:‘比丘们,你们曾见过那名为“行作”的心吗?’‘是的,尊者。’‘比丘们,那名为“行作”的心,也是由心所思维出来的。然而,比丘们,比起那“行作”的心,心本身还要更殊胜。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti? ‘Evaṃ, bhante’. Tampi kho, bhikkhave, caraṇaṃ nāma cittaṃ citteneva cintitaṃ. Tenapi kho, bhikkhave, caraṇena cittena cittaṃyeva cittatara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.100).
同样,存在于天、人、地狱、畜生等诸趣中,依业、性别、想、言说等而有差别的内在心,亦唯由心所造作。以身业等种种差别所转起的布施、持戒、害他、谄曲等善不善业,是由心而生起的种种业。正因为有种种业,在诸趣中,才出现了手、足、耳、腹、颈、面等形态不同的种种性别。有了种种性别,依所执取的形态而生起‘这是女人,这是男人’的想,便有了种种想。有了种种想,人们随顺于想而被称为‘女人’或‘男人’,便有了种种言说。再由种种言说,人们造作‘我将成为女人,我将成为男人,我将成为刹帝利,我将成为婆罗门’等能引发彼彼有身的业,故由种种言说而有了种种业。而这种种业,在产生如其心愿的生存时,由于是依趣而生的,故从种种业而有种种趣。也正因为有种种业,那些有情在彼彼趣中,显现为无足、二足等;在彼彼生中,显现为高、低等;在彼彼有身中,显现为金色、恶色等;在世法中,显现为得、不得等。因此,应知这一切存在于天、人、地狱、畜生等诸趣中,依业、性别、想、言说等而有差别的内在心,皆是由心所造作的。显示巴利原文
Tathā yadetaṃ devamanussanirayatiracchānabhedāsu gatīsu kammaliṅgasaññāvohārādibhedaṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ tampi cittakatameva. Kāyakammādibhedañhi dānasīlavihiṃsāsāṭheyyādinayappavattaṃ kusalākusalakammaṃ cittanipphāditaṃ kammanānattaṃ. Kammanānatteneva ca tāsu tāsu gatīsu hatthapādakaṇṇaudaragīvāmukhādisaṇṭhānabhinnaṃ liṅganānattaṃ. Liṅganānattato yathāgahitasaṇṭhānavasena ‘ayaṃ itthī ayaṃ puriso’ti uppajjamānāya saññāya saññānānattaṃ. Saññānānattato saññānurūpena ‘itthī’ti vā ‘puriso’ti vā voharantānaṃ vohāranānattaṃ. Vohāranānattavasena pana yasmā ‘itthī bhavissāmi puriso bhavissāmi, khattiyo bhavissāmi brāhmaṇo bhavissāmī’ti evaṃ tassa tassa attabhāvassa janakaṃ kammaṃ karīyati, tasmā vohāranānattato kammanānattaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ kammanānattaṃ yathāpatthitaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattentaṃ yasmā gativasena nibbatteti tasmā kammanānattato gatinānattaṃ. Kammanānatteneva ca tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tassā tassā gatiyā apādakadvipādakāditā, tassā tassā upapattiyā uccanīcāditā, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attabhāve suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāditā, lokadhammesu lābhālābhāditā ca paññāyati. Tasmā sabbametaṃ devamanussanirayatiracchānabhedāsu gatīsu kammaliṅgasaññāvohārādibhedaṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ citteneva katanti veditabbaṃ. Svāyamattho imassa saṅgītianāruḷhassa suttassa vasena veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
依业之种种、差别、分类、安立,而有性别之种种、差别、分类、安立;依性别之种种、差别、分类、安立,而有想之种种、差别、分类、安立;依想之种种、差别、分类、安立,而有言说之种种、差别、分类、安立;依言说之种种、差别、分类、安立,而有业之种种、差别、分类、安立。缘于业之差别,有情在趣上显现差别——无足、二足、四足、多足,有色、无色,有想、无想、非想非非想。缘于业之差别,有情在生上显现差别——高、低,劣、胜,善趣、恶趣。缘于业之差别,有情在有身上显现差别——金色、恶色,善生、恶生,善相、恶相。缘于业之差别,有情在世法上显现差别——得、不得,称、讥,毁、誉,乐、苦。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kammanānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena liṅganānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, liṅganānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena saññānānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, saññānānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena vohāranānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati, vohāranānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānavasena kammanānattaputhuttappabhedavavatthānaṃ bhavati. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ gatiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – apadā dvipadā catuppadā bahuppadā, rūpino arūpino, saññino asaññino nevasaññīnāsaññino. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ upapattiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – uccanīcatā hīnapaṇītatā sugataduggatatā. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ attabhāve nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇatā sujātadujjātatā susaṇṭhitadussaṇṭhitatā. Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ lokadhamme nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati – lābhālābhe yasāyase nindāpasaṃsāyaṃ sukhadukkhe’’ti.
又如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Aparampi vuttaṃ –
从业与性别,性别想生起;
依想而有差别,谓此为女或男。
世间依业而转,众生依业而转;有情为业所缚,犹车辖之运转。
此偈出自《中部》第二卷460节与《经集》659节。
显示巴利原文 Kammato liṅgato ceva, liṅgasaññā pavattare; Saññāto bhedaṃ gacchanti, itthāyaṃ purisoti vā. ‘‘Kammunā vattate loko, kammunā vattate pajā; Kammanibandhanā sattā, rathassāṇīva yāyato’’. (ma. ni. 2.460; su. ni. 659); Kammena kittiṃ labhate pasaṃsaṃ,
所谓业,即是损失、杀害与束缚之因;显示巴利原文
Kammena jāniñca vadhañca bandhaṃ;
既已了知诸业有此差别,
何故于世间却说‘业不存在’?
显示巴利原文 Taṃ kammanānākaraṇaṃ viditvā, Kasmā vade natthi kammanti loke. (kathā. 785);
青年,有情以业为所有,以业为遗产,以业为生因,以业为亲属,以业为皈依;业分别有情,而有胜劣之别。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kammassakā māṇava sattā kammadāyādā kammayonī kammabandhū kammapaṭisaraṇā; kammaṃ satte vibhajati yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.289).
如是,依此能造作之心性,亦应了知心之为心。因为所有这些种种,都是由心所造作的。然而,对于未得机会的心,或缺少其余缘的心,由于没有某一类心的造作,所谓“由心所造作的内在心”,与此相比,心本身更为殊胜。因此世尊说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imāya karaṇacittatāyapi cittassa cittatā veditabbā. Sabbānipi hi etāni vicitrāni citteneva katāni. Aladdhokāsassa pana cittassa yaṃ vā pana avasesapaccayavikalaṃ tassa ekaccacittakaraṇābhāvato yadetaṃ cittena kataṃ ajjhattikaṃ cittaṃ vuttaṃ, tatopi cittameva cittataraṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
比丘们,我不见其他任何一类有情,如同畜生道有情这般——心更殊胜。比丘们,即使与那些畜生道有情相比,心本身仍然更为殊胜。显示巴利原文
‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā… tehipi kho, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatehi pāṇehi cittaṃyeva cittatara’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.100).
「已生起」于此处分有多种差别:依现在已生、已去、已作、得地等而建立。其中,凡是具足生、老、坏灭的,称为现在已生。领受了所缘之味而后灭去的善与不善,称为已受用已去;尚未达到生、住、灭三相便已灭去的,称为已存在已去;其余的有为法,则称为已存在已去之已生。又如‘凡他先前所作之业’等所说,业虽属于过去,但因排开了其他果报,为自己果报制造了机会而住立,故称已作机会已生;同样,果报虽未生起,但在如此制造的机会中必将生起,故也称已作机会已生。于各各地中未被断除的不善,则称为得地已生。于此,应知地与得地的差别——地,即作为观照所缘的三界五蕴;得地,是指于他们蕴中有生起可能的烦恼种类。由此,此烦恼获得了地,故说得地。在这四种已生之中,此处是指‘现在已生’。显示巴利原文
Uppannaṃ hotīti ettha vattamānabhūtāpagatokāsakatabhūmiladdhavasena uppannaṃ nāma anekappabhedaṃ. Tattha sabbampi uppādajarābhaṅgasamaṅgīsaṅkhātaṃ vattamānuppannaṃ nāma. Ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitvā niruddhaṃ, anubhūtāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ kusalākusalaṃ , uppādādittayaṃ anuppatvā niruddhaṃ, bhūtāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ, sesasaṅkhatañca bhūtāpagatuppannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Yānissa tāni pubbe katāni kammānī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.248) evamādinā nayena vuttaṃ kammaṃ atītampi samānaṃ, aññaṃ vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassokāsaṃ katvā ṭhitattā, tathā katokāsañca vipākaṃ anuppannampi samānaṃ evaṃ kate okāse ekantena uppajjanato okāsakatuppannaṃ nāma. Tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu asamūhataṃ akusalaṃ bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāma. Ettha ca bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Bhūmīti vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā tebhūmakā pañcakkhandhā. Bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma tesu khandhesu uppattārahaṃ kilesajātaṃ. Tena hesā bhūmi laddhā nāma hoti, tasmā bhūmiladdhanti vuccati. Evametesu catūsu uppannesu idha ‘vattamānuppannaṃ’ adhippetaṃ.
此处释义如下:从过去向上、面向生等,故称‘已生’。而此‘已生’一词,可见于过去、获得、生起、未镇伏、未断除、经历三刹那等多种含义中。例如:‘诸比丘,其时拘留孙世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者出现于世’,此处指过去。‘尊者阿难有多余之衣已生’,此处指获得。‘诸比丘,譬如已生之大云,大风于中途令其消散’,此处指生起。‘已生之欲行心,难可驱除’;‘于已生、已生之恶不善法,如理令其中途消散’,此处指未镇伏。‘修习、多修习圣八支道者,于已生、已生之恶不善法,如理令其中途消散’,此处指未断除。‘正在生起者为已生耶?然也’,此处指经历三刹那。于此亦应视为经历三刹那。因此,‘已生’即是经历三刹那者,是现在者,是当前者。此为略义。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – pubbantato uddhaṃ uppādādiabhimukhaṃ pannanti uppannaṃ. ‘Uppanna’-saddo panesa atīte paṭiladdhe samuṭṭhite avikkhambhite asamucchinne khaṇattayagateti anekesu atthesu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.143) ettha atīte āgato. ‘‘Āyasmato ānandassa atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti (pārā. 461) ettha paṭiladdhe. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ mahāmeghaṃ tamenaṃ mahāvāto antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.157) ettha samuṭṭhite. ‘‘Uppannaṃ gamiyacittaṃ duppaṭivinodanīyaṃ (a. ni. 5.160; pari. 325); uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpetī’’ti (pārā. 165) ettha avikkhambhite. ‘‘Ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvento bahulīkaronto uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.156-157) ettha asamucchinne. ‘‘Uppajjamānaṃ uppannanti? Āmantā’’ti (yama. 2.cittayamaka.81) ettha khaṇattayagate. Svāyamidhāpi khaṇattayagateva daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā ‘uppannaṃ hotī’ti ettha khaṇattayagataṃ hoti, vattamānaṃ hoti, paccuppannaṃ hotīti. Ayaṃ saṅkhepattho.
「心已生」,这只是说法的开端。实则心并非单独生起。因此,如同说‘国王来了’,并非舍离随从独自前来,而应知是与国王的随从一同前来;同样地,应知此心也是与五十余种善法一同生起。然为显明其先行之义,故说‘心已生’。显示巴利原文
Cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti cetaṃ desanāsīsameva. Na pana cittaṃ ekakameva uppajjati. Tasmā yathā rājā āgatoti vutte na parisaṃ pahāya ekakova āgato, rājaparisāya pana saddhiṃyeva āgatoti paññāyati , evamidampi paropaṇṇāsakusaladhammehi saddhiṃyeva uppannanti veditabbaṃ. Pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena pana ‘‘cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti’’cceva vuttaṃ.
于世间法,心为最胜、心为重任、心为先行。于出世间法,慧为最胜、慧为重任、慧为先行。因此,世尊在律藏教法中提问时,不问‘汝何触、汝何受、汝何想、汝何思’,而以心为重任,问:‘比丘,汝何心?’当比丘回答‘世尊,我无盗心’时,世尊不说‘无盗触者无犯’等,而说:‘比丘,无盗心者无犯。’显示巴利原文
Lokiyadhammañhi patvā cittaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ cittaṃ dhuraṃ cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ hoti. Lokuttaradhammaṃ patvā paññā jeṭṭhikā paññā dhurā paññā pubbaṅgamā. Teneva bhagavā vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā pañhaṃ pucchanto ‘kiṃphassosi, kiṃvedanosi, kiṃsaññosi, kiṃcetanosī’ti apucchitvā ‘‘kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti cittameva dhuraṃ katvā pucchati. ‘‘Atheyyacitto ahaṃ bhagavā’’ti ca vutte ‘anāpatti atheyyaphassassā’tiādīni avatvā ‘‘anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā’’ti vadati.
不仅律藏教法如此,世尊宣说其他世间教法时,亦以心为重任而说。如说:‘诸比丘,凡所有不善法、属不善分、属不善侧者,一切皆以意为先导。意于他们法中率先生起。’(增支部1.56)显示巴利原文
Na kevalañca vinayapariyāyaṃ, aññampi lokiyadesanaṃ desento cittameva dhuraṃ katvā deseti. Yathāha – ‘‘ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā akusalabhāgiyā akusalapakkhikā sabbete manopubbaṅgamā. Mano tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati’’ (a. ni. 1.56).
‘心为诸法先导,心为最胜,心所造作;
若以染污心,或语或造作;
苦则随逐彼,如车轮随牛足。
诸法以心为先导,以心为最胜,心所造作;
若以清净心,或言或行;
则安乐随逐,如影不离。
世间为心所导,为心所牵引;
心这一法,能令一切皆随其转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, cakkaṃva vahato padaṃ. ‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā; Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā; Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī’’. (dha. pa. 1,2); ‘‘Cittena nīyati loko, cittena parikassati; Cittassa ekadhammassa, sabbeva vasamanvagū’’. (saṃ. ni. 1.62);
诸比丘,心若染污,众生便染污;心若清净,众生便清净。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissanti cittavodānā visujjhanti’’ (saṃ. ni. 3.100);
诸比丘,此心本来光明澄净,却被外来的随烦恼所染污。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ’’ (a. ni. 1.49);
居士,心若未守护,则身业也未守护,语业也未守护,意业也未守护;居士,心若守护……居士,心若瞋恚……居士,心若无瞋恚……居士,心若漏泄……居士,心若无漏泄,则身业也无漏泄,语业也无漏泄,意业也无漏泄。显示巴利原文
‘‘Citte , gahapati, arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṃ hoti; citte, gahapati, rakkhite…pe… citte, gahapati, byāpanne…pe… citte, gahapati, abyāpanne…pe… citte, gahapati, avassute…pe… citte, gahapati, anavassute kāyakammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṃ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṃ hotī’’ti (a. ni. 3.110).
如是,于世间法,当知心为最胜、心为主导、心为先行。然而,在这些经中,并非仅取一二部,为守护经典故,当知一切皆取。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ lokiyadhammaṃ patvā cittaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ hoti, cittaṃ dhuraṃ hoti, cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Imesu pana suttesu ekaṃ vā dve vā aggahetvā suttānurakkhaṇatthāya sabbānipi gahitānīti veditabbāni.
然而,在问及出世间法时,他不问‘你证得了什么触、什么受、什么想、什么思、什么心’,而是以智慧为首、以智慧为导来问:‘比丘,你证得了什么智慧?是证得了第一道智,还是第二……乃至第三……乃至第四道智?’以智慧为最上的一切善法不会退失。那么,智慧有何意义呢?(中部1.451)‘诸比丘,有智慧的圣弟子,依此而确立信,依此而确立精进,依此而确立念,依此而确立定。’(相应部5.515)等经文应在此处参阅。因此,在证得出世间法时,应知智慧是最上的、智慧是主导的、智慧是先行者。然而,这是世俗的教导。所以,以心为主导而教导时,他说‘心生起了’。显示巴利原文
Lokuttaradhammaṃ pucchanto pana ‘kataraphassaṃ adhigatosi, kataravedanaṃ katarasaññaṃ kataracetanaṃ kataracitta’nti apucchitvā, ‘katarapaññaṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu adhigato’si, ‘kiṃ paṭhamaṃ maggapaññaṃ, udāhu dutiyaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ maggapaññaṃ adhigato’ti paññaṃ jeṭṭhikaṃ paññaṃ dhuraṃ katvā pucchati. Paññuttarā sabbe kusalā dhammā na parihāyanti. Paññā pana kimatthiyā (ma. ni. 1.451)? ‘‘Paññavato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa tadanvayā saddhā saṇṭhāti, tadanvayaṃ vīriyaṃ saṇṭhāti, tadanvayā sati saṇṭhāti, tadanvayo samādhi saṇṭhātī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.515) evamādīni panettha suttāni daṭṭhabbāni. Iti lokuttaradhammaṃ patvā paññā jeṭṭhikā hoti paññā dhurā paññā pubbaṅgamāti veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana lokiyadesanā. Tasmā cittaṃ dhuraṃ katvā desento ‘‘cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti āha.
“喜俱”指与称作甜美乐受的喜一起,达到俱生等的状态。而“俱”一词,见于以下含义:彼性、混杂、依止、所缘、相应。其中,“那种导致再有的、与喜贪俱的渴爱”(《分别论》203)中,应知为彼性,意即成为喜贪。“诸比丘,那种与懈怠俱、与懈怠相应的寻”(《相应部》5.832)中,应知为混杂,意即与间歇生起的懈怠相混杂。“修习与骨想俱的念觉支”(《相应部》5.238)中,应知为依止,意即依止于骨想、通过修习骨想而获得。“获得与色俱或与无色俱的等至”(《人施设论》3‑5)中,应知为所缘,意即以有色、无色为所缘。“此乐与此喜俱、俱生、相应、相合”(《分别论》578)中,应知为相应。在此句之中,所取的也正是这个含义。因为这里所说的“喜俱”,就是指与喜相应。显示巴利原文
Somanassasahagatanti sātamadhuravedayitasaṅkhātena somanassena saha ekuppādādibhāvaṃ gataṃ. Ayaṃ pana ‘sahagata’-saddo tabbhāve vokiṇṇe nissaye ārammaṇe saṃsaṭṭheti imesu atthesu dissati. Tattha ‘‘yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā’’ti (vibha. 203) tabbhāve veditabbo; nandirāgabhūtāti attho. ‘‘Yā, bhikkhave, vīmaṃsā kosajjasahagatā kosajjasampayuttā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.832) vokiṇṇe veditabbo; antarantarā uppajjamānena kosajjena vokiṇṇāti ayamettha attho. ‘‘Aṭṭhikasaññāsahagataṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.238) nissaye veditabbo; aṭṭhikasaññaṃ nissāya aṭṭhikasaññaṃ bhāvetvā paṭiladdhanti attho. ‘‘Lābhī hoti rūpasahagatānaṃ vā samāpattīnaṃ arūpasahagatānaṃ vā’’ti (pu. pa. 3-5) ārammaṇe; veditabbo rūpārūpārammaṇānanti attho. ‘‘Idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagataṃ hoti sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayutta’’nti (vibha. 578) saṃsaṭṭhe. Imasmimpi pade ayamevattho adhippeto. Somanassasaṃsaṭṭhañhi idha somanassasahagatanti vuttaṃ.
此“相应”一词也见于众多含义,如:同类、染污、朋友交往、俱生。因为此词在“除去瘦马壮马,相应而套在一起的马”(本生经2.22.70)中,是作为同类而来。“你们圣尼们是否相应而住?”(波逸提727)中,是染污。“他与在家者相应而住”(相应部3.3)中,是朋友交往。“此乐与此喜俱、俱生、相应、相合”中,是俱生。这里也是取俱生义。其中,“俱”没有非俱生、非相应、非相合的。然而,俱生可以是相应、相合的,也可以不是。因为在色法和非色法一起生起时,色与非色是俱生,但不是相应,也不是相合;同样,非色与色也是如此;色与色也是如此;但非色与非色则必定是俱、俱生、相应、相合的。正是针对此而说“喜俱”。显示巴利原文
‘Saṃsaṭṭha’-saddopi cesa sadise avassute mittasanthave sahajāteti bahūsu atthesu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kise thūle vivajjetvā saṃsaṭṭhā yojitā hayā’’ti (jā. 2.22.70) ettha sadise āgato. ‘‘Saṃsaṭṭhāva tumhe ayye viharathā’’ti (pāci. 727) avassute. ‘‘Gihi saṃsaṭṭho viharatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.3) mittasanthave. ‘‘Idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagataṃ hoti sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayutta’’nti sahajāte. Idhāpi sahajāte adhippeto. Tattha ‘sahagataṃ’ asahajātaṃ asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ asampayuttaṃ nāma natthi. Sahajātaṃ pana saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttaṃ hotipi, na hotipi . Rūpārūpadhammesu hi ekato jātesu rūpaṃ arūpena sahajātaṃ hoti, na saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, na sampayuttaṃ; tathā arūpaṃ rūpena; rūpañca rūpena; arūpaṃ pana arūpena saddhiṃ niyamatova sahagataṃ sahajātaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttameva hotīti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘somanassasahagata’nti.
“与智相应”指与智相合,即以俱生等方式平等地相应。此处应说之义,在论母注释的受三法中已依所说之法讲明。因此,应知相应是以俱生、俱灭、同依处、同所缘为特征的。这是最上的说明。然而,在无色界中,即使没有同依处,也能获得相应。显示巴利原文
Ñāṇasampayuttanti ñāṇena sampayuttaṃ, samaṃ ekuppādādippakārehi yuttanti attho. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ siyā taṃ mātikāvaṇṇanāya vedanāttike vuttanayameva. Tasmā ekuppādā ekanirodhā ekavatthukā ekārammaṇāti iminā lakkhaṇenetaṃ sampayuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaniddeso cesa. Arūpe pana vināpi ekavatthukabhāvaṃ sampayogo labbhati.
至此,宣说了什么?在欲界善心中,宣说的是喜俱、三因、与智相应、无行的广大心。因为当以“哪些法是善”这一无定问句发问时,它总摄了四地的善法。而通过“欲界善心生起”这句话,便排除了三地善法,唯取八种欲界善。通过“喜俱”这句话,又从中舍去四种舍俱,唯取四种喜俱。通过“与智相应”这句话,再从中舍去两种不与智相应,唯取两种与智相应。然而,无行性并未被明确提及,故未被取。虽然未被取,但因为后面有“有行”的说法,所以此处虽未说“无行”,也应了知为无行。正自觉者从一开始,便是为了分别显示此广大心而决意展开这教导,因此应知此处已作了如此决断。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Kāmāvacarakusalesu somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ kathitaṃ. ‘‘Katame dhammā kusalā’’ti hi aniyamitapucchāya catubhūmakakusalaṃ gahitaṃ. ‘Kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’ti vacanena pana tebhūmakaṃ kusalaṃ pariccajitvā, aṭṭhavidhaṃ kāmāvacarakusalameva gahitaṃ. ‘Somanassasahagata’nti vacanena tato catubbidhaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ pariccajitvā catubbidhaṃ somanassasahagatameva gahitaṃ. ‘Ñāṇasampayutta’nti vacanena tato duvidhaṃ ñāṇavippayuttaṃ pariccajitvā dve ñāṇasampayuttāneva gahitāni. Asaṅkhārikabhāvo pana anābhaṭṭhatāyeva na gahito. Kiñcāpi na gahito, parato pana ‘sasaṅkhārenā’ti vacanato idha ‘asaṅkhārenā’ti avuttepi asaṅkhārikabhāvo veditabbo. Sammāsambuddho hi āditova idaṃ mahācittaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ niyametvāva imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti evamettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为了从所缘方面显示此心,而说“以色为所缘”等。世尊在显示非色法时,或以依处显示,或以所缘显示,或以依处和所缘显示,或以自性显示。如在“眼触……乃至意触;眼触生受……乃至意触生受;眼识……乃至意识”等中,是以依处显示非色法。在“色想……乃至法想;色思……乃至法思”等中,是以所缘显示。在“缘眼与色而生眼识,三者合为触……乃至缘意与法而生意识,三者合为触”等中,是以依处和所缘显示。在“诸比丘,无明缘行,行缘识”等中,是以自性显示非色法。而在此处,是以所缘显示,故说“以色为所缘”等。显示巴利原文
Idāni tameva cittaṃ ārammaṇato dassetuṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vātiādimāha. Bhagavā hi arūpadhammaṃ dassento vatthunā vā dasseti, ārammaṇena vā, vatthārammaṇehi vā, sarasabhāvena vā. ‘‘Cakkhusamphasso…pe… manosamphasso; cakkhusamphassajā vedanā…pe… manosamphassajā vedanā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇa’’ntiādīsu hi vatthunā arūpadhammā dassitā. ‘‘Rūpasaññā…pe… dhammasaññā, rūpasañcetanā…pe… dhammasañcetanā’’tiādīsu ārammaṇena. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.60) vatthārammaṇehi. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā , bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.1) sarasabhāvena arūpadhammā dassitā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ārammaṇena dassento ‘rūpārammaṇaṃ’ vātiādimāha.
其中,由四种因所生、属于过去、未来、现在的色,即是色所缘。由二种因所生、属于过去、未来、现在的声,即是声所缘。由四种因所生、属于过去、未来、现在的香,即是香所缘。由四种因所生、属于过去、未来、现在的味,即是味所缘。由四种因所生、属于过去、未来、现在的触,即是触所缘。由一种因、二种因、三种因、四种因所生,以及不从任何因而生的、属于过去、未来、现在的心与心所,以及不可说(涅槃)等——即前文所说的余分、称为心之境界的诸法,即是法所缘。然而,那些主张未呈现于根门范围的色等也是法所缘的人,应以此经教加以驳斥。对此有言:显示巴利原文
Tattha catusamuṭṭhānaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ rūpameva rūpārammaṇaṃ. Dvisamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno saddova saddārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno gandhova gandhārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhāno atītānāgatapaccuppanno rasova rasārammaṇaṃ. Catusamuṭṭhānaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ phoṭṭhabbameva phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ. Ekasamuṭṭhānā dvisamuṭṭhānā tisamuṭṭhānā catusamuṭṭhānā nakutocisamuṭṭhānā atītānāgatapaccuppannā cittacetasikā, tathā navattabbā ca, vuttāvasesā cittagocarasaṅkhātā dhammāyeva dhammārammaṇaṃ. Ye pana anāpāthagatā rūpādayopi dhammārammaṇamicceva vadanti te iminā suttena paṭikkhipitabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
贤友,这五根各有不同的领域与行境,互不领受彼此的行境界;意是它们的皈依处,意领受它们的行境界。显示巴利原文
‘‘Imesaṃ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ mano paṭisaraṇaṃ mano nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.455).
因为对于这些根,色所缘等即称为其行境界。纵使它们被意所领受,也仍旧只是色所缘等,此义得以成立。又,天眼智等以色等为所缘,此义同样得以成立。因为未现于根门范围的色所缘等,恰是天眼智等的所缘,而它们并不成为法所缘。应如前理,了知所缘的确定。显示巴利原文
Etesañhi rūpārammaṇādīni gocaravisayo nāma. Tāni manena paccanubhaviyamānānipi rūpārammaṇādīniyevāti ayamattho siddho hoti. Dibbacakkhuñāṇādīnañca rūpādiārammaṇattāpi ayamattho siddhoyeva hoti. Anāpāthagatāneva hi rūpārammaṇādīni dibbacakkhuādīnaṃ ārammaṇāni, na ca tāni dhammārammaṇāni bhavantīti vuttanayeneva ārammaṇavavatthānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
其中,每一种所缘呈现于二门。因为色所缘撞击眼净色后,于同一刹那即呈现于意门,意思是成为有分波动的缘。声、香、味、触所缘也是如此。譬如鸟从空中飞来,停落于树顶时,既撞击树枝,其影子也同时映现于地面。树枝的撞击与影子的映现,非前非后,在同一刹那发生。同样,现在色等对眼净色等的撞击,以及由于能令有分波动而呈现于意门,也是非前非后,在同一刹那发生。此后,截断有分,于眼门等生起的转向等,乃至确定心之末,无间地,即于他们所缘中的某一个,此大心(速行心)生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu āpāthamāgacchati. Rūpārammaṇañhi cakkhupasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā taṅkhaṇaññeva manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati; bhavaṅgacalanassa paccayo hotīti attho. Saddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbārammaṇesupi eseva nayo. Yathā hi sakuṇo ākāsenāgantvā rukkhagge nilīyamānova rukkhasākhañca ghaṭṭeti, chāyā cassa pathaviyaṃ paṭihaññati sākhāghaṭṭanachāyāpharaṇāni apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva bhavanti, evaṃ paccuppannarūpādīnaṃ cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanañca bhavaṅgacalanasamatthatāya manodvāre āpāthagamanañca apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva hoti. Tato bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā cakkhudvārādīsu uppannānaṃ āvajjanādīnaṃ voṭṭhabbanapariyosānānaṃ anantarā tesaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ idaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati.
然而,在纯粹的意门中,并没有撞击净色的作用。这些所缘只是依于平常所见、所闻、所嗅、所尝、所触的方式而呈现。如何是这样呢?在此,有人面对一座已完成粉刷、以雌黄、雄黄等色彩斑斓装饰、悬挂着各种旗帜、系结着花鬘、环绕着灯鬘、以极可爱之祥光闪耀、庄严齐备的大塔,右绕之后,在十六处足台处五体投地礼敬,合掌仰观,怀着以佛为所缘的喜悦而站立。他这样见塔之后,便生起以佛为所缘的喜悦。此后,无论去到何处,在夜间住处或日间住处坐着作意时,那座庄严齐备的大塔就如同呈现在眼门一般,犹如右绕礼塔之时一般。如是,依所见的方式,色所缘呈现。显示巴利原文
Suddhamanodvāre pana pasādaghaṭṭanakiccaṃ natthi. Pakatiyā diṭṭhasutaghāyitasāyitaphuṭṭhavaseneva etāni ārammaṇāni āpāthamāgacchanti. Kathaṃ? Idhekacco katasudhākammaṃ haritālamanosilādivaṇṇavicittaṃ paggahitanānappakāradhajapaṭākaṃ mālādāmavinaddhaṃ dīpamālāparikkhittaṃ atimanoramāya siriyā virocamānaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahācetiyaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā soḷasasu pādapiṭṭhikāsu pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā añjaliṃ paggayha ullokento buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ gahetvā tiṭṭhati. Tassa evaṃ cetiyaṃ passitvā buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ nibbattetvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci gatassa rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānesu nisinnassa āvajjamānassa alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ mahācetiyaṃ cakkhudvāre āpāthamāgatasadisameva hoti, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā cetiyavandanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ tāva diṭṭhavasena rūpārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
又,以美妙的声音,听闻说法者说法,或听闻诵经者以音声诵经之后,此后,无论于何处坐着作意时,那说法或诵经就如同呈现在耳门一般,犹如赞叹称善而聆听之时一般。如是,依所闻的方式,声所缘呈现。显示巴利原文
Madhurena pana sarena dhammakathikassa vā dhammaṃ kathentassa, sarabhāṇakassa vā sarena bhaṇantassa saddaṃ sutvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci nisīditvā āvajjamānassa dhammakathā vā sarabhaññaṃ vā sotadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, sādhukāraṃ datvā suṇanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ sutavasena saddārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
又,获得妙香或花鬘,于座处或塔前,以香为所缘的心作供养之后,此后,无论于何处坐着作意时,那香所缘就如同呈现在鼻门一般,犹如作供养之时一般。如是,依所嗅的方式,香所缘呈现。显示巴利原文
Sugandhaṃ pana gandhaṃ vā mālaṃ vā labhitvā āsane vā cetiye vā gandhārammaṇena cittena pūjaṃ katvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci nisīditvā āvajjamānassa taṃ gandhārammaṇaṃ ghānadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, pūjākaraṇakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ ghāyitavasena gandhārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
又,与梵行者共同分享、食用美味的嚼食或啖食之后,后来无论于何处得到粗劣等食,作意“我曾于某时与梵行者共同分享、食用美味之食”时,那味所缘便如同呈现于舌门,仿佛正在食用之时一般。如此,依所尝的方式,味所缘呈现。显示巴利原文
Paṇītaṃ pana khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitvā paribhuñjitvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci kudrūsakādibhojanaṃ labhitvā ‘asukakāle paṇītaṃ bhojanaṃ sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitvā paribhutta’nti āvajjamānassa taṃ rasārammaṇaṃ jivhādvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti, paribhuñjanakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ sāyitavasena rasārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati.
又,享用柔软、触感舒适的床、座椅、垫褥、被盖之后,后来无论于何处安立苦卧处,作意“我曾于某时享用过柔软的床、座椅、垫褥、被盖”时,那触所缘便如同呈现于身门,仿佛正在感受舒适触感之时。如此,依所触的方式,触所缘呈现。应如此了知:在纯粹的意门中,并无撞击净色的作用;这些所缘只是依于平常所见、所闻、所嗅、所尝、所触的方式而呈现。显示巴利原文
Mudukaṃ pana sukhasamphassaṃ mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā attharaṇapāpuraṇaṃ vā paribhuñjitvā aparabhāge yattha katthaci dukkhaseyyaṃ kappetvā ‘asukakāle me mudukaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ attharaṇapāvuraṇaṃ paribhutta’nti āvajjamānassa taṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ kāyadvāre āpāthamāgataṃ viya hoti. Sukhasamphassaṃ vedayitakālo viya hoti. Evaṃ phuṭṭhavasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Evaṃ suddhamanodvāre pasādaghaṭṭanakiccaṃ natthi. Pakatiyā diṭṭhasutaghāyitasāyitaphuṭṭhavaseneva etāni ārammaṇāni āpāthamāgacchantīti veditabbāni.
现今,根据通常的见、闻等,另有一种未记载于注释书的方法,说明它们如何呈现于心门。首先,应了知见、闻、两者关联这些类别。其中,“见”是指先前通过五门所领受的。“闻”是指并非亲眼所见,而是通过传闻所领受的色等。与这两者都有关联的,称为“两者关联”。应知这些也是依于见、闻等而呈现于意门。此中,依于“见”而呈现的方式,已如前文五种方法所说。显示巴利原文
Idāni pakatiyā diṭṭhādīnaṃ vasena āpāthagamane ayamaparopi aṭṭhakathāmuttako nayo hoti. Diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ ubhayasambandhanti ime tāva diṭṭhādayo veditabbā. Tattha ‘diṭṭhaṃ’ nāma pañcadvāravasena gahitapubbaṃ. ‘Suta’nti paccakkhato adisvā anussavavasena gahitā rūpādayova. Tehi dvīhipi sambandhaṃ ‘ubhayasambandhaṃ’ nāma. Iti imesampi diṭṭhādīnaṃ vasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchantīti veditabbāni. Tattha diṭṭhavasena tāva āpāthagamanaṃ heṭṭhā pañcahi nayehi vuttameva.
另有一类人听闻到:‘由世尊福德威力所生的如是色相,极为美妙的声音,某处某些花朵极其可意的香气,某些果实极其甘甜的滋味,某些衣被等极其舒适的触感。’此人虽无眼净色等的直接接触,仅凭听闻,这些色声等所缘便现于意门。随后,他的心或出于对那色、声的净信,或出于圣者们对香等生起布施的意愿,或出于随喜他人所施而转起。如此,依于‘听闻’,这些所缘现于意门。显示巴利原文
Ekacco pana suṇāti – ‘bhagavato puññātisayanibbattaṃ evarūpaṃ nāma rūpaṃ, atimadhuro saddo, kismiñci padese kesañci pupphānaṃ atimanuñño gandho, kesañci phalānaṃ atimadhuro raso, kesañci pāvuraṇādīnaṃ atisukho samphasso’ti. Tassa, cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanaṃ vinā, sutamattāneva tāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti. Athassa taṃ cittaṃ tasmiṃ rūpe vā sadde vā pasādavasena gandhādīsu ariyānaṃ dātukāmatāvasena aññehi dinnesu anumodanāvasena vā pavattati. Evaṃ sutavasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti.
另有一类人,对如前所述的色等,或曾见,或曾闻。此人以‘如是色相,未来出现之佛陀亦将具足’等理路,即使没有眼净色等的直接接触,仅凭所见与所闻的关联,这些所缘便现于意门。随后,其心如前述方式,取其中一种所缘为境,此大心便转起。如此,依于‘见闻关联’,这些所缘现于意门。显示巴利原文
Aparena pana yathāvuttāni rūpādīni diṭṭhāni vā sutāni vā honti. Tassa ‘īdisaṃ rūpaṃ āyatiṃ uppajjanakabuddhassāpi bhavissatī’tiādinā nayena cakkhupasādādighaṭṭanaṃ vinā diṭṭhasutasambandheneva tāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti. Athassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ idaṃ mahācittaṃ pavattati. Evaṃ ubhayasambandhavasena etāni manodvāre āpāthamāgacchanti.
此亦仅是略说。然而,依于信、喜好、行相、思惟、见、审察、忍可等差别,当知这些所缘现于意门的详细情形。而由于如此现于意门的所缘,有真实者,亦有非真实者,因此此方法未为义注所采纳。应当了知,每一所缘的速行,皆于二门中生起。因为色所缘的速行,既在眼门中生起,亦在意门中生起;声等所缘,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Idampi ca mukhamattameva. Saddhāruciākāraparivitakkadiṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiādīnaṃ pana vasena vitthārato etesaṃ manodvāre āpāthagamanaṃ veditabbameva. Yasmā pana evaṃ āpāthaṃ āgacchantāni bhūtānipi honti abhūtānipi, tasmā ayaṃ nayo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na gahito. Evaṃ ekekārammaṇaṃ javanaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Rūpārammaṇañhi javanaṃ cakkhudvārepi uppajjati manodvārepi. Saddādiārammaṇesupi eseva nayo.
其中,在意门生起而以色为所缘的速行,有施所成、戒所成、修所成三种。此中每一种,又各有身业、语业、意业三种。对于声、香、味、触、法所缘,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tattha manodvāre uppajjamānaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ javanaṃ dānamayaṃ sīlamayaṃ bhāvanāmayanti tividhaṃ hoti . Tesu ekekaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti tividhameva hoti. Saddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇesupi eseva nayo.
其中,先就色所缘而言:生起的此大善心,是取青、黄、赤、白等色相——如花、布、界等中的某一种——称为“净相”的可意、可爱、可悦、可染之色为所缘而生起的。难道这不就是可意所缘,是贪欲的所依吗?为何此心称为善呢?这是由于决定的方式、转向的方式、惯行(等起)的方式、如理作意的方式。因为,对于已决意“唯应行善”而将心安立于善行、从诸不善的转起中脱离而唯转向善行、由于屡屡造作而以善的惯行力惯行、并且以合适的地域居住、善知识亲近、正法听闻及宿世所积福德等为亲依止缘,而依如理作意转起的人,以这些决定、转向、惯行、如理作意的方式,此心便生为善。显示巴利原文
Tattha rūpaṃ tāva ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjamānaṃ etaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ nīlapītalohitodātavaṇṇesu pupphavatthadhātūsu aññataraṃ subhanimittasaṅkhātaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ rajanīyaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati. Nanu cetaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ lobhassa vatthu? Kathaṃ etaṃ cittaṃ kusalaṃ nāma jātanti? Niyamitavasena pariṇāmitavasena samudācāravasena ābhujitavasenāti. Yassa hi ‘kusalameva mayā kattabba’nti kusalakaraṇe cittaṃ niyamitaṃ hoti, akusalappavattito nivattetvā kusalakaraṇeyeva pariṇāmitaṃ, abhiṇhakaraṇena kusalasamudācāreneva samudācaritaṃ, patirūpadesavāsasappurisūpanissayasaddhammasavanapubbekatapuññatādīhi ca upanissayehi yoniso ca ābhogo pavattati, tassa iminā niyamitavasena pariṇāmitavasena samudācāravasena ābhujitavasena ca kusalaṃ nāma jātaṃ hoti.
然而,此处应依所缘而了知喜俱性。因为此心于可意所缘中生起,故成为喜俱。信多等亦是此处的原因。对于无信者与邪见者,即使见到作为绝对可意所缘的如来色身,亦不生喜悦。对于不见善行功德者,纵使他人劝其行善,亦不生喜悦。因此,信多、见清净、见功德,当知是此处喜俱的原因。此外,有十一种法能引生喜觉支:佛随念、法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、寂止随念、回避粗恶人、亲近柔和人、省思能生净信的经典、以及倾心于此。依这些原因,亦当知此处的喜俱性。这些的广说,将在《觉支分别》中阐明。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇavasena panettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Iṭṭhārammaṇasmiñhi uppannattā etaṃ somanassasahagataṃ jātaṃ. Saddhābahulatādīnipettha kāraṇāniyeva. Assaddhānañhi micchādiṭṭhīnañca ekantaiṭṭhārammaṇabhūtaṃ tathāgatarūpampi disvā somanassaṃ nuppajjati. Ye ca kusalappavattiyaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ na passanti tesaṃ parehi ussāhitānaṃ kusalaṃ karontānampi somanassaṃ nuppajjati. Tasmā saddhābahulatā visuddhadiṭṭhitā ānisaṃsadassāvitāti. Evampettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Apica ekādasadhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti – buddhānussati dhammānussati saṅghānussati sīlānussati cāgānussati devatānussati upasamānussati lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā siniddhapuggalasevanatā pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti . Imehipi kāraṇehettha somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Imesaṃ pana vitthāro bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge (vibha. aṭṭha. 367 bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā, 468-469) āvi bhavissati.
然而,在此应知,心与智相应有四种因缘:由业、由投生、由根成熟、由烦恼远离。若有人为他人说法,教导无过的技艺处、业处、明处,恭敬法施者而请其说法,并立下‘愿我未来成就智慧’的誓愿而广行布施——以此类业为亲依止,所生起的善心便与智相应。或者,由投生于无恼害的世间,如经中所说:‘于彼处,安乐者的法句辗转相传……诸比丘,念的生起虽为迟缓,然彼有情迅速成为殊胜者’,依此方式,由投生,所生起的善心亦与智相应。同样地,对于已达根成熟、智慧已达十岁阶段者,由根成熟,所生起的善心亦与智相应。又,对于那些烦恼已被镇伏者,由烦恼远离,所生起的善心亦与智相应。此义也曾被宣说:显示巴利原文
Kammato, upapattito, indriyaparipākato, kilesadūrībhāvatoti imehi panettha kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā. Yo hi paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti anavajjāni sippāyatanakammāyatanavijjāṭṭhānāni sikkhāpeti dhammakathikaṃ sakkāraṃ katvā dhammaṃ kathāpeti, ‘āyatiṃ paññavā bhavissāmī’ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nānappakāraṃ dānaṃ deti, tassa evarūpaṃ kammaṃ upanissāya kusalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Abyāpajje loke uppannassa vāpi ‘‘tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadā pilavanti… dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo, atha so satto khippaṃyeva visesagāmī hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.191) iminā nayena upapattiṃ nissāyapi uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Tathā indriyaparipākaṃ upagatānaṃ paññādasakappattānaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ nissāyapi kusalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Yehi pana kilesā vikkhambhitā tesaṃ kilesadūrībhāvaṃ nissāyapi uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“确实,智慧从修行中生起,不修行则智慧灭尽。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yogā ve jāyatī bhūri, ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo’’ti (dha. pa. 282).
如是,由业、由投生、由根成熟、由烦恼远离——以这些因缘,可知与智相应。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kammato upapattito indriyaparipākato kilesadūrībhāvatoti imehi kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā.
复次,有七法能引生择法觉支:勤于请问、令事清净、成就诸根平衡、远离劣慧者、亲近具慧者、省察甚深智行、心倾向于此。由这些因缘,亦可了知此与智相应。此七法之广释,将于《觉支分别》中详明。显示巴利原文
Apica satta dhammā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti – paripucchakatā, vatthuvisadakiriyā, indriyasamattapaṭipādanā, duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā, paññavantapuggalasevanā, gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā, tadadhimuttatāti. Imehipi kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttatā veditabbā. Imesaṃ pana vitthāro bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge (vibha. aṭṭha. 367 bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā) āvi bhavissati.
如此,此与智相应而生起之心,因无行、无功用力、不假方便筹度而生起故,名为无行。当此心以可染之色为所缘而生起时,即依三种决定方式而生:或为施所成,或为戒所成,或为修所成。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ hutvā uppannañcetaṃ asaṅkhārena appayogena anupāyacintanāya uppannattā asaṅkhāraṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tayidaṃ rajanīyavaṇṇārammaṇaṃ hutvā uppajjamānameva tividhena niyamena uppajjati – dānamayaṃ vā hoti, sīlamayaṃ vā, bhāvanāmayaṃ vā.
如何是施所成?当于青、黄、赤、白等花等物中,获得其一,依色而作意:“此是我所作的色施”,以此供养佛宝等时,即为施所成。此中有一事例:相传掌库僧伽蜜多获得一件嵌金之布后,思惟:“此布为金色,正自觉者亦是金色,金色之布正合于金色之身,且将成为我等所作的色施”,便供奉于大塔。应知此时为施所成。又,获得如是可施之物后,思维:“这是我家族传承、家族传统、家族沿袭、家族义务”,以此供养佛宝等时,则为戒所成。又,以如是之物供养三宝后,作意:“此色将灭尽、将消逝”,并修习灭尽、消逝之观时,则为修所成。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Yadā hi nīlapītalohitodātesu pupphādīsu aññataraṃ labhitvā vaṇṇavasena ābhujitvā ‘vaṇṇadānaṃ mayha’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti, tadā dānamayaṃ hoti. Tatridaṃ vatthu – bhaṇḍāgārikasaṅghamitto kira ekaṃ suvaṇṇakhacitaṃ vatthaṃ labhitvā idampi vatthaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ, sammāsambuddhopi suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vatthaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇasseva anucchavikaṃ, amhākañca vaṇṇadānaṃ bhavissatīti mahācetiye āropesi. Evarūpe kāle dānamayaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Yadā pana tathārūpameva deyyadhammaṃ labhitvā ‘mayhaṃ kulavaṃso, kulatanti kulappaveṇī esā, kulavattaṃ eta’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā pana tādiseneva vatthunā ratanattayassa pūjaṃ katvā ‘ayaṃ vaṇṇo khayaṃ gacchissati, vayaṃ gacchissatī’ti khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti, tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
再者,当施所成之心正在转起时,若亲手供养三宝而转起,则为身业。若供养三宝时,又令子女、妻妾、奴仆、佣人等一同供养,则为语业。若缘于上述现存之物,心中思惟“我将作此物的布施”,则为意业。依律藏之说,须说出“我将布施、我将作”等言语,以此表徵,方名为施。而依阿毗达摩之说,从缘于现存之物、以意思惟“我将布施”之时起,即已成为善业;其后以身业或语业所作,则为后说。如是,施所成者依身、语、意业,便有这三种。显示巴利原文
Dānamayaṃ pana hutvā vattamānampi yadā tīṇi ratanāni sahatthena pūjentassa pavattatti, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā tīṇi ratanāni pūjento puttadāradāsakammakaraporisādayopi āṇāpetvā pūjāpeti tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā tadeva vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha vaṇṇadānaṃ dassāmīti cinteti tadā manokammaṃ hoti. Vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā hi ‘dassāmi karissāmī’ti vācā bhinnā hotīti (pārā. 659) iminā lakkhaṇena dānaṃ nāma hoti. Abhidhammapariyāyaṃ patvā pana vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha ‘dassāmī’ti manasā cintitakālato paṭṭhāya kusalaṃ hoti. Aparabhāge kāyena vā vācāya vā kattabbaṃ karissatīti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ dānamayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavaseneva tividhaṃ hoti.
再者,当获得上述之物后,以家族传承等为缘由,亲手供养三宝,则为戒所成之身业。若以家族传承等为缘由,令子女、妻妾等供养,则为语业。若缘于现存之物,心中思惟“这是我的家族传承、家族传统、家族沿袭,这是家族应尽的义务,我将作此物的布施”,则为意业。如是,戒所成者依身、语、意业,也有这三种。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana taṃ vuttappakāraṃ vatthuṃ labhitvā kulavaṃsādivasena sahatthā ratanattayaṃ pūjeti tadā sīlamayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā pūjāpeti tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā ‘mayhaṃ kulavaṃso, kulatanti kulappaveṇī esā, kulavattameta’nti vijjamānakavatthuṃ ārabbha ‘vaṇṇadānaṃ dassāmī’ti cinteti tadā manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ sīlamayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti.
再者,当获得上述之物后,先供养三宝,而后在经行时安立灭尽与变灭之观,则为修所成之身业。以言语安立思惟者,为语业。不动身表、不动语表,仅以意安立思惟者,为意业。如是,修所成者依身、语、意业,也有这三种。像这样,法王将这色所缘的善法,依三种福行事之基,以九种业门予以分别显示。于声所缘等中,也同此理。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana taṃ vuttappakāraṃ vatthuṃ labhitvā tīṇi ratanāni pūjetvā caṅkamanto khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Vācāya sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa vacīkammaṃ hoti, kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā. Saddārammaṇādīsupi eseva nayo.
在鼓声等之中,以可意之声为所缘,依前文所说方式,此善依三种决意而生。于此,声音既不能像拔出芋根那样拔取,也不能像手持青莲花束那样放在手中施与;然而,若令它有所依凭而施,则名为声施。因此,当想着‘我将作声施’,用鼓、杖鼓等某种乐器向三宝献供时;当想着‘此是我之声施’,而安置鼓等时;当向说法比丘布施音声药、油、糖蜜等时;当宣告闻法、唱诵梵呗、开示法义、作近坐之论、作随喜之论时——在所有这些时候,即为施所成。当以家族传承等为理由,或以义务为理由而行这些事时,则为戒所成。当作了这一切之后,思惟‘此声音纵如梵天世界那般广大,也终将灭尽、终将消逝’,如此安立思惟时,则为修所成。显示巴利原文
Bherisaddādīsu hi rajanīyasaddaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha saddaṃ kandamūlaṃ viya uppāṭetvā nīluppalahatthakaṃ viya ca hatthe ṭhapetvā dātuṃ nāma na sakkā, savatthukaṃ pana katvā dento saddadānaṃ deti nāma. Tasmā yadā ‘saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti bherimudiṅgādīsu aññataratūriyena tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ upahāraṃ karoti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti bheriādīni ṭhapāpeti, dhammakathikabhikkhūnaṃ sarabhesajjatelaphāṇitādīni deti, dhammasavanaṃ ghoseti, sarabhaññaṃ bhaṇati, dhammakathaṃ katheti, upanisinnakakathaṃ anumodanakathaṃ karoti, tadā dānamayaṃyeva hoti. Yadā etadeva vidhānaṃ kulavaṃsādivasena vattavasena karoti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā sabbampetaṃ katvā ayaṃ ettako saddo brahmalokappamāṇopi hutvā ‘khayaṃ gamissati, vayaṃ gamissatī’ti sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
于此,先说施所成:当手持鼓等亲手献供时,或为常时献供而亲手安置时,或为了‘此是我之声施’而前往宣告闻法时,或前往开示法义、唱诵梵呗时,此为身业。当命令说:‘去吧,诸君,为我们的声施向三宝献供’时;当命令说:‘这是我之声施,将此鼓、此杖鼓安置于塔院中’时;当亲自宣告闻法、开示法义、唱诵梵呗时,此为语业。当不动身表与语表,仅以心意思维‘我将作声施’,并舍弃现存之物时,此为意业。显示巴利原文
Tattha dānamayaṃ tāva yadā bheriādīni gahetvā sahatthā upahāraṃ karoti, niccupahāratthāya ṭhapentopi sahatthā ṭhapeti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti dhammasavanaṃ ghosetuṃ gacchati, dhammakathaṃ sarabhaññaṃ kātuṃ vā gacchati, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā ‘gacchatha, tātā, amhākaṃ saddadānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ upahāraṃ karothā’ti āṇāpeti, ‘saddadānaṃ me’ti cetiyaṅgaṇesu ‘imaṃ bheriṃ, imaṃ mudiṅgaṃ ṭhapethā’ti āṇāpeti, sayameva dhammasavanaṃ ghoseti, dhammakathaṃ katheti, sarabhaññaṃ bhaṇati, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā ‘saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti vijjamānakavatthuṃ manasā pariccajati, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
戒所成:当有人以‘声供养是我家族的传承、家族的传统、家族的惯习’这样的观念,亲手用鼓等乐器进行供献,亲手将鼓等乐器安置于塔院等处,亲手将音声医药布施给说法者,以及为听闻佛法、宣告说法、开示佛法、唱诵梵呗而依循义务前往时,此为身业。当有人命令说:‘声供养是我们家族的传承、家族的传统、家族的惯习,去吧,孩子们,去向佛宝等供献’,或依家族传承亲自说法或唱诵梵呗时,此为语业。当有人不动身门和语门,仅以心意思维‘声供养是我的家族传承,我将作声供养’,并舍弃现有物品时,此为意业。显示巴利原文
Sīlamayampi ‘saddadānaṃ nāma mayhaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī’ti bheriādīhi sahatthā upahāraṃ karontassa, bheriādīni sahatthā cetiyaṅgaṇādīsu ṭhapentassa, dhammakathikānaṃ sarabhesajjaṃ sahatthā dadantassa, vattasīsena dhammasavanaghosanadhammakathākathanasarabhaññabhaṇanatthāya ca gacchantassa kāyakammaṃ hoti. ‘Saddadānaṃ nāma amhākaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī, gacchatha , tātā, buddharatanādīnaṃ upahāraṃ karothā’ti āṇāpentassa kulavaṃsavaseneva attanā dhammakathaṃ vā sarabhaññaṃ vā karontassa ca vacīkammaṃ hoti. ‘Saddadānaṃ nāma mayhaṃ kulavaṃso saddadānaṃ dassāmī’ti kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva vijjamānakavatthuṃ pariccajantassa manokammaṃ hoti.
修所成业如下:当经行者在声音中安立坏灭时,此为身业。若不动身门,惟以语言观照,则为语业。若身、语二门皆不动,唯以心意观照声处,则为意业。如此,法王将这一以声音为所缘的善,依三种福行事的基,以九种业门分别开示。显示巴利原文
Bhāvanāmayampi yadā caṅkamanto sadde khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgaṃ pana acopetvā vācāya sammasantassa vacīkammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā manasāva saddāyatanaṃ sammasantassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ saddārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
以根香等之中可染著的香为所缘,依前文所述之理,由三种决定而生起此善。其中,若于根香等中得任何一种香,依香作意,以‘此是我香供养’而供养佛宝等,此时即是施所成业。这一切皆应如于色供养中所说之理,详细了知。如此,法王将这一以香为所缘的善,依三种福行事的基,以九种业门分别开示。显示巴利原文
Mūlagandhādīsupi rajanīyagandhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha yadā mūlagandhādīsu yaṃkiñci gandhaṃ labhitvā gandhavasena ābhujitvā ‘gandhadānaṃ mayha’nti buddharatanādīni pūjeti, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ gandhārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
以根味等之中可染著的味为所缘,依前文所述之理,由三种决定而生起此善。其中,若于根味等中得任何一种可染著的味物,依味作意,以‘此是我味供养’而行布施、舍出,此时即是施所成业。这一切皆应如于色供养中所说之理,详细了知。然而,持戒所成业中,则有不同:大注释书引述了杜塔伽摩尼无畏王之事等,他因‘不施僧团而自受用,非我等之行’这样的考量,便先施与一万二千比丘,然后才享用这微妙之味。此即差别所在。如此,法王将这一以味为所缘的善,依三种福行事的基,以九种业门分别开示。显示巴利原文
Mūlarasādīsu pana rajanīyarasaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati. Tattha yadā mūlarasādīsu yaṃkiñci rajanīyaṃ rasavatthuṃ labhitvā rasavasena ābhujitvā ‘rasadānaṃ mayha’nti deti pariccajati, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Sīlamaye panettha ‘saṅghassa adatvā paribhuñjanaṃ nāma amhākaṃ na āciṇṇa’nti dvādasannaṃ bhikkhusahassānaṃ dāpetvā sādurasaṃ paribhuttassa duṭṭhagāmaṇiabhayarañño vatthuṃ ādiṃ katvā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vatthūni āgatāni. Ayameva viseso. Evaṃ rasārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
触所缘中,地界、火界、风界三大种名为触所缘。在此处,不依这些而关联,应依床、椅等而关联。当于床、椅等中获得任何一种可染着的触物,依触而作意,以‘这是我的触供养’而施与时,这便是施所成业。一切皆应如于色供养中所说般详细了知。如是,法王将触所缘之善,依三种福行事之基,以九种业门分别开示。显示巴利原文
Phoṭṭhabbārammaṇepi pathavīdhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātūti tīṇi mahābhūtāni phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ nāma. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne etesaṃ vasena yojanaṃ akatvā mañcapīṭhādivasena kātabbā. Yadā hi mañcapīṭhādīsu yaṃkiñci rajanīyaṃ phoṭṭhabbavatthuṃ labhitvā phoṭṭhabbavasena ābhujitvā ‘phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ mayha’nti deti pariccajati, tadā dānamayaṃ hotīti sabbaṃ vaṇṇadāne vuttanayeneva vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
法所缘中,六内处、三相、三无色蕴、十五种微细色、涅槃与施设——这些属于法处或不属法处的法,名为法所缘。然而,在此处,不依这些而关联,应依营养物施、饮物施、生命施而关联。以营养物等之中可染着的法所缘为所缘,依前文所述方式,由三种决定而生起此善。显示巴利原文
Dhammārammaṇe cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, tayo arūpino khandhā, pannarasa sukhumarūpāni, nibbānapaññattīti ime dhammāyatane pariyāpannā ca, apariyāpannā ca, dhammā dhammārammaṇaṃ nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne etesaṃ vasena yojanaṃ akatvā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānavasena kātabbā. Ojādīsu hi rajanīyaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tīhi niyamehetaṃ kusalaṃ uppajjati.
其中,当以‘这是我的营养物施’而施与酥油等,以‘饮物施’而施与八种饮物,以‘生命施’而施与筹食、僧团食等,施与患病比丘药物,安排医生,令撤除网罗,令破坏陷阱,令破坏鸟笼,令作释放系缚,令敲击禁止杀生之鼓,以及为保护生命而作其他此类行为时,这是施所成业。当以‘营养物施、饮物施、生命施是我家族传承、家族传统、家族惯习’的观念,依循义务而行营养物施等时,这是持戒所成业。当于法所缘上安立坏灭时,这是修习所成业。显示巴利原文
Tattha yadā ‘ojadānaṃ mayha’nti sappinavanītādīni deti, pānadānanti aṭṭha pānāni deti, jīvitadānanti salākabhattasaṅghabhattādīni deti, aphāsukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhesajjaṃ deti, vejjaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti, jālaṃ phālāpeti, kumīnaṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, sakuṇapañjaraṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, bandhanamokkhaṃ kārāpeti, māghātabheriṃ carāpeti, aññānipi jīvitaparittāṇatthaṃ evarūpāni kammāni karoti tadā dānamayaṃ hoti. Yadā pana ‘ojadānapānadānajīvitadānāni mayhaṃ kulavaṃso kulatanti kulappaveṇī’ti vattasīsena ojadānādīni pavatteti tadā sīlamayaṃ hoti. Yadā dhammārammaṇasmiṃ khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapeti tadā bhāvanāmayaṃ hoti.
当施所成业生起时,若亲手施与食物、饮料及生命之资具,此是身业。若吩咐子女、妻子等令人施与,此是语业。若不动身门与语门,仅于心中思维‘我将施与’现有物品,以此行持食物、饮料及生命之资具的布施,此是意业。显示巴利原文
Dānamayaṃ pana hutvā pavattamānampi yadā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānāni sahatthā deti, tadā kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā dāpeti, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā ojadānapānadānajīvitadānavasena vijjamānakavatthuṃ ‘dassāmī’ti manasā cinteti, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
当依家族传承等,亲手施与前述现有物品时,此是持戒所成身业。当依家族传承等,吩咐子女、妻子等令人施与时,此是语业。当依家族传承等,仅于心中思维‘我将施与’前述现有物品时,此是意业。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ kulavaṃsādivasena sahatthā deti, tadā sīlamayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva puttadārādayo āṇāpetvā dāpeti, tadā vacīkammaṃ hoti. Yadā kulavaṃsādivaseneva vuttappakāraṃ vijjamānakavatthuṃ ‘dassāmī’ti manasāva cinteti, tadā manokammaṃ hoti.
经行之后,于法所缘中安立坏灭者,此是修习所成身业。不动身门,以语言安立坏灭者,此是语业。不动身门与语门,仅以心意于法所缘中安立坏灭者,此是意业。如是,修习所成业依身、语、意业而有三种。如此,法王以九种业门,将法所缘之善,依三种福行事之基而分别开示。显示巴利原文
Caṅkamitvā dhammārammaṇe khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa pana bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgaṃ acopetvā vācāya khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa vacīkammaṃ hoti. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva dhammārammaṇe khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapentassa manokammaṃ hoti. Evaṃ bhāvanāmayaṃ kāyavacīmanokammavasena tividhaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ dhammārammaṇampi kusalaṃ tividhapuññakiriyavatthuvasena navahi kammadvārehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
如是,此心依种种所缘而显耀于种种事。然而,即使在一事之中,也能依种种所缘而得。如何呢?在四资具中,于衣服可得六所缘:新衣之色可爱、可观,此为色所缘;穿着时发出沙沙声,此为声所缘;其上若有黑斑等气味,此为香所缘;味所缘则依受用时尝到的味而说;若有乐触,此为触所缘;缘于衣而生起乐受,此为法所缘。于团食,味所缘可无遗地获得。如是,在四资具中,依种种所缘联结后,应知施所成等的差别。显示巴利原文
Evamidaṃ cittaṃ nānāvatthūsu nānārammaṇavasena dīpitaṃ. Idaṃ pana ekavatthusmimpi nānārammaṇavasena labbhatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Catūsu hi paccayesu cīvare cha ārammaṇāni labbhanti – navarattassa hi cīvarassa vaṇṇo manāpo hoti dassanīyo, idaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇaṃ. Paribhogakāle paṭapaṭasaddaṃ karoti, idaṃ saddārammaṇaṃ. Yo tattha kāḷakacchakādigandho, idaṃ gandhārammaṇaṃ. Rasārammaṇaṃ pana paribhogarasavasena kathitaṃ. Yā tattha sukhasamphassatā, idaṃ phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ. Cīvaraṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā, dhammārammaṇaṃ. Piṇḍapāte rasārammaṇaṃ nippariyāyeneva labbhati. Evaṃ catūsu paccayesu nānārammaṇavasena yojanaṃ katvā dānamayādibhedo veditabbo.
然而,此心唯有以所缘为系缚,因为无有所缘则它不生起。门却不是系缚。何以故?因为业不是系缚。当业不是系缚时,门也同样不是系缚。显示巴利原文
Imassa pana cittassa ārammaṇameva nibaddhaṃ, vinā ārammaṇena anuppajjanato. Dvāraṃ pana anibaddhaṃ. Kasmā? Kammassa anibaddhattā. Kammasmiñhi anibaddhe dvārampi anibaddhameva hoti.
欲界善心之门论显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarakusalaṃ dvārakathā
身业门论显示巴利原文
Kāyakammadvārakathā
为阐明此义,于此《大注疏》中讲述了“门论”。其中列举了三业、三业门、五识、五识门、六触、六触门、八非防护、八非防护门、八防护、八防护门、十善业道、十不善业道,这些即是所谓“门论”的纲目安立。显示巴利原文
Imassa panatthassa pakāsanatthaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ dvārakathā kathitā. Tattha tīṇi kammāni, tīṇi kammadvārāni, pañca viññāṇāni, pañca viññāṇadvārāni, cha phassā, cha phassadvārāni, aṭṭha asaṃvarā, aṭṭha asaṃvaradvārāni, aṭṭha saṃvarā, aṭṭha saṃvaradvārāni, dasa kusalakammapathā, dasa akusalakammapathāti, idaṃ ettakaṃ dvārakathāya mātikāṭhapanaṃ nāma.
其中,虽先述及三业,但暂且置他们,先分别解说三业门。哪三种?身业门、语业门、意业门。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāpi tīṇi kammāni paṭhamaṃ vuttāni, tāni pana ṭhapetvā ādito tāva tīṇi kammadvārāni bhājetvā dassitāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyakammadvāraṃ, vacīkammadvāraṃ, manokammadvāranti.
其中,身有四种:执取身、食等起身、时节等起身、心等起身。其中,眼处等至命根为边际的八种业等起色,以及唯是业等起的四界、色、香、味、食素,此八种称为执取身。同样的八种由食所生者,称为食等起身;八种由时节所生者,称为时节等起身;八种由心所生者,称为心等起身。显示巴利原文
Tattha catubbidho kāyo – upādinnako, āhārasamuṭṭhāno, utusamuṭṭhāno, cittasamuṭṭhānoti. Tattha cakkhāyatanādīni jīvitindriyapariyantāni aṭṭha kammasamuṭṭhānarūpānipi, kammasamuṭṭhānāneva catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti aṭṭha upādinnakakāyo nāma. Tāneva aṭṭha āhārajāni āhārasamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma. Aṭṭha utujāni utusamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma. Aṭṭha cittajāni cittasamuṭṭhānikakāyo nāma.
其中,所谓的身业门,并非指有执取的身的名,也非其他之名。然而,在心所等起的八种色法中,有一种表色,即名为身业门。对此,有论说:‘何谓彼色身表?无论是善心、不善心还是无记心,当人前行、后退、正视、环视或屈伸之际,由身的坚挺、坚住与坚住性,所呈现的表、表显与表显性,即是彼色身表。’当“我将前行、我将后退”的心生起时,即等起诸色。在其中,地界、水界、火界、风界,以及依他们而有的色、香、味、食素,在这八种色聚之中,心等起的风界,能自持俱生之色身,令其坚住、执持、移动、前行与后退。显示巴利原文
Tesu kāyakammadvāranti neva upādinnakakāyassa nāmaṃ na itaresaṃ. Cittasamuṭṭhānesu pana aṭṭhasu rūpesu ekā viññatti atthi, idaṃ kāyakammadvāraṃ nāma. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññatti? Yā kusalacittassa vā, akusalacittassa vā, abyākatacittassa vā, abhikkamantassa vā paṭikkamantassa vā, ālokentassa vā vilokentassa vā, samiñjentassa vā pasārentassa vā, kāyassa thambhanā santhambhanā santhambhitattaṃ, viññatti viññāpanā viññāpitattaṃ, idaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññattī’’ti (dha. sa. 720). ‘Abhikkamissāmi paṭikkamissāmī’ti hi cittaṃ uppajjamānaṃ rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tattha yā pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu tannissito vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ rūpakalāpānaṃ abbhantare cittasamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu, sā attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambheti sandhāreti cāleti abhikkamāpeti paṭikkamāpeti.
其中,在一转向路的七次速行中,由第一个速行心等起的风界,能够自持与其俱生的色身,令其坚住与执持,然而不能令其前后移动。第二等速行心,道理亦是如此。然而,由第七个速行心等起的风界,获得了前六个心等起之风界为依止缘,便能自持俱生之色身,不仅令其坚住与执持,还能令其移动、前行、后退、正视、环视、弯曲与伸展。由此,所谓“行走”得以产生,所谓“到来”得以产生,所谓“行来”得以产生。因此可称为“行一由旬,乃至行十由旬”。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekāvajjanavīthiyaṃ sattasu javanesu paṭhamacittasamuṭṭhitā vāyodhātu attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ sakkoti, aparāparaṃ pana cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo. Sattamacittena pana samuṭṭhitā vāyodhātu heṭṭhā chahi cittehi samuṭṭhitaṃ vāyodhātuṃ upatthambhanapaccayaṃ labhitvā attanā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ cāletuṃ abhikkamāpetuṃ paṭikkamāpetuṃ ālokāpetuṃ vilokāpetuṃ sammiñjāpetuṃ pasārāpetuṃ sakkoti. Tena gamanaṃ nāma jāyati, āgamanaṃ nāma jāyati, gamanāgamanaṃ nāma jāyati. ‘Yojanaṃ gato dasayojanaṃ gato’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjāpeti.
譬如,当一辆车需要以七轭的牛牵引时,第一轭所系之牛,仅能使轭坚住并执持,却无法转动车轮;第二轭等,情况也是如此。然而,当在第七轭系上牛之后,若有一位善巧的御者坐于车辕,手持缰绳,从最前面开始用刺棒击打诸牛,那时,所有的牛便合为一力,执持车辕并转动车轮。此时可以说“此车行进了一由旬、二十由旬”——依此譬喻,应知此理亦如是成就。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi sattahi yugehi ākaḍḍhitabbe sakaṭe paṭhamayuge yuttagoṇā yugaṃ tāva santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ sakkonti, cakkaṃ pana napavaṭṭenti; dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo; sattamayuge pana goṇe yojetvā yadā cheko sārathi dhure nisīditvā yottāni ādāya sabbapurimato paṭṭhāya patodalaṭṭhiyā goṇe ākoṭeti, tadā sabbeva ekabalā hutvā dhurañca sandhārenti cakkāni ca pavaṭṭenti. ‘Sakaṭaṃ gahetvā dasayojanaṃ vīsatiyojanaṃ gatā’ti vattabbataṃ āpādenti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ.
其中,那由心等起的身体并非表色。然而,有一种形态变化,能成为心等起风界的缘,令俱生的色身坚住、支撑、动摇,这即名为表色。它不像八种色那样是心等起的。然而,正如无常等诸法有老死性,故说‘诸比丘,老死是无常、有为’等,同样地,因为心等起色有表显的性质,它也被称为心等起。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo cittasamuṭṭhānikakāyo na so viññatti, cittasamuṭṭhānāya pana vāyodhātuyā sahajātaṃ rūpakāyaṃ santhambhetuṃ sandhāretuṃ cāletuṃ paccayo bhavituṃ samattho eko ākāravikāro atthi, ayaṃ viññatti nāma. Sā aṭṭha rūpāni viya na cittasamuṭṭhānā. Yathā pana aniccādibhedānaṃ dhammānaṃ jarāmaraṇattā, ‘‘jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhata’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.20) vuttaṃ, evaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ viññattitāya sāpi cittasamuṭṭhānā nāma hoti.
然因其有表显之性,故称为表色。表显什么?表显一种身的行为。站在眼前的人,举手或举足,或摇头或动眉,这些手等的形态是眼所识知的。然而,表色并非眼所识,唯是意所识。因为眼唯见依手之变化等而动摇的色所缘。而表色,则是由意门心思维后,了知‘此人大概在令做此事与彼事’。显示巴利原文
Viññāpanattā panesā viññattīti vuccati. Kiṃ viññāpetīti? Ekaṃ kāyikakaraṇaṃ. Cakkhupathasmiñhi ṭhito hatthaṃ vā pādaṃ vā ukkhipati, sīsaṃ vā bhamukaṃ vā cāleti, ayaṃ hatthādīnaṃ ākāro cakkhuviññeyyo hoti. Viññatti pana na cakkhuviññeyyā manoviññeyyā eva. Cakkhunā hi hatthavikārādivasena vipphandamānaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇameva passati. Viññattiṃ pana manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti.
譬如在森林里,时当酷暑,人们为使他人知晓‘依此标记,此处有水’,便在树梢系上棕榈叶等;在酒铺门口悬挂旗帜;风儿吹动高树,使其摇晃;水中的鱼儿游动时,水面便冒出气泡;大洪水流经之处,其边际堆积着被冲来的草叶与垃圾。见彼棕榈叶、旗帜、树枝摇动、气泡、草叶垃圾后,虽非以眼亲见,却以意识了知:‘此处应有水’、‘应有酒’、‘此树应是被风吹动’、‘水中应有鱼’、‘洪水应已淹没如此范围后流去’。同样地,表色也非眼识所认知,唯是意识所认知。因为眼唯见依手部动作等而变化的色所缘。至于表色,则是以意门心思维后,了知‘此人大概在令做此事与彼事’。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi araññe nidāghasamaye udakaṭṭhāne manussā ‘imāya saññāya idha udakassa atthibhāvaṃ jānissantī’ti rukkhagge tālapaṇṇādīni bandhāpenti, surāpānadvāre dhajaṃ ussāpenti, uccaṃ vā pana rukkhaṃ vāto paharitvā cāleti, antoudake macche calante upari bubbuḷakāni uṭṭhahanti, mahoghassa gatamaggapariyante tiṇapaṇṇakasaṭaṃ ussāritaṃ hoti. Tattha tālapaṇṇadhajasākhācalanabubbuḷakatiṇapaṇṇakasaṭe disvā yathā cakkhunā adiṭṭhampi ‘ettha udakaṃ bhavissati, surā bhavissati, ayaṃ rukkho vātena pahato bhavissati, antoudake maccho bhavissati, ettakaṃ ṭhānaṃ ajjhottharitvā ogho gato bhavissatī’ti manoviññāṇena jānāti, evameva viññattipi na cakkhuviññeyyā manoviññeyyāva. Cakkhunā hi hatthavikārādivasena vipphandamānaṃ vaṇṇārammaṇameva passati. Viññattiṃ pana manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti.
而且,不仅是从‘令知’的角度才称为表色,从‘可被认知’的角度也可称为表色。因为此表色对他人乃至畜生也是明显的。例如,狗、豺、鸦、牛等聚集在各处时,见有人拿起棍棒或土块作出要打的样子,它们便知道‘此人想打我们’,于是纷纷逃散。然而,对于隔着墙、壁等的他人,也有不明显的时刻。虽在彼时并不明显,但由于对眼前的人明显,故仍称为表色。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañcesā viññāpanatova viññatti nāma. Viññeyyatopi pana viññattiyeva nāma. Ayañhi paresaṃ antamaso tiracchānagatānampi pākaṭā hoti. Tattha tattha sannipatitā hi soṇasiṅgālakākagoṇādayo daṇḍaṃ vā leḍḍuṃ vā gahetvā paharaṇākāre dassite ‘ayaṃ no paharitukāmo’ti ñatvā yena vā tena vā palāyanti. Pākārakuṭṭādiantarikassa pana parassa apākaṭakālopi atthi. Kiñcāpi tasmiṃ khaṇe apākaṭā sammukhībhūtānaṃ pana pākaṭattā viññattiyeva nāma hoti.
然而,当心生色令身体动转时,三因所生色是动还是不动?它也同样地动,是随顺那心生色而动的。正如水流移动时,落在水中的枯枝、草叶等也都随水而动,水动则动,水停则停——应知此处道理也是如此。如此,在心生起的色法中,表色应知其名为‘身业门’。显示巴利原文
Cittasamuṭṭhānike pana kāye calante tisamuṭṭhāniko calati na calatīti? Sopi tatheva calati. Taṃgatiko tadanuvattakova hoti. Yathā hi udake gacchante udake patitāni sukkhadaṇḍakatiṇapaṇṇādīnipi udakagatikāneva bhavanti, tasmiṃ gacchante gacchanti, tiṭṭhante tiṭṭhanti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evamesā cittasamuṭṭhānesu rūpesu viññatti kāyakammadvāraṃ nāmāti veditabbā.
然而,依于此门而成就的思,即以此思而杀生、不与取、行邪淫,或远离杀生等,这名为‘身业’。因此,在承认他宗见解的情况下,应确立:身为门,依此门成就的思为身业,属于‘善或不善’。若不承认他宗见解,则补足三性,确立为‘或无记’。在此,譬如城门固定于所建之处,连一指节也不前后移动,大众则经由各个城门往来;同样地,门并不移动,而业则因在各各门中生起而移动。因此,古德说——显示巴利原文
Yā pana tasmiṃ dvāre siddhā cetanā yāya pāṇaṃ hanati, adinnaṃ ādiyati, micchācāraṃ carati, pāṇātipātādīhi viramati, idaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma. Evaṃ paravādimhi sati kāyo dvāraṃ, tamhi dvāre siddhā cetanā kāyakammaṃ ‘kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā’ti ṭhapetabbaṃ. Paravādimhi pana asati ‘abyākataṃ vā’ti tikaṃ pūretvāva ṭhapetabbaṃ. Tattha yathā nagaradvāraṃ kataṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, aṅgulamattampi aparāparaṃ na saṅkamati, tena tena pana dvārena mahājano sañcarati, evameva dvāre dvāraṃ na sañcarati, kammaṃ pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ dvāre uppajjanato carati. Tenāhu porāṇā –
业行于门,而非穿门往来之人;
因此,诸业依门而各自确立。
显示巴利原文 Dvāre caranti kammāni, na dvārā dvāracārino; Tasmā dvārehi kammāni, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitāti.
在此,门亦依业而得名,业亦依门而得名。譬如,识等生起之处,得名为‘识门’‘触门’‘不防护门’‘防护门’等;同样,身业生起之处,即得名为‘身业门’。语业门、意业门,理亦如是。又如依止于各各树上的天神,依其树而得名为‘木棉树天神’‘紫矿树天神’‘楝树天神’‘扇叶树天神’等;同样,依于身门所造之业,亦依其门而得名为‘身业’。语业、意业,亦同此理。于此,身是一种,业是另一种,然因以身而作,故称为‘身业’。是故注释师说——显示巴利原文
Tattha kammenāpi dvāraṃ nāmaṃ labhati, dvārenāpi kammaṃ. Yathā hi viññāṇādīnaṃ uppajjanaṭṭhānāni viññāṇadvāraṃ phassadvāraṃ asaṃvaradvāraṃ saṃvaradvāranti nāmaṃ labhanti, evaṃ kāyakammassa uppajjanaṭṭhānaṃ kāyakammadvāranti nāmaṃ labhati. Vacīmanokammadvāresupi eseva nayo. Yathā pana tasmiṃ tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā simbalidevatā palāsadevatā pucimandadevatā phandanadevatāti tena tena rukkhena nāmaṃ labhati, evameva kāyadvārena kataṃ kammampi kāyakammanti dvārena nāmaṃ labhati. Vacīkammamanokammesupi eseva nayo. Tattha añño kāyo, aññaṃ kammaṃ, kāyena pana katattā taṃ kāyakammanti vuccati. Tenāhu aṭṭhakathācariyā –
若由人所造之业,则称为人业;
人与所造之业,彼此各别安立。
显示巴利原文 Kāyena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, kāyakammanti vuccati; Kāyo ca kāyakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Sūciyā ce kataṃ kammaṃ, sūcikammanti vuccati; Sūci ca sūcikammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Vāsiyā ce kataṃ kammaṃ, vāsikammanti vuccati; Vāsi ca vāsikammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā. Purisena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, purisakammanti vuccati; Puriso ca purisakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitā.
Kāyena ce kataṃ kammaṃ, kāyakammanti vuccati; Kāyo ca kāyakammañca, aññamaññaṃ vavatthitāti.
如此,门的安立即不合理,业的安立也不合理。何以故?因为依于身表色,以“诸业行于门中”之说故,语业亦得转起,因此将其安立为“身业门”是不合理的。而身业也在语表色中转起,因此将其安立为“身业”也是不合理的。并非不合理。何以故?因多分转起及多分依彼转起故。即身业多分依身表色转起,其他业则不然,故由身业多分转起,其身业门性得以成立。犹如婆罗门村、芒果林、龙林等,依婆罗门村等而得名一样,门的安立是合理的。然而,身业多分依身门转起,少分依语门转起。因此,由多分依身门转起,其身业性得以成立,犹如林居者、粗重少女等所行境,依林居者等而得名一样。如此,业的安立也是合理的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sante neva dvāravavatthānaṃ yujjati, na kammavavatthānaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kāyaviññattiyañhi ‘‘dvāre caranti kammānī’’ti vacanato vacīkammampi pavattati, tenassā kāyakammadvāranti vavatthānaṃ na yuttaṃ. Kāyakammañca vacīviññattiyampi pavattati, tenassa kāyakammanti vavatthānaṃ na yujjatī’ti. ‘No na yujjati. Kasmā? Yebhuyyavuttitāya ceva tabbahulavuttitāya ca. Kāyakammameva hi yebhuyyena kāyaviññattiyaṃ pavattati na itarāni, tasmā kāyakammassa yebhuyyena pavattito tassā kāyakammadvārabhāvo siddho. Brāhmaṇagāmaambavananāgavanādīnaṃ brāhmaṇagāmādibhāvo viyāti dvāravavatthānaṃ yujjati. Kāyakammaṃ pana kāyadvāramhiyeva bahulaṃ pavattati appaṃ vacīdvāre . Tasmā kāyadvāre bahulaṃ pavattito etassa kāyakammabhāvo siddho, vanacarakathullakumārikādigocarānaṃ vanacarakādibhāvo viyāti. Evaṃ kammavavatthānampi yujjatī’ti.
语业门论。显示巴利原文
Vacīkammadvārakathā
在语业门之论中,依思、离、声而有三类语。其中,“比丘们,具足四支的言语是善说,非恶说,是无过失且不被智者呵责的”(《相应部》1.213),此称为思语。所谓“对四种语恶行的远离、离弃……这称为正语”(《分别论》206),此称为离语。“语、言词、言语、发声、音声、音声之业、语、言语之分别”(《法集论》850),此称为声语。在此,所谓语业门,既非思之名称,亦非离之名称。然而,有一种与声俱起的表色,这即称为语业门。关于此,有言:“什么是那种名为语表的色法?即属于善心、或不善心、或无记心的语、言词、言语、发声、音声、音声之业、语、言语之分别,这称为语。依于此语而有的表色、令知、令知性——这就是那种名为语表的色法。”(《法集论》636)显示巴利原文
Vacīkammadvārakathāyaṃ pana cetanāviratisaddavasena tividhā vācā nāma. Tattha ‘‘catūhi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.213); ayaṃ cetanāvācā nāma. Yā ‘‘catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati virati…pe… ayaṃ vuccati sammāvācā’’ti (vibha. 206), ayaṃ virativācā nāma. ‘‘Vācā girā byappatho udīraṇaṃ ghoso ghosakammaṃ vācā vacībhedo’’ti (dha. sa. 850), ayaṃ saddavācā nāma. Tāsu vacīkammadvāranti neva cetanāya nāmaṃ na viratiyā. Sahasaddā pana ekā viññatti atthi, idaṃ vacīkammadvāraṃ nāma. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ vacīviññatti? Yā kusalacittassa vā akusalacittassa vā abyākatacittassa vā vācā girā byappatho udīraṇaṃ ghoso ghosakammaṃ vācā vacībhedo, ayaṃ vuccati vācā. Yā tāya vācāya viññatti viññāpanā viññāpitattaṃ, idaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ vacīviññattī’’ti (dha. sa. 636).
当人思虑‘我要说此,我要说彼’时,会产生一种叫做‘寻之扩散声’的声音。这种声音并非耳识所认知,而是意识所认知,此说出自《大注》。然而,在诸部《义注》中,‘寻之扩散声’是指由于寻的扩散而生起的、诸如说梦话者或醉酒者等的胡言乱语之声;‘闻已’是指听闻了那声音,也就是当人思虑时,他所发出的那个声音;据此便说‘你的心是这样,你的心是那样’等等,并讲述了众多事例。在《发趣论》中也提到:‘心等起的声处,以所缘缘为缘,对耳识有缘力。’因此,并不存在不依表色和撞击而生起的、非耳识所认知的‘寻之扩散声’。然而,当‘我要说此,我要说彼’之心生起时,它会等起地、水、火、风、色、香、味、食素这八种色法。其中,心等起的地界在生起时,便会撞击执受色。与那地界聚集的撞击同时,声音便生起。这称为心等起声,它并非表色。然而,有一种形态上的变化,作为那心等起的地界撞击执受色的缘,这便称为语表。由此以下,诸如‘它不像八种色法那样是心等起的’等一切说法,都应依前文所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
‘Idaṃ vakkhāmi etaṃ vakkhāmī’ti hi vitakkayato vitakkavipphārasaddo nāma uppajjati. Ayaṃ na sotaviññeyyo manoviññeyyoti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgato. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘vitakkavipphārasadda’nti vitakkavipphāravasena uppannaṃ vippalapantānaṃ suttappamattādīnaṃ saddaṃ; ‘sutvā’ti taṃ sutvā, yaṃ vitakkayato tassa so saddo uppanno; tassa vasena ‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano’ti ādisatīti vatvā vatthūnipi kathitāni. Paṭṭhānepi ‘‘cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ saddāyatanaṃ sotaviññāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti āgataṃ. Tasmā vinā viññattighaṭṭanāya uppajjamāno asotaviññeyyo vitakkavipphārasaddo nāma natthi. ‘Idaṃ vakkhāmi etaṃ vakkhāmī’ti uppajjamānaṃ pana cittaṃ pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu vaṇṇo gandho raso ojāti aṭṭha rūpāni samuṭṭhāpeti. Tesaṃ abbhantare cittasamuṭṭhānā pathavīdhātu upādinnakaṃ ghaṭṭayamānāva uppajjati. Tena dhātusaṅghaṭṭanena saheva saddo uppajjatīti. Ayaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānasaddo nāma. Ayaṃ na viññatti. Tassā pana cittasamuṭṭhānāya pathavīdhātuyā upādinnakaghaṭṭanassa paccayabhūto eko ākāravikāro atthi, ayaṃ vacīviññatti nāma. Ito paraṃ sā aṭṭha rūpāni viya na cittasamuṭṭhānātiādi sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在此也是如此,当听闻到有人呼唤‘帝沙、达多、密多’的声音时,他以意门之心思考那表色后,而得知:‘我想,此人正在做这些事’。如同身表一样,此语表对于畜生也是显而易见的。因为畜生听到‘来、去’的声音后,也知道‘我想,这人是在叫这个’,于是便来或去。至于‘它是否移动三因等起身’的问题,在此处则不能适用。对于支持前一心等起色的作用,也没有。然而,在那语门中成就的思,依于此思而说妄语、说离间语、说粗恶语、说杂秽语,或者远离妄语等,这便称为语业。自此以下,一切业的确定与门的确定,都应依前文所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Idhāpi hi ‘tissa, datta, mittā’ti pakkosantassa saddaṃ sutvā viññattiṃ manodvārikacittena cintetvā ‘idañcidañca esa kāreti maññe’ti jānāti. Kāyaviññatti viya ca ayampi tiracchānagatānampi pākaṭā hoti. ‘Ehi, yāhī’ti hi saddaṃ sutvā tiracchānagatāpi ‘idaṃ nāmesa kāreti maññe’ti ñatvā āgacchanti ceva gacchanti ca. Tisamuṭṭhānikakāyaṃ cāleti na cāletīti, ayaṃ pana vāro idha na labbhati. Purimacittasamuṭṭhānāya upatthambhanakiccampi natthi. Yā pana tasmiṃ vacīdvāre siddhā cetanā, yāya musā katheti, pesuññaṃ katheti, pharusaṃ katheti, samphaṃ palapati, musāvādādīhi viramati, idaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ kammavavatthānañca dvāravavatthānañca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
意业门之论显示巴利原文
Manokammadvārakathā
在意业门之论中,依欲界等差别,意有四种。其中,欲界意有五十四种,色界意有十五种,无色界意有十二种,出世间意有八种,总计八十九种。于此,不应说‘这种意不是意门’。正如不应说‘这种思不是业’一样,因为在《大论》中,即使与五识相应的思也被确定为业;同样地,也不应说‘这种意不是意门’。显示巴利原文
Manokammadvārakathāyaṃ pana kāmāvacarādivasena catubbidho mano mano nāma. Tattha kāmāvacaro catupaññāsavidho hoti, rūpāvacaro pannarasavidho, arūpāvacaro dvādasavidho, lokuttaro aṭṭhavidhoti sabbopi ekūnanavutividho hoti. Tattha ayaṃ nāma mano manodvāraṃ na hotīti na vattabbo. Yathā hi ayaṃ nāma cetanā kammaṃ na hotīti na vattabbā, antamaso pañcaviññāṇasampayuttāpi hi cetanā mahāpakaraṇe kammantveva niddiṭṭhā, evameva ayaṃ nāma mano manodvāraṃ na hotīti na vattabbo.
于此有问:所谓业,它做什么呢?它积蓄、造作、聚集、思虑、筹划、安排。既然如此,与五识相应的思,它积蓄、造作、聚集、思虑、筹划、安排什么呢?它对其俱生法如此作用。因为那与五识相应的思,也对其俱生的相应蕴积蓄、造作、聚集、思虑、筹划、安排。为何这样论说?这是依总括的方式而说的。然而,这里的定论是:三界中的善与不善意,共二十九种,称为意业门。而在那意门中成就的思,藉由此思而执取贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,以及无贪、无嗔、正见,这称为意业。自此以下,一切业的确定和门的确定,都应依前文所述的方法来理解。这三种称为业门。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – kammaṃ nāmetaṃ kiṃ karotīti? Āyūhati, abhisaṅkharoti, piṇḍaṃ karoti, ceteti, kappeti, pakappetīti. Evaṃ sante pañcaviññāṇacetanā kiṃ āyūhati, abhisaṅkharoti, piṇḍaṃ karoti, ceteti, kappeti, pakappetīti?. Sahajātadhamme. Sāpi hi sahajāte sampayuttakkhandhe āyūhati abhisaṅkharoti piṇḍaṃ karoti ceteti kappeti pakappetīti. Kiṃ vā iminā vādena? Sabbasaṅgāhikavasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – tebhūmakakusalākusalo ekūnatiṃsavidho mano manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Yā pana tasmiṃ manodvāre siddhā cetanā yāya abhijjhābyāpādamicchādassanāni ceva anabhijjhāabyāpādasammādassanāni ca gaṇhāti, idaṃ manokammaṃ nāma. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ kammavavatthānañca dvāravavatthānañca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti. Imāni tīṇi kammadvārāni nāma.
现在,在揭示了这三种业门之后,以这三种业为开端,为其余门之论安立总纲,这便是广说。即身业、语业、意业三种。然而,什么是所谓的“业”呢?它就是思,以及某些与思相应的法。其中,关于思是业,有如下经典为证:显示巴利原文
Idāni yāni tīṇi kammāni ṭhapetvā imāni kammadvārāni dassitāni, tāni ādiṃ katvā avasesassa dvārakathāya mātikāṭhapanassa vitthārakathā hoti. Tīṇi hi kammāni – kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti. Kiṃ panetaṃ kammaṃ nāmāti? Cetanā ceva, ekacce ca cetanāsampayuttakā dhammā. Tattha cetanāya kammabhāve imāni suttāni –
经中解释说:“比丘们,我说思即是业,思已而以身、语、意造业。”(增支部6.63;论事539)又说:“阿难,因有身,以身思为缘,内生起苦乐;阿难,因有语,以语思为缘,内生起苦乐;阿难,因有意,以意思为缘,内生起苦乐。”(相应部2.25;增支部4.171)又说:“比丘们,有三种身思是不善身业,有苦报、苦异熟;比丘们,有四种语思是不善语业,有苦报、苦异熟;比丘们,有三种意思是不善意业,有苦报、苦异熟。比丘们,有三种身思是善身业,有乐报、乐异熟;比丘们,有四种语思是善语业,有乐报、乐异熟;比丘们,有三种意思是善意业,有乐报、乐异熟。”(论事539;增支部10.217略有不同)又如:“阿难,如果这个愚人三弥提被波吒厘子城的遍行者这样问时,能这样回答:‘波吒厘子城的朋友,造了应被感知的业——以身、语、意造业后,他感受乐受……他感受不苦不乐受。’阿难,愚人三弥提这样回答时,便是正确地回答了波吒厘子城的遍行者。”(中部3.300;论事539)显示巴利原文
‘‘Cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi, cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya manasā’’ (a. ni. 6.63; kathā. 539). ‘‘Kāye vā hi, ānanda, sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ, vācāya vā, ānanda, sati vacīsañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ; mane vā, ānanda, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.25; a. ni. 4.171). ‘‘Tividhā, bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ, dukkhavipākaṃ; catubbidhā, bhikkhave, vacīsañcetanā…pe… tividhā, bhikkhave, manosañcetanā akusalaṃ manokammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākaṃ tividhā , bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākaṃ catubbidhā, bhikkhave, vacīsañcetanā…pe… tividhā, bhikkhave, manosañcetanā, kusalaṃ manokammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākaṃ’’ (kathā. 539; a. ni. 10.217 thokaṃ visadisaṃ). ‘‘Sacāyaṃ, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso pāṭaliputtassa paribbājakassa evaṃ puṭṭho evaṃ byākareyya – sañcetaniyaṃ, āvuso pāṭaliputta, kammaṃ katvā kāyena vācāya manasā, sukhavedanīyaṃ sukhaṃ so vedayati…pe… adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ so vedayatīti; evaṃ byākaramāno kho, ānanda, samiddhi moghapuriso pāṭaliputtassa paribbājakassa sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.300; kathā. 539).
以上诸经阐明“思即是业”。而与思相应诸法的业性,则以四种业来阐明。即如所说:显示巴利原文
Imāni tāva cetanāya kammabhāve suttāni. Cetanāsampayuttadhammānaṃ pana kammabhāvo kammacatukkena dīpito. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“诸比丘,有四种业是我以证智亲自证知、作证后宣说的。哪四种呢?诸比丘,有黑业、黑异熟;诸比丘,有白业、白异熟;诸比丘,有黑白业、黑白异熟;诸比丘,有非黑非白业、非黑非白异熟,能令业灭尽。”(增支部4.232-233)……“诸比丘,什么是非黑非白业、非黑非白异熟,能令业灭尽?即此七觉支——念觉支……舍觉支。诸比丘,这称为非黑非白业、非黑非白异熟,能令业灭尽。”(增支部4.238)……“诸比丘,什么是非黑非白业、非黑非白异熟,能令业灭尽?即此圣八支道——正见……正定。诸比丘,这称为非黑非白业、非黑非白异熟,能令业灭尽。”(增支部4.237)显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. Katamāni cattāri? Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati (a. ni. 4.232-233).… Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? Yadidaṃ satta bojjhaṅgā – satisambojjhaṅgo…pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati (a. ni. 4.238).… Katamañca, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo – seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.237).
如此,依觉支与道支的类别而分的这十五法,以四种业来阐明。连同贪欲、嗔恚、邪见、无贪欲、无嗔恚、正见这六法,应知共有二十一种与思相应之法。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ime bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgappabhedato pannarasa dhammā kammacatukkena dīpitā. Abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhi, anabhijjhā, abyāpādo, sammādiṭṭhīti imehi pana chahi saddhiṃ ekavīsati cetanāsampayuttakā dhammā veditabbā.
修习出世间道时,即含摄身业等三业。凡以身违犯恶戒,由此防护的,当知为身业;凡以语违犯恶戒,由此防护的,当知为语业。因此,正业是身业,正语是语业。把握此二者时,正命因归属于彼分即已被含摄。凡以意违犯恶戒,由此防护的,当知为意业。此意业依见、思惟、精进、念、定之力而有五种,这五种亦名为意业。如此,修习出世间道时,即含摄三业。显示巴利原文
Tattha lokuttaramaggo bhajāpiyamāno kāyakammādīni tīṇi kammāni bhajati. Yañhi kāyena dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro kāyikoti veditabbo. Yaṃ vācāya dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro vācasikoti veditabbo. Iti sammākammanto kāyakammaṃ, sammāvācā vacīkammaṃ. Etasmiṃ dvaye gahite sammāājīvo tappakkhikattā gahitova hoti. Yaṃ pana manena dussīlyaṃ ajjhācarati, tamhā saṃvaro mānasikoti veditabbo. So diṭṭhisaṅkappavāyāmasatisamādhivasena pañcavidho hoti. Ayaṃ pañcavidhopi manokammaṃ nāma. Evaṃ lokuttaramaggo bhajāpiyamāno tīṇi kammāni bhajati.
此处有所谓的“门之关联”。因为在身门与语门中,有虽已动发却未达到业道的情况;在意门中,也有虽已现行却未达到业道的情况。他们把握此义后,便将其归于各自的门类。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne dvārasaṃsandanaṃ nāma hoti. Kāyavacīdvāresu hi copanaṃ patvā kammapathaṃ appattampi atthi, manodvāre ca samudācāraṃ patvā kammapathaṃ appattampi atthi; taṃ gahetvā taṃtaṃdvārapakkhikameva akaṃsu.
此处有一理趣:有人心想“我要去猎鹿”,便准备弓、缠绕弓弦、磨利矛、吃饭、穿衣。至此,在身门已达到了动发。他在林中行走一日,最终连兔、猫般大小的猎物也未获得。这称为不善身业吗?不是。为什么?因为未达到业道。但应知这只是身恶行。在捕鱼等精心准备工具中,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – yo ‘migavaṃ gamissāmī’ti dhanuṃ sajjeti, jiyaṃ vaṭṭeti, sattiṃ niseti, bhattaṃ bhuñjati, vatthaṃ paridahati, ettāvatā kāyadvāre copanaṃ pattaṃ hoti. So araññe divasaṃ caritvā antamaso sasabiḷāramattampi na labhati, idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma hoti na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Kammapathaṃ appattatāya. Kevalaṃ pana kāyaduccaritaṃ nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ. Macchaggahaṇādī supayogesupi eseva nayo.
于语门中也是如此:有人下令‘我要去猎鹿’‘你们速备弓箭等’,然后如前所述,在林中一无所获。此时,虽在语门已有所动摇,但因未达到业道,故不成为身业。但应知这只是语恶行。显示巴利原文
Vacīdvārepi ‘migavaṃ gamissāmi’ ‘vegena dhanuādīni sajjethā’ti āṇāpetvā purimanayeneva araññe kiñci alabhantassa kiñcāpi vacīdvāre copanaṃ pattaṃ, kammapathaṃ appattatāya pana kāyakammaṃ na hoti. Kevalaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ nāma hotīti veditabbaṃ.
然而在意门中,杀意之思一旦生起,便已是业道的差别,而且是依于嗔恚,并非依于杀生。因为不善身业于身门与语门中生起,不从意门生起;不善语业也是如此。然而不善意业则于三门中生起;善的身、语、意业也是如此。显示巴利原文
Manodvāre pana vadhakacetanāya uppannamattāya eva kammapathabhedova hoti. So ca kho byāpādavasena na pāṇātipātavasena. Akusalañhi kāyakammaṃ kāyavacīdvāresu samuṭṭhāti, na manodvāre; tathā akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ pana tīsupi dvāresu samuṭṭhāti; tathā kusalāni kāyavacīmanokammāni.
如何理解呢?亲手杀生、不与取、邪淫者,其业即是身业,其门即是身门。如此,不善身业从身门生起。与这些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或成为思的眷属,或为无记。然而,命令他人说‘去,取某人的生命’、‘去,取某人的财物’者,其业虽为身业,但其门却是语门。如此,不善身业从语门生起。与这些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或成为思的眷属,或为无记。以上是诸师共同的论义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ ? Sahatthā hi pāṇaṃ hanantassa adinnaṃ ādiyantassa micchācāraṃ carantassa kammaṃ kāyakammameva hoti. Dvārampi kāyadvārameva hoti. Evaṃ tāva akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti, abbohārikā vā. ‘Gaccha itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehi, itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’ti āṇāpentassa pana kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti abbohārikā vā. Ettakā ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā nāma.
然而,诡辩者主张:“不善的身业也从意门生起。”当被要求“举出收录在三藏中的经文”时,他便举出这部名为《胞胎经》的经文:显示巴利原文
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ manodvārepi samuṭṭhātī’ti. So ‘tayo saṅgahe āruḷhaṃ suttaṃ āharāhī’ti vutto idaṃ kulumbasuttaṃ nāma āhari –
“再者,诸比丘,世间或有某沙门或婆罗门,具足神通、心得自在,以邪恶之心定睛观察他人胎中的胎儿,生起此念:‘啊,愿此胎中胎儿不得安稳出胎。’诸比丘,如此,便有对胞胎的伤害。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ , bhikkhave, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto aññissā kucchigataṃ gabbhaṃ pāpakena manasā anupekkhako hoti – ‘aho vatāyaṃ kucchigato gabbho na sotthinā abhinikkhameyyā’ti. Evaṃ, bhikkhave, kulumbassa upaghāto hotī’’ti.
他举出此经后说:“如此,仅仅这样以心思维,胎中胎儿便如水泡般消散。这其中,哪里需要身表的动作或语表的动作呢?这不善的身业,正是在意门中生起的。”显示巴利原文
Idaṃ suttaṃ āharitvā āha – ‘evaṃ cintitamatteyeva manasā kucchigato gabbho pheṇapiṇḍo viya vilīyati. Ettha kuto kāyaṅgacopanaṃ vā vācaṅgacopanaṃ vā? Manodvārasmiṃyeva pana idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ samuṭṭhātī’ti.
他们对他说:“我们来衡量一下你这经的含义。”于是这样衡量道:“你是在说用神通伤害他人。所谓神通,有这样一些:决意神通、变化神通、意所成神通、智遍满神通、定遍满神通、圣神通、业报生神通、具福者神通、明所成神通,以及在种种处由正确加行为缘所成就的神通。你说的是哪一种神通呢?”“修习所成神通。”“那么,修习所成神通能令伤害他人之业生起吗?”“是的,有些老师说会有一次。”他们说:就像想要打人的人,投掷装满水的罐子,罐子破碎,水也流失;同样,以修习所成神通,会有一次伤害他人之业,但从那以后,那种神通便消失了。于是,他们对他说:“以修习所成神通,伤害他人之业既非一次,也非两次。”并询问前来告知者:“修习所成神通是善、不善,还是无记?是与乐受相应,与苦受相应,还是与不苦不乐受相应?是有寻有伺,无寻唯伺,还是无寻无伺?是属欲界、色界,还是无色界呢?”显示巴利原文
Tamenaṃ ‘tava suttassa atthaṃ tulayissāmā’ti vatvā evaṃ tulayiṃsu – ‘tvaṃ iddhiyā parūpaghātaṃ vadesi. Iddhi nāma cesā – adhiṭṭhāniddhi, vikubbaniddhi, manomayiddhi, ñāṇavipphāriddhi, samādhivipphāriddhi, ariyiddhi, kammavipākajiddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayiddhi , tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhīti dasavidhā (paṭi. ma. 3.10). Tattha kataraṃ iddhiṃ vadesī’ti? ‘Bhāvanāmaya’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana bhāvanāmayiddhiyā parūpaghātakammaṃ hotī’ti? ‘Āma, ekacce ācariyā ekavāraṃ hotī’ti; vadanti yathā hi paraṃ paharitukāmena udakabharite ghaṭe khitte ghaṭopi bhijjati, udakampi nassati, evameva bhāvanāmayiddhiyā ekavāraṃ parūpaghātakammaṃ hoti. Tato paṭṭhāya pana sā nassatīti. Atha naṃ ‘bhāvanāmayiddhiyā neva ekavāraṃ na dve vāre parūpaghātakammaṃ hotī’ti vatvā taṃ saññattiṃ āgacchantaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘bhāvanāmayiddhi kiṃ kusalā, akusalā, abyākatā? Sukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, dukkhāya vedanāya sampayuttā, adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya sampayuttā? Savitakkasavicārā, avitakkavicāramattā, avitakkaavicārā? Kāmāvacarā, rūpāvacarā, arūpāvacarā’ti?
然而,明白此问题的人会这样说:“修习所成神通或是善,或是无记;唯是不苦不乐受;唯是无寻无伺;唯是色界。”应再问他:“杀生的思属于善等中的哪一类?”明者会答:“杀生的思唯是不善;唯是苦受;唯是有寻有伺;唯是欲界。”“既然如此,你的问题便不符合善等三法,不符合受等三法,不符合寻等三法,也不符合界地了。”显示巴利原文
Imaṃ pana pañhaṃ yo jānāti so evaṃ vakkhati – ‘bhāvanāmayiddhi kusalā vā hoti, abyākatā vā; adukkhamasukhavedanīyā eva, avitakkaavicārā eva, rūpāvacarā evā’ti. So vattabbo – ‘pāṇātipātacetanā kusalādīsu kataraṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ bhajatī’ti? Jānanto vakkhati – ‘pāṇātipātacetanā akusalā eva, dukkhavedanīyā eva, savitakkasavicārā eva kāmāvacarā evā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sante tava pañho neva kusalattikena sameti, na vedanāttikena , na vitakkattikena, na bhūmantarenā’ti.
“那么,如此大篇幅的经文是无意义的吗?”“并非无意义,只是你不知道它的含义。因为‘具有神通、心得自在’这里,指的并非修习所成神通,而是阿闼婆咒术神通。此处所能获得的,正是那种神通。然而,那种神通若离开身门和语门,便无法施行。因为修阿闼婆咒术神通者,七日间吃无盐之食,铺草于地而卧,行诸苦行,于第七日准备坟场,立于第七步处,反复搓手,口诵咒语。然后,他们的业才得以成就。因此,这种神通若离开身门和语门,同样无法施行。”由此可得结论:“身业不从意门生起。”显示巴利原文
‘Kiṃ pana evaṃ mahantaṃ suttaṃ niratthaka’nti? ‘No niratthakaṃ; tvaṃ panassa atthaṃ na jānāsi. ‘‘Iddhimā cetovasippatto’’ti ettha hi neva bhāvanāmayiddhi adhippetā, āthabbaṇiddhi pana adhippetā. Sā hi ettha labbhamānā labbhati. Sā pana kāyavacīdvārāni muñcitvā kātuṃ na sakkā. Āthabbaṇiddhikā hi sattāhaṃ aloṇakaṃ bhuñjitvā dabbe attharitvā pathaviyaṃ sayamānā tapaṃ caritvā sattame divase susānabhūmiṃ sajjetvā sattame pade ṭhatvā hatthaṃ vaṭṭetvā vaṭṭetvā mukhena vijjaṃ parijappanti. Atha nesaṃ kammaṃ samijjhati. Evaṃ ayampi iddhi kāyavacīdvārāni muñcitvā kātuṃ na sakkāti. ‘Na kāyakammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhātī’ti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
然而,以手示意而说妄语等时,其业为语业,门则为身门。如此,不善的语业亦从身门生起。与这些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或为思的眷属,或为无记。然而,发出语言而说妄语等时,其业是语业,门也唯是语门。如此,不善的语业从语门生起。与这些心俱生的贪欲、嗔恚、邪见,或为思的眷属,或为无记。以上是诸师共同的论义。显示巴利原文
Hatthamuddāya pana musāvādādīni kathentassa kammaṃ vacīkammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ hoti . Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammampi kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti, abbohārikā vā. Vacībhedaṃ pana katvā musāvādādīni kathentassa kammampi vacīkammaṃ dvārampi vacīdvārameva. Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi pana cittehi sahajātā abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo cetanāpakkhikā vā bhavanti abbohārikā vā. Ettakā ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā nāma.
然而,诡辩者却说:‘不善的语业也从意门生起。’当被要求‘举出三藏所摄的经文’时,他从布萨犍度中引用了这部经:显示巴利原文
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ manodvārepi samuṭṭhātī’ti. So ‘tayo saṅgahe āruḷhaṃ suttaṃ āharāhī’ti vutto idaṃ uposathakkhandhakato suttaṃ āhari –
“若有比丘,于第三次宣告之时,虽知有罪且忆念不忘,却不发露者,即构成故意妄语。”(《大品》134)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṃ āpattiṃ nāvikareyya sampajānamusāvādassa hotī’’ti (mahāva. 134).
他举出此经后说:‘如此,不发露罪而默然者,即犯另一罪。此处何有身表的动作或语表的动作?此不善语业,正是在意门中生起的。’显示巴利原文
Idaṃ suttaṃ āharitvā āha – ‘evaṃ āpattiṃ anāvikaronto tuṇhībhūtova aññaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, ettha kuto kāyaṅgacopanaṃ vā vācaṅgacopanaṃ vā? Manodvārasmiṃyeva pana idaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ samuṭṭhātī’ti.
应问他:‘那么,这部经是不了义,还是了义?’他答:‘对我来说,这部经是了义的。’于是,告诉他‘不要这样说,我们来衡量它的义理’之后,应这样问:‘故意妄语时,会有什么罪?’知道的人会说:‘故意妄语是恶作。’然后应对他说:‘律有两个根本——身与口;正自觉者将一切犯戒都制定在这两门中,并不存在所谓意门的犯戒制定。你自称极为精通律藏,却在导师未制之处制立犯戒,这是在毁谤正自觉者,是在攻击胜者的法轮。’以这些话语呵责之后,应进一步问:‘故意妄语是由“造作”生起,还是由“非造作”生起?’知道的人会说:‘由造作生起。’于是再问他:‘在不表露时,他所造作的是哪一种造作?’他必定会因找不到造作而感到困惑。然后,应以这部经的义理令他理解。此处的义理是:所说的‘有故意妄语’,从犯戒的角度来说,是指什么?意思是‘是哪种犯戒?’‘是恶作犯戒。’而且应知,那并非依据妄语的特征,而是依世尊的话语,成为语门中由无造作所生的犯戒。如经中也说:显示巴利原文
So vattabbo – ‘kiṃ panetaṃ suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ udāhu nītattha’nti? ‘Nītatthameva mayhaṃ sutta’nti. So ‘mā evaṃ avaca, tulayissāmassa attha’nti vatvā evaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘sampajānamusāvāde kiṃ hotī’ti? Jānanto ‘sampajānamusāvāde dukkaṭaṃ hotī’ti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo ‘vinayassa dve mūlāni – kāyo ca vācā ca; sammāsambuddhena hi sabbāpattiyo imesuyeva dvīsu dvāresu paññattā, manodvāre āpattipaññapanaṃ nāma natthi. Tvaṃ ativiya vinaye pakataññū, yo satthārā apaññatte ṭhāne āpattiṃ paññapesi, sammāsambuddhaṃ abbhācikkhasi, jinacakkaṃ paharasī’tiādivacanehi niggaṇhitvā uttari pañhaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘sampajānamusāvādo kiriyato samuṭṭhāti udāhu akiriyato’ti? Jānanto ‘kiriyato’ti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo – ‘anāvikaronto kataraṃ kiriyaṃ karotī’ti? Addhā hi kiriyaṃ apassanto vighātaṃ āpajjissati. Tato imassa suttassa atthena saññāpetabbo. Ayañhettha attho – yvāyaṃ ‘sampajānamusāvādo hotī’ti vutto, so āpattito kiṃ hoti? ‘Katarāpatti hotī’ti attho. ‘Dukkaṭāpatti hoti’. Sā ca kho na musāvādalakkhaṇena, bhagavato pana vacanena vacīdvāre akiriyasamuṭṭhānā āpatti hotīti veditabbā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
不向任何人说虚诳之语,
也不说伤害他人的言语;
可能招致语的过失,而非身的过失,
这些问题,是善巧者们所深虑过的。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anālapanto manujena kenaci, Vācāgiraṃ no ca pare bhaṇeyya; Āpajjeyya vācasikaṃ na kāyikaṃ, Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (paṭi. 479);
由此可以得出结论:不善的语业并非从意门生起。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ na manodvāre samuṭṭhātīti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
然而,当以伴有贪欲的心驱动身根,做出握手、抓取等行为;以伴有嗔恚的心,做出执棒、抓扯等行为;以伴有邪见的心,认为“蕴、湿婆等为最胜”,从而对他们行礼、合掌、铺设坐具、装饰场地等,此时所造的是意业,但门为身门。如此,不善的意业从身门生起。只不过在此处,思心所并非关要。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā kāyaṅgaṃ copento hatthaggāhādīni karoti, byāpādasahagatena cetasā daṇḍaparāmāsādīni, micchādiṭṭhisahagatena cetasā ‘khandasivādayo seṭṭhā’ti tesaṃ abhivādanaañjalikammabhūtapīṭhakaparibhaṇḍādīni karoti, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā.
然而,当以伴有贪欲的心驱动语根,怀着贪欲说:“啊,愿他人的财物都属于我”;以伴有嗔恚的心说:“愿这些众生被杀害、被捆绑、被消灭,乃至不复存在”;以伴有邪见的心说:“没有布施,没有供养”等语时,此时所造的是意业,但门为语门。如此,不善的意业从语门生起。只不过在此处,思心所并非关要。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana abhijjhāsahagatena cetasā vācaṅgaṃ copento ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa, taṃ mamassā’ti paravittūpakaraṇaṃ abhijjhāyati, byāpādasahagatena cetasā ‘ime sattā haññantu vā, bajjhantu vā, ucchijjantu vā, mā vā ahesu’nti vadati, micchādiṭṭhisahagatena cetasā ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭha’ntiādīni vadati, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā.
然而,当他未发动身根与语根,独自静坐,生起伴有贪欲、嗔恚、邪见的心时,此时业为意业,其门仅为意门。如此,不善的意业从意门生起。在此处,思以及与思相应的法也都唯从意门生起。应知,不善的意业便是如此在三门中生起的。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā raho nisinno abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhisahagatāni cittāni uppādeti, tadā kammaṃ manokammaṃ, dvārampi manodvārameva. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttakā dhammāpi manodvāreyeva samuṭṭhahanti. Evaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ tīsupi dvāresu samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ.
至于所说“同样,善的身、语、意业”,此处的理趣如下:当有人因某种缘故无法开口说话,以手势印可而受持“我远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行”这些学处时,此时业为身业,门亦仅是身门。如此,善的身业从身门生起。与他们心俱起的无贪等法,或是思的助伴,或属无记。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘tathā kusalāni kāyavacīmanokammānī’ti, tatrāyaṃ nayo – yadā hi kenaci kāraṇena vattuṃ asakkonto ‘pāṇātipātā adinnādānā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviramāmī’ti imāni sikkhāpadāni hatthamuddāya gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ dvārampi kāyadvārameva. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
然而,当他以言辞表达而受持那些同样的学处时,此时业为身业,门则为语门。如此,善的身业从语门生起。与他们心俱起的无贪等法,或是思的助伴,或属无记。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana tāneva sikkhāpadāni vacībhedaṃ katvā gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ hoti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
然而,当这些学处被授予时,他并未动摇身根与语根,仅以意“我远离杀生、远离不与取、远离欲邪行”而受持。此时,业为身业,门则唯是意门。如此,善的身业从意门生起。此时的无贪等,或为思的随属,或为无关法。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana tesu sikkhāpadesu diyyamānesu kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni acopetvā manasāva ‘pāṇātipātā adinnādānā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviramāmī’ti gaṇhāti, tadā kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ, dvāraṃ pana manodvāraṃ hoti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Tehi cittehi sahagatā anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
而“远离妄语”等四条学处,应知依前面所说的方式:对于以身等受持者,善的语业在三门中生起。此处亦然,无贪等或是思的随属,或是无关法。显示巴利原文
‘Musāvādā veramaṇī’ādīni pana cattāri sikkhāpadāni vuttanayeneva kāyādīhi gaṇhantassa kusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ tīsu dvāresu samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Idhāpi anabhijjhādayo cetanāpakkhikā vā honti, abbohārikā vā.
然而,当与无贪等俱行的心驱动身根,行诸如清扫塔院、供养香花、礼敬塔庙等时,业为意业,门则唯是身门。如此,善的意业从身门生起。但在此处,思是无关法。当与无贪俱行的心驱动语根,离贪而说:“啊,愿属于他人的财物不成为我的”;当与无嗔俱行的心说:“愿一切众生无怨、无恼、无忧,保持快乐”;当与正见俱行的心说出“有布施”等语时,业为意业,门则唯是语门。如此,善的意业从语门生起。但在此处,思是无关法。然而,当未驱动身根与语根,独自静坐,仅以意生起与无贪等俱行的心时,业为意业,门亦唯是意门。如此,善的意业从意门生起。而在此处,思及与思相应的诸法,也都唯从意门生起。显示巴利原文
Anabhijjhādisahagatehi pana cittehi kāyaṅgaṃ copetvā cetiyaṅgaṇasammajjanagandhamālādipūjanacetiyavandanādīni karontassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana kāyadvāraṃ. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ kāyadvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā. Anabhijjhāsahagatena cittena vācaṅgaṃ copetvā ‘aho vata yaṃ parassa vittūpakaraṇaṃ na taṃ mamassā’ti anabhijjhāyato abyāpādasahagatena cittena ‘sabbe sattā averā abyābajjhā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū’ti vadantassa sammādiṭṭhisahagatena cittena ‘atthi dinna’ntiādīni udāharantassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pana vacīdvāraṃ. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ vacīdvāre samuṭṭhāti. Cetanā panettha abbohārikā. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgāni pana acopetvā raho nisinnassa manasāva anabhijjhādisahagatāni cittāni uppādentassa kammaṃ manokammaṃ, dvārampi manodvārameva. Evaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ manodvāre samuṭṭhāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttakā dhammāpi manodvāreyeva samuṭṭhahanti.
其中,由命令生起的杀生与不与取,若说“业是身业,门也依业而唯是身门”,此即守护业而破坏了门。由手势生起的妄语等,若说“门是身门,业也依门而唯是身业”,此即守护门而破坏了业。因此,不应为了守护业而破坏门,也不应为了守护门而破坏业。应当依照前文所说的道理来了知业与门。能这样解说者,既不破坏业,也不破坏门。显示巴利原文
Tattha āṇattisamuṭṭhitesu pāṇātipātaadinnādānesu kammampi kāyakammaṃ dvārampi kammavaseneva kāyadvāranti vadanto kammaṃ rakkhati, dvāraṃ bhindati nāma. Hatthamuddāya samuṭṭhitesu musāvādādīsu dvārampi kāyadvāraṃ, kammampi dvāravaseneva kāyakammanti vadanto dvāraṃ rakkhati kammaṃ bhindati nāma. Tasmā ‘kammaṃ rakkhāmī’ti dvāraṃ na bhinditabbaṃ, ‘dvāraṃ rakkhāmī’ti kammaṃ na bhinditabbaṃ. Yathāvutteneva pana nayena kammañca dvārañca veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ kathento hi neva kammaṃ na dvāraṃ bhindatīti.
其次,所谓“五识、五识门”等:眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识,这五种称为五识。眼识门、耳识门、鼻识门、舌识门、身识门,这五种称为五识门。应当了知:依此五门而生起的思,既非身业,也非语业,唯是意业。眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触、意触,这六种称为六触。眼触门、耳触门、鼻触门、舌触门、身触门、意触门,这六种称为六触门。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘pañca viññāṇāni pañcaviññāṇadvārānī’tiādīsu cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghānaviññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇanti imāni pañca viññāṇāni nāma. Cakkhuviññāṇadvāraṃ sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇadvāranti imāni pañca viññāṇadvārāni nāma. Imesaṃ pañcannaṃ dvārānaṃ vasena uppannā cetanā neva kāyakammaṃ hoti, na vacīkammaṃ, manokammameva hotīti veditabbā. Cakkhusamphasso sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassoti ime pana cha samphassā nāma. Cakkhusamphassadvāraṃ sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassadvāranti imāni cha samphassadvārāni nāma.
眼不防护、耳不防护、鼻不防护、舌不防护、净色身不防护、动摇身不防护、语不防护、意不防护——这八种名为八不防护。从义理上说,它们是“恶戒、失念、无知、不忍、懈怠”这五种法。此五种法中,任何一种都不会在五门心路直至确定心的阶段中生起,唯在速行刹那生起。即使在速行中生起,也称之为五门中的不防护。显示巴利原文
Cakkhuasaṃvaro sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāyaasaṃvaro vācāasaṃvaro manoasaṃvaroti – ime aṭṭha asaṃvarā nāma. Te atthato ‘dussīlyaṃ muṭṭhassaccaṃ aññāṇaṃ akkhanti kosajja’nti ime pañca dhammā honti. Tesu ekadhammopi pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanapariyosānesu cittesu nuppajjati, javanakkhaṇeyeva uppajjati. Javane uppannopi pañcadvāre asaṃvaroti vuccati.
与眼识俱生的触,名为眼触;思,名为意业;彼心,名为意业门。此处不存在五种不防护。与领受俱生的触,名为意触;思,名为意业;彼心,名为意业门。此处亦无不防护。于推度与确定,同理可知。然而,与速行俱生的触,名为意触;思,名为意业;彼心,名为意业门。此处的不防护,即称为眼不防护。于耳、鼻、舌、净色身门,亦复如是。当对于色等某一所缘,生起意门速行,而不依于语门,唯令名为身门的动摇转起时,与彼心俱生的触,名为意触;思,名为身业;然彼心不可施设,因动摇已生起,故不归入意门之列。此处的不防护,名为动摇身不防护。当同样的速行,不依身门,唯令名为语门的动摇转起而生起时,与彼心俱生的触,名为意触;思,名为语业;然彼心不可施设,因动摇已生起,故不归入意门之列。此处的不防护,名为语不防护。当那样的速行心,既不依身门,亦不依语门,纯粹唯依意门而生起时,与彼心俱生的触,名为意触;思,名为意业;彼心,名为意业门。此处的不防护,名为意不防护。如此,依这八种不防护,应知眼不防护门、耳不防护门、鼻不防护门、舌不防护门、净色身不防显示巴利原文
Cakkhuviññāṇasahajāto hi phasso cakkhusamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha pañcavidho asaṃvaro natthi . Sampaṭicchanasahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Etthāpi asaṃvaro natthi. Santīraṇavoṭṭhabbanesupi eseva nayo. Javanasahajāto pana phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha asaṃvaro cakkhuasaṃvaro nāma hoti. Sotaghānajivhāpasādakāyadvāresupi eseva nayo. Yadā pana rūpādīsu aññatarārammaṇaṃ manodvārikajavanaṃ vinā vacīdvārena suddhaṃ kāyadvārasaṅkhātaṃ copanaṃ pāpayamānaṃ uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā kāyakammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ abbohārikaṃ, copanassa uppannattā manodvāranti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Ettha asaṃvaro copanakāyaasaṃvaro nāma. Yadā tādisaṃyeva javanaṃ vinā kāyadvārena suddhaṃ vacīdvārasaṅkhātaṃ copanaṃ pāpayamānaṃ uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā vacīkammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ abbohārikaṃ, copanassa uppannattā manodvāranti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Ettha asaṃvaro vācāasaṃvaro nāma. Yadā pana tādisaṃ javanacittaṃ vinā kāyavacīdvārehi suddhaṃ manodvārameva hutvā uppajjati, tadā tena cittena sahajāto phasso manosamphasso nāma, cetanā manokammaṃ nāma, taṃ pana cittaṃ manokammadvāraṃ nāma. Ettha asaṃvaro manoasaṃvaro nāma. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ asaṃvarānaṃ vasena cakkhuasaṃvaradvāraṃ, sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāya… vācā… manoasaṃvaradvāranti imāni aṭṭha asaṃvaradvārāni veditabbāni.
眼防护、耳防护、鼻防护、舌防护、净色身防护、动摇身防护、语防护、意防护——此八种名为防护。从义理上说,它们是‘戒、念、慧、忍、精进’此五法。于其中,即便是一法,也不会在五门中至确定心为止的诸心中生起,唯在速行刹那方得生起。即便在速行中生起,也称为五门中的防护。它们的一切生起方式,当依‘与眼识俱生的触,即眼触’等在不防护中所说的道理而了知。如此,依这八种防护,应知眼防护门乃至意防护门,此八种防护门。显示巴利原文
Cakkhusaṃvaro sota… ghāna… jivhā… pasādakāya… copanakāya… vācā… manosaṃvaroti ime pana aṭṭha saṃvarā nāma. Te atthato ‘sīlaṃ sati ñāṇaṃ khanti vīriya’nti ime pañca dhammā honti. Tesupi ekadhammopi pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanapariyosānesu cittesu nuppajjati. Javanakkhaṇeyeva uppajjati. Javane uppannopi pañcadvāre saṃvaroti vuccati. Tassa sabbassāpi cakkhuviññāṇasahajāto hi phasso cakkhusamphassotiādinā asaṃvare vuttanayeneva uppatti veditabbā. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ saṃvarānaṃ vasena cakkhusaṃvaradvāraṃ…pe… manosaṃvaradvāranti imāni aṭṭha saṃvaradvārāni veditabbāni.
不善业道之论显示巴利原文
Akusalakammapathakathā
杀生、不与取、欲邪行、妄语、离间语、粗恶语、杂秽语、贪欲、嗔恚、邪见——此十种名为十不善业道。显示巴利原文
Pāṇātipāto , adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, pisuṇavācā, pharusavācā, samphappalāpo, abhijjhā, byāpādo, micchādiṭṭhīti ime pana dasa akusalakammapathā nāma.
其中,伤害生命称为杀生,即杀害生命、杀死生命之意。这里,‘生命’从世俗言说上指有情,从究竟意义上指命根。对于该有情,若生起‘这是有情’之想,为断除其命根而发动加行,经身门或语门任一所生起的杀思,便是杀生。此杀生业,若对象为无功德的有情,如畜生等,则所害命根小者罪过轻,身量大者罪过重。何以故?因加行更重故。即便加行相同,也因所依之身较大故。若对象为有功德的有情,如人类等,则功德小者罪过轻,功德大者罪过重。当身量与功德相等时,应知:烦恼与加行柔和者罪过轻,猛烈者罪过重。显示巴利原文
Tattha pāṇassa atipāto pāṇātipāto nāma; pāṇavadho, pāṇaghātoti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāṇoti cettha vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ. Tasmiṃ pana pāṇe pāṇasaññino jīvitindriyupacchedakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā kāyavacīdvārānaṃ aññataradvārappavattā vadhakacetanā pāṇātipāto. So guṇavirahitesu tiracchānagatādīsu pāṇesu khuddake pāṇe appasāvajjo, mahāsarīre mahāsāvajjo. Kasmā? Payogamahantatāya. Payogasamattepi vatthumahantatāya. Guṇavantesu manussādīsu appaguṇe appasāvajjo, mahāguṇe mahāsāvajjo. Sarīraguṇānaṃ pana samabhāve sati kilesānaṃ upakkamānañca mudutāya appasāvajjo, tibbatāya mahāsāvajjoti veditabbo.
杀生有五种构成要素:有情、有情想、杀心、加行、由此而死。六种手段:亲手、教令、投掷、固定机关、咒术、神通。若对此义详细展开,便过于繁复,故不赘述。其余类似道理,求法者应查阅《普端严》(律藏义注2.172)而了知。显示巴利原文
Tassa pañca sambhārā honti – pāṇo, pāṇasaññitā, vadhakacittaṃ, upakkamo, tena maraṇanti. Cha payogā – sāhatthiko, āṇattiko, nissaggiyo, thāvaro, vijjāmayo, iddhimayoti. Imasmiṃ panatthe vitthāriyamāne atipapañco hoti. Tasmā taṃ na vitthārayāma. Aññañca evarūpaṃ atthikehi pana samantapāsādikaṃ vinayaṭṭhakathaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.172) oloketvā gahetabbaṃ.
取未给予之物,名为‘不与取’,即所谓夺取他人所有、偷盗、盗窃。其中,‘未给予的’指他人所持有之物,该物他人可随意支配,且取用者不受惩罚与谴责。对于这些他人持有之物,生起‘这是他人持有’之想,因发动取走加行而生起的盗思,便是不与取。若所取为他人低劣财物,罪过轻;若为殊胜财物,罪过重。何以故?因财物殊胜故。当财物相等时,对具德者之物罪过重;若同为具德者,相对于较殊胜的具德者,偷盗较下劣具德者的财物,罪过较轻。显示巴利原文
Adinnassa ādānaṃ ‘adinnādānaṃ’; parassaharaṇaṃ, theyyaṃ, corikāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha adinnanti parapariggahitaṃ, yattha paro yathākāmakāritaṃ āpajjanto adaṇḍāraho anupavajjo ca hoti. Tasmiṃ parapariggahite parapariggahitasaññino tadādāyakaupakkamasamuṭṭhāpikā theyyacetanā adinnādānaṃ. Taṃ hīne parasantake appasāvajjaṃ, paṇīte mahāsāvajjaṃ. Kasmā? Vatthupaṇītatāya. Vatthusamatte sati guṇādhikānaṃ santake vatthusmiṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ. Taṃtaṃguṇādhikaṃ upādāya tato tato hīnaguṇassa santake vatthusmiṃ appasāvajjaṃ.
不与取具足五种构成要素:他人持有之物、对他人持有之物的认知、偷盗心、加行、由此取走。有六种手段,即亲手等。这些手段随应情况,依五种取走方式而运作:偷窃取、强夺取、隐蔽取、谋划取、欺诈取。此处为略说,广释见于《普端严》(律藏义注1.138)。显示巴利原文
Tassa pañca sambhārā honti – parapariggahitaṃ, parapariggahitasaññitā, theyyacittaṃ, upakkamo , tena haraṇanti. Cha payogā – sāhatthikādayova. Te ca kho yathānurūpaṃ theyyāvahāro, pasayhāvahāro, paṭicchannāvahāro, parikappāvahāro, kusāvahāroti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ avahārānaṃ vasena pavattanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.138) vutto.
所谓“欲邪行”:其中,“欲”指淫欲之事;“邪行”指一向被呵责的卑劣行为。从特征上说,以行非法的意图,由身门生起的、对不可行处的违犯思,即是欲邪行。显示巴利原文
‘Kāmesu micchācāro’ti ettha pana ‘kāmesū’ti methunasamācāresu; ‘micchācāro’ti ekantanindito lāmakācāro. Lakkhaṇato pana asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā kāmesumicchācāro.
其中,不可行处是指:对于男子而言,有母护、父护、父母护、兄弟护、姐妹护、亲族护、宗族护、法护、有护、有罚等十种(母护等),以及买得妇、意乐住妇、财住妇、衣住妇、水钵妇、去环妇、婢妇、佣妇、旗获妇、刹那妇等十种(买得妇等),共二十种女性。对于女性而言,不可行处是指其他男子,即对于这十二种女性(两种有护、有罚,以及十种买得妇等)而言,不应行淫的对象,此名为不可行处。显示巴利原文
Tattha agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma – purisānaṃ tāva māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginirakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍāti māturakkhitādayo dasa; dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhaṭacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā, kammakārī ca bhariyā, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikāti etā dhanakkītādayo dasāti vīsati itthiyo. Itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ, dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ itthīnaṃ aññe purisā idaṃ agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma.
然而,此邪行对于不具戒德等功德的不可行淫对象,罪过轻微;对于具足戒德等功德者,罪过重大。它有四种构成要素——不可行淫的对象、对此生起的交合欲心、交合的加行、接受以道入道。手段只有一种,即亲手。显示巴利原文
So panesa micchācāro sīlādiguṇarahite agamanīyaṭṭhāne appasāvajjo, sīlādiguṇasampanne mahāsāvajjo. Tassa cattāro sambhārā – agamanīyavatthu, tasmiṃ sevanacittaṃ, sevanappayogo, maggenamaggappaṭipattiadhivāsananti. Eko payogo sāhatthiko eva.
‘妄’是指以欺骗为目的,破坏义理的口业或身业。以欺骗的意图,引发欺骗他人的身业与口业之思,即是妄语。另一种解释:‘妄’指不真实、不正确的事物;‘语’指将其说成真实、正确。从特征上说,对于不真实的事物,想让他人认知为真实,由此引发的如此认知之思,即是妄语。此妄语,所破坏的义理轻微,罪过则轻;重大,罪过则重。再者,在家人因不愿给予自己所有物,而说‘没有’等,如此生起者,罪过轻;作为证人,为破坏义理而说者,罪过大。出家人得到少许油或酥油后,以玩笑的意图而夸张地说‘今天村里油好像河流在流淌吧’,如此生起者,罪过轻;然而,将未见的说成‘我见了’等,如此说者,罪过大。显示巴利原文
‘Musā’ti visaṃvādanapurekkhārassa atthabhañjako vacīpayogo, kāyapayogo vā. Visaṃvādanādhippāyena panassa paravisaṃvādakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. Aparo nayo – ‘musā’ti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ vatthu. ‘Vādo’ti tassa bhūtato tacchato viññāpanaṃ. Lakkhaṇato pana atathaṃ vatthuṃ tathato paraṃ viññāpetukāmassa tathāviññattisamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā musāvādo. So yamatthaṃ bhañjati tassa appatāya appasāvajjo, mahantatāya mahāsāvajjo. Apica gahaṭṭhānaṃ attano santakaṃ adātukāmatāya ‘natthī’tiādinayappavatto appasāvajjo. Sakkhinā hutvā atthabhañjanatthaṃ vutto mahāsāvajjo. Pabbajitānaṃ appakampi telaṃ vā sappiṃ vā labhitvā hasādhippāyena ‘ajja gāme telaṃ nadī maññe sandatī’ti pūraṇakathānayena pavatto appasāvajjo. Adiṭṭhaṃyeva pana diṭṭhantiādinā nayena vadantānaṃ mahāsāvajjo.
妄语有四种构成要素:不真实的事物、欺骗心、相应的努力、以及他人对此意义的理解。手段只有一种,即亲手。此妄语,应知是通过身、身所系物或语言,而作出欺骗他人的行为。若以该行为令他人理解了此义,则在引发该行为之思的刹那,即被妄语业所系缚。然而,正如以身、身所系物或语言欺骗他人一样,通过教令说‘你这样说’,或写好文书放在他人面前,或在墙上等处写下‘此义应如此看待’而留下,也同样构成欺骗。因此,此处教令、投掷、安置机关等手段也是合理的。不过,因义注中未曾提及,故应审察后采信。显示巴利原文
Tassa cattāro sambhārā honti – atathaṃ vatthu, visaṃvādanacittaṃ, tajjo vāyāmo, parassa tadatthavijānananti. Eko payogo – sāhatthikova. So ca kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā vācāya vā paravisaṃvādakakiriyākaraṇe daṭṭhabbo. Tāya ce kiriyāya paro tamatthaṃ jānāti, ayaṃ kiriyasamuṭṭhāpikacetanākkhaṇeyeva musāvādakammunā bajjhati. Yasmā pana yathā kāyakāyappaṭibaddhavācāhi paraṃ visaṃvādeti, tathā imassa ‘imaṃ bhaṇāhī’ti āṇāpentopi, paṇṇaṃ likhitvā purato nissajjantopi, ‘ayamattho evaṃ daṭṭhabbo’ti kuṭṭādīsu likhitvā ṭhapentopi; tasmā ettha āṇattikanissaggiyathāvarāpi payogā yujjanti. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana anāgatattā vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbā.
在‘两舌’等之中:凡以那样的言语,使听者心中对自己生起喜爱、对他人则生起疏远,这就是两舌。凡令自己与他人变得粗暴,其话语本身亦粗暴、不悦耳、不称心,这就是‘恶口’。凡借此而说杂秽、无意义之语者,这就是‘绮语’。作为其根本的思,也可称为两舌等,而这里所指的正是此思。显示巴利原文
‘Pisuṇavācā’tiādīsu yāya vācāya yassa taṃ vācaṃ bhāsati tassa hadaye attano piyabhāvaṃ parassa ca suññabhāvaṃ karoti, sā pisuṇavācā. Yāya pana attānampi parampi pharusaṃ karoti, yā vācā sayampi pharusā neva kaṇṇasukhā, na hadayaṅgamā, ayaṃ ‘pharusavācā’. Yena samphaṃ palapati, niratthakaṃ, so ‘samphappalāpo’. Tesaṃ mūlabhūtā cetanāpi pisuṇavācādināmameva labhati. Sā eva ca idha adhippetāti.
其中,以染污心,为离间他人或为自己获得喜爱,而能引发身语业的思,称为两舌。若所离间者功德微小,此两舌罪过则轻;若功德殊胜,罪过则重。显示巴利原文
Tattha saṃkiliṭṭhacittassa paresaṃ vā bhedāya attano piyakamyatāya vā kāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā pisuṇavācā nāma. Sā yassa bhedaṃ karoti tassa appaguṇatāya appasāvajjā, mahāguṇatāya mahāsāvajjā.
它(两舌)有四种构成要素:应被离间的他人;以‘愿他们成为各异、分离’为先的离间心,或以‘愿我成为他们喜爱、信赖的人’的求爱乐心;相应的努力;以及他人对此意义的理解。然而,若他人未被离间,则不构成业道;唯有离间成功时,方成就业道。显示巴利原文
Tassā cattāro sambhārā – ‘bhinditabbo paro’ iti ‘ime nānā bhavissa’nti vinā bhavissantīti bhedapurekkhāratā vā, ‘iti ahaṃ piyo bhavissāmi vissāsiko’ti piyakamyatā vā, tajjo vāyāmo, tassa tadatthavijānananti . Pare pana abhinne kammapathabhedo natthi, bhinne eva hoti.
能引发伤害他人要害的身语行为、全然粗恶的思,即是‘粗恶语’。为了阐明这一点,有这样一个事例:据说,有一少年不听母亲的话,前往森林。母亲无法令他回头,便咒骂道:‘愿凶猛的母水牛追你!’随后,森林中果然出现一头母水牛。少年便作了真实语:‘愿我母亲口中之语不生起,愿她心中所念得偿。’母水牛便如被捆绑一般停在那里。由此可见,即使有伤害要害的行为,若心意柔软,也不构成粗恶语。因为父母有时也会对孩子们说:‘愿强盗把你们剁成碎片!’但他们连一片莲花瓣落在孩子身上都不愿意。师长与戒师有时也会对弟子们说:‘这些无惭无愧的人怎么在游荡?把他们赶出去!’但内心却希望他们获得教法与证悟的成就。正如心意柔软则不构成粗恶语,同样,言语柔软也不一定就不是粗恶语。因为欲杀某人者说‘让他舒服地躺下吧’,这话并不成为非粗恶语。由于心意粗恶,这恰恰就是粗恶语。粗恶语依其所针对的对象,若对方德行低劣则罪过轻,若德行高尚则罪过重。其三个条件是:有应被骂的对象、愤怒的心、以及骂詈。显示巴利原文
Parassa mammacchedakakāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā ekantapharusacetanā ‘pharusavācā’. Tassā āvibhāvatthamidaṃ vatthu – eko kira dārako mātu vacanaṃ anādiyitvā araññaṃ gacchati. Taṃ mātā nivattetuṃ asakkontī ‘caṇḍā taṃ mahiṃsī anubandhatū’ti akkosi. Athassa tatheva araññe mahiṃsī uṭṭhāsi. Dārako ‘yaṃ mama mātā mukhena kathesi taṃ mā hotu, yaṃ cittena cintesi taṃ hotū’ti saccakiriyaṃ akāsi. Mahiṃsī tattheva baddhā viya aṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ mammacchedakopi payogo cittasaṇhatāya pharusavācā na hoti. Mātāpitaro hi kadāci puttake evampi vadanti – ‘corā vo khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ karontū’ti, uppalapattampi ca nesaṃ upari patantaṃ na icchanti. Ācariyupajjhāyā ca kadāci nissitake evaṃ vadanti – ‘kiṃ ime ahirikā anottappino caranti, niddhamatha ne’ti; atha ca nesaṃ āgamādhigamasampattiṃ icchanti. Yathā ca cittasaṇhatāya pharusavācā na hoti, evaṃ vacanasaṇhatāya apharusavācāpi na hoti. Na hi mārāpetukāmassa ‘imaṃ sukhaṃ sayāpethā’ti vacanaṃ apharusavācā hoti. Cittapharusatāya panesā pharusavācāva. Sā yaṃ sandhāya pavattitā tassa appaguṇatāya appasāvajjā, mahāguṇatāya mahāsāvajjā. Tassā tayo sambhārā – akkositabbo paro, kupitacittaṃ, akkosananti.
引发身语行为、传达无意义之事的不善思,名为‘杂秽语’。它因串习微弱而罪过轻,因串习深重而罪过重。其两个条件是:以谈论诸如婆罗多战争、悉多被掳等无意义之事为先导,以及说那样的言语。若他人不接受那种话,则不构成业道;唯有他人接受了杂秽语,才构成业道。显示巴利原文
Anatthaviññāpikā kāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā akusalacetanā ‘samphappalāpo’. So āsevanamandatāya appasāvajjo. Āsevanamahantatāya mahāsāvajjo. Tassa dve sambhārā – bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇādiniratthakakathāpurekkhāratā, tathārūpīkathākathanañcāti. Pare pana taṃ kathaṃ agaṇhante kammapathabhedo natthi, parena samphappalāpe gahiteyeva hoti.
‘贪求’者,即贪求之义。谓面向他人财物,以倾心于彼物而转起。其特相是以‘啊,但愿你的这个成为我的’这样的方式贪求他人财物。如同不与取,有罪过轻与罪过重之别。其两个条件是:他人财物,以及欲将其归于自己。因为即使以他人财物为所缘而生起了贪,只要尚未以‘啊,但愿这个成为我的’之心将其归于自己,便不构成业道。显示巴利原文
Abhijjhāyatīti ‘abhijjhā’. Parabhaṇḍābhimukhī hutvā tanninnatāya pavattatīti attho. Sā ‘aho tava idaṃ mamassā’ti evaṃ parabhaṇḍābhijjhāyanalakkhaṇā. Adinnādānaṃ viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Tassā dve sambhārā – parabhaṇḍaṃ, attano pariṇāmanañcāti. Parabhaṇḍavatthuke hi lobhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti yāva na ‘aho vata idaṃ mamassā’ti attano pariṇāmeti.
‘瞋恚’意为‘损害利益与安乐’。它以欲毁灭他人、心生憎恼为特相。如同粗恶语,有罪过轻与罪过重之别。它的两个条件是:有其他有情作为对象,以及思惟令其毁灭。即使缘于其他有情而生起了忿怒,只要尚未生起‘啊,愿他消灭、愿他毁灭’这样的毁灭之思,便不构成业道。显示巴利原文
Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatīti ‘byāpādo’. So paravināsāya manopadosalakkhaṇo. Pharusavācā viya appasāvajjo mahāsāvajjo ca. Tassa dve sambhārā – parasatto ca, tassa ca vināsacintāti. Parasattavatthuke hi kodhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti yāva ‘aho vatāyaṃ ucchijjeyya vinasseyyā’ti tassa vināsanaṃ na cintesi.
由于不如实执取,故而邪见,称为‘邪见’。它以‘布施无有’等颠倒理路而执取邪见为特相。如同杂秽语,有罪过轻与罪过重之别。其中,不决定者为罪过轻,决定者为罪过重。它的两个条件是:对事物的执取方式颠倒,以及事物如其被执取那样呈现。这其中,唯有以无有见、无因见、无作见才构成业道,而非其他邪见。显示巴利原文
Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvena micchā passatīti ‘micchādiṭṭhi’. Sā ‘natthi dinna’ntiādinā nayena viparītadassanalakkhaṇā. Samphappalāpo viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Apica aniyatā appasāvajjā, niyatā mahāsāvajjā. Tassā dve sambhārā – vatthuno ca gahitākāraviparītatā, yathā ca taṃ gaṇhāti tathābhāvena tassupaṭṭhānanti. Tattha natthikāhetukaakiriyadiṭṭhīhi eva kammapathabhedo hoti, na aññadiṭṭhīhi.
对于这十种不善业道,应从法、分、所缘、受、根这五个方面进行抉择了知——显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana dasannaṃ akusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlato cāti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo –
其中,‘从法’而言:在这些诸法中,依次来说,前七种仅是思心所法,贪求等三种则与思相应。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘dhammato’ti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanādhammāva honti, abhijjhādayo tayo cetanāsampayuttā.
‘从分’而言:依次来说,前七种及邪见,这八种仅是业道而非根。贪求和瞋恚则既是业道也是根。因为当贪求作为根时,即是‘贪不善根’;当瞋恚作为根时,即是‘瞋不善根’。显示巴利原文
‘Koṭṭhāsato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta, micchādiṭṭhi cāti ime aṭṭha kammapathā eva honti; no mūlāni. Abhijjhābyāpādā kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Abhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā ‘lobho akusalamūlaṃ’ hoti, byāpādo ‘doso akusalamūlaṃ’.
‘从所缘’而言:杀生以命根为所缘,故为行所缘。不与取或以有情为所缘,或以行为所缘。就触而言,邪淫是行所缘;或也有说是以有情为所缘。妄语或以有情为所缘,或以行为所缘。离间语也是如此。粗恶语唯以有情为所缘。杂秽语依所见、所闻、所觉、所知来说,或以有情为所缘,或以行为所缘。贪求也是如此。瞋恚唯以有情为所缘。就三地诸法而言,邪见唯是行所缘。显示巴利原文
‘Ārammaṇato’ti pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇato saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti. Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ vā hoti saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā. Micchācāro phoṭṭhabbavasena saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti; sattārammaṇotipi eke. Musāvādo sattārammaṇo vā, saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā sattārammaṇāva. Samphappalāpo diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā abhijjhā. Byāpādo sattārammaṇova. Micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammavasena saṅkhārārammaṇāva.
「依受」而言:杀生是苦受。因为即使国王们看见盗贼时笑着也说‘去,把他杀了’,然而他们决意的思却与苦相应。不与取具三受:因见他人财物而欢喜高兴地拿取时,为乐受;恐惧害怕地拿取时,为苦受;同样,在感受异熟果报的状态下也是如此;而于拿取时处于中舍的人拿取时,为不苦不乐受。邪淫依乐受与中舍受而言有二受;但于决意心中,并无中舍受。妄语如在不与取中所说的方法,有三受;离间语亦然。粗恶语是苦受。杂秽语有三受:当他人给予赞叹、扬起衣角等时,欢喜高兴地讲述悉多被掳、婆罗多战争等故事时,是乐受;当先前付过报酬的一个人后来回来,说‘从头讲起’时,他忧愁地想‘我要讲没有连贯的杂谈吗?还是不呢?’而讲述时,是苦受;中舍者讲述时,是不苦不乐受。贪求依乐受与中舍受而言有二受;邪见也是如此。瞋恚是苦受。显示巴利原文
‘Vedanāto’ti pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano hoti. Kiñcāpi hi rājāno coraṃ disvā hasamānāpi ‘gacchatha naṃ ghātethā’ti vadanti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana nesaṃ dukkhasampayuttāva hoti . Adinnādānaṃ tivedanaṃ. Tañhi parabhaṇḍaṃ disvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhassa gaṇhato sukhavedanaṃ hoti, bhītatasitassa gaṇhato dukkhavedanaṃ. Tathā vipākanissandaphalāni paccavekkhantassa. Gahaṇakāle majjhattabhāve ṭhitassa pana gaṇhato adukkhamasukhavedanaṃ hotīti. Micchācāro sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano. Sanniṭṭhāpakacitte pana majjhattavedano na hoti. Musāvādo adinnādāne vuttanayeneva tivedano; tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā dukkhavedanā. Samphappalāpo tivedano. Paresu hi sādhukāraṃ dentesu celukkhepādīni khipantesu haṭṭhatuṭṭhassa sītāharaṇabhāratayuddhādīni kathanakāle so sukhavedano hoti. Paṭhamaṃ dinnavetanena ekena pacchā āgantvā ‘ādito paṭṭhāya kathehī’ti vutte ‘ananusandhikaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathessāmi nu kho no’ti domanassitassa kathanakāle dukkhavedano hoti, majjhattassa kathayato adukkhamasukhavedano hoti. Abhijjhā sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedanā; tathā micchādiṭṭhi. Byāpādo dukkhavedano.
「由根」而言:杀生依瞋与痴而有二根。不与取或依瞋与痴,或依贪与痴。邪淫依贪与痴。妄语或依瞋与痴,或依贪与痴;离间语与杂秽语亦然。粗恶语依瞋与痴。贪欲依痴为单根;瞋恚亦然。邪见依贪与痴而有二根。显示巴利原文
‘Mūlato’ti pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako hoti. Adinnādānaṃ dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā. Micchācāro lobhamohavasena. Musāvādo dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā; tathā pisuṇavācā samphappalāpo ca. Pharusavācā dosamohavasena. Abhijjhā mohavasena ekamūlā; tathā byāpādo. Micchādiṭṭhi lobhamohavasena dvimūlāti.
善业道之论显示巴利原文
Kusalakammapathakathā
复次,远离杀生等不善法,以及无贪、无瞋、正见,此十种名为善业道。其中,杀生等已如前所述。依此而远离杀生等,或自己主动远离,或仅是以远离为体,故称为‘远离’。当人远离杀生时,即生起如《法集论》所说‘于彼时,对杀生的远离、戒绝’(《法集论》299-301)的、与善心相应的远离,此远离有三种差别:时缘远离、受戒远离、断除远离。显示巴利原文
Pāṇātipātādīhi pana viratiyo anabhijjhāabyāpādasammādiṭṭhiyo cāti ime dasa kusalakammapathā nāma. Tattha pāṇātipātādayo vuttatthā eva. Pāṇātipātādīhi etāya viramanti, sayaṃ vā viramati, viramaṇamattameva vā etanti virati. Yā pāṇātipātā viramantassa ‘‘yā tasmiṃ samaye pāṇātipātā ārati viratī’’ti (dha. sa. 299-301) evaṃ vuttā kusalacittasampayuttā virati, sā pabhedato tividhā hoti – sampattavirati, samādānavirati, samucchedaviratīti.
其中,对于未受持学处者,观察自己的出身、年龄、多闻等情况后,心想“我们做这样的恶事是不合适的”,当现前事缘出现时能不违犯,由此生起的远离,当知为“时缘远离”——犹如锡兰岛的差卡那优婆塞。据说他年幼时,母亲生了病,医生说:“需要新鲜的兔肉。”于是差卡那的兄长说:“孩子,到田野间去转转吧。”便差遣他去了。他到了那里,正有一只兔子来吃嫩谷。他看见后快速追赶,兔子被藤蔓缠住,发出吱吱的叫声。差卡那循声过去,捉住兔子后心想:“我给母亲做药。”转而又想:“我若为了母亲活命而夺取其他众生的性命,这不合适。”于是便放了它,说:“去吧,到林中与兔群一同享用草和水。”兄长问他:“孩子,捉到兔子了吗?”他便将此事告诉了兄长。兄长因此责骂他。他走到母亲跟前,立下真实誓言:“从我出生以来,不记得曾故意夺取众生的性命。”就在那时,他母亲的病便痊愈了。显示巴利原文
Tattha asamādinnasikkhāpadānaṃ attano jātivayabāhusaccādīni paccavekkhitvā ‘ayuttaṃ amhākaṃ evarūpaṃ pāpaṃ kātu’nti sampattaṃ vatthuṃ avītikkamantānaṃ uppajjamānā virati ‘sampattaviratī’ti veditabbā – sīhaḷadīpe cakkanaupāsakassa viya. Tassa kira daharakāleyeva mātuyā rogo uppajji. Vejjena ca ‘allasasamaṃsaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vuttaṃ. Tato cakkanassa bhātā ‘gaccha, tāta, khettaṃ āhiṇḍāhī’ti cakkanaṃ pesesi. So tattha gato. Tasmiñca samaye eko saso taruṇasassaṃ khādituṃ āgato hoti. So taṃ disvāva vegena dhāvanto valliyā baddho ‘kiri kirī’ti saddamakāsi. Cakkano tena saddena gantvā taṃ gahetvā cintesi – ‘mātu bhesajjaṃ karomī’ti. Puna cintesi – ‘na metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ mātu jīvitakāraṇā paraṃ jīvitā voropeyya’nti. Atha naṃ ‘gaccha, araññe sasehi saddhiṃ tiṇodakaṃ paribhuñjā’ti muñci. Bhātarā ca ‘kiṃ tāta saso laddho’ti pucchito taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhi. Tato naṃ bhātā paribhāsi. So mātusantikaṃ gantvā ‘yato ahaṃ jāto nābhijānāmi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetā’ti saccaṃ vatvā aṭṭhāsi. Tāvadevassa mātā arogā ahosi.
对于已受持学处者,在受持学处时乃至以后,即使舍弃自己的生命也不违犯事缘,由此生起的远离,当知为“受戒远离”。犹如住在北瓦达玛那山的优婆塞。据说他从安跋利耶寺的宾伽拉佛护长老那里受持学处后,在耕田。那时,他的牛走失了。他去找牛,登上了北瓦达玛那山。在那里,一条大蟒蛇抓住了他。他想:“我用这把锋利的刀砍下它的头。”又转念:“我从尊贵的师长处受持了学处,若破戒,实在不妥。”这样反复思惟到第三次,便下定决心:“我宁可舍弃生命,也不舍弃学处。”于是将扛在肩上的锋利长柄刀丢弃在林中。就在那时,那条大蟒蛇便放了他,离去了。显示巴利原文
Samādinnasikkhāpadānaṃ pana sikkhāpadasamādāne ca tatuttariñca attano jīvitampi pariccajitvā vatthuṃ avītikkamantānaṃ uppajjamānā virati ‘samādānaviratī’ti veditabbā. Uttaravaḍḍhamānapabbatavāsīupāsakassa viya. So kira ambariyavihāravāsino piṅgalabuddharakkhitattherassa santike sikkhāpadāni gahetvā khettaṃ kasati. Athassa goṇo naṭṭho. So taṃ gavesanto uttaravaḍḍhamānapabbataṃ āruhi. Tatra naṃ mahāsappo aggahesi. So cintesi – ‘imāyassa tikhiṇavāsiyā sīsaṃ chindāmī’ti. Puna cintesi – ‘na metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ bhāvanīyassa garuno santike sikkhāpadāni gahetvā bhindeyya’nti evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ cintetvā ‘jīvitaṃ pariccajāmi, na sikkhāpada’nti aṃse ṭhapitaṃ tikhiṇadaṇḍavāsiṃ araññe chaḍḍesi. Tāvadeva naṃ mahāvāḷo muñcitvā agamāsīti.
与圣道相应的远离,当知为“断除远离”。从此远离生起的那一刻起,圣者们甚至连“我要杀害众生”这样的心念也不会生起。显示巴利原文
Ariyamaggasampayuttā pana virati ‘samucchedaviratī’ti veditabbā, yassā uppattito pabhuti ‘pāṇaṃ ghātessāmī’ti ariyapuggalānaṃ cittampi nuppajjatīti.
现在,正如对不善业道那样,对这些善业道,也应从法、分、所缘、受、根这五种方式来了知抉择——显示巴利原文
Idāni yathā akusalānaṃ evaṃ imesampi kusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlatoti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo –
其中,‘法’者:在这些善业道中,按顺序的前七种既是思,也是远离;最后三种则唯与思相应。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘dhammato’ti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanāpi vaṭṭanti, viratiyopi; ante tayo cetanāsampayuttāva.
‘分’者:按顺序的前七种仅是业道,而非根;最后三种既是业道,也是根。因为无贪达到根本时,即是‘无贪善根’;无瞋是‘无瞋善根’;正见是‘无痴善根’。显示巴利原文
‘Koṭṭhāsato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā eva, no mūlāni. Ante tayo kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Anabhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā ‘alobho kusalamūlaṃ’ hoti. Abyāpādo ‘adoso kusalamūlaṃ’, sammādiṭṭhi ‘amoho kusalamūlaṃ’.
“所缘”:杀生等的所缘即是这些的所缘。因为唯有对所应违犯之事远离,才名为离。然而应知,如同以涅槃为所缘的圣道能断除烦恼,这些业道也是以命根等为所缘,而断除杀生等恶戒。显示巴利原文
‘Ārammaṇato’ti pāṇātipātādīnaṃ ārammaṇāneva etesaṃ ārammaṇāni. Vītikkamitabbatoyeva hi veramaṇī nāma hoti. Yathā pana nibbānārammaṇo ariyamaggo kilese pajahati, evaṃ jīvitindriyādiārammaṇāpete kammapathā pāṇātipātādīni dussīlyāni pajahantīti veditabbā.
“受”:一切皆是乐受或舍受。因为成就善时,则无苦受。显示巴利原文
‘Vedanāto’ti sabbe sukhavedanā vā honti majjhattavedanā vā. Kusalaṃ patvā hi dukkhavedanā nāma natthi.
“根”:依顺序,前七种业道,若以智相应心远离者,依无贪、无瞋、无痴而为三根;若以智不相应心远离者,则为二根。无贪,若以智相应心远离者,为二根;若以智不相应心远离者,为单根。然而,无贪自身不能作为自己的根。无瞋也是如此。正见唯依无贪、无瞋而为二根。这十种即称为善业道。显示巴利原文
‘Mūlato’ti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa alobhaadosaamohavasena timūlā honti; ñāṇavippayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā. Anabhijjhā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā hoti; ñāṇavippayuttacittena ekamūlā. Alobho pana attanāva attano mūlaṃ na hoti. Abyāpādepi eseva nayo. Sammādiṭṭhi alobhādosavasena dvimūlāva hoti. Ime dasa kusalakammapathā nāma.
业道相应之论显示巴利原文
Kammapathasaṃsandanakathā
此时应知业道相应。由五触门所生的不防护,唯是不善意业。由意触门所生的不防护,则成三种业——若现行于身门,为不善身业;若现行于语门,为不善语业;若于二门皆未现行,为不善意业。由五不防护门所生的,也唯是不善意业。由现行身不防护门所生的,唯是不善身业;由语不防护门所生的,唯是不善语业;由意不防护门所生的,唯是不善意业。三种身恶行唯是不善身业,四种语恶行唯是不善语业,三种意恶行唯是不善意业。显示巴利原文
Idāni imasmiṃ ṭhāne kammapathasaṃsandanaṃ nāma veditabbaṃ. Pañcaphassadvāravasena hi uppanno asaṃvaro akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Manophassadvāravasena uppanno tīṇipi kammāni honti – so hi kāyadvāre copanappatto akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ hoti, vacīdvāre akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ, ubhayattha copanaṃ appatto akusalaṃ manokammaṃ. Pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasena uppannopi akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Copanakāyaasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, vācāasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, manoasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ akusalaṃ manokammameva hoti.
由五触门所生的防护,也只是善的意业。然而,由意触门所生的防护,如同不防护那样,也成三种业。由五防护门所生的,也只是善的意业;由现行身防护门所生的,只是善的身业;由语防护门所生的,只是善的语业;由意防护门所生的,只是善的意业。三种身善行只是善的身业,四种语善行只是善的语业,三种意善行只是善的意业。显示巴利原文
Pañcaphassadvāravasena uppanno saṃvaropi kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Manophassadvāravasena uppanno pana ayampi, asaṃvaro viya, tīṇipi kammāni honti. Pañcasaṃvaradvāravasena uppannopi kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti, copanakāyasaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, vācāsaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, manosaṃvaradvāravasena uppanno kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti. Tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kusalaṃ kāyakammameva hoti, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ kusalaṃ vacīkammameva hoti, tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ kusalaṃ manokammameva hoti.
不善身业不从五触门生起,唯从意触门生起。不善语业也是如此。然而,不善意业从六触门生起;其中,若现行于身门、语门,则成不善身业、语业;若未现行,则唯是不善意业。如同不善身业不从五触门生起,它也不从五不防护门生起,而从现行身不防护门和语不防护门生起,不从意不防护门生起。不善语业也不从五不防护门生起,而从现行身、语不防护门生起,不从意不防护门生起。不善意业则从八不防护门生起。于善身业等,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ pañcaphassadvāravasena nuppajjati; manophassadvāravaseneva uppajjati. Tathā akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ pana chaphassadvāravasena uppajjati; taṃ kāyavacīdvāresu copanaṃ pattaṃ akusalaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ hoti, copanaṃ appattaṃ akusalaṃ manokammameva. Yathā ca pañcaphassadvāravasena, evaṃ pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasenapi akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nuppajjati, copanakāyaasaṃvaradvāravasena pana vācāasaṃvaradvāravasena ca uppajjati; manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati. Akusalaṃ vacīkammampi pañcaasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati, copanakāyavācāasaṃvaradvāravasena uppajjati; manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati. Akusalaṃ manokammaṃ aṭṭhaasaṃvaradvāravasenapi uppajjateva. Kusalakāyakammādīsupi eseva nayo.
然而,此处有一差别:不善的身业和语业并非由意不防护门生起,而这些善业并非如此。它们在未动身根、语根而受持学处者的意防护门中,也确能生起。其中,欲界善心可由三业门生起,不由五识门生起;而依‘此由眼触所生的感受,或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐’的方式,可由六触门生起;不由八非防护门生起,由八防护门生起;不由十不善业道生起,由十善业道生起。因此,此心或由三业门生起,或由六触门,或由八防护门,或由十善业道生起。当说‘欲界善心已生起……以色为所缘……以法为所缘’时,便已说尽一切。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā akusalakāyakammavacīkammāni manoasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjanti, na tathā etāni. Etāni pana kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā sikkhāpadāni gaṇhantassa manosaṃvaradvārepi uppajjanti eva. Tattha kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ tividhakammadvāravasena uppajjati, pañcaviññāṇadvāravasena nuppajjati; ‘yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ, sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā’ti iminā pana nayena chaphassadvāravasena uppajjati; aṭṭhaasaṃvaradvāravasena nuppajjati, aṭṭhasaṃvaradvāravasena uppajjati; dasaakusalakammapathavasena nuppajjati, dasakusalakammapathavasena uppajjati; tasmā idampi cittaṃ tividhakammadvāravasena vā uppannaṃ hotu, chaphassadvāravasena vā, aṭṭhasaṃvaradvāravasena vā dasakusalakammapathavasena vā. ‘‘Kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti…pe… rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā’’ti vutte sabbaṃ vuttameva hotīti.
‘凡任何所缘而’此处,连接如下:在以下所说的色所缘等中,或缘于色所缘,即‘以之为所缘’的意思;或缘于声所缘……乃至……缘于法所缘而生起。至此,此心在这些所缘中,任何单一的所缘都可被认可。而且,此心于某一时、对某人缘于色所缘而生起,于另一时、对另一人,也缘于声等所缘中的某一种而生起。如此生起时,在一生之中,并不存在先缘于色所缘而转起、后缘于声所缘这样的固定次第。在色等之中,亦没有先以青为所缘、后以黄为所缘的定则。因此,为了显示这一切所缘性、无次第性,以及在无次第中于青、黄等亦无定则,故说‘凡任何所缘而’。意思是:在这些色等所缘中,并非限于某种固定的所缘,而是随任何所缘而生起。如此生起时,也并非‘先缘于色所缘,后缘于声所缘’这样的方式生起,而是随任何所缘而生起;即‘或以逆、或以顺、或以隔一、隔二等种种方式,在色所缘等中,以任何所缘为所缘而生起’。在色所缘中,也不是依‘先以青为所缘,后以黄为所缘’这样的定则而生起,而是随任何所缘,‘在青、黄等色所缘中,以任何显示巴利原文
Yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhāti ettha ayaṃ yojanā – heṭṭhā vuttesu rūpārammaṇādīsu rūpārammaṇaṃ vā ārabbha, ārammaṇaṃ katvāti attho. Saddārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā ārabbha uppannaṃ hoti. Ettāvatā etassa cittassa etesu ārammaṇesu yaṃkiñci ekameva ārammaṇaṃ anuññātasadisaṃ hoti. Idañca ekasmiṃ samaye ekassa vā puggalassa rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ puna aññasmiṃ samaye aññassa vā puggalassa saddādīsupi aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppajjati eva. Evaṃ uppajjamānassa cassa ekasmiṃ bhave paṭhamaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha pavatti hoti, pacchā saddārammaṇanti ayampi kamo natthi. Rūpādīsu cāpi paṭhamaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ pacchā pītārammaṇanti ayampi niyamo natthi. Iti imaṃ sabbārammaṇatañceva, kamābhāvañca, kamābhāvepi ca nīlapītādīsu niyamābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhā’ti āha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – imesu rūpādīsu na yaṃkiñci ekameva, atha kho yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha uppannaṃ hoti. Evaṃ uppajjamānampi ca ‘paṭhamaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ pacchā saddārammaṇaṃ ārabbhā’ti evampi anuppajjitvā yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha uppannaṃ hoti; ‘paṭilomato vā anulomato vā, ekantarikadvantarikādinayena vā, rūpārammaṇādīsu yaṃ vā taṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ hotī’ti attho. Rūpārammaṇesupi ca ‘paṭhamaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ pacchā pītārammaṇa’nti imināpi niyamena anuppajjitvā, yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbha ‘nīlapītakādīsu rūpārammaṇesu yaṃ vā taṃ vā rūpārammaṇaṃ ārabbha uppannaṃ hotī’ti attho. Saddārammaṇādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ tāva ekā yojanā.
又另一种解释为:以色为所缘者,即是色所缘……以法为所缘者,即是法所缘。如此,在说了‘色所缘……乃至……法所缘之心已生起’之后,又说‘凡任何所缘而’。其意思是:在这些色等所缘中,依前文所说的方式,随任何所缘而生起。而在《大注》中,对于‘ye vā panaka’(凡任何),并没有新的内容,只说到‘前文已取的即已取’,然后仅提到:‘或缘于色……或缘于法,为显示缘于此或缘于彼,而说此语。’显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana aparā – rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ etassāti rūpārammaṇaṃ…pe… dhammo ārammaṇaṃ etassāti dhammārammaṇaṃ . Iti rūpārammaṇaṃ vā…pe… dhammārammaṇaṃ vā cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotīti vatvā puna ‘yaṃ yaṃ vā panārabbhā’ti āha. Tassattho – etesu rūpādīsu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva yaṃ vā taṃ vā pana ārabbha uppannaṃ hotīti. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yevāpanake abhinavaṃ natthi, heṭṭhā gahitameva gahita’nti vatvā ‘rūpaṃ vā ārabbha…pe… dhammaṃ vā ārabbha, idaṃ vā idaṃ vā ārabbhāti kathetuṃ idaṃ vutta’nti ettakameva āgataṃ.
触等五法聚之解释显示巴利原文
Phassapañcamakarāsivaṇṇanā
“于彼时”,这是对未加限定的时间所作的限定性说明。因此应知此义:“在任何时候,当欲界善心生起,就在那时,触生起……乃至……无散乱生起。”其中,如同心一样,触在触等法中亦生起。如何生起?应以可得之语词,如“是欲界、是善、已经生起、与喜俱行”等方式进行连接。由于在受中未获得“与喜俱行”一词,在慧根中未获得“与智相应”一词,故说“以可得之语词”。这是注疏之外诸师的意见;然而,不应将此视为核心。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samayeti idaṃ aniyamaniddiṭṭhassa samayassa niyamato paṭiniddesavacanaṃ. Tasmā ‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti ayamattho veditabbo. Tattha yatheva cittaṃ evaṃ phassādīsupi phasso hoti. Kiṃ hoti? ‘Kāmāvacaro hoti, kusalo hoti, uppanno hoti, somanassasahagato hotī’tiādinā nayena labbhamānapadavasena yojanā kātabbā. Vedanāyañhi ‘somanassasahagatā’ti paññindriye ca ‘ñāṇasampayutta’nti na labbhati, tasmā ‘labbhamānapadavasenā’ti vuttaṃ. Idaṃ aṭṭhakathāmuttakaṃ ācariyānaṃ mataṃ; na panetaṃ sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ.
为何此处首先提及触?因为心最初投向所缘。在诸所缘中,心最初投向之后,触便触击所缘而生起,因此首先被提及。以触触击之后,便以受而感受,以想而认知,以思而思惟。所以这么说:“诸比丘,触已便感受,触已便认知,触已便思惟。”显示巴利原文
Kasmā panettha phassova paṭhamaṃ vuttoti? Cittassa paṭhamābhinipātattā. Ārammaṇasmiñhi cittassa paṭhamābhinipāto hutvā phasso ārammaṇaṃ phusamāno uppajjati, tasmā paṭhamaṃ vutto. Phassena pana phusitvā vedanāya vedayati, saññāya sañjānāti, cetanāya ceteti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘phuṭṭho, bhikkhave, vedeti, phuṭṭho sañjānāti phuṭṭho cetetī’’ti.
再者,此触正如造殿堂时,柱子对于其余木料等建材是强有力的缘——横梁、接缝、墙壁、地基、屋顶、椽子、翼墙、侧柱、檐口等,皆系于柱、依柱而安立;同样地,触对于俱生相应诸法也是强有力的缘。因为它如同柱子,其余诸法如同建材。因此,触也首先被提及。然而,这并非决定性的理由。因为在同一心中生起的诸法,不能说‘此法先起,彼法后起’;就触作为强力缘的意义而言,也见不到必定先说的理由。实际上,触只是依说法次第而首先被提及。因为也可以这样引述:‘受有,触有;想有,触有;思有,触有;心有,触有;受有,想有;思有,寻有。’因此应知,触只是依说法次第而首先被提及。如同在此处一样,对于其余诸法,也不应寻求所谓的前后次第,而应通过词义、特相、作用等来探究诸法。显示巴利原文
Apica , ayaṃ phasso nāma yathā pāsādaṃ patvā thambho nāma sesadabbasambhārānaṃ balavapaccayo, tulāsaṅghāṭabhittipādakūṭagopānasīpakkhapāsakamukhavaṭṭiyo thambhābaddhā thambhe patiṭṭhitā, evameva sahajātasampayuttadhammānaṃ balavapaccayo hoti. Thambhasadiso hi esa. Avasesā dabbasambhārasadisāti. Tasmāpi paṭhamaṃ vutto. Idaṃ pana akāraṇaṃ. Ekacittasmiñhi uppannadhammānaṃ ‘ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppanno ayaṃ pacchā’ti idaṃ vattuṃ na labbhā. Balavapaccayabhāvepi phassassa kāraṇaṃ na dissati. Desanāvāreneva pana phasso paṭhamaṃ vutto. Vedanā hoti phasso hoti, saññā hoti phasso hoti, cetanā hoti phasso hoti, cittaṃ hoti phasso hoti, vedanā hoti saññā hoti, cetanā hoti vitakko hotīti āharitumpi hi vaṭṭeyya. Desanāvārena pana phassova paṭhamaṃ vuttoti veditabbo. Yathā cettha evaṃ sesadhammesupi pubbāparakkamo nāma na pariyesitabbo. Vacanatthalakkhaṇarasādīhi pana dhammā eva pariyesitabbā.
即如所说:‘触’即触击。此触以触击为特相,以撞击为作用,以集合为现起,以所缘现前为足处。显示巴利原文
Seyyathidaṃ – phusatīti phasso. Svāyaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo, saṅghaṭṭanaraso, sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno, āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhāno.
此触虽是非色法,却以触击所缘的方式而转起,故以触击为特相。虽仅依一处、不遍附,却如色撞击眼、声撞击耳、心与所缘撞击一般,故以撞击为作用。或者,由于依所依与所缘的撞击而生起,故依成就之义,其作用也可理解为撞击作用。正如注释书中所说:‘四地所摄的触,无不以触击为特相。然而,撞击作用唯是五门所有。因为五门的触既有触击特相之名,也有撞击作用之名;意门的触唯有触击特相之名,而无撞击作用之名。’显示巴利原文
Ayañhi arūpadhammopi samāno ārammaṇe phusanākāreneva pavattatīti phusanalakkhaṇo. Ekadesena ca anallīyamānopi rūpaṃ viya cakkhuṃ, saddo viya ca sotaṃ, cittaṃ ārammaṇañca saṅghaṭṭetīti saṅghaṭṭanaraso. Vatthārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanato vā uppannattā sampattiatthenapi rasena saṅghaṭṭanarasoti veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ – ‘‘catubhūmakaphasso hi nophusanalakkhaṇo nāma natthi. Saṅghaṭṭanaraso pana pañcadvārikova hoti. Pañcadvārikassa hi phusanalakkhaṇotipi saṅghaṭṭanarasotipi nāmaṃ; manodvārikassa phusanalakkhaṇotveva nāmaṃ, na saṅghaṭṭanaraso’’ti.
说此义后,又引此经:“大王,譬如两羊相斗,可将其中一羊视为眼,另一羊视为色,它们的会合视为触。”如是,触以触击为特相,以撞击为作用。“大王,譬如两手相拍……乃至……两手相拍,可将一手视为眼,另一手视为色,它们的会合视为触。如是,触以触击为特相,以撞击为作用。”(《弥兰陀王问经》)此为广说。显示巴利原文
Idañca vatvā idaṃ suttaṃ ābhataṃ – ‘‘yathā, mahārāja, dve meṇḍā yujjheyyuṃ, tesu yathā eko meṇḍo evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā dutiyo meṇḍo evaṃ rūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ; yathā tesaṃ sannipāto evaṃ phasso daṭṭhabbo’’. Evaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo ca phasso, saṅghaṭṭanaraso ca. ‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, dve sammā vajjeyyuṃ…pe… dve pāṇī vajjeyyuṃ, yathā eko pāṇi evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā dutiyo pāṇi evaṃ rūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, yathā tesaṃ sannipāto evaṃ phasso daṭṭhabbo. Evaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo ca phasso saṅghaṭṭanaraso cā’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.8) vitthāro.
又如“以眼见色”等句中,眼识等是以眼等名称而说;同样,在此处也应知,它们也是以眼等名称而说的。因此,对于“应如是见眼”等句,应依此理趣理解为“应如是见眼识”。如此成立时,由于心与所缘的撞击,依作用之义,此经中“撞击作用”得以成立。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1352, 1354) cakkhuviññāṇādīni cakkhuādināmena vuttāni, evamidhāpi tāni cakkhuādināmena vuttānīti veditabbāni. Tasmā ‘evaṃ cakkhu daṭṭhabba’ntiādīsu evaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ daṭṭhabbanti iminā nayena attho veditabbo. Evaṃ sante cittārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanato imasmimpi sutte kiccaṭṭheneva rasena saṅghaṭṭanarasoti siddho hoti.
然而,正因为它依被称为“三者和合”的自身之因而被说明,故以集合为现起。因为它处处都依因而被说明为:“三者的和合是触”。此经句的意思是:三者和合而有触;并非仅仅和合本身就是触。显示巴利原文
Tikasannipātasaṅkhātassa pana attano kāraṇassa vasena paveditattā sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno. Ayañhi tattha tattha ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’ti evaṃ kāraṇassa vasena paveditoti. Imassa ca suttapadassa tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā phassoti ayamattho; na saṅgatimattameva phassoti.
由于被如此说明,它便以同样的方式现起,故说“以集合为现起”。然而,当以果报之义为现起时,这便名为“以受为现起”。因为它使受现起,也就是令受生起,这是它的含义。当它令受生起时,应知:如同由于外部的热缘,依于称为虫胶的元素而生起的热气,只让自己的依处变得柔软,而不让外在的缘——称为无焰火炭的热性——变得柔软;同样地,触虽然也以所依和所缘等其他事物为缘,但由于依于心而运作,它只在自己的依处——心中——令受生起,而不在它的缘——所依或所缘中令受生起。然而,由于它是在以相应的作意和根检择的境中无碍生起的,故说“以进入境域之境为足处”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paveditattā pana tenevākārena paccupaṭṭhātīti sannipātapaccupaṭṭhānoti vutto. Phalaṭṭhena pana paccupaṭṭhānenesa vedanāpaccupaṭṭhāno nāma hoti. Vedanañhesa paccupaṭṭhāpeti uppādetīti attho. Uppādayamāno ca yathā bahiddhā uṇhapaccayāpi lākhāsaṅkhātadhātunissitā usmā attano nissaye mudubhāvakārī hoti, na attano paccayabhūtepi bahiddhā vītaccitaṅgārasaṅkhāte uṇhabhāve, evaṃ vatthārammaṇasaṅkhātaaññapaccayopi samāno, cittanissitattā attano nissayabhūte citte eva esa vedanuppādako hoti, na attano paccayabhūtepi vatthumhi ārammaṇe vāti veditabbo. Tajjāsamannāhārena pana indriyena ca parikkhate visaye anantarāyena uppajjanato esa āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhānoti vuccati.
“受”即感受。它以感受为特相,以领受为作用——或以享用可意境味为作用,以心所喜乐为现起,以轻安为足处。显示巴利原文
Vedayatīti vedanā. Sā vedayitalakkhaṇā, anubhavanarasā iṭṭhākārasambhogarasā vā, cetasikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānā, passaddhipadaṭṭhānā.
有说:“四地所摄的一切受,无不以感受为特相。然而,领受作用唯独在乐受中才可得。”在驳斥了此说之后,阐明此义:“无论是乐受、苦受,还是不苦不乐受,一切受皆以领受为作用。”即是:当达到领受所缘之味的阶段时,其余相应诸法只领受部分。触仅有触击,想仅有认知,思仅有思惟,识仅有了知。而唯独受,以主宰者的姿态,以遍满的自主性,全面地领受所缘之味。显示巴利原文
‘Catubhūmikavedanā hi novedayitalakkhaṇā nāma natthi. Anubhavanarasatā pana sukhavedanāyameva labbhatī’ti vatvā puna taṃ vādaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘sukhavedanā vā hotu, dukkhavedanā vā, adukkhamasukhavedanā vā, sabbā anubhavanarasā’ti vatvā ayamattho dīpito – ārammaṇarasānubhavanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā sesasampayuttadhammā ekadesamattakameva anubhavanti. Phassassa hi phusanamattakameva hoti, saññāya sañjānanamattakameva, cetanāya cetanāmattakameva, viññāṇassa vijānanamattakameva. Ekaṃsato pana issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmibhāvena vedanāva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavati.
受如同国王,其余诸法则如同厨师。犹如厨师备办种种美味,放入容器,加上封条,送至国王面前,然后拆开封条,打开容器,从所有菜肴中取出最上等的部分盛入钵中,为检验有瑕无瑕而先行品尝,之后才向国王呈上种种至味。国王则作为自在者,无拘无束,随心所欲地享用。在此,厨师对食物的检验,就如其余诸法对境味的有限体验;正如厨师只检验部分食物,其余诸法也只经验部分境味。而正如国王作为自在者,无拘无束,随心所欲地享用,受也以自在者的身份,无所拘束、自主地经验对象之味。因此,受被称为‘体验味’。显示巴利原文
Rājā viya hi vedanā, sūdo viya sesadhammā. Yathā sūdo nānārasabhojanaṃ sampādetvā peḷāya pakkhipitvā lañchanaṃ datvā rañño santike otāretvā lañchanaṃ bhinditvā peḷaṃ vivaritvā sabbasūpabyañjanehi aggaggaṃ ādāya bhājane pakkhipitvā sadosaniddosabhāvavīmaṃsanatthaṃ ajjhoharati, tato rañño nānaggarasabhojanaṃ upanāmeti. Rājā issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmī hutvā icchiticchitaṃ bhuñjati. Tattha hi sūdassa bhattavīmaṃsanamattamiva avasesadhammānaṃ ārammaṇarasassa ekadesānubhavanaṃ. Yathā hi sūdo bhattekadesamattameva vīmaṃsati evaṃ sesadhammāpi ārammaṇarasekadesameva anubhavanti. Yathā pana rājā issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmī hutvā yadicchakaṃ bhuñjati, evaṃ vedanāpi issaravatāya vissavitāya sāmibhāvena ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavati. Tasmā anubhavanarasāti vuccati.
在第二种义释中,这里所说的受,无论以何种方式,都只享用对象的可爱之相,因此说‘以享用可爱之相为味’。而就心所喜好而言,它是依自性而现起的,所以说‘以心所喜好为现起’。又由于‘身得轻安者,能感受乐’,所以应知‘以轻安为足处’。显示巴利原文
Dutiye atthavikappe ayaṃ idha adhippetā vedanā yathā vā tathā vā ārammaṇassa iṭṭhākārameva sambhuñjatīti iṭṭhākārasambhogarasāti vuttā. Cetasikaassādato panesā attano sabhāveneva upaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya cetasikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānāti vuttā. Yasmā pana ‘‘passaddhikāyo sukhaṃ vedeti’’ tasmā passaddhipadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
能认知青、黄等种种境,故名为‘想’。它以认知为特相,以再认知为味。因为,属于四地的想,无一不以认知为特相,一切想皆以认知为特相。其中,以殊胜智而认知的想,则称为‘以再认知为味’。显示巴利原文
Nīlādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ sañjānātīti saññā. Sā sañjānanalakkhaṇā paccābhiññāṇarasā. Catubhūmikasaññā hi nosañjānanalakkhaṇā nāma natthi . Sabbā sañjānanalakkhaṇāva. Yā panettha abhiññāṇena sañjānāti sā paccābhiññāṇarasā nāma hoti.
应知其作用的情形,正如木匠在木料上做了标记,后来再凭此标记认出它时;正如有人记下黑痣等特征,后来再据此特征认出“这是某人”时;又如国王的饰品库藏官,在每件饰品上系上名签,当被吩咐“取某件饰品来”时,便点亮灯火进入库房,逐一核验名签,取出指定的那件饰品。显示巴利原文
Tassā, vaḍḍhakissa dārumhi abhiññāṇaṃ katvā puna tena abhiññāṇena taṃ paccābhijānanakāle, purisassa kāḷatilakādiabhiññāṇaṃ sallakkhetvā puna tena abhiññāṇena asuko nāma esoti tassa paccābhijānanakāle, rañño piḷandhanagopakabhaṇḍāgārikassa tasmiṃ tasmiṃ piḷandhane nāmapaṇṇakaṃ bandhitvā ‘asukaṃ piḷandhanaṃ nāma āharā’ti vutte dīpaṃ jāletvā ratanagabbhaṃ pavisitvā paṇṇaṃ vācetvā tassa tasseva piḷandhanassa āharaṇakāle ca pavatti veditabbā.
另一种解释:从总摄一切的角度,想以认知为特相。以作再认知之缘的标记为作用,如同木匠等在木材上所刻的记号。依所执取之相而执著为现起,如同盲人摸象;或者,以不深入对象而短暂安住为现起,如同闪电。以现前之境为近因,如同小鹿看见稻草人而生起“这是人”之想。其中与智相应的想,则随顺于智。应知在由众多组成部分构成的地等之中,其余诸法如同地等。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – sabbasaṅgāhikavasena hi sañjānanalakkhaṇā saññā. Punasañjānanapaccayanimittakaraṇarasā, dāruādīsu tacchakādayo viya. Yathāgahitanimittavasena abhinivesakaraṇapaccupaṭṭhānā, hatthidassakaandhā viya. Ārammaṇe anogāḷhavuttitāya aciraṭṭhānapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, vijju viya. Yathāupaṭṭhitavisayapadaṭṭhānā, tiṇapurisakesu migapotakānaṃ ‘purisā’ti uppannasaññā viya. Yā panettha ñāṇasampayuttā hoti sā saññā ñāṇameva anuvattati. Sasambhārapathavīādīsu sesadhammā pathavīādīni viyāti veditabbā.
“思”即思虑,意为将自身与相应诸法一起投向对象。它以思虑为特相,亦即以思虑状态为特相;以累积为作用。因为四地所摄的思,没有一个不以思虑为特相,一切思皆以思虑为特相。至于累积这一作用,则只存在于善与不善心中。当到达累积善业与不善业之时,其余相应诸法只起部分作用,而思则具有更殊胜的精进与勤策,具有加倍的精进与勤策。因此,古德说:“此思安住于坚固性的本质。”所谓“坚固者”,即指田主。如同田主带领五十五名劳力,说“我要收割”,一同下到田里;他具有更殊胜的精进与勤策,具有加倍的精进与勤策,吩咐“不要停歇地收割”等,划定田间界限,明了他们的饮食、香、花鬘等,并平稳地引导道路。应如此理解这一譬喻:思犹如田主,依心而起的五十五种善法犹如五十五名劳力。在到达累积善与不善业之时,田主具有加倍精进与勤策的情形,即是思具有加倍精进与勤策的写照。应如此了知它的累积作用。显示巴利原文
Cetayatīti cetanā saddhiṃ attanā sampayuttadhamme ārammaṇe abhisandahatīti attho. Sā cetayitalakkhaṇā, cetanābhāvalakkhaṇāti attho. Āyūhanarasā. Catubhūmikacetanā hi nocetayitalakkhaṇā nāma natthi. Sabbā cetayitalakkhaṇāva. Āyūhanarasatā pana kusalākusalesu eva hoti. Kusalākusalakammāyūhanaṭṭhānañhi patvā sesasampayuttadhammānaṃ ekadesamattakameva kiccaṃ hoti. Cetanā pana atirekaussāhā atirekavāyāmā, diguṇussāhā diguṇavāyāmā. Tenāhu porāṇā – ‘‘thāvariyasabhāvasaṇṭhitā ca panesā cetanā’’ti. Thāvariyoti khettasāmī vuccati. Yathā khettasāmī puriso pañcapaṇṇāsa balipurise gahetvā ‘lāyissāmī’ti ekato khettaṃ otarati. Tassa atireko ussāho atireko vāyāmo, diguṇo ussāho diguṇo vāyāmo hoti, ‘nirantaraṃ gaṇhathā’tiādīni vadati, sīmaṃ ācikkhati, tesaṃ surābhattagandhamālādīni jānāti, maggaṃ samakaṃ harati. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ . Khettasāmipuriso viya hi cetanā. Pañcapaṇṇāsa balipurisā viya cittaṅgavasena uppannā pañcapaṇṇāsa kusalā dhammā. Khettasāmipurisassa diguṇussāhadiguṇavāyāmakaraṇakālo viya kusalākusalakammāyūhanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā cetanāya diguṇussāho diguṇavāyāmo hoti. Evamassā āyūhanarasatā veditabbā.
此思以策励为现起。当其策励时,便现起为成就自事与他事,犹如大弟子、大木匠等。正如大弟子远远望见戒师走来,自己正在学习,亦能促使其他学童各各从事自己的学习任务;当他开始学习时,他们亦随之学习,因为随顺于他。又如大木匠自己正在削木,亦能促使其余木匠各各从事削木工作;当他开始削木时,他们亦随之削木,因为随顺于他。又如将军自己正在战斗,亦能促使其他战士投入战斗;当他开始战斗时,他们亦不退转地战斗,因为随顺于他。同样地,此思在以自业作用于所缘时,亦能促使其余相应诸法各各履行自己的作用。当它开始自己的作用时,与之相应的诸法也开始作用。因此说:‘成就自事与他事,犹如大弟子、大木匠等。’又应了知,在忆念紧急事务等情况下,此思以策励相应诸法的方式而运作,变得明显。显示巴利原文
Sā panesā saṃvidahanapaccupaṭṭhānā. Saṃvidahamānā hi ayaṃ upaṭṭhāti, sakiccaparakiccasādhakā, jeṭṭhasissamahāvaḍḍhakīādayo viya. Yathā hi jeṭṭhasisso upajjhāyaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā sayaṃ adhīyamāno itarepi dārake attano attano ajjhayanakamme pavattayati, tasmiñhi adhīyituṃ āraddhe tepi adhīyanti, tadanuvattitāya. Yathā ca mahāvaḍḍhakī sayaṃ tacchanto itarepi tacchake attano attano tacchanakamme pavattayati, tasmiñhi tacchituṃ āraddhe tepi tacchanti, tadanuvattitāya. Yathā ca yodhanāyako sayaṃ yujjhamāno itarepi yodhe sampahāravuttiyaṃ pavattayati, tasmiñhi yujjhituṃ āraddhe tepi anivattamānā yujjhanti, tadanuvattitāya. Evamesāpi attano kiccena ārammaṇe pavattamānā aññepi sampayuttadhamme attano attano kiriyāya pavatteti. Tassā hi attano kiccaṃ āraddhāya, taṃsampayuttāpi ārabhanti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘sakiccaparakiccasādhakā, jeṭṭhasissamahāvaḍḍhakīādayo viyā’ti. Accāyikakammānussaraṇādīsu ca panāyaṃ sampayuttānaṃ ussāhanabhāvena pavattamānā pākaṭā hotīti veditabbā.
“思量所缘”即是心,依此方式,心的词义已说。从特相等而言:心以识知为特相,以作为前导为作用,以令相续现起为现起,以名色为近因。因为四地之心,没有不具备识知特相的,一切心皆以识知为特相。在到达门而显现所缘的阶段,心是前导、先行者。眼所见之色,由心识知;……乃至意所识知的法,亦由心识知。正如一位守城者坐于城中央的十字路口,观察判断来往之人:‘此是居民,此是客旅’——应如此看待此譬喻。大长老亦曾言:‘大王,犹如守城者坐于城中央的十字路口,看见有人从东方来、从西方来、从南方来、从北方来,同样地,大王,眼所见之色,由识识知;耳所闻之声,由识识知;鼻所嗅之香,由识识知;舌所尝之味,由识识知;身所触之所触,由识识知;意所识知的法,由识识知。’如此,在到达门而显现所缘的阶段,心正是前导、先行者。因此说‘有作为前导的作用’。显示巴利原文
‘Ārammaṇaṃ cintetī’ti cittanti nayena cittassa vacanattho vutto eva. Lakkhaṇādito pana vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ cittaṃ, pubbaṅgamarasaṃ, sandahanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Catubhūmakacittañhi novijānanalakkhaṇaṃ nāma natthi. Sabbaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇameva. Dvāraṃ pana patvā ārammaṇavibhāvanaṭṭhāne cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ hoti. Cakkhunā hi diṭṭhaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ citteneva vijānāti…pe… manena viññātaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ citteneva vijānāti. Yathā hi nagaraguttiko nāma nagaramajjhe siṅghāṭake nisīditvā ‘ayaṃ nevāsiko ayaṃ āgantuko’ti āgatāgataṃ janaṃ upadhāreti vavatthapeti – evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ mahātherena – ‘‘yathā, mahārāja , nagaraguttiko nāma majjhe nagarassa siṅghāṭake nisinno puratthimato disato purisaṃ āgacchantaṃ passeyya… pacchimato… dakkhiṇato… uttarato disato purisaṃ āgacchantaṃ passeyya, evameva kho, mahārāja, yaṃ cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati taṃ viññāṇena vijānāti, yaṃ sotena saddaṃ suṇāti, ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyati, jivhāya rasaṃ sāyati, kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusati, manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti, taṃ viññāṇena vijānātī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.12). Evaṃ dvāraṃ patvā ārammaṇavibhāvanaṭṭhāne cittameva pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ. Tasmā pubbaṅgamarasanti vuccati.
此心以后后生起之心,令前前之心无间相续,如此现起,故说‘有令相续现起的现起’。在五蕴有中,它的近因必定是名色;在四蕴有中,则唯以名为近因。因此说‘有名色为近因’。显示巴利原文
Tadetaṃ pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ uppajjamānaṃ purimaṃ purimaṃ nirantaraṃ katvā sandahanameva upaṭṭhātīti sandahanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcavokārabhave panassa niyamato nāmarūpaṃ, catuvokārabhave nāmameva padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tasmā nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ.
那么,此心与前文所说之心是同一还是不同?是同一。既然如此,为何前文已说又再说?这在注释书中并未作讨论。不过,于此可作一合理说:正如依于色等而假立的太阳等,从真实义上说,并非与色等相异;是故,当太阳升起时,其时被称为火界的色亦同时存在。虽如此说,其实并没有一个异于色等的所谓太阳。心则不然——心虽依触等而假立,然从真实义上说,确与那些诸法相异。因此,为阐明“当心生起之际,彼心于此时必从真实义上异于触等”之义,而再次说此,应如是了知。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ panetaṃ cittaṃ purimaniddiṭṭhacittena saddhiṃ ekameva udāhu aññanti? Ekameva. Atha kasmā purimaniddiṭṭhaṃ puna vuttanti? Avicāritaṃ etaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha yutti – yathā hi rūpādīni upādāya paññattā sūriyādayo na atthato rūpādīhi aññe honti, teneva yasmiṃ samaye sūriyo udeti tasmiṃ samaye tassa tejasaṅkhātaṃ rūpampīti. Evaṃ vuccamānepi na rūpādīhi añño sūriyo nāma atthi. Na tathā cittaṃ; phassādayo dhamme upādāya paññāpiyati; atthato panetaṃ tehi aññameva. Tena ‘yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti ekaṃseneva tasmiṃ samaye phassādīhi atthato aññameva taṃ hotī’ti imassatthassa dīpanatthāya etaṃ puna vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
又如“每当修习为色界转生之道……地遍时,于彼时有触、有受”等句中,在由修习者所确定的那一刻,那位修习者从真实义上说并不生起,是故于彼只说“有触、有受”,而并非说“修习者存在”。然于“欲界善心生起时”等句中,在由心所确定的那一刻,那由时刻所确定的心却并非同样地从真实义上不生起。正如彼时“有触、有受”,同样“亦有心”,为显明此义而再次说此,应如是了知。于此,可作结论:在摄颂分中,是为摄集;于广释分中,则为分别。因为前文但以一个“心”字确定时刻,而于那由心所确定的时刻,为显示尚有其他诸法,故始说“有触”等。而心于彼时确亦现起,是故为将其一并摄集,复又说此。若不说此,便无法在广释分中分别“于彼时何为心”。如此,则对其分别便会缺失。是故,于广释分为对之作分别,亦说此,应如是了知。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti…pe… pathavīkasiṇaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 160) pana bhāventena vavatthāpite samaye yo bhāveti na so atthato uppajjati nāma, teneva tattha yathā ‘‘phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, na evaṃ ‘‘yo bhāveti so hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādīsu pana cittena vavatthāpite samaye samayavavatthāpitaṃ cittaṃ na tathā atthato nuppajjati . Yatheva pana tadā ‘phasso hoti vedanā hoti’, tathā ‘cittampi hotī’ti imassapi atthassa dīpanatthamidaṃ puna vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – uddesavāre saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ niddesavāre ca vibhajanatthaṃ purimena hi ‘citta’-saddena kevalaṃ samayo vavatthāpito. Tasmiṃ pana cittena vavatthāpitasamaye ye dhammā honti tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ ‘‘phasso hotī’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Cittañcāpi tasmiṃ samaye hotiyeva. Tasmā tassāpi saṅgaṇhanatthametaṃ puna vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca ṭhāne etasmiṃ avuccamāne ‘‘katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye citta’’nti na sakkā bhaveyya niddesavāre vibhajituṃ. Evamassa vibhajanaṃyeva parihāyetha. Tasmā tassa niddesavāre vibhajanatthampi etañca vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
复次,因“已生起”这一表述中的“心已生起”仅是说法上的略指,而注释书中已作简别:“并非唯有一心生起”,因此于此“已生起”中,亦非仅取心本身,而是合于超过五十种善法而取心。如是,于彼处简略总取一切心心所法之后,今为以自相差别显示,始说“有触”等。故应知,如触等,心亦属已说。显示巴利原文
Yasmā vā ‘‘uppannaṃ hotī’’ti ettha cittaṃ uppannanti etaṃ desanāsīsameva, ‘na pana cittaṃ ekameva uppajjatī’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vicāritaṃ, tasmā cittaṃ ‘‘uppanna’’nti etthāpi cittamattameva aggahetvā paropaṇṇāsakusaladhammehi saddhiṃyeva cittaṃ gahitaṃ. Evaṃ tattha saṅkhepato sabbepi cittacetasikadhamme gahetvā idha sarūpena pabhedato dassetuṃ ‘‘phasso hotī’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Iti phassādayo viya cittampi vuttamevāti veditabbaṃ.
法摄颂品显示巴利原文
Dhammuddesavāro
禅支集之注释显示巴利原文
Jhānaṅgarāsivaṇṇanā
“寻”即寻思;或者,寻思即是寻,也就是所说的“思惟”。此寻以令心投向所缘为特相,因为它将心投向所缘。正如有人依靠国王的亲信、亲戚或朋友而进入王宫,同样地,心依靠寻而登上所缘,所以说它有令心投向所缘的特相。而那先长老则说:寻有敲击的特相。“大王,犹如鼓被敲击之后,有回响,发出回声;同样地,大王,应视寻如敲击,视伺如随后的回响与回声。”此寻有撞击、遍撞击的作用。据说,瑜伽行者以此令所缘为寻所撞击、遍撞击。它有引导心至所缘的现起。显示巴利原文
Vitakketīti vitakko; vitakkanaṃ vā vitakko; ūhananti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropanalakkhaṇo. So hi ārammaṇe cittaṃ āropeti. Yathā hi koci rājavallabhaṃ ñātiṃ vā mittaṃ vā nissāya rājagehaṃ ārohati, evaṃ vitakkaṃ nissāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. Tasmā so ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropanalakkhaṇoti vutto. Nāgasenatthero panāha – ākoṭanalakkhaṇo vitakko. ‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, bherī ākoṭitā atha pacchā anuravati anusaddāyati, evameva kho, mahārāja, yathā ākoṭanā evaṃ vitakko daṭṭhabbo. Yathā pacchā anuravanā anusaddāyanā evaṃ vicāro daṭṭhabbo’’ti (mi. pa. 2.3.14 thokaṃ visadisaṃ). Svāyaṃ āhananapariyāhananaraso. Tathā hi tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotīti vuccati. Ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno.
心在所缘上运行,故称“伺”;或运行即是伺,即所谓“随行”、“遍行”。此伺以“轻抚所缘”为特相。它的作用是使俱生法相应、随行,现起为令心持续相续。虽然寻与伺在某些情况下不相离,但就粗重与先行之义,寻如敲钟的第一击,以投向义而为心最初投向所缘;就微细与轻抚本性之义,伺如钟声的回响,为持续相续。在此,寻有动荡性,是心生起之初的扰动状态,犹如欲飞向空中的鸟振翅,又如追随香气的蜜蜂向着莲花飞落。伺则寂静安住,是心不过分动荡的状态,犹如飞向空中的鸟展翅滑翔,又如已落在莲花上的蜜蜂在莲花上方盘旋。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇe tena cittaṃ vicaratīti vicāro; vicaraṇaṃ vā vicāro. Anusañcaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇānumajjanalakkhaṇo. Tattha sahajātānuyojanaraso. Cittassa anuppabandhapaccupaṭṭhāno. Santepi ca nesaṃ katthaci aviyoge oḷārikaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭābhighāto viya abhiniropanaṭṭhena ca cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko . Sukhumaṭṭhena anumajjanasabhāvaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭānuravo viya anuppabandho vicāro. Vipphāravā cettha vitakko, paṭhamuppattikāle paripphandabhūto cittassa. Ākāse uppatitukāmassa pakkhino pakkhavikkhepo viya. Padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubaddhacetaso bhamarassa. Santavutti vicāro nātiparipphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppatitassa pakkhino pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya, paribbhamanaṃ viya ca padumābhimukhapatitassa bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge.
义注中说:“如同在空中飞行的大鸟,先用双翼抓住风,再收拢双翼滑翔,寻正是以这种将心投向所缘的方式生起;它成为专一而安止时,则如同为了抓风而振翅飞行。伺以轻抚的方式生起,轻抚着所缘。”因此,就持续的转起而言,这一比喻极为恰当。然而,寻与伺的差别在初禅与第二禅中便显明起来。又比如,有人用一只手紧抓沾有污垢的铜器,另一只手以粉末、油与毛刷擦拭,紧抓的手犹如寻,擦拭的手犹如伺。同样,陶师以棍棒击打轮使其旋转而制作器皿时,按压的手犹如寻,来回移动的手犹如伺。又如画圆时,定于中心的针犹如投向的寻,在外围旋转的针犹如轻抚的伺。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘ākāse gacchato mahāsakuṇassa ubhohi pakkhehi vātaṃ gahetvā pakkhe sannisīdāpetvā gamanaṃ viya ārammaṇe cetaso abhiniropanabhāvena pavatto vitakko. So hi ekaggo hutvā appeti vātaggahaṇatthaṃ pakkhe phandāpayamānassa gamanaṃ viya. Anumajjabhāvena pavatto vicāro. So hi ārammaṇaṃ anumajjatīti vuttaṃ, taṃ anuppabandhanena pavattiyaṃ ativiya yujjati. So pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. Apica malaggahitaṃ kaṃsabhājanaṃ ekena hatthena daḷhaṃ gahetvā itarena hatthena cuṇṇatelavālaṇḍupakena parimajjantassa daḷhaggahaṇahattho viya vitakko, parimajjanahattho viya vicāro. Tathā kumbhakārassa daṇḍappahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa uppīḷanahattho viya vitakko, ito cito ca sañcaraṇahattho viya vicāro. Tathā maṇḍalaṃ karontassa majjhe sannirumbhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭako viya abhiniropano vitakko, bahiparibbhamanakaṇṭako viya anumajjamāno vicāro.
令喜悦,故名为“喜”。它以令人喜爱为特相;作用是令身心喜悦,或作遍满;现起为雀跃。此喜有五种,即:小喜、刹那喜、涌喜、踊跃喜、遍满喜。显示巴利原文
Piṇayatīti pīti. Sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā. Kāyacittapīṇanarasā, pharaṇarasā vā. Odagyapaccupaṭṭhānā. Sā panesā khuddikāpīti, khaṇikāpīti, okkantikāpīti, ubbegāpīti, pharaṇāpītīti pañcavidhā hoti.
其中,小喜只能令身上毫毛竖立。刹那喜则刹那刹那如闪电般生起。涌喜如同海浪拍岸,一次次涌向身体后碎开。踊跃喜极为强猛,能使身体腾起,乃至升入空中。正如住在富那瓦利卡的大帝须长老,在满月日的傍晚前往塔院,见到月光,面向大塔,心想:“此刻,四众弟子应当正在礼敬大塔吧。”依平日所见所缘之力,生起了以佛陀为所缘的踊跃喜。犹如在石灰地上拍打的彩球,他跃入空中,落在了大塔院中。显示巴利原文
Tattha khuddikāpīti sarīre lomahaṃsamattameva kātuṃ sakkoti. Khaṇikāpīti khaṇe khaṇe vijjuppādasadisā hoti. Okkantikāpīti , samuddatīraṃ vīci viya, kāyaṃ okkamitvā okkamitvā bhijjati. Ubbegāpīti balavatī hoti, kāyaṃ uddhaggaṃ katvā ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇappattā. Tathā hi puṇṇavallikavāsī mahātissatthero puṇṇamadivase sāyaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā candālokaṃ disvā mahācetiyābhimukho hutvā ‘imāya vata velāya catasso parisā mahācetiyaṃ vandantī’ti pakatiyā diṭṭhārammaṇavasena buddhārammaṇaṃ ubbegaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā sudhātale pahaṭacitrageṇḍuko viya ākāse uppatitvā mahācetiyaṅgaṇeyeva aṭṭhāsi.
同样,在山崎寺附近的瓦塔卡拉伽玛村,有一位良家女子,也因对佛陀生起强烈的踊跃喜而腾入空中。据说,她的父母傍晚要去寺院听法,便对她说:‘女儿,你身怀有孕,此时外出不合时宜,我们将为你回向功德,前去听法了。’说完便走了。她虽想去,却不敢违逆父母的话,便留在家中,站在门口借着月光眺望山崎寺的空中塔院,望见塔上的灯火供养,又看到四众弟子以花、香等供养宝塔并右绕而行,听到比丘僧团集体诵经的声音。当她看见宝塔犹如一堆珍珠般璀璨时,生起踊跃喜:‘这些人真是有福啊,能去寺院,在这样的塔院中漫步,听闻如此美妙的法语。’她跃入空中,比父母更早从空中降到塔院,礼塔之后便站着听法。父母来到后问她:‘女儿,你从哪条路来的?’她回答:‘我从空中来,不是从路上。’父母问:‘女儿,能在空中行走的只有漏尽者,你是怎么来的?’她答:‘我站着借着月光看塔时,心中生起了缘取佛陀的强力喜,那时我全然不知自己是站着还是坐着,只是依着所取之相便腾入空中,落在了塔院。’如此,踊跃喜能达到跃入空中的程度。显示巴利原文
Tathā girikaṇḍakavihārassa upanissaye vattakālakagāme ekā kuladhītāpi balavabuddhārammaṇāya ubbegāya pītiyā ākāse laṅghesi. Tassā kira mātāpitaro sāyaṃ dhammasavanatthāya vihāraṃ gacchantā ‘amma, tvaṃ garubhārā, akāle vicarituṃ na sakkosi, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ pattiṃ katvā dhammaṃ sossāmā’ti agamaṃsu. Sā gantukāmāpi tesaṃ vacanaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asakkontī ghare ohīyitvā gharadvāre ṭhatvā candālokena girikaṇḍake ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇaṃ olokentī cetiyassa dīpapūjaṃ addasa. Catasso ca parisā mālāgandhādīhi cetiyapūjaṃ katvā padakkhiṇaṃ karontiyo bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gaṇasajjhāyasaddaṃ assosi. Athassā ‘dhaññā vatime manussā ye vihāraṃ gantvā evarūpe cetiyaṅgaṇe anusañcarituṃ evarūpañca madhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sotuṃ labhantī’ti muttarāsisadisaṃ cetiyaṃ passantiyā eva ubbegāpīti udapādi. Sā ākāse laṅghitvā mātāpitūnaṃ purimataraṃyeva ākāsato cetiyaṅgaṇe oruyha cetiyaṃ vanditvā dhammaṃ suṇamānā aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro āgantvā ‘amma, tvaṃ katarena maggena āgatāsī’ti pucchiṃsu. Sā ‘ākāsena āgatāmhi, na maggenā’ti vatvā ‘amma, ākāsena nāma khīṇāsavā sañcaranti, tvaṃ kathaṃ āgatā’ti puṭṭhā āha – ‘mayhaṃ candālokena cetiyaṃ olokentiyā ṭhitāya buddhārammaṇā balavapīti uppajjati, athāhaṃ neva attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ na nisinnabhāvaṃ aññāsiṃ, gahitanimitteneva pana ākāsaṃ laṅghitvā cetiyaṅgaṇe patiṭṭhitāmhī’ti. Evaṃ ubbegāpīti ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇā hoti.
当遍满喜生起时,整个身体被它完全遍满,犹如被吹胀的皮囊,又如大水涌入的山窟。这五种喜在成熟时,能圆满两种轻安:身轻安与心轻安。轻安成熟时,能圆满两种乐:身乐与心乐。乐成熟时,能圆满三种定:刹那定、近行定与安止定。在此,除了能圆满安止定的喜之外,其余两种定都适用于此处。显示巴利原文
Pharaṇapītiyā pana uppannāya sakalasarīraṃ dhamitvā pūritavatthi viya, mahatā udakoghena pakkhandapabbatakucchi viya ca anuparipphuṭaṃ hoti. Sā panesā pañcavidhā pīti gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhaṃ passaddhiṃ paripūreti – kāyapassaddhiñca cittapassaddhiñca. Passaddhi gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhaṃ sukhaṃ paripūreti – kāyikaṃ cetasikañca. Sukhaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhantaṃ paripākaṃ gacchantaṃ tividhaṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti – khaṇikasamādhiṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhinti. Tāsu ṭhapetvā appanāsamādhipūrikaṃ itarā dvepi idha yujjanti.
令得安乐,故名‘乐’;意思是,能让生起它的有情获得安乐。或者,它能彻底吞噬、拔除身心的苦患,故名‘乐’。这是指喜受。其特相、作用等,应依受蕴中所说的方法了知。显示巴利原文
Sukhayatīti sukhaṃ; yassa uppajjati taṃ sukhitaṃ karotīti attho. Suṭṭhu vā khādati, khanati ca kāyacittābādhanti sukhaṃ. Somanassavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tassa lakkhaṇādīni vedanāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
又可说,乐以可意为特相,以增长相应法为作用,以资助为现起。虽然喜与乐有时不相离,但获得可意所缘而生起的满足是喜,体验已得之味是乐。有喜之处必有乐,有乐之处则未必有喜。喜为行蕴所摄,乐为受蕴所摄。犹如荒漠中疲惫之人,见闻林间有水时,这是喜;如进入林荫、得享饮水时,这是乐。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – sātalakkhaṇaṃ sukhaṃ, sampayuttānaṃ upabrūhanarasaṃ, anuggahaṇapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Satipi ca nesaṃ pītisukhānaṃ katthaci avippayoge, iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi pīti; paṭiladdharasānubhavanaṃ sukhaṃ. Yattha pīti tattha sukhaṃ. Yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti. Saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahitā pīti, vedanākkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ sukhaṃ. Kantārakhinnassa vanantodakadassanasavanesu viya pīti. Vanacchāyāpavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ.
譬如有人行于大荒漠,被酷热所逼,饥渴交迫,途中见一人便问:‘何处有水?’那人说:‘越过树林,有一处天然湖泊和丛林,到那里便能得水。’他听了这话,欢喜踊跃。接着继续前行,看见掉落在地上的睡莲花瓣、叶柄等,更加欢喜踊跃;再往前走,看见衣发尽湿的人,听到林鸡、孔雀等的鸣叫,看见天然湖泊边上犹如宝石网覆盖般的深蓝色树林,又见湖中生长的青莲花、红莲花、白睡莲等,以及清澈明净的水。他愈渐欢喜踊跃,进入天然湖泊,随心所欲地沐浴、饮水,由此止息疲乏,又食莲藕、莲茎、莲根等,佩戴青莲花等,将曼陀罗花根挂在肩上,上岸后穿上衣服,将浴衣晒在阳光下,躺在清凉的树荫下,微风吹拂时,说道:‘啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!’应当如此理解这个譬喻。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi puriso mahākantāramaggaṃ paṭipanno ghammapareto tasito pipāsito paṭipathe purisaṃ disvā ‘kattha pānīyaṃ atthī’ti puccheyya. So ‘aṭaviṃ uttaritvā jātassaravanasaṇḍo atthi, tattha gantvā labhissasī’ti vadeyya. So tassa kathaṃ sutvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭho bhaveyya. Tato gacchanto bhūmiyaṃ patitāni uppaladalanālapattādīni disvā suṭṭhutaraṃ haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā gacchanto allavatthe allakese purise passeyya, vanakukkuṭamorādīnaṃ saddaṃ suṇeyya, jātassarapariyante jātaṃ maṇijālasadisaṃ nīlavanasaṇḍaṃ passeyya, sare jātāni uppalapadumakumudādīni passeyya, acchaṃ vippasannaṃ udakaṃ passeyya. So bhiyyo bhiyyo haṭṭhapahaṭṭho hutvā jātassaraṃ otaritvā yathāruci nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paṭippassaddhadaratho bhisamuḷālapokkharādīni khāditvā nīluppalādīni piḷandhitvā mandālakamūlāni khandhe karitvā uttaritvā sāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā, udakasāṭakaṃ ātape katvā, sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante nipanno ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadeyya. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
此人从听闻天然湖泊与丛林之时起,直至见到水之前,那种欢喜踊跃的阶段,如同在前分所缘中显现欢喜踊跃的状态,这是喜。而沐浴、饮水后,在清凉的树荫下,微风吹拂,躺着说‘啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!’的阶段,则犹如达到强盛、安住于领受所缘之味的状态,这是乐。应知这是依各个时刻的明显状态而作的分别。然而有喜之处必定也有乐,以二者不相离故,这已经说过了。显示巴利原文
Tassa hi purisassa jātassaravanasaṇḍasavanato paṭṭhāya yāva udakadassanā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhakālo viya pubbabhāgārammaṇe haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākārā pīti. Nhatvā ca pivitvā ca sītacchāyāya mandamande vāte paharante ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti vadato nipannakālo viya balavappattaṃ ārammaṇarasānubhavanākārasaṇṭhitaṃ sukhaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pākaṭabhāvato cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yattha pana pīti sukhampi tattha atthīti vuttamevetaṃ.
“心一境性”即心专一的状态,这是定的名称。关于其特相等,注释书中首先说道:“定有作为首领的特相和不散乱的特相。”正如尖顶阁楼的栋梁,由于连接其余一切木料而成为首要;同样地,一切善法皆因依定心而成就,故定于一切善法中亦为首要。因此说道——显示巴利原文
Cittassekaggatāti cittassa ekaggabhāvo; samādhissetaṃ nāmaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīsu panassa aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva vuttaṃ – ‘‘pāmokkhalakkhaṇo ca samādhi avikkhepalakkhaṇo ca’’. Yathā hi kūṭāgārakaṇṇikā sesadabbasambhārānaṃ ābandhanato pamukhā hoti evameva sabbakusaladhammānaṃ samādhicittena ijjhanato sabbesampi tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samādhi pāmokkho hoti. Tena vuttaṃ –
“大王,正如尖顶阁楼的所有椽子,都趋向屋顶、斜向屋顶、汇合于屋顶,屋顶被称为其顶端;同样地,大王,一切善法都趋向定、斜向定、汇合于定,定被称为其顶端。”(《弥兰陀王问经》第2品第1章第14节)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā honti, kūṭaninnā kūṭasamosaraṇā, kūṭaṃ tāsaṃ aggamakkhāyati, evameva kho, mahārāja, ye keci kusalā dhammā sabbe te samādhininnā honti, samādhipoṇā, samādhipabbhārā, samādhi tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.14).
又如,国王来到军中,军队何处受挫,他便前往该处;凡其所至之处,军队便得补充,敌军溃散而追随国王。同样地,由于不让俱生之法散乱、离散,故定被称为有不散乱的特相。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca senaṅgaṃ patvā rājā nāma yattha yattha senā osīdati taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, tassa gatagataṭṭhāne senā paripūrati, parasenā bhijjitvā rājānameva anuvattati, evameva sahajātadhammānaṃ vikkhipituṃ vippakirituṃ appadānato samādhi avikkhepalakkhaṇo nāma hotīti.
另一种解释:这种称为心一境性的定,具有不散漫或不散乱的特相;对俱生法有聚集的作用,犹如水对沐浴粉的聚合作用;以寂止为现起,或以智为现起。因为经中说:‘定者能如实知见。’它特以乐为足处,应如无风处的灯焰安住不动一般,视为心的安住。显示巴利原文
Aparo pana nayo – ayaṃ cittassekaggatāsaṅkhāto samādhi nāma avisāralakkhaṇo vā avikkhepalakkhaṇo vā, sahajātadhammānaṃ, sampiṇḍanaraso nhāniyacuṇṇānaṃ udakaṃ viya, upasamapaccupaṭṭhāno ñāṇapaccupaṭṭhāno vā. ‘‘Samāhito yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passatī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Visesato sukhapadaṭṭhāno, nivāte dīpaccīnaṃ ṭhiti viya cetaso ṭhitīti daṭṭhabbo.
根聚之解释显示巴利原文
Indriyarāsivaṇṇanā
人们以此而信,或它自行相信,或它仅是信的行为本身,因此称为‘信’。它因克服不信,以主宰之义而为‘根’。或者,它在胜解的特相中行使自在作用,故为‘根’。信本身即是根,故为‘信根’。此信具有澄净的特相与跃入的特相。显示巴利原文
Saddahanti etāya, sayaṃ vā saddahati, saddahanamattameva vā esāti saddhā. Sāva assaddhiyassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Adhimokkhalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Saddhāva indriyaṃ saddhindriyaṃ. Sā panesā sampasādanalakkhaṇā ca saddhā sampakkhandanalakkhaṇā ca.
犹如转轮圣王的清水宝珠,放入水中时,能使泥土、苔藓、水草与污垢沉淀,令水清澈、明净、无浊;同样地,当信生起时,能镇伏五盖,使烦恼沉淀,令心澄净,令心无浊。善男子修行者以澄净的心,行布施、受持戒律、行持布萨、开始修习。应知信首先具有澄净的特相。因此,尊者那先说道——显示巴利原文
Yathā hi rañño cakkavattissa udakappasādako maṇi udake pakkhitto paṅkasevālapaṇakakaddamaṃ sannisīdāpeti, udakaṃ acchaṃ karoti vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, evameva saddhā uppajjamānā nīvaraṇe vikkhambheti, kilese sannisīdāpeti, cittaṃ pasādeti, anāvilaṃ karoti. Pasannena cittena yogāvacaro kulaputto dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ samādiyati, uposathakammaṃ karoti, bhāvanaṃ ārabhati. Evaṃ tāva saddhā sampasādanalakkhaṇāti veditabbā. Tenāha āyasmā nāgaseno –
大王,譬如转轮圣王率领四军行于远途,需要渡过一处小水域。那水域被象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵搅得浑浊、污秽、波动,成了泥浆。转轮圣王渡过之后,命令众人:“拿水来,我要饮用。”转轮圣王有一颗能净水的宝珠。众人答:“是,陛下。”便将净水宝珠放入水中。宝珠一放入,污泥、苔藓、水草便消失,泥泞沉淀,水变得清澈、明净、无浊。于是他们将水呈给转轮圣王:“请陛下饮水。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rājā cakkavatti caturaṅginiyā senāya saddhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno parittaṃ udakaṃ tareyya, taṃ udakaṃ hatthīhi ca assehi ca rathehi ca pattīhi ca saṅkhubhitaṃ bhaveyya āvilaṃ lulitaṃ kalalībhūtaṃ, uttiṇṇo ca rājā cakkavatti manusse āṇāpeyya ‘pānīyaṃ bhaṇe āharatha, taṃ pivissāmī’ti. Rañño ca udakappasādako maṇi bhaveyya. ‘Evaṃ devā’ti kho te manussā rañño cakkavattissa paṭissutvā taṃ udakappasādakaṃ maṇiṃ udake pakkhipeyyuṃ. Tasmiṃ udake pakkhittamatte paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ vigaccheyya, kaddamo ca sannisīdeyya, acchaṃ bhaveyya udakaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, tato rañño cakkavattissa pānīyaṃ upanāmeyyuṃ – ‘pivatu devo pānīya’nti.
大王,心应观如那水;瑜伽行者应观如那些人;烦恼应观如污泥、苔藓、浮萍和泥泞;信应观如净水宝珠。正如净水宝珠投入时,污泥、苔藓、浮萍便消失,泥泞沉淀,水变得清澈、明净、无浊;同样地,大王,当信生起时,便能镇伏五盖,心离于盖而变得清澈、明净、无浊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā , mahārāja, udakaṃ evaṃ cittaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathā te manussā evaṃ yogāvacaro daṭṭhabbo. Yathā paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ kaddamo ca evaṃ kilesā daṭṭhabbā. Yathā udakappasādako maṇi evaṃ saddhā daṭṭhabbā. Yathā udakappasādake maṇimhi pakkhittamatte paṅkasevālapaṇakaṃ vigacchati kaddamo ca sannisīdati, acchaṃ bhavati udakaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ, evameva kho, mahārāja, saddhā uppajjamānā nīvaraṇe vikkhambheti, vinīvaraṇaṃ cittaṃ hoti acchaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvila’’nti (mi. pa. 2.1.10).
又如,一条充满鳄鱼、鳄鱼怪、罗刹等的大河,胆小之人来到后,停留在两岸。这时,一位战场勇士、大战士前来,问道:“你们为何停留在此?”他们答:“因充满危险,我们不敢下水。”勇士便拔出磨得锋利的剑,说道:“跟紧我,不要害怕!”随即下河,击退前来袭击的鳄鱼等,带领众人从此岸安全到达彼岸,又从彼岸安全返回此岸。同样地,在布施、持戒、行布萨、修习禅定时,信是先行者、前导者。因此说:“信有跃进之相。”显示巴利原文
Yathā pana kumbhilamakaragāharakkhasādikiṇṇaṃ pūraṃ mahānadiṃ āgamma bhīrukajano ubhosu tīresu tiṭṭhati. Saṅgāmasūro pana mahāyodho āgantvā ‘kasmā ṭhitatthā’ti pucchitvā ‘sappaṭibhayabhāvena otarituṃ na visahāmā’ti vutte sunisitaṃ asiṃ gahetvā ‘mama pacchato etha, mā bhāyitthā’ti vatvā nadiṃ otaritvā āgatāgate kumbhilādayo paṭibāhitvā orimatīrato manussānaṃ sotthibhāvaṃ karonto pārimatīraṃ neti. Pārimatīratopi sotthinā orimatīraṃ āneti. Evameva dānaṃ dadato sīlaṃ rakkhato uposathakammaṃ karoto bhāvanaṃ ārabhato saddhā pubbaṅgamā purecārikā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘sampakkhandanalakkhaṇā ca saddhā’ti.
另一种解说:信以相信为特相,或以确认为特相;其作用为净信,犹如净水宝珠;或作用为跃入,犹如渡越暴流。其现起为不浑浊,或现起为胜解。其近因为应信之事,或近因为入流支;应视此信如手、如财富、如种子。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – saddahanalakkhaṇā saddhā, okappanalakkhaṇā vā. Pasādanarasā udakappasādakamaṇi viya, pakkhandanarasā vā oghuttaraṇo viya. Akālusiyapaccupaṭṭhānā, adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā vā. Saddheyyavatthupadaṭṭhānā sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānā vā, sā hatthavittabījāni viya daṭṭhabbā.
勇者的状态即是精进,勇者之业即是精进。或者,依方法、理趣、方便而应策励、应令转起,故名精进。此精进因克服懈怠,以增上义而成为根;或以策励的特相而行主宰之义,故称为根。精进本身就是根,故名精进根。此精进具有支持的特相与策励的特相。正如旧屋因外来支柱而得以支撑不倒,同样地,修行者以精进为支柱而得支持,于一切善法不退失、不衰减。如是应知其支持的特相。因此那先长老说:显示巴利原文
Vīrassa bhāvo vīriyaṃ, vīrānaṃ vā kammaṃ vīriyaṃ. Vidhinā vā nayena upāyena īrayitabbaṃ pavattayitabbanti vīriyaṃ. Tadeva kosajjassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Paggahaṇalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Vīriyameva indriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ upatthambhanalakkhaṇañca vīriyaṃ paggahaṇalakkhaṇañca. Yathā hi jiṇṇagharaṃ āgantukena thūṇupatthambhena tiṭṭhati, evameva yogāvacaro vīriyupatthambhena upatthambhito hutvā sabbakusaladhammehi na hāyati, na parihāyati. Evaṃ tāvassa upatthambhanalakkhaṇatā veditabbā. Tenāha thero nāgaseno –
“大王,譬如有人用另一根木头支撑即将倒塌的房屋,因被支撑,那房屋便不会倒塌;同样地,大王,精进以支持为特相,以精进所支持的诸善法便不退失、不衰减。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā , mahārāja, puriso gehe patante tamaññena dārunā upatthambheyya, upatthambhitaṃ santaṃ evaṃ taṃ gehaṃ na pateyya, evameva kho mahārāja upatthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, vīriyupatthambhitā sabbe kusalā dhammā na hāyanti na parihāyantī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.12).
又譬如,当小军与大军交战时,若小军退缩,便禀告国王,国王随即派遣强大军力增援,受此策励后,己军即击败敌军;同样地,精进能令俱生的相应之法不退缩、不退却,将其提起、策励。因此说:‘精进亦以策励为特相。’显示巴利原文
Yathā vā pana khuddikāya ca mahatikāya ca senāya saṅgāme pavatte khuddikā senā olīyeyya, tato rañño āroceyya, rājā balavāhanaṃ peseyya, tena paggahitā sakasenā parasenaṃ parājeyya, evameva vīriyaṃ sahajātasampayuttadhammānaṃ olīyituṃ osakkituṃ na deti, ukkhipati, paggaṇhāti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘paggahaṇalakkhaṇañca vīriya’nti.
另一种解释:精进以奋发为特相,以支撑俱生之法为作用,以不陷于消沉为现起。依‘悚惧者如理精勤’(增支部4.113)之语,其足处为悚惧,或以精勤事为足处。应知,正勤乃一切成就的根本。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – ussāhalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, sahajātānaṃ upatthambhanarasaṃ, asaṃsīdanabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ‘‘saṃviggo yoniso padahatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.113) vacanato saṃvegapadaṭṭhānaṃ, vīriyārambhavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Sammā āraddhaṃ sabbāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
他们依此而忆念,或者它自行忆念,又或者它仅仅是忆念本身,因此称为念。此念因能克服失念,以增上之义而为根;或以安住的特相而行使主宰之义,故而为根。念本身即是根,即念根。此念具有不漂散的特相与执取的特相。正如国王的库官守护十种宝物,于傍晚和清晨令国王忆念、记起其主权之成就;同样地,念能令善法被忆念、被记起。因此长老说:显示巴利原文
Saranti etāya, sayaṃ vā sarati, saraṇamattameva vā esāti sati. Sāva muṭṭhassaccassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ, upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Sati eva indriyaṃ satindriyaṃ. Sā panesā apilāpanalakkhaṇā ca sati upaggaṇhanalakkhaṇā ca. Yathā hi rañño bhaṇḍāgāriko dasavidhaṃ ratanaṃ gopayanto sāyaṃpātaṃ rājānaṃ issariyasampattiṃ sallakkhāpeti sāreti, evameva sati kusalaṃ dhammaṃ sallakkhāpeti sarāpeti. Tenāha thero –
大王,正如转轮王的库官在傍晚和早晨让转轮王忆念他的荣光:‘大王,有这么多象,这么多马,这么多车,这么多步兵,这么多黄金,这么多白银,这所有一切的财富,请大王忆念。’同样地,大王,念使善法不漂浮:‘这些是四念处,这些是四正勤,这些是四神足,这些是五根,这些是五力,这些是七觉支,这是圣八支道,这是止,这是观,这是明,这是解脱,这些是出世间法。’大王,念有不漂浮的特相,即是如此。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rañño cakkavattissa bhaṇḍāgāriko rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ sāyaṃpātaṃ yasaṃ sarāpeti – ‘ettakā, deva, hatthī, ettakā assā, ettakā rathā, ettakā pattī, ettakaṃ hiraññaṃ, ettakaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, ettakaṃ sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ, taṃ devo saratū’ti, evameva kho, mahārāja, sati kusale dhamme apilāpeti – ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, ime cattāro sammappadhānā, ime cattāro iddhipādā, imāni pañcindriyāni, imāni pañca balāni, ime satta bojjhaṅgā, ayaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, ayaṃ samatho, ayaṃ vipassanā, ayaṃ vijjā, ayaṃ vimutti, ime lokuttarā dhammāti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, apilāpanalakkhaṇā satī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.13).
又如,转轮王的向导宝,了知国王的利与不利后,令其远离不利,令其亲近利;同样地,念遍求利法与不利法的去向,了知‘这些身恶行等法是不利’后,便去除不利法;了知‘这些身善行等法是利’后,便执取利法。因此长老说:显示巴利原文
Yathā pana rañño cakkavattissa pariṇāyakaratanaṃ rañño ahite ca hite ca ñatvā ahite apayāpeti, hite upayāpeti, evameva sati hitāhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesitvā ‘ime kāyaduccaritādayo dhammā ahitā’ti ahite dhamme apanudeti , ‘ime kāyasucaritādayo dhammā hitā’ti hite dhamme upaggaṇhāti. Tenāha thero –
大王,正如转轮王的向导宝知道国王的利与不利——‘这些对国王有利,这些对国王不利,这些有助益,这些无有助益’,由此去除不利,执取有利;同样地,大王,念生起时,探寻利与不利诸法的去向——‘这些法是利,这些法是不利,这些法有助益,这些法无有助益’,由此去除不利法,执取利法。大王,念有执取的特相,即是如此。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, rañño cakkavattissa pariṇāyakaratanaṃ rañño hitāhite jānāti ‘ime rañño hitā ime ahitā, ime upakārā ime anupakārā’ti, tato ahite apanudeti hite upaggaṇhāti, evameva kho, mahārāja, sati uppajjamānā hitāhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesati ‘ime dhammā hitā ime dhammā ahitā, ime dhammā upakārā ime dhammā anupakārā’ti , tato ahite dhamme apanudeti hite dhamme upaggaṇhāti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, upaggaṇhanalakkhaṇā satī’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.13).
另一解释:念的特相是不漂浮(不离开所缘),作用是不忘失,现起是守护,或现起为面对所缘;足处是坚固之想,或足处是身等念处。然而,由于念在所缘上稳固地安住,故应视其如门柱;由于守护眼门等,故应视其如守门人。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – apilāpanalakkhaṇā sati, asammosanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā visayābhimukhībhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, thirasaññāpadaṭṭhānā, kāyādisatipaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānā vā, ārammaṇe daḷhaṃ patiṭṭhitattā pana esikā viya, cakkhudvārādirakkhaṇato dovāriko viya ca daṭṭhabbā.
令心正确地安住于所缘、安置于所缘,故名为定。此定能克服散乱,以主宰之义而称为根;又或在无散乱的征相中执行自在的作用,故为根。定本身就是根,即是定根。至于此定的特相等,应依照前文所述的方式了知。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇe cittaṃ sammā adhiyati ṭhapetīti samādhi. Sova vikkhepassa abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Avikkhepalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Samādhiyeva indriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīni panassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
了知,故名为慧。了知什么?以“此是苦”等方式了知诸圣谛。而在注释中说:“令了知,故为慧。”令了知什么呢?令了知无常、苦、无我。此慧能克服无明,以主宰之义而称为根;又或在见的征相中执行自在的作用,故为根。慧本身就是根,即是慧根。此慧有光照的特相,也有了知的特相。正如在四面有壁的房屋中,夜间点燃灯时,黑暗消失、光明出现,同样地,慧有光照的特相。与慧光相等的光明并不存在。因为具慧者结跏趺坐时,一万世界成为一片光明。因此长老说——显示巴利原文
Pajānātīti paññā. Kiṃ pajānāti? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’ntiādinā nayena ariyasaccāni. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘paññāpetīti paññā’ti vuttaṃ. Kinti paññāpetīti? Aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti paññāpeti. Sāva avijjāya abhibhavanato adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyaṃ. Dassanalakkhaṇe vā indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Paññāva indriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Sā panesā obhāsanalakkhaṇā ca paññā pajānanalakkhaṇā ca. Yathā hi catubhittike gehe rattibhāge dīpe jalite andhakāro nirujjhati āloko pātubhavati, evameva obhāsanalakkhaṇā paññā. Paññobhāsasamo obhāso nāma natthi. Paññavato hi ekapallaṅkena nisinnassa dasasahassilokadhātu ekālokā hoti. Tenāha thero –
大王,犹如有人将灯带入暗室,灯既带入,便破除黑暗,产生光明,显现光亮,令诸色清晰可见。大王,同样地,慧生起时,破除无明黑暗,产生明觉光明,显现智光,令诸圣谛清晰可见。大王,慧的特征正是如此照亮。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, puriso andhakāre gehe padīpaṃ paveseyya, paviṭṭho padīpo andhakāraṃ viddhaṃseti, obhāsaṃ janeti, ālokaṃ vidaṃseti, pākaṭāni ca rūpāni karoti, evameva kho, mahārāja, paññā uppajjamānā avijjandhakāraṃ viddhaṃseti, vijjobhāsaṃ janeti, ñāṇālokaṃ vidaṃseti, pākaṭāni ca ariyasaccāni karoti. Evaṃ kho, mahārāja, obhāsanalakkhaṇā paññā’’ti (mi. pa. 2.1.15).
又如善巧的医生能知病人适宜与否的食物,同样地,慧生起时,能了知善与不善、应修习与不应修习、劣与胜、黑与白、有对比与无对比诸法。法将也曾说:‘贤友,因了知、了知,故名具慧者。了知何者?了知“此是苦”。’(中部1.449,应广分别)如此,应知慧以了知为特征。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana cheko bhisakko āturānaṃ sappāyāsappāyāni bhojanāni jānāti, evaṃ paññā uppajjamānā kusalākusale sevitabbāsevitabbe hīnappaṇītakaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgaappaṭibhāge dhamme pajānāti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dhammasenāpatinā – ‘‘pajānāti pajānātīti kho, āvuso, tasmā paññavāti vuccati. Kiñca pajānāti? Idaṃ dukkhanti pajānātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.449) vitthāretabbaṃ. Evamassā pajānanalakkhaṇatā veditabbā.
又有另一种方法:慧的特征是通达如实性;或如善巧射手所射之箭无碍贯通,慧亦以无碍通达为特征。其作用如灯照亮所缘;其现起如林中向导,无有迷惑。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – yathāsabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā paññā; akkhalitapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vā kusalissāsakhittausupaṭivedho viya. Visayobhāsarasā padīpo viya. Asammohapaccupaṭṭhānā araññagatasudesako viya.
思量,故名为‘意’;其义为了知。注释师们则说:如同以管量度,如同以大秤称量,它量度、了知所缘,故称为‘意’。此意在思量的特征中发挥根的作用,故称为‘根’。意本身就是根,即‘意根’。这是前文所述‘心’的同义词。显示巴利原文
Manatīti mano; vijānātīti attho. Aṭṭhakathācariyā panāhu – nāḷiyā minamāno viya, mahātulāya dhārayamāno viya ca, ārammaṇaṃ minati pajānātīti manoti. Tadeva mananalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Manova indriyaṃ manindriyaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttacittassevetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
与喜、悦相应,其心善美,故为‘悦意’。悦意的状态,即‘悦’。在乐的特相中发挥根的作用,故为‘根’。悦本身就是根,即‘悦根’。这是前文所述‘受’的同义词。显示巴利原文
Pītisomanassasampayogato sobhanaṃ mano assāti sumano. Sumanassa bhāvo somanassaṃ. Sātalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Somanassameva indriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttavedanāyevetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
诸相应法依此而活命,故称为‘命’。在守护的特相中发挥根的作用,故为‘根’。命本身就是根,即‘命根’。它主导转起与相续。若以特相等而言:命根的特相,是守护与之不离的诸法;作用,是令它们转起;现起,是令它们安住;足处,是应被维持的诸法。然而,虽以守护等为其特相规定,它仅在诸法存在的刹那守护它们,犹如水守护莲花等;它守护依各自缘而生的法,犹如乳母保护王子;它只与正自行转起的法相关联而转起,犹如掌控者,而非在坏灭之后令它们转起,因为那时自身与应被令转起者都不可得;它并非在坏灭的刹那安住,因为那时自身正在坏灭,犹如渐尽的灯芯油守护灯焰。应知,在所述的每一刹那中,它并非没有守护、转起、安住的作用,从而成就各自根的自在。显示巴利原文
Jīvanti tena taṃsampayuttakā dhammāti jīvitaṃ. Anupālanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Jīvitameva indriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ. Taṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇādīhi pana attanā avinibhuttānaṃ dhammānaṃ anupālanalakkhaṇaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ, tesaṃ pavattanarasaṃ, tesaṃyeva ṭhapanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yāpayitabbadhammapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Santepi ca anupālanalakkhaṇādimhi vidhāne atthikkhaṇeyeva taṃ te dhamme anupāleti udakaṃ viya uppalādīni, yathāsakaṃpaccayuppannepi ca dhamme pāleti dhātī viya kumāraṃ, sayaṃpavattitadhammasambandheneva ca pavattati niyāmako viya, na bhaṅgato uddhaṃ pavattayati attano ca pavattayitabbānañca abhāvā, na bhaṅgakkhaṇe ṭhapeti sayaṃ bhijjamānattā khīyamāno viya vaṭṭisineho dīpasikhaṃ. Na ca anupālanapavattanaṭṭhapanānubhāvavirahitaṃ yathāvuttakkhaṇe tassa tassa sādhanatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
道支聚之解释显示巴利原文
Maggaṅgarāsivaṇṇanā
在正见等之中,以见之义为正见,以导向之义为正思惟,以策励之义为正精进,以现起之义为正念,以不散乱之义为正定,当如此了知。从词义上说:正确地见,或依之而正确地见,故为正见;正确地思惟,或依之而正确地思惟,故为正思惟;正确地精进,或依之而正确地精进,故为正精进;正确地忆念,或依之而正确地忆念,故为正念;正确地定,或依之而正确地定,故为正定。此外,殊胜、善妙的见,即正见。依此类推,应了知它们的词义。特相等则如前文所说。显示巴利原文
Sammādiṭṭhiādīsu dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo, paggahanaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo, upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati, avikkhepanaṭṭhena sammāsamādhīti veditabbo. Vacanatthato pana sammā passati, sammā vā tāya passantīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sammā saṅkappeti, sammā vā tena saṅkappentīti sammāsaṅkappo. Sammā vāyāmeti, sammā vā tena vāyamantīti sammāvāyāmo. Sammā sarati, sammā vā tāya sarantīti sammāsati. Sammā samādhiyati, sammā vā tena samādhiyantīti sammāsamādhi. Apica, pasatthā sundarā vā diṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhīti. Imināpi nayena tesaṃ vacanattho veditabbo. Lakkhaṇādīni pana heṭṭhā vuttāneva.
力聚之解释显示巴利原文
Balarāsivaṇṇanā
在信力等中,信等的意义如前所述。而“力”应知是以不可动摇为义。如此,于不信中不动摇,故名信力;于懈怠中不动摇,故名精进力;于失念中不动摇,故名念力;于掉举中不动摇,故名定力;于无明中不动摇,故名慧力;于无惭中不动摇,故名惭力;于无愧中不动摇,故名愧力。这是依两种词句所作的意义解释。显示巴利原文
Saddhābalādīsupi saddhādīni vuttatthāneva. Akampiyaṭṭhena pana balanti veditabbaṃ. Evametesu assaddhiye na kampatīti saddhābalaṃ. Kosajje na kampatīti vīriyabalaṃ. Muṭṭhassacce na kampatīti satibalaṃ. Uddhacce na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Avijjāya na kampatīti paññābalaṃ. Ahirike na kampatīti hiribalaṃ. Anottappe na kampatīti ottappabalanti. Ayaṃ ubhayapadavasena atthavaṇṇanā hoti.
其中,前五种已在下文以特相等加以说明。后两种中,因身恶行等而感到羞耻,故名惭;这是羞耻的别名。因同样这些事而感到畏惧,故名愧;这是对恶怖畏的别名。为了说明它们的差别,设立“起源、增上、以羞耻与怖畏为特相”这一论母之后,说此详细解说。显示巴利原文
Tattha purimāni pañca heṭṭhā lakkhaṇādīhi pakāsitāneva. Pacchimadvaye kāyaduccaritādīhi hiriyatīti hirī; lajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tehi eva ottappatīti ottappaṃ; pāpato ubbegassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tesaṃ nānākaraṇadīpanatthaṃ ‘samuṭṭhānaṃ adhipati lajjā bhayalakkhaṇena cā’ti imaṃ mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ayaṃ vitthārakathā vuttā.
由内生起者,名为惭;由外生起者,名为愧。以自为尊而生者,名为惭;以世为尊而生者,名为愧。安住于羞耻自性者,名为惭;安住于怖畏自性者,名为愧。以敬重为特相者,名为惭;以畏惧罪过、见其怖畏为特相者,名为愧。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī nāma; bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma. Attādhipati hirī nāma; lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī nāma; bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ nāma. Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī nāma; vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ nāma.
其中,内发的惭由四种原因生起:省察出身、省察年龄、省察英勇气概、省察多闻。如何生起呢?‘造作恶业这件事,并非出身高贵者所为,而是出身低贱者如渔夫等的行径。像我这样出身高贵的人,行此恶业是不合适的。’如此省察出身之后,若不造作杀生等恶业,惭便由此生起。同样地,‘造作恶业是年幼者所为,并非年长者所为。像我这样年长的人,行此恶业是不合适的。’如此省察年龄之后,若不造作杀生等恶业,惭便由此生起。同样地,‘造作恶业是懦弱卑劣者所为,并非英勇敢于承担者所为。像我这样具足英勇气概的人,行此恶业是不合适的。’如此省察英勇气概之后,若不造作杀生等恶业,惭便由此生起。同样地,‘造作恶业是愚痴者所为,并非智者所为。像我这样具足智慧、多闻的人,行此恶业是不合适的。’如此省察多闻之后,若不造作杀生等恶业,惭便由此生起。如此,内发的惭由这四种原因生起。生起之后,将惭安立于自心,便不作恶。这便称为内发的惭。显示巴利原文
Tattha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānaṃ hiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti – jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā, vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā, sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā, bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā. Kathaṃ? ‘Pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ na jātisampannānaṃ kammaṃ, hīnajaccānaṃ kevaṭṭādīnaṃ idaṃ kammaṃ. Mādisassa jātisampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ tāva jātiṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakaraṇaṃ nāmetaṃ daharehi kattabbaṃ kammaṃ, mādisassa vaye ṭhitassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ vayaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakammaṃ nāmetaṃ dubbalajātikānaṃ kammaṃ, na sūrabhāvānaṃ. Mādisassa sūrabhāvasampannassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ sūrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tathā ‘pāpakammaṃ nāmetaṃ andhabālānaṃ kammaṃ, na paṇḍitānaṃ. Mādisassa paṇḍitassa bahussutassa idaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ na yutta’nti, evaṃ bāhusaccaṃ paccavekkhitvā pāṇātipātādipāpaṃ akaronto hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānahiriṃ catūhi kāraṇehi samuṭṭhāpeti. Samuṭṭhāpetvā ca pana attano citte hiriṃ pavesetvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī nāma hoti.
什么是由外生起的愧呢?‘若你造了恶业,便会在这四众之中招致呵责。’显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma? Sace tvaṃ pāpakammaṃ karissasi catūsu parisāsu garahappatto bhavissasi.
Garahissanti taṃ viññū, asuciṃ nāgariko yathā; Vajjito sīlavantehi, kathaṃ bhikkhu karissasīti.
如此省察者,因外生的愧而不造恶业。这就是所谓外发的愧。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paccavekkhanto hi bahiddhāsamuṭṭhitena ottappena pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ nāma hoti.
如何是以自己为增上的惭?在此,有善男子以自己为增上、为最尊,心想:“像我这样以信心出家、多闻、受持头陀行的人,作恶业是不合适的。”便不作恶。这就是以自己为增上的惭。因此世尊说:“他以自己为增上、为最尊,断不善、修善,断有罪、修无罪,保持自己清净。”显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ attādhipati hirī nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto attānaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā ‘mādisassa saddhāpabbajitassa bahussutassa dhutaṅgadharassa na yuttaṃ pāpakammaṃ kātu’nti pāpaṃ na karoti. Evaṃ attādhipati hirī nāma hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘so attānaṃyeva adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ karitvā akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.40).
如何是以世间为增上的愧?在此,有善男子以世间为增上、为最尊,而不作恶业。如所说:“这世间聚集实为广大。在这广大的世间聚集中,有具神通、天眼、知他心的沙门婆罗门,他们从远处也能看见,近处亦不显现,以心了知他心。他们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位善男子,以信心从在家出家而为非家,却混杂地住于诸恶不善法之中。’有具神通、天眼、知他心的天女,她们从远处也能看见,近处亦不显现,以心了知他心。她们也会这样知道我:‘看啊,这位善男子,以信心从在家出家而为非家,却混杂地住于诸恶不善法之中。’……他以世间为增上、为最尊,断不善、修善,断有罪、修无罪,保持自己清净。”这就是以世间为增上的愧。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma? Idhekacco kulaputto lokaṃ adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Yathāha – ‘‘mahā kho panāyaṃ lokasannivāso. Mahantasmiṃ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno, te dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tepimaṃ evaṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti. Santi devatā iddhimantiniyo dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduniyo. Tā dūratopi passanti, āsannāpi na dissanti, cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānanti, tāpi maṃ jānissanti ‘passatha bho imaṃ kulaputtaṃ, saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito samāno vokiṇṇo viharati pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehī’ti… so lokaṃyeva adhipatiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.146). Evaṃ lokādhipati ottappaṃ nāma hoti.
惭是安住于羞耻自性的,愧是安住于怖畏自性的。在此,羞耻即羞惭之相;以此自性而安住的是惭。怖畏即对恶趣的怖畏;以此自性而安住的是愧。这两者在避免恶行时便显露出来。譬如有人,犹如一位善男子在做大小便等时,见到一位应感羞耻之人,便现出羞惭之相、感到受人轻蔑一般,同样地,他内在地进入惭法而不作恶业。又有人则因畏惧恶趣之怖而不作恶业。显示巴利原文
Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappanti. Ettha pana lajjāti lajjanākāro; tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitā hirī. Bhayanti apāyabhayaṃ; tena sabhāvena saṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Tadubhayampi pāpaparivajjane pākaṭaṃ hoti. Ekacco hi, yathā nāma eko kulaputto uccārapassāvādīni karonto lajjitabbayuttakaṃ ekaṃ disvā lajjanākārappatto bhaveyya hīḷito, evameva ajjhattaṃ lajjidhammaṃ okkamitvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti. Ekacco apāyabhayabhīto hutvā pāpakammaṃ na karoti.
这里有一譬喻:如同有两个铁球,一个冷而涂满粪便,一个热而正在燃烧。智者因厌恶冷球涂满粪便而不取此球,因畏惧热球的灼烧而不取彼球。这里,因厌恶冷球涂满粪便而不取,应知如同内心依止惭法而不作恶;因畏惧热球的灼烧而不取,应知如同因畏惧恶趣而不作恶。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – yathā hi dvīsu ayoguḷesu eko sītalo bhaveyya gūthamakkhito, eko uṇho āditto. Tattha paṇḍito sītalaṃ gūthamakkhitattā jigucchanto na gaṇhāti, itaraṃ ḍāhabhayena. Tattha sītalassa gūthamakkhanajigucchāya agaṇhanaṃ viya ajjhattaṃ lajjidhammaṃ okkamitvā pāpassa akaraṇaṃ. Uṇhassa ḍāhabhayena agaṇhanaṃ viya apāyabhayena pāpassa akaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
惭的特征是尊重有德者,愧的特征是畏惧罪过与见到怖畏。这两者同样只在断除恶行时才显现出来。有人由四种原因——省察出身伟大、省察导师伟大、省察遗产伟大、省察同梵行者伟大——而生起具尊重特征的惭,从而不行恶。有人由四种原因——畏惧自我谴责、畏惧他人谴责、畏惧刑罚、畏惧恶趣——而生起具畏惧罪过、见到怖畏特征的愧,从而不行恶。其中,省察出身伟大等,以及畏惧自我谴责等,应广加解说。显示巴利原文
Sappatissavalakkhaṇā hirī, vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappanti. Idampi dvayaṃ pāpaparivajjane eva pākaṭaṃ hoti. Ekacco hi jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇā satthumahattapaccavekkhaṇā dāyajjamahattapaccavekkhaṇā sabrahmacārīmahattapaccavekkhaṇāti catūhi kāraṇehi sappatissavalakkhaṇaṃ hiriṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Ekacco attānuvādabhayaṃ parānuvādabhayaṃ daṇḍabhayaṃ duggatibhayanti catūhi kāraṇehi vajjabhīrukabhayadassāvilakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā pāpaṃ na karoti. Tattha jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇādīni ceva attānuvādabhayādīni ca vitthāretvā kathetabbāni.
根聚之解释显示巴利原文
Mūlarāsivaṇṇanā
不贪:人们不以此贪著,或它自身不贪著,或仅仅是不贪著的状态,故称无贪。无瞋、无痴亦同此理。其中,无贪的特征是心于所缘不黏著,或不执著的状态,犹如莲叶上的水珠。其作用是不执取,如解脱的比丘。其现起是不耽著,如堕于不净物中之人。无瞋的特征是不粗暴或不敌对,如随顺的朋友。其作用是调伏瞋恚或调伏热恼,如檀香。其现起是温和的状态,如满月。无痴的特征等,已于前文‘慧根’处阐明。显示巴利原文
Na lubbhanti etena, sayaṃ vā na lubbhati, alubbhanamattameva vā tanti alobho. Adosāmohesupi eseva nayo. Tesu alobho ārammaṇe cittassa agedhalakkhaṇo, alaggabhāvalakkhaṇo vā kamaladale jalabindu viya. Apariggahaṇaraso muttabhikkhu viya . Anallīnabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno asucimhi patitapuriso viya. Adoso acaṇḍikkalakkhaṇo, avirodhalakkhaṇo vā anukūlamitto viya. Āghātavinayaraso pariḷāhavinayaraso vā candanaṃ viya. Sommabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno puṇṇacando viya. Amoho lakkhaṇādīhi heṭṭhā paññindriyapade vibhāvito eva.
于此三者中,无贪是悭吝垢染的对治,无瞋是恶行垢染的对治,无痴是对善法不修习的对治。其中,无贪是布施之因,无瞋是持戒之因,无痴是修习之因。以无贪,执取不过量;贪者则取过量。以无瞋,执取无不足;瞋者则取不足。以无痴,执取不颠倒;痴者则取颠倒。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana tīsu alobho maccheramalassa paṭipakkho, adoso dussīlyamalassa, amoho kusalesu dhammesu abhāvanāya paṭipakkho. Alobho cettha dānahetu, adoso sīlahetu, amoho bhāvanāhetu. Tesu ca alobhena anadhikaṃ gaṇhāti, luddhassa adhikaggahaṇato. Adosena anūnaṃ, duṭṭhassa ūnaggahaṇato. Amohena aviparītaṃ, mūḷhassa viparītaggahaṇato.
其中,以无贪如实知见现前之过失为过失,于过失中转起;贪者则覆藏过失。以无瞋如实知见现前之功德为功德,于功德中转起;瞋者则抹煞功德。以无痴如实知见真实自性为真实自性,于真实自性中转起;痴者则执取真实为不真实、不真实为真实。以无贪,则无爱别离苦;贪者具爱著性,不能忍受爱别离故。以无瞋,则无怨憎会苦;瞋者具怨憎性,不能忍受怨憎会故。以无痴,则无求不得苦;无痴者能起‘此从何处可得’等省察故。显示巴利原文
Alobhena cettha vijjamānaṃ dosaṃ dosato dhārento dose pavattati; luddho hi dosaṃ paṭicchādeti. Adosena vijjamānaṃ guṇaṃ guṇato dhārento guṇe pavattati; duṭṭho hi guṇaṃ makkheti. Amohena yāthāvasabhāvaṃ yāthāvasabhāvato dhārento yāthāvasabhāve pavattati. Mūḷho hi ‘tacchaṃ atacchanti atacchaṃ ca taccha’nti gaṇhāti. Alobhena ca piyavippayogadukkhaṃ na hoti, luddhassa piyasabhāvato piyavippayogāsahanato ca. Adosena appiyasampayogadukkhaṃ na hoti, duṭṭhassa hi appiyasabhāvato appiyasampayogāsahanato ca. Amohena icchitālābhadukkhaṃ na hoti, amūḷhassa hi ‘taṃ kutettha labbhā’tievamādipaccavekkhaṇasambhavato (dī. ni. 3.34; a. ni. 9.30).
其中,以无贪则无生苦,无贪为渴爱对治,生苦以渴爱为根故。以无瞋则无老苦,瞋恚重者速衰老故。以无痴则无死苦,迷妄而死方为苦,无痴者无此苦。以无贪,在家人得安乐共住;以无痴,出家人得安乐共住;以无瞋,一切人得安乐共住。显示巴利原文
Alobhena cettha jātidukkhaṃ na hoti, alobhassa taṇhāpaṭipakkhato taṇhāmūlakattā ca jātidukkhassa. Adosena jarādukkhaṃ na hoti, tikkhadosassa khippaṃ jarāsambhavato. Amohena maraṇadukkhaṃ na hoti, sammohamaraṇañhi dukkhaṃ, na cetaṃ amūḷhassa hoti. Alobhena ca gahaṭṭhānaṃ, amohena pabbajitānaṃ, adosena pana sabbesampi sukhasaṃvāsatā hoti.
其中,特别而言,因无贪则不生于饿鬼趣。众生大多因渴爱而投生饿鬼趣,渴爱的对治正是无贪。因无瞋则不生于地狱。瞋恚者由其粗暴性,投生于与瞋怒相似的地狱,瞋的对治正是无瞋。因无痴则不生于畜生趣。愚痴者生于恒常迷妄的畜生趣,痴的对治正是无痴。显示巴利原文
Visesato cettha alobhena pettivisaye upapatti na hoti. Yebhuyyena hi sattā taṇhāya pettivisayaṃ upapajjanti, taṇhāya ca paṭipakkho alobho. Adosena niraye upapatti na hoti. Dosena hi caṇḍajātitāya dosasadisaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Dosassa ca paṭipakkho adoso. Amohena tiracchānayoniyaṃ nibbatti na hoti. Mohena hi niccasammūḷhaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ upapajjanti. Mohassa paṭipakkho ca amoho. Etesu ca alobho rāgavasena upagamanassa abhāvakaro, adoso dosavasena apagamanassa, amoho mohavasena amajjhattabhāvassa.
依此三者次第,有出离想、无瞋想、无害想这三种想,以及不净想、无量想、界差别想这三种想。以无贪,则避免耽著欲乐的一端;以无瞋,则避免自我折磨的一端;以无痴,则行于中道。显示巴利原文
Tīhipi cetehi yathāpaṭipāṭiyā nekkhammasaññā abyāpādasaññā avihiṃsāsaññāti imā tisso. Asubhasaññā appamāṇasaññā dhātusaññāti imā ca tisso saññāyo honti. Alobhena pana kāmasukhallikānuyogaantassa, adosena attakilamathānuyogaantassa parivajjanaṃ hoti; amohena majjhimāya paṭipattiyā paṭipajjanaṃ. Tathā alobhena abhijjhākāyaganthassa pabhedanaṃ hoti, adosena byāpādakāyaganthassa, amohena sesaganthadvayassa. Purimāni ca dve satipaṭṭhānāni purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ ānubhāvena, pacchimāni pacchimasseva ānubhāvena ijjhanti.
其中,无贪是健康的因缘;因为无贪者对于即使可贪的事物,若不合宜便不受用,由此而得健康。无瞋是青春的因缘;因为无瞋者不被那带来皱纹与白发的瞋火所灼烧,长久保持年轻。无痴是长寿的因缘;因为无痴者了知利与不利,避不利而修利,故得长寿。显示巴利原文
Alobho cettha ārogyassa paccayo hoti; aluddho hi lobhanīyampi asappāyaṃ na sevati, tena kho arogo hoti. Adoso yobbanassa; aduṭṭho hi valipalitāvahena dosagginā aḍayhamāno dīgharattaṃ yuvā hoti. Amoho dīghāyukatāya; amūḷho hi hitāhitaṃ ñatvā ahitaṃ parivajjanto hitañca paṭisevamāno dīghāyuko hoti.
其中,无贪是财富成就的因缘;因为无贪者以布施获得财富。无瞋是朋友成就的因缘;因为以慈爱获得朋友,且不会失去。无痴是自身成就的因缘;因为无痴者唯行利益自他之事,成就自身。无贪是天住的因缘,无瞋是梵住的因缘,无痴是圣住的因缘。显示巴利原文
Alobho cettha bhogasampattiyā paccayo hoti, aluddhassa hi cāgena bhogapaṭilābho. Adoso mittasampattiyā, mettāya mittānaṃ paṭilābhato ceva aparihānato ca. Amoho attasampattiyā , amūḷho hi attano hitameva karonto attānaṃ sampādeti . Alobho ca dibbavihārassa paccayo hoti, adoso brahmavihārassa, amoho ariyavihārassa.
其中,以无贪,于己方诸行中得寂静,因为当这些毁坏时,无贪者不会生起由执著所生的苦。以无瞋,于他方得寂静,因为无瞋者即使对怨敌也不生怨敌想。以无痴,于中立一方得寂静,因为无痴者不执著于一切。显示巴利原文
Alobhena cettha sakapakkhesu sattasaṅkhāresu nibbuto hoti, tesaṃ vināsena abhisaṅgahetukassa dukkhassa abhāvā; adosena parapakkhesu, aduṭṭhassa hi verīsupi verisaññāya abhāvato; amohena udāsīnapakkhesu, amūḷhassa sabbābhisaṅgatāya abhāvato.
由无贪而生起无常想;因为贪者即使对于无常的诸行,也因希求受用而不能如实地见其为无常。由无瞋而生起苦想;因为具无瞋心者舍离了瞋害事的执取,能如实地见诸行为苦。由无痴而生起无我想;因为不愚痴者善于如实把握,能觉知无有主导者的五蕴实无有主导者。正如由无贪等生起无常想等,同样地,由无常想等也生起无贪等——由无常想生起无贪,由苦想生起无瞋,由无我想生起无痴。确实,有谁在如实了知‘这是无常的’之后,还会对它生起贪求呢?或者,在知道诸行是‘苦’之后,还会生起那极其猛利的瞋恨之苦呢?再者,在觉悟了无我性之后,还会再陷入愚痴呢?显示巴利原文
Alobhena ca aniccadassanaṃ hoti; luddho hi upabhogāsāya aniccepi saṅkhāre aniccato na passati. Adosena dukkhadassanaṃ; adosajjhāsayo hi pariccattaāghātavatthupariggaho saṅkhāreyeva dukkhato passati. Amohena anattadassanaṃ; amūḷho hi yāthāvagahaṇakusalo apariṇāyakaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ apariṇāyakato bujjhati. Yathā ca etehi aniccadassanādīni evametepi aniccadassanādīhi honti. Aniccadassanena hi alobho hoti, dukkhadassanena adoso, anattadassanena amoho hoti. Ko hi nāma ‘aniccamida’nti sammā ñatvā tassatthāya pihaṃ uppādeyya, saṅkhāre vā ‘dukkha’nti jānanto aparampi accantatikhiṇaṃ kodhadukkhaṃ uppādeyya, attasuññatañca bujjhitvā puna sammohamāpajjeyyāti?
业道品之解释显示巴利原文
Kammapatharāsivaṇṇanā
“不贪求”即无贪。“不恼害”即不恼害由功德威力所获得的身心快乐、此世他世的利益,以及称誉名声,是为无瞋。“正确地见”或“善美的见”即正见。这些其实就是无贪等的名称。然而,这些法在下文是以“根”的角度来把握的,而在此处,应知是以“业道”的角度来把握的。显示巴利原文
Nābhijjhāyatīti anabhijjhā. Kāyikacetasikasukhaṃ idhalokaparalokahitaṃ guṇānubhāvapaṭiladdhaṃ kittisaddañca na byāpādetīti abyāpādo. Sammā passati, sobhanā vā diṭṭhīti sammādiṭṭhi. Alobhādīnaṃyeva tāni nāmāni. Heṭṭhā panete dhammā mūlavasena gahitā, idha kammapathavasenāti veditabbā.
世间守护者双品之解释显示巴利原文
Lokapāladukavaṇṇanā
惭与愧在下文也是以强有力的角度来把握的,而在此处,则是以世间守护者的角度来把握的。因为正是这二法守护着世间。如所说:显示巴利原文
Hirottappānipi heṭṭhā balavasena gahitāni, idha lokapālavasena. Lokañhi ime dve dhammā pālayanti. Yathāha –
“诸比丘,有这二种白法守护世间。哪二种?惭与愧。诸比丘,正是这二种白法守护世间。诸比丘,若这二种白法不守护世间,于此世间便不会有‘母亲’、‘姨母’、‘舅母’、‘师母’、‘尊长之妻’等称谓。世间将陷入混乱,如同山羊、绵羊、鸡、猪、狗、豺狼一般。诸比丘,正因为这二种白法守护世间,才有‘母亲’、‘姨母’、‘舅母’、‘师母’、‘尊长之妻’等称谓。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti. Katame dve? Hirī ca ottappañca . Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti . Sace, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ na pāleyyuṃ, nayidha paññāyetha mātāti vā, mātucchāti vā, mātulānīti vā, ācariyabhariyāti vā, garūnaṃ dārāti vā. Sambhedaṃ loko agamissa yathā ajeḷakā kukkuṭasūkarā soṇasiṅgālā. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti, tasmā paññāyati mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṃ dārāti vā’’ti (a. ni. 2.9).
轻安等双品之解释显示巴利原文
Passaddhādiyugalavaṇṇanā
身的轻安即身轻安。心的轻安即心轻安。此处,“身”指受等三蕴。此二者合说时,身轻安与心轻安以平息身心不安为相,以破除身心不安为味,以身心的不激动、清凉状态为现起,以身心为足处。当知它们是导致身心不安的掉举等烦恼的对立面。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa passambhanaṃ kāyapassaddhi. Cittassa passambhanaṃ cittapassaddhi. Kāyoti cettha vedanādayo tayo khandhā. Ubhopi panetā ekato katvā kāyacittadarathavūpasamalakkhaṇā kāyacittapassaddhiyo, kāyacittadarathanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ aparipphandasītibhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ avūpasamakarauddhaccādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的轻快性即身轻快。心的轻快性即心轻快。它们以平息身心的沉重状态为相,以破除身心的沉重状态为味,以身心的不迟钝为现起,以身心为足处。当知它们是导致身心沉重的昏沉、睡眠等烦恼的对立面。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa lahubhāvo kāyalahutā. Cittassa lahubhāvo cittalahutā. Tā kāyacittagarubhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittagarubhāvanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ adandhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ garubhāvakarathinamiddhādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的柔软性即身柔软。心的柔软性即心柔软。它们以平息身心的僵硬状态为相,以破除身心的僵硬状态为味,以无有抵触为现起,以身心为足处。当知它们是导致身心僵硬的邪见、慢等烦恼的对立面。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa mudubhāvo kāyamudutā. Cittassa mudubhāvo cittamudutā. Tā kāyacittathaddhabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittathaddhabhāvanimmaddanarasā, appaṭighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ thaddhabhāvakaradiṭṭhimānādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的适业性为身适业。心的适业性为心适业。它们以止息身心不适业的状态为相,以摧破身心不适业为味,以身心成就取境为现起,以身心为足处。应知它们是令身心不适业的其余诸盖的对立面。应知它们能令对可净信处生起净信,令有益之业行得安稳运用,犹如纯金一般。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa kammaññabhāvo kāyakammaññatā. Cittassa kammaññabhāvo cittakammaññatā. Tā kāyacittaakammaññabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittānaṃ akammaññabhāvanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇasampattipaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ akammaññabhāvakarāvasesanīvaraṇapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Tā pasādanīyavatthūsu pasādāvahā, hitakiriyāsu viniyogakkhemabhāvāvahā suvaṇṇavisuddhi viyāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的练达性为身练达。心的练达性为心练达。它们以身心无病的状态为相,以摧破身心的病态为味,以无有患难为现起,以身心为足处。应知它们是令身心致病的无信等烦恼的对立面。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa pāguññabhāvo kāyapāguññatā. Cittassa pāguññabhāvo cittapāguññatā. Tā kāyacittānaṃ agelaññabhāvalakkhaṇā, kāyacittagelaññanimmaddanarasā, nirādīnavapaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittagelaññakaraassaddhiyādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
身的正直性为身正直。心的正直性为心正直。它们以身心不狡诈为相,以摧破身心的歪曲为味,以不谄曲为现起,以身心为足处。应知它们是令身心歪曲的谄、诳等烦恼的对立面。显示巴利原文
Kāyassa ujukabhāvo kāyujukatā. Cittassa ujukabhāvo cittujukatā. Tā kāyacittānaṃ ajjavalakkhaṇā, kāyacittakuṭilabhāvanimmaddanarasā, ajimhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ kuṭilabhāvakaramāyāsāṭheyyādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
“能忆念”,故为念。“能正知”,故为正知;意思是:从各方面、以种种方式而了知。应知它依四种而分类:有益正知、适宜正知、行处正知、不痴正知。它们的相、味等,应依在念根、慧根中所说的方式而了知。如此,前文已说过的这一对法,在此处是就其资助作用而再次被把握的。显示巴利原文
Saratīti sati. Sampajānātīti sampajaññaṃ; samantato pakārehi jānātīti attho. Sātthakasampajaññaṃ sappāyasampajaññaṃ gocarasampajaññaṃ asammohasampajaññanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ panassa vasena bhedo veditabbo. Lakkhaṇādīni ca tesaṃ satindriyapaññindriyesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Iti heṭṭhā vuttamevetaṃ dhammadvayaṃ puna imasmiṃ ṭhāne upakāravasena gahitaṃ.
“令欲贪等敌对法止息”,故称奢摩他。“以无常等种种行相观见诸法”,故称毗婆舍那。从意义上说,这即是慧。这两种的相、味等,前文已说。然而在此处,它们是依“双运”的角度而被把握的。显示巴利原文
Kāmacchandādayo paccanīkadhamme sametīti samatho. Aniccādivasena vividhehi ākārehi dhamme passatīti vipassanā. Paññāvesā atthato. Imesampi dvinnaṃ lakkhaṇādīni heṭṭhā vuttāneva. Idha panete yuganaddhavasena gahitā.
“能策励俱生法”,故称策励。因为是称为掉举的散乱的对立面,故称不散乱。这些的相、味等,前文已说。然而在此处,应知这一对法是为了连接精进与定而被把握的。显示巴利原文
Sahajātadhamme paggaṇhātīti paggāho. Uddhaccasaṅkhātassa vikkhepassa paṭipakkhabhāvato na vikkhepoti avikkhepo. Etesampi lakkhaṇādīni heṭṭhā vuttāneva. Idha panetaṃ dvayaṃ vīriyasamādhiyojanatthāya gahitanti veditabbaṃ.
杂品之解释显示巴利原文
Yevāpanakavaṇṇanā
又,在那时,还有其他依缘而生起的非色法,这些法也是善的。并非仅是依词句次第所列的这五十余种法,而是当欲界、三因、喜俱、第一无行的大心生起时,还有与触等相应、依各自之缘而生起的其他法,由于无色而称为非色,从自性上可被认知,所有这些法都是善的。显示巴利原文
Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samaye aññepi atthi paṭiccasamuppannā arūpino dhammā, ime dhammā kusalāti ‘phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotī’ti na kevalaṃ padapaṭipāṭiyā uddiṭṭhā ime paropaṇṇāsadhammā eva, atha kho yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ tihetukaṃ somanassasahagataṃ paṭhamaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ samaye ye vā pana aññepi tehiyeva phassādīhi sampayuttā hutvā pavattamānā atthi, attano attano anurūpaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca samuppannā rūpābhāvena arūpino, sabhāvato upalabbhamānā dhammā sabbepi ime dhammā kusalā.
至此,依心所分在圣典中所列的五十余种法已阐明,法王再以“或任何其他”的方式开示另外九种法。因为诸经文中,这九种法被认知为:“欲、胜解、作意、中舍性、悲、喜、身恶行离、语恶行离、邪命离”。在此大心中,有想要造作善法的欲,但依心所分未列入圣典。它在此处以“或任何其他”的方式被摄受。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiyaṃ āruḷhe paropaṇṇāsadhamme dīpetvā yevāpanakavasena aparepi nava dhamme dhammarājā dīpeti. Tesu tesu hi suttapadesu ‘chando adhimokkho manasikāro tatramajjhattatā karuṇā muditā kāyaduccaritavirati vacīduccaritavirati micchājīvaviratī’ti ime nava dhammā paññāyanti. Imasmiñcāpi mahācitte kattukamyatākusaladhammacchando atthi, cittaṅgavasena pana pāḷiyaṃ na āruḷho. So idha yevāpanakavasena gahito.
胜解存在,作意存在,中舍性存在。慈的前分存在;当无嗔已被摄受时,它即已被摄受。悲的前分存在,喜的前分存在。舍的前分存在;然而当中舍性已被摄受时,它即已被摄受。正语存在,正业存在。正命存在;但依心所分未列入圣典。它在此处以“或任何其他”的方式被摄受。显示巴利原文
Adhimokkho atthi, manasikāro atthi, tatramajjhattatā atthi. Mettāpubbabhāgo atthi; so adose gahite gahito eva hoti. Karuṇāpubbabhāgo atthi, muditāpubbabhāgo atthi. Upekkhāpubbabhāgo atthi; so pana tatramajjhattatāya gahitāya gahitova hoti. Sammāvācā atthi, sammākammanto atthi. Sammāājīvo atthi; cittaṅgavasena pana pāḷiyaṃ na āruḷho. Sopi idha yevāpanakavasena gahito.
在这九种法中,欲、胜解、作意、中舍性这四种法在同一刹那可得,其余法则在不同刹那可得。当以此心断除邪语、依远离圆满正语时,此时欲等四法与正语这五种法在同一刹那可得。当断除邪业、依远离圆满正业时……当断除邪命、依远离圆满正命时……当修习悲的遍作时……当修习喜的遍作时,此时欲等四法与喜的前分这五种法在同一刹那可得。然而,除了这些情况,对于布施者、持戒者及修习瑜伽业处者,仅有四种无过失支可得。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana navasu chando adhimokkho manasikāro tatramajjhattatāti ime cattārova ekakkhaṇe labbhanti, sesā nānākkhaṇe. Yadā hi iminā cittena micchāvācaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammāvācaṃ pūreti, tadā chandādayo cattāro, sammāvācā cāti ime pañca ekakkhaṇe labbhanti. Yadā micchākammantaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammākammantaṃ pūreti…pe… micchāājīvaṃ pajahati, virativasena sammāājīvaṃ pūreti…pe… yadā karuṇāya parikammaṃ karoti…pe… yadā muditāya parikammaṃ karoti, tadā chandādayo cattāro, muditāpubbabhāgo cāti ime pañca ekakkhaṇe labbhanti. Ito pana muñcitvā, dānaṃ dentassa sīlaṃ pūrentassa yoge kammaṃ karontassa cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāneva labbhanti.
在这九种‘或任何其他’法之中,‘欲’即是想要造作的同义词。因此,欲以想要造作为特相,以寻求所缘为作用,以需要所缘为现起,其近因正是该所缘。应视此欲如同心在执取所缘时伸出之手。显示巴利原文
Evametesu navasu yevāpanakadhammesu ‘chando’ti kattukamyatāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā so kattukamyatālakkhaṇo chando, ārammaṇapariyesanaraso, ārammaṇena atthikatāpaccupaṭṭhāno . Tadevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ . Ārammaṇassa gahaṇe cāyaṃ cetaso hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo.
‘胜解’即决意确定。它以决断为特相,以不犹豫为作用,以决定为现起,以应决断之法为近因。应视其如门柱,于所缘上安住不动而稳固。显示巴利原文
Adhimuccanaṃ ‘adhimokkho’. So sanniṭṭhānalakkhaṇo, asaṃsappanaraso, nicchayapaccupaṭṭhāno sanniṭṭhātabbadhammapadaṭṭhāno. Ārammaṇe niccalabhāvena indakhīlo viya daṭṭhabbo.
造作即是行,于意上所作的,即‘作意’。亦因它令心意异于先前而造作,故复名‘作意’。此作意有三种:令所缘现起者、令路现起者、令速行现起者。其中,令所缘现起者是于意上所作,故为作意。它以引导为特相,以令相应法系着于所缘为作用,以面向所缘为现起,摄属行蕴。应视其如同引导相应法现起所缘的御者。此中,‘令路现起者’乃五门转向之异名,‘令速行现起者’乃意门转向之异名,非此处所取。显示巴利原文
Kiriyā kāro, manasmiṃ kāro ‘manasikāro’. Purimamanato visadisaṃ manaṃ karotītipi manasikāro. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇapaṭipādako vīthipaṭipādako javanapaṭipādakoti tippakāro. Tattha ārammaṇapaṭipādako manasmiṃ kāroti manasikāro. So sāraṇalakkhaṇo, sampayuttānaṃ ārammaṇe sampayojanaraso, ārammaṇābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno. Ārammaṇapaṭipādakattena sampayuttānaṃ sārathi viya daṭṭhabbo. Vīthipaṭipādakoti pana pañcadvārāvajjanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Javanapaṭipādakoti manodvārāvajjanassa. Na te idha adhippetā.
于诸法中处于中舍的状态,即是‘中舍性’。它以令心与心所平等运行为特相,以遮止不足与过度为作用,或以断除偏袒为作用;以中舍状态为现起。应视其如同以中舍观照,使犹如良驹的心与心所平稳运行的御者。显示巴利原文
Tesu dhammesu majjhattatā ‘tatramajjhattatā’. Sā cittacetasikānaṃ samavāhitalakkhaṇā, ūnādhikanivāraṇarasā, pakkhapātupacchedanarasā vā; majjhattabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā. Cittacetasikānaṃ ajjhupekkhanavasena samappavattānaṃ ājāneyyānaṃ ajjhupekkhanasārathi viya daṭṭhabbā.
‘悲与喜’将于梵住解说中阐明。唯其差别在于:他们达至安止者属于色界,而此处属于欲界。显示巴利原文
‘Karuṇāmuditā’ brahmavihāraniddese āvi bhavissanti. Kevalañhi tā appanappattā rūpāvacarā, idha kāmāvacarāti ayameva viseso.
远离身恶行,即名为“身恶行离”;其余二词也是如此。从特相等来说,这三者皆以不违越身恶行等事为特相,也就是以不践踏为特相;以从身恶行等事中退缩为作用;以不造作为现起;以信、惭、愧、少欲等功德为近因。应知这便是心对恶行的远离。显示巴利原文
Kāyaduccaritato virati ‘kāyaduccaritavirati’. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Lakkhaṇādito panetā tissopi kāyaduccaritādivatthūnaṃ avītikkamalakkhaṇā; amaddanalakkhaṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāyaduccaritādivatthuto saṅkocanarasā, akiriyapaccupaṭṭhānā, saddhāhirottappaappicchatādiguṇapadaṭṭhānā. Pāpakiriyato cittassa vimukhībhāvabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
如此,触等五十六法,加上依“或任何其他”方式所说九法,在此法开示品中总共有六十五法句。其中,于一刹那中,有时有六十一法,有时有六十法。因为依圆满正语等方式,在生起的五种情况下有六十一法;在这些之外的一种情况下则有六十法。但是,若除去“或任何其他”所摄之法,则依圣典文句直接摄受的只有五十六法。然而,以“未摄受而摄受”的方式,此处有触等五法、寻、伺、喜、心一境性、五根、惭力与愧力二力、无贪与无嗔二根,以及身轻安与心轻安等十二法,共三十法。显示巴利原文
Iti phassādīni chappaññāsa yevāpanakavasena vuttāni navāti sabbānipi imasmiṃ dhammuddesavāre pañcasaṭṭhi dhammapadāni bhavanti. Tesu ekakkhaṇe kadāci ekasaṭṭhi bhavanti, kadāci samasaṭṭhi. Tāni hi sammāvācāpūraṇādivasena. Uppattiyaṃ pañcasu ṭhānesu ekasaṭṭhi bhavanti. Tehi mutte ekasmiṃ ṭhāne samasaṭṭhi bhavanti. Ṭhapetvā pana yevāpanake pāḷiyaṃ yathārutavasena gayhamānāni chappaññāsāva honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena panettha phassapañcakaṃ, vitakko vicāro pīti cittekaggatā, pañcindriyāni, hiribalaṃ ottappabalanti dve balāni, alobho adosoti dve mūlāni, kāyapassaddhicittapassaddhiādayo dvādasa dhammāti samatiṃsa dhammā honti.
在这三十法中,有十八法未作分别解说,十二法已作分别解说。哪十八法呢?触、想、思、伺、喜、命根,以及身轻安等十二法,这十八法未作分别解说。受、心、寻、心一境性,信根、精进根、念根、慧根,惭力、愧力,无贪、无嗔,这十二法已作分别解说。其中,有七法依两种场合分别解说,一法依三种场合,二法依四种场合,一法依六种场合,一法依七种场合分别解说。显示巴利原文
Tesu samatiṃsāya dhammesu aṭṭhārasa dhammā avibhattikā honti, dvādasa savibhattikā. Katame aṭṭhārasa? Phasso saññā cetanā vicāro pīti jīvitindriyaṃ, kāyapassaddhiādayo dvādasa dhammāti ime aṭṭhārasa avibhattikā. Vedanā cittaṃ vitakko cittekaggatā, saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ, hiribalaṃ ottappabalaṃ, alobho adosoti ime dvādasa dhammā savibhattikā. Tesu satta dhammā dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā, eko tīsu, dve catūsu, eko chasu, eko sattasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
如何说呢?心、寻、信、惭、愧、无贪、无嗔——这七法于两种场合分别解说。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Cittaṃ vitakko saddhā hirī ottappaṃ alobho adosoti ime satta dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
其中,先说心:在触五法中,说为“心”;在根中,说为“意根”。寻:在禅支中,说为“寻”;在道支中,说为“正思惟”。信:在根中,说为“信根”;在力中,说为“信力”。惭:在力中,说为“惭力”;在世间护法二法中,说为“惭”。愧亦同理。无贪:在根中,说为“无贪”;在业道中,说为“无贪求”。无嗔:在根中,说为“无嗔”;在业道中,说为“无嗔恚”。如此,这七法于两种场合分别解说。显示巴利原文
Etesu hi cittaṃ tāva phassapañcakaṃ patvā cittaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, indriyāni patvā manindriyanti. Vitakko jhānaṅgāni patvā vitakko hotīti vutto, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsaṅkappoti. Saddhā indriyāni patvā saddhindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, balāni patvā saddhābalanti. Hirī balāni patvā hiribalaṃ hotīti vuttā, lokapāladukaṃ patvā hirīti. Ottappepi eseva nayo. Alobho mūlaṃ patvā alobho hotīti vutto, kammapathaṃ patvā anabhijjhāti. Adoso mūlaṃ patvā adoso hotīti vutto, kammapathaṃ patvā abyāpādoti. Ime satta dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
受则:在触五法中,说为“受”;在禅支中,说为“乐”;在根中,说为“喜根”。如此,一法于三种场合分别解说。显示巴利原文
Vedanā pana phassapañcakaṃ patvā vedanā hotīti vuttā, jhānaṅgāni patvā sukhanti, indriyāni patvā somanassindriyanti. Evaṃ eko dhammo tīsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
精进,在涉及根时称为“精进根”,在涉及道支时称为“正精进”,在涉及力时称为“精进力”,在涉及对治二法时称为“策励”。念也是如此:在涉及根时称为“念根”,在涉及道支时称为“正念”,在涉及力时称为“念力”,在涉及对治二法时称为“念”。如是,这两法在四种情况下被分别解说。显示巴利原文
Vīriyaṃ pana indriyāni patvā vīriyindriyaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāvāyāmoti, balāni patvā vīriyabalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā paggāhoti. Satipi indriyāni patvā satindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsatīti, balāni patvā satibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā sati hotīti vuttā. Evaṃ ime dve dhammā catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
定,在涉及禅支时称为“心一境性”,在涉及根时称为“定根”,在涉及道支时称为“正定”,在涉及力时称为“定力”,在涉及对治二法时称为“止”与“无散乱”。如是,这一法在六种情况下被分别解说。显示巴利原文
Samādhi pana jhānaṅgāni patvā cittassekaggatā hotīti vutto, indriyāni patvā samādhindriyanti, maggaṅgāni patvā sammāsamādhīti. Balāni patvā samādhibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā samatho avikkhepoti. Evamayaṃ eko dhammo chasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
慧,在涉及根时称为“慧根”,在涉及道支时称为“正见”,在涉及力时称为“慧力”,在涉及善根时称为“无痴”,在涉及业道时称为“正见”,在涉及对治二法时称为“正知”与“观”。如是,这一法在七种情况下被分别解说。显示巴利原文
Paññā pana indriyāni patvā paññindriyaṃ hotīti vuttā, maggaṅgāni patvā sammādiṭṭhīti, balāni patvā paññābalanti, mūlāni patvā amohoti, kammapathaṃ patvā sammādiṭṭhīti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā sampajaññaṃ vipassanāti. Evaṃ eko dhammo sattasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
然而,若有人这样说:“这里毫无新意,只是把前面拿过的再拿过来,在各种场合填上词句罢了;这种毫无连贯的讲说,就像盗贼带来的物品一样杂乱无章,又像牛群走过的路上被践踏的草一样,是不知而说。”应当这样驳斥:“切莫如此说。”并告诉他:“诸佛的说法没有不连贯的,必定是连贯的;也没有不知而说的,一切皆是知而说。因为正自觉者了知诸法的各自作用,了知之后,依作用而赋予词缀:了知十八种法各有一种作用,便在每一种场合赋予词缀;了知七种法各有两种作用,便在两种两种场合赋予词缀;了知受有三种作用,便在三种场合赋予词缀;了知精进与念各有四种作用,便在四种四种场合赋予词缀;了知定有六种作用,便在六种场合赋予词缀;了知慧有七种作用,便在七种场合赋予词缀。”显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci vadeyya – ‘ettha apubbaṃ nāma natthi, heṭṭhā gahitameva gaṇhitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne padaṃ pūritaṃ, ananusandhikā kathā uppaṭipāṭiyā corehi ābhatabhaṇḍasadisā, goyūthena gatamagge ālulitatiṇasadisā ajānitvā kathitā’ti, so ‘māheva’nti paṭisedhetvā vattabbo – ‘buddhānaṃ desanā ananusandhikā nāma natthi, sānusandhikā va hoti. Ajānitvā kathitāpi natthi, sabbā jānitvā kathitāyeva. Sammāsambuddho hi tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ kiccaṃ jānāti, taṃ ñatvā kiccavasena vibhattiṃ āropento aṭṭhārasa dhammā ekekakiccāti ñatvā ekekasmiṃ ṭhāne vibhattiṃ āropesi. Satta dhammā dvedvekiccāti ñatvā dvīsu dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Vedanā tikiccāti ñatvā tīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Vīriyasatīnaṃ cattāri cattāri kiccānīti ñatvā catūsu catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Samādhi chakiccoti ñatvā chasu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi. Paññā sattakiccāti ñatvā sattasu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ āropesi’.
这里有一个譬喻:据说有一位明智的国王,独自思惟:“这属于王室的财物不可随便耗用,我应按技艺的相应程度增加酬劳。”于是,他召集所有工匠,说:“把懂得一门技艺的人叫来。”这样被叫出来时,有十八个人站了起来。国王给每人一份酬劳后,就让他们回去了。当说“懂得两门技艺的人来”时,有七个人来了,他给他们每人两份酬劳。当说“懂得三门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来,他给了他三份酬劳。当说“懂得四门技艺的人来”时,有两个人来了,他给他们每人四份酬劳。当说“懂得五门技艺的人来”时,没有人来。当说“懂得六门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来,他给了他六份酬劳。当说“懂得七门技艺的人来”时,只有一个人来,他给了他七份酬劳。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – eko kira paṇḍito rājā rahogato cintesi – ‘imaṃ rājakulasantakaṃ na yathā vā tathā vā khāditabbaṃ, sippānucchavikaṃ vetanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmī’ti. So sabbe sippike sannipātāpetvā ‘ekekasippajānanake pakkosathā’ti āha. Evaṃ pakkosiyamānā aṭṭhārasa janā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Tesaṃ ekekaṃ paṭivīsaṃ dāpetvā vissajjesi. ‘Dve dve sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte pana satta janā āgamaṃsu. Tesaṃ dve dve paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Tīṇi sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa tayo paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Cattāri sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte dve janā āgamaṃsu. Tesaṃ cattāri cattāri paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Pañca sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekopi nāgacchi . ‘Cha sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa cha paṭivīse dāpesi. ‘Satta sippāni jānantā āgacchantū’ti vutte ekova āgacchi. Tassa satta paṭivīse dāpesi.
在此,明智的国王犹如无上的法王;懂得技艺的人如同依心与心所而生起的诸法;按技艺相应增加酬劳,如同依作用而赋予诸法词缀。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṇḍito rājā viya anuttaro dhammarājā. Sippajānanakā viya cittacittaṅgavasena uppannā dhammā. Sippānucchavikavetanavaḍḍhanaṃ viya kiccavasena tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vibhattiāropanaṃ.
而所有这些法,依触五法、依禅支、依根、依道、依力、依根本、依业道、依世间护法、依轻安、依轻快性、依柔软性、依适业性、依熟练性、依正直性、依念与正知、依止与观、依策励与无散乱,共有十七组。显示巴利原文
Sabbepi panete dhammā phassapañcakavasena jhānaṅgavasena indriyavasena maggavasena balavasena mūlavasena kammapathavasena lokapālavasena passaddhivasena lahutāvasena mudutāvasena kammaññatāvasena pāguññatāvasena ujukatāvasena satisampajaññavasena samathavipassanāvasena paggāhāvikkhepavasenāti sattarasa rāsayo hontīti.
欲界善心之解说品显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarakusalaṃ niddesavārakathā
2 2. 现在,为了分别解说法列举品中已收入经文的那五十六个词,便以“彼时,什么是触”等方式,开始了解说品。显示巴利原文
2. Idāni tāneva dhammuddesavāre pāḷiāruḷhāni chappaññāsa padāni vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ‘katamo tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotī’tiādinā nayena niddesavāro āraddho.
首先,关于提问,其义如下:当说“在欲界善、与喜俱行、三因、非造作的广大心生起之时,那时有触”时,于所有提问中,都应依此方式——“那个触是什么?”——来理解其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha pucchāya tāva ayamattho – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti vutto, katamo so phassoti iminā nayena sabbapucchāsu attho veditabbo.
“那时那个触”:在那时,以触的作用而生起的那个触,就是“触”。这由于揭示了触的自性,故称为自性句。“触击”是触的行相。“合触”也是触的行相,只是通过添加前缀而扩展了词语。“已合触的状态”即合触的体性。然而,此处的文句衔接是:在那时,以触的作用而生起的触,在那时的触击,在那时的合触,在那时的已合触状态——这就是“那时有触”。或者,以触的作用而生起的触,在那时也以其他方式被称为触击、合触、已合触状态。在受等诸词的解说中,也应以此方式理解文句的连接。显示巴利原文
Yo tasmiṃ samaye phassoti tasmiṃ samaye yo phusanakavasena uppanno phasso, so phassoti. Idaṃ phassassa sabhāvadīpanato sabhāvapadaṃ nāma. Phusanāti phusanākāro. Samphusanāti phusanākārova upasaggena padaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vutto. Samphusitattanti samphusitabhāvo. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yo tasmiṃ samaye phusanakavasena phasso, yā tasmiṃ samaye phusanā, yā tasmiṃ samaye samphusanā, yaṃ tasmiṃ samaye samphusitattaṃ; atha vā, yo tasmiṃ samaye phusanavasena phasso, aññenāpi pariyāyena phusanā samphusanā samphusitattanti vuccati, ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti. Vedanādīnampi niddesesu imināva nayena padayojanā veditabbā.
然而,于此有一个适用于一切处的分别法门。世尊首先将欲界善广大心加以分判显示,以母诵的方式安立了五十余词,然后再一一取词而赋予分别;这些词在进入分别时,由三种原因而进入分别;当它们各各不同时,则由四种原因而成为不同。此外,此处的再释又涉及两种情形。如何呢?这些词由词形、前缀、义理这三种原因而进入分别。其中,“忿怒、忿怒行相、已忿怒状态”,“嗔、嗔恚行相、已嗔恚状态”,应知是由词形而进入分别。在此,同一个“忿怒”即由词形如此进入分别。而“行、伺、随伺、近伺”,应知乃由前缀而进入分别。“聪慧、善巧、明智、广慧、思惟、审察”,应知乃由义理而进入分别。在那些词的解说中,首先在触词的解说里,这三种分别都可获得。因为“触、触击”是由词形而进入分别;“合触”是由前缀而进入分别;“已合触状态”是由义理而进入分别。应以此方式理解一切词解说中的进入分别。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha sabbasādhāraṇo vibhattivinicchayo. Yānimāni bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ mahācittaṃ bhājetvā dassentena atirekapaṇṇāsapadāni mātikāvasena ṭhapetvā puna ekekapadaṃ gahetvā vibhattiṃ āropitāni, tāni vibhattiṃ gacchantāni tīhi kāraṇehi vibhattiṃ gacchanti; nānā hontāni catūhi kāraṇehi nānā bhavanti. Aparadīpanā panettha dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Kathaṃ? Etānihi byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasenāti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi vibhattiṃ gacchanti. Tattha kodho kujjhanā kujjhitattaṃ, doso dussanā dussitattanti evaṃ byañjanavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettha hi ekova kodho byañjanavasena evaṃ vibhattiṃ gato. Cāro vicāro anuvicāro upavicāroti evaṃ pana upasaggavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhāti evaṃ atthavasena vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tesu phassapadaniddese tāva imā tissopi vibhattiyo labbhanti. ‘Phasso phusanā’ti hi byañjanavasena vibhattigamanaṃ hoti. ‘Samphusanā’ti upasaggavasena. ‘Samphusitatta’nti atthavasena. Iminā nayena sabbapadaniddesesu vibhattigamanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,当它们成为不同时,乃由名称不同、特相不同、作用不同、遮止不同这四种原因而成为不同。其中,“那时什么是有恚?那时,那个嗔、嗔恚……”(《法集论》419)在此,“有恚”或“嗔”,这两者其实都是“忿怒”,只是由名称而成为不同。应当了知,如此由“名称不同”而成为不同。显示巴利原文
Nānā hontānipi pana nāmanānattena lakkhaṇanānattena kiccanānattena paṭikkhepanānattenāti imehi catūhi kāraṇehi nānā honti. Tattha katamo tasmiṃ samaye byāpādo hoti? Yo tasmiṃ samaye doso dussanāti (dha. sa. 419) ettha byāpādoti vā, dosoti vā, dvepi ete kodho eva, nāmena nānattaṃ gatāti. Evaṃ ‘nāmanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
就积聚的意义而言,五蕴也可说为同一蕴。然而,此处色以变坏为特相,受以领纳为特相,想以认知为特相,思以策励为特相,识以了别为特相——由此特相不同而成为五蕴。应当了知,如此由“特相不同”而成为不同。显示巴利原文
Rāsaṭṭhena ca pañcapi khandhā ekova khandho hoti. Ettha pana rūpaṃ ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ, vedanā vedayitalakkhaṇā, saññā sañjānanalakkhaṇā, cetanā cetayitalakkhaṇā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇanti iminā lakkhaṇanānattena pañcakkhandhā honti. Evaṃ ‘lakkhaṇanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
四正勤——“于此,比丘为令未生之恶不善法不生……策励心、精勤”(《分别论》390;《长部》2.402)——实为同一精进,由作用不同而出现于四处。应当了知,如此由“作用不同”而成为不同。显示巴利原文
Cattāro sammappadhānā – ‘‘idha bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya…pe… cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahatī’’ti (vibha. 390; dī. ni. 2.402) ekameva vīriyaṃ kiccanānattena catūsu ṭhānesu āgataṃ. Evaṃ ‘kiccanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
有四非正法:重忿怒而不重正法,重覆藏而不重正法,重利养而不重正法,重恭敬而不重正法。在如这些经中(如《增支部》4.44),应知是由“遮止的不同”而成为不同。显示巴利原文
Cattāro asaddhammā – kodhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, makkhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, lābhagarutā na saddhammagarutā, sakkāragarutā na saddhammagarutāti, evamādīsu (a. ni. 4.44) pana ‘paṭikkhepanānattena’ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,这四种不同并非只存在于触中,在一切的触等五法组中都可以获得。因为触名为“触”……心名为“心”。触的特相是触击,受的特相是领纳,想的特相是认知,思的特相是策励,识的特相是了别。同样,触的作用是触击,受的作用是领纳,想的作用是认知,思的作用是策励,识的作用是了别。应知如此由作用的不同而成为不同。显示巴利原文
Imāni pana cattāri nānattāni na phasseyeva labbhanti, sabbesupi phassapañcakādīsu labbhanti. Phassassa hi phassoti nāmaṃ…pe… cittassa cittanti. Phasso ca phusanalakkhaṇo, vedanā vedayitalakkhaṇā, saññā sañjānanalakkhaṇā, cetanā cetayitalakkhaṇā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tathā phasso phusanakicco, vedanā anubhavanakiccā, saññā sañjānanakiccā, cetanā cetayitakiccā, viññāṇaṃ vijānanakiccanti. Evaṃ kiccanānattena nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
遮止的不同并不存在于触等五法组中。然而,在无贪等的解说中,以“无贪、不贪著、已无贪著的状态”等方式而有。应知如此由遮止的不同而成为不同。同样,应知在一切词解说中,依所可获得的情形而有这四种不同。显示巴利原文
Paṭikkhepanānattaṃ phassapañcamake natthi. Alobhādiniddese pana alobho alubbhanā alubbhitattantiādinā nayena labbhatīti evaṃ paṭikkhepanānattena nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ sabbapadaniddesesu labbhamānavasena catubbidhampi nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,释义有两种作用:或是彰显词义,或是令义坚固。正如以杖端按压一般,若只说一次“触”,这个词便不名为开放、庄严、修饰。当反复从字词、前缀、义理的角度宣说“触、触击、遍触、遍触性”时,才名为开放、庄严、修饰。譬如,给幼童沐浴之后,穿上悦意的衣裳,佩戴花朵,涂饰眼目,然后仅在额头点一个朱砂点,这并不因此称为彩绘额饰。唯有以种种颜色围绕而作众多点饰时,才称为彩绘额饰。应知此中道理也是如此。这便称为“彰显词义”。显示巴利原文
Aparadīpanā pana padatthuti vā hoti daḷhīkammaṃ vāti evaṃ dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷentena viya hi sakimeva phassoti vutte etaṃ padaṃ phullitamaṇḍitavibhūsitaṃ nāma na hoti. Punappunaṃ byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ‘phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitatta’nti vutte phullitamaṇḍitavibhūsitaṃ nāma hoti. Yathā hi daharakumāraṃ nhāpetvā, manoramaṃ vatthaṃ paridahāpetvā pupphāni piḷandhāpetvā akkhīni añjetvā athassa nalāṭe ekameva manosilābinduṃ kareyyuṃ, tassa na ettāvatā cittatilako nāma hoti. Nānāvaṇṇehi pana parivāretvā bindūsu katesu cittatilako nāma hoti. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ ‘padatthuti’ nāma.
从字词、前缀、义理的角度反复宣说,即名为“令义坚固”。正如单说“朋友”“尊者”“夜叉”“蛇”时,不成为令义坚固;而当说“朋友、朋友”“尊者、尊者”“夜叉、夜叉”“蛇、蛇”时,则成为令义坚固。同样地,仅说一次“触”,如同用杖端按压一次,其词并不成为令义坚固。唯有从字词、前缀、义理的角度反复宣说“触、触击、遍触、遍触性”时,才名为“令义坚固”。如此,释义将涉及这两种情形。依于此,在可得词义的一切解说中,皆应了知其义。显示巴利原文
Byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ca punappunaṃ bhaṇanameva daḷhīkammaṃ nāma. Yathā hi ‘āvuso’ti vā ‘bhante’ti vā ‘yakkho’ti vā ‘sappo’ti vā vutte daḷhīkammaṃ nāma na hoti. ‘Āvuso āvuso’‘bhante bhante’‘yakkho yakkho’‘sappo sappo’ti vutte pana daḷhīkammaṃ nāma hoti. Evameva sakideva yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷentena viya ‘phasso’ti vutte padaṃ daḷhīkammaṃ nāma na hoti. Punappunaṃ byañjanavasena upasaggavasena atthavasena ‘phasso phusanā samphusanā samphusitatta’nti vutteyeva ‘daḷhīkammaṃ’ nāma hotīti. Evaṃ aparadīpanā dve ṭhānāni gacchati. Etassāpi vasena labbhamānakapadaniddesesu sabbattha attho veditabbo.
“此于彼时有触”的意思是:当最初欲界大善心生起之时,于彼时,此即名为触。以上是触词解说的注释。然而,此后对于受等词的解说,我们仅注释其有别之处。其余内容应依此处所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotīti yasmiṃ samaye paṭhamaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye ayaṃ phasso nāma hotīti attho. Ayaṃ tāva phassapadaniddesassa vaṇṇanā. Ito paresu pana vedanādīnaṃ padānaṃ niddesesu visesamattameva vaṇṇayissāma. Sesaṃ idha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
3 3. 在“于彼时,何种为受”一句中,虽以“何种于彼时受”为问始,却是依“乐”词而说“yaṃ”。在“彼相应意识界触生”中,“彼相应”是指与此乐相应的、相合于彼的。此“彼相应”一词也有相合之义,如所说:“说彼相应、合于彼之事”。或者,由彼色等所缘及此乐之缘而生起,故也名为“彼相应”。意识自身依无众生义而称为“界”,故是“意识界”。从触而生,或于触中生,故为“触生”。依止于心,故是“心所”。以甜美为义,故即“乐”。这是说:于彼时,依前述之义,由彼相应意识界触所生的心所之乐,此于彼时即是受。应知如此连结一切词句。显示巴利原文
3.Yaṃ tasmiṃ samayeti ettha kiñcāpi katamā tasmiṃ samaye vedanā hotīti āraddhaṃ, ‘sātapadavasena pana ‘ya’nti vuttaṃ. Tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajanti ettha ‘tajjā’ vuccati tassa sātasukhassa anucchavikā sāruppā. Anucchavikatthopi hi ayaṃ ‘tajjā’-saddo hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘tajjaṃ tassāruppaṃ kathaṃ mantetī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.246). Tehi vā rūpādīhi ārammaṇehi imassa ca sukhassa paccayehi jātātipi tajjā. Manoviññāṇameva nissattaṭṭhena dhātūti manoviññāṇadhātu. Samphassato jātaṃ, samphasse vā jātanti samphassajaṃ. Cittanissitattā cetasikaṃ. Madhuraṭṭhena sātaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ tasmiṃ samaye yathāvuttena atthena tajjāya manoviññāṇadhātuyā samphassajaṃ cetasikaṃ sātaṃ, ayaṃ tasmiṃ samaye vedanā hotīti. Evaṃ sabbapadehi saddhiṃ yojanā veditabbā.
现在,在“心所乐”等语中,以“心所”一词排除了身乐,以“乐”一词排除了心所苦。“心触生”是指于心触中生起。“乐、乐受”:即乐受,非不乐受;是乐受,非苦受。其后三词以阴性词性而说,亦即乐受而非不乐受,是乐受而非苦受。这就是此处的含义。显示巴利原文
Idāni cetasikaṃ sukhantiādīsu cetasikapadena kāyikasukhaṃ paṭikkhipati, sukhapadena cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ. Cetosamphassajanti cittasamphasse jātaṃ. Sātaṃ sukhaṃ vedayitanti sātaṃ vedayitaṃ, na asātaṃ vedayitaṃ; sukhaṃ vedayitaṃ, na dukkhaṃ vedayitaṃ. Parato tīṇi padāni itthiliṅgavasena vuttāni. Sātā vedanā, na asātā; sukhā vedanā, na dukkhāti. Ayameva panettha attho.
4 4. 在想的解说中,“彼相应意识界触生”是指:于彼相应、适合彼不善想的意识界之触中生起。“想”是自性名。“认知”是认知的行相。“认知性”是认知的状态。显示巴利原文
4. Saññāniddese tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajāti tassākusalasaññāya anucchavikāya manoviññāṇadhātuyā samphassamhi jātā. Saññāti sabhāvanāmaṃ. Sañjānanāti sañjānanākāro. Sañjānitattanti sañjānitabhāvo.
5 于思之解说中,亦当依此理趣而了知。显示巴利原文
5.Cetanāniddesepi imināva nayena veditabbo.
于心的解说中,心以种种思惟为相。意者,缘于所缘而衡量、了知,故名为意。意即是意本身。然于“空中游行之罗网,彼游行者是意所成”(相应部1.151;大品33)中,此处是将相应法称为“意所成”。显示巴利原文
Cittaniddese cittavicittatāya cittaṃ. Ārammaṇaṃ minamānaṃ jānātīti mano. Mānasanti mano eva. ‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso yvāyaṃ carati mānaso’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.151; mahāva. 33) hi ettha pana sampayuttakadhammo ‘mānaso’ti vutto.
何以故,世尊,您的弟子,于教法中得喜乐,
“未证心意之有学,若于众人中命终,当如何?”(相应部1.159)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kathañhi bhagavā tuyhaṃ, sāvako sāsane rato; Appattamānaso sekkho, kālaṃ kayirā jane sutā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.159);
此处,阿拉汉果称为“意”。而在这里,“意”即是意本身。此词是依字词所作的扩展。显示巴利原文
Ettha arahattaṃ ‘mānasa’nti vuttaṃ. Idha pana ‘manova’ mānasaṃ. Byañjanavasena hetaṃ padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ.
“心”即心。“我将抛散你的心,或碎裂你的心”(相应部1.237;经集·阿拉瓦迦经)中,此处胸被称为心。“从心,我思惟以心了知心”(中部1.63)中,此处指心。“肾脏、心脏”(长部2.377;中部1.110)中,此处指心所依处。但在这里,心本身以内含之义而称为“心”。彼心以清净之义而称为“洁白”。这是就结生心而说。如所说:“比丘们,此心是光净的,但它被客尘烦恼所染污”(增支部1.49)。然而,由于从此而出,不善心也被称为“洁白”,如同从恒河流出的河称为恒河,从哥达瓦利河流出的河称为哥达瓦利河。显示巴利原文
Hadayanti cittaṃ. ‘‘Cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi, hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.237; su. ni. āḷavakasutta) ettha uro hadayanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Hadayā hadayaṃ maññe aññāya tacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.63) ettha cittaṃ. ‘‘Vakkaṃ hadaya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110) ettha hadayavatthu. Idha pana cittameva abbhantaraṭṭhena ‘hadaya’nti vuttaṃ. Tameva parisuddhaṭṭhena paṇḍaraṃ. Bhavaṅgaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘pabhassaramidaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, tañca kho āgantukehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭha’’nti (a. ni. 1.49). Tato nikkhantattā pana akusalampi, gaṅgāya nikkhantā nadī gaṅgā viya, godhāvarito nikkhantā godhāvarī viya ca, paṇḍarantveva vuttaṃ.
“意、意处”:此处举“意”,是为了显示意本身即是处的涵义。以此说明:“并非如同天处那样,因为是意的处而称为意处,而是意本身就是处,所以是意处。”其中,“处”应依住处义、矿藏义、集会处义、生起处义及原因义来理解。如同在世间,如“自在天处、婆薮天处”等,其中的“处”指住处;如“金处、银处”等,其中的“处”指矿藏。在教法中,如“鸟群栖息于可意的处所”(增支部5.38)等,其中的“处”指集会处;如“南方是牛的处所”等,其中的“处”指生起之处;如“在彼彼处,当念有念处时,即得为证者”(中部3.158)等,其中的“处”指原因。而在此处,生起处义、集会处义、原因义,三种皆可适用。显示巴利原文
Mano manāyatananti idha pana manoggahaṇaṃ manasseva āyatanabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Tenetaṃ dīpeti – ‘nayidaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya manassa āyatanattā manāyatanaṃ, atha kho mano eva āyatanaṃ manāyatana’nti. Tattha nivāsaṭhānaṭṭhena ākaraṭṭhena samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhena sañjātidesaṭṭhena kāraṇaṭṭhena ca āyatanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tathā hi loke ‘issarāyatanaṃ vāsudevāyatana’ntiādīsu nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ āyatananti vuccati. ‘Suvaṇṇāyatanaṃ rajatāyatana’ntiādīsu ākaro. Sāsane pana ‘‘manorame āyatane sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 5.38) samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Dakkhiṇāpatho gunnaṃ āyatana’’ntiādīsu sañjātideso. ‘‘Tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.158) kāraṇaṃ. Idha pana sañjātidesaṭṭhena samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhena kāraṇaṭṭhenāti tidhāpi vaṭṭati.
触等诸法于此生起,故就“生起之处”义而言,此亦是处。外部的色、声、香、味、触作为所缘而进入此处,故就“集会之处”义而言,此亦是处。再者,对于触等诸法,由于它们以俱生缘等缘的方式作为其因,故就“原因”义而言,亦应知此是处。意根的意义即如前所述。显示巴利原文
Phassādayo hi dhammā ettha sañjāyantīti sañjātidesaṭṭhenapi etaṃ āyatanaṃ. Bahiddhā rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā ārammaṇabhāvenettha osarantīti samosaraṇaṭhānaṭṭhenapi āyatanaṃ. Phassādīnaṃ pana sahajātādipaccayaṭṭhena kāraṇattā kāraṇaṭṭhenapi āyatananti veditabbaṃ. Manindriyaṃ vuttatthameva.
“能了知”故为识,识本身即是蕴,故为识蕴。应知“蕴”有积聚等多重含义。如“称为大水聚”(增支部4.51),此处以积聚义说蕴。在“戒蕴、定蕴”等(长部3.355)中,以功德义说。在“世尊见到一个大木堆”(相应部4.241)中,以假名施设义说。而此处则是依通称说蕴。因为从积聚义而言,识蕴的一部分即是一个识。因此,如同砍树的一部分也称为砍树,同样,作为识蕴一部分的一个识,依通称也称为识蕴。显示巴利原文
Vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ viññāṇameva khandho viññāṇakkhandho. Tassa rāsiādivasena attho veditabbo. Mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti (a. ni. 4.51). Ettha hi rāsaṭṭhena khandho vutto. ‘‘Sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.355) guṇaṭṭhena. ‘‘Addasā kho bhagavā mahantaṃ dārukkhandha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241) ettha paṇṇattimattaṭṭhena. Idha pana ruḷhito khandho vutto. Rāsaṭṭhena hi viññāṇakkhandhassa ekadeso ekaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Tasmā yathā rukkhassa ekadesaṃ chindanto rukkhaṃ chindatīti vuccati, evameva viññāṇakkhandhassa ekadesabhūtaṃ ekampi viññāṇaṃ ruḷhito viññāṇakkhandhoti vuttaṃ.
“适合彼之意识界”意指与他们触法相应的意识界。在此句中,同一心依衡量义而说为“意”,依了知义而说为“识”,依自性义或无众生义而说为“界”,是依此三名而说。因此,在此触等五法中,触本身即是触,并非“适合彼之意识界所生之触”;而心本身即是适合彼之意识界,所以在这两个词上,并未安立“适合彼之意识界所生触”的名称。至于在寻等词中虽可得见,但此处因文已截断,故未予引用。显示巴利原文
Tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātūti tesaṃ phassādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ anucchavikā manoviññāṇadhātu. Imasmiñhi pade ekameva cittaṃ minanaṭṭhena mano, vijānanaṭṭhena viññāṇaṃ, sabhāvaṭṭhena nissattaṭṭhena vā dhātūti tīhi nāmehi vuttaṃ. Iti imasmiṃ phassapañcamake phasso tāva yasmā phasso eva, na tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajo, cittañca yasmā tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātu eva, tasmā imasmiṃ padadvaye ‘tajjāmanoviññāṇadhātusamphassajā’ti paññatti na āropitā. Vitakkapadādīsu pana labbhamānāpi idha pacchinnattā na uddhaṭā.
世尊将这些触等五法一一分别并施设名称,是极为难行之事。譬如,将种种不同的水或种种不同的油同置一容器中,搅拌一整日后,通过观其色、嗅其香、尝其味,或许能够了知其差异。即便如此,已被称为难行。然而,正自觉者将那些在同一所缘中生起的无色心、心所法,一一分别并施设名称,才是更为难行之事。因此,尊者那先长老说:显示巴利原文
Imesañca pana phassapañcamakānaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ vinibbhogaṃ katvā paññattiṃ uddharamānena bhagavatā dukkaraṃ kataṃ. Nānāudakānañhi nānātelānaṃ vā ekabhājane pakkhipitvā divasaṃ nimmathitānaṃ vaṇṇa gandharasānaṃ nānatāya disvā vā ghāyitvā vā sāyitvā vā nānākaraṇaṃ sakkā bhaveyya ñātuṃ. Evaṃ santepi taṃ dukkaranti vuttaṃ. Sammāsambuddhena pana imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ vinibbhogaṃ katvā paññattiṃ uddharamānena atidukkaraṃ kataṃ. Tenāha āyasmā nāgasenatthero –
“大王,世尊所作甚为难行。”“尊者那先,世尊作了何等难行之事?”“大王,世尊将这些在同一所缘中生起的无色心、心所法,予以确定并宣说——这是触,这是受,这是想,这是思,这是心——此即难行之事。”“尊者,请作譬喻。”“大王,譬如有人乘船入海,以手掬水,用舌尝之。大王,那人能否了知:‘这是恒河水,这是耶牟那河水,这是阿致罗筏底河水,这是萨罗补河水,这是摩醯河水’?”“尊者,此事实难了知。”“大王,世尊将这些在同一所缘中生起的无色心、心所法……乃至……这是心,加以确定并宣说,比此更为难行。”(《弥兰陀问经》2.7.16)显示巴利原文
‘‘Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā katanti. ‘Kiṃ, bhante nāgasena, bhagavatā dukkaraṃ kata’nti. ‘Dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, bhagavatā kataṃ, yaṃ imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ vavatthānaṃ akkhātaṃ – ayaṃ phasso, ayaṃ vedanā, ayaṃ saññā, ayaṃ cetanā, idaṃ citta’nti. ‘Opammaṃ, bhante, karohī’ti. ‘Yathā, mahārāja, kocideva puriso nāvāya samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā hatthapuṭena udakaṃ gahetvā jivhāya sāyitvā jāneyya nu kho, mahārāja, so puriso – idaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ, idaṃ yamunāya udakaṃ, idaṃ aciravatiyā udakaṃ, idaṃ sarabhuyā udakaṃ, idaṃ mahiyā udaka’nti? ‘Dukkaraṃ, bhante, jānitu’nti. ‘Tato dukkarataraṃ kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā kataṃ yaṃ imesaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ…pe… idaṃ citta’’’nti (mi. pa. 2.7.16).
7 七、在“寻”的解释中:从思虑的作用而言,称为“思虑”。应知依此思虑的作用而生起:“他思虑了苦味,思虑了瓶,思虑了车,思虑了由旬,思虑了半由旬”。这是“思虑”的自性词。从寻思的作用而言,称为“寻”。这是较强劲思虑的名称。从善巧思惟的作用而言,称为“思惟”。令心专注于一所缘,故称“专注”。第二个词是以前缀加以强化。或者,较强劲的专注为“遍专注”。令心投向并安住于所缘,故称“心的投向”。由于导向出离而如实地达到善的状态,是殊胜的思惟,故称“正思惟”。显示巴利原文
7. Vitakkaniddese takkanavasena takko. Tassa tittakaṃ takkesi kumbhaṃ takkesi sakaṭaṃ takkesi yojanaṃ takkesi addhayojanaṃ takkesīti evaṃ takkanavasena pavatti veditabbā. Idaṃ takkassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Vitakkanavasena vitakko. Balavataratakkassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Suṭṭhu kappanavasena saṅkappo. Ekaggaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇe appetīti appanā. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ . Balavatarā vā appanā byappanā. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti patiṭṭhāpetīti cetaso abhiniropanā. Yāthāvatāya niyyānikatāya ca kusalabhāvappatto pasattho saṅkappoti sammāsaṅkappo.
8 八、在“伺”的解释中:从行于所缘的作用而言,称为“行”。这是它的自性词。从伺察的作用而言,称为“伺”。从跟随而伺察的作用而言,称为“随伺”。从趋近而伺察的作用而言,称为“近伺”。这些词也是通过前缀而增强。令心如同箭被弓弦连住一般,连接并安住于所缘,故为“心的连接”。如同随观所缘而住一般,故为“随观”。或者,从伺察的作用而说的“观”,即是“随观”。显示巴利原文
8. Vicāraniddese ārammaṇe caraṇakavasena cāro. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Vicaraṇavasena vicāro. Anugantvā vicaraṇavasena anuvicāro. Upagantvā vicaraṇavasena upavicāroti. Upasaggavasena vā padāni vaḍḍhitāni. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ, saraṃ viya jiyāya, anusandahitvā ṭhapanato cittassa anusandhānatā. Ārammaṇaṃ anupekkhamāno viya tiṭṭhatīti anupekkhanatā. Vicaraṇavasena vā upekkhanatā anupekkhanatā.
9 在“喜”的解释中,“喜”是自性词。欢悦者的状态为“欢悦”。喜悦的表现为“喜悦”。庆喜的表现为“庆喜”。或者,如同将药、油、热水、冷水等混合在一起称为“混合”,此喜也因将诸法融合为一而称为“modanā”。前缀加以修饰后,则说为“喜悦”和“庆喜”。令人笑者为“笑”。令人大笑者为“大笑”。这是欢喜、极欢喜相的表达。vitti意为财富,这是财物的名称。但此处的vitti因以悦意为缘,与财富相似而称为“vitti”。正如富人缘于财富而生悦意,具喜者也缘于喜而生悦意,因此称为“vitti”。这是对安住于满足自性的喜的名称。具喜之人,因身与心的高涨、昂扬而被称为“昂扬者”。昂扬者的状态为“昂扬”。自心悦意,称为“自心悦”。对于不喜者,其心缘取于苦,故不被称为“自心悦”。以上是对喜的解释。显示巴利原文
9. Pītiniddese pītīti sabhāvapadaṃ. Pamuditassa bhāvo pāmojjaṃ. Āmodanākāro āmodanā. Pamodanākāro pamodanā. Yathā vā bhesajjānaṃ vā telānaṃ vā uṇhodakasītodakānaṃ vā ekatokaraṇaṃ modanāti vuccati, evamayampi pīti dhammānaṃ ekatokaraṇena modanā. Upasaggavasena pana maṇḍetvā āmodanā pamodanāti vuttā. Hāsetīti hāso. Pahāsetīti pahāso. Haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākārānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vittīti vittaṃ; dhanassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Ayaṃ pana somanassapaccayattā vittisarikkhatāya vitti. Yathā hi dhanino dhanaṃ paṭicca somanassaṃ uppajjati, evaṃ pītimatopi pītiṃ paṭicca somanassaṃ uppajjati, tasmā vittīti vuttā. Tuṭṭhisabhāvasaṇṭhitāya pītiyā etaṃ nāmaṃ. Pītimā pana puggalo kāyacittānaṃ uggatattā abbhuggatattā udaggoti vuccati . Udaggassa bhāvo odagyaṃ. Attano manatā attamanatā. Anabhiraddhassa hi mano dukkhapadaṭṭhānattā attano mano nāma na hoti, abhiraddhassa pana sukhapadaṭṭhānattā attano mano nāma hoti. Iti attano manatā attamanatā, sakamanatā. Sakamanassa bhāvoti attho. Sā pana yasmā na aññassa kassaci attano manatā, cittasseva paneso bhāvo, cetasiko dhammo, tasmā attamanatā cittassāti vuttā.
11 关于一境性的说明:以不动摇的方式安住于所缘,故称“住”(ṭhiti)。随后两个词是由前缀加强而成的。再者,将相应法聚集于所缘而安住,故称“安住”(saṇṭhiti)。深入并进入所缘后而安住,故称“坚住”(avaṭṭhiti)。在善法方面,有四种法深入所缘:信、念、定、慧。因此,信被称为“信解”(okappanā),念被称为“不忘失”(apilāpanatā),定被称为“坚住”(avaṭṭhiti),慧被称为“通达”(pariyogāhanā)。在不善法方面,则有三种法深入所缘:渴爱、邪见、无明。因此,它们被称为“暴流”(oghā)。然而,此处的心一境性并非强有力。正如在扬尘之处,用水洒净、扫除后,灰尘仅短暂止息,一旦干燥便又恢复原状;同样,不善法方面的心一境性并非强有力。然而,如同在彼处用罐倒水,以锄挖掘,经敲打、揉捏、摩擦后,所涂墙面能如明镜般映现影像,纵使历经百年,仍如新作一般;同样,善法方面的心一境性则是强有力的。显示巴利原文
11. Ekaggatāniddese acalabhāvena ārammaṇe tiṭṭhatīti ṭhiti. Parato padadvayaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Apica sampayuttadhamme ārammaṇamhi sampiṇḍetvā tiṭṭhatīti saṇṭhiti. Ārammaṇaṃ ogāhetvā anupavisitvā tiṭṭhatīti avaṭṭhiti. Kusalapakkhasmiñhi cattāro dhammā ārammaṇaṃ ogāhanti – saddhā sati samādhi paññāti. Teneva saddhā okappanāti vuttā, sati apilāpanatāti, samādhi avaṭṭhitīti, paññā pariyogāhanāti. Akusalapakkhe pana tayo dhammā ārammaṇaṃ ogāhanti – taṇhā diṭṭhi avijjāti. Teneva te oghāti vuttā. Cittekaggatā panettha na balavatī hoti. Yathā hi rajuṭṭhānaṭṭhāne udakena siñcitvā sammaṭṭhe thokameva kālaṃ rajo sannisīdati, sukkhante sukkhante puna pakatibhāvena vuṭṭhāti, evameva akusalapakkhe cittekaggatā na balavatī hoti. Yathā pana tasmiṃ ṭhāne ghaṭehi udakaṃ āsiñcitvā kudālena khanitvā ākoṭanamaddanaghaṭṭanāni katvā upalitte ādāse viya chāyā paññāyati, vassasatātikkamepi taṃmuhuttakataṃ viya hoti, evameva kusalapakkhe cittekaggatā balavatī hoti.
与因掉举和疑而转起的散乱(visāhāra)相对的,是“不散乱”(avisāhāro)。因掉举与疑而转起的心,称为“散乱”(vikkhipati)。但此(心一境性)没有这样的散乱,故为“不散乱”(avikkhepo)。再者,因掉举与疑,心便散乱,被从此处拉至彼处。而此(心一境性)即是心不散乱的状态,故称“不散乱心性”(avisāhaṭamānasatā)。显示巴利原文
Uddhaccavicikicchāvasena pavattassa visāhārassa paṭipakkhato avisāhāro. Uddhaccavicikicchāvaseneva gacchantaṃ cittaṃ vikkhipati nāma. Ayaṃ pana tathāvidho vikkhepo na hotīti avikkhepo. Uddhaccavicikicchāvaseneva ca cittaṃ visāhaṭaṃ nāma hoti, ito cito ca harīyati. Ayaṃ pana evaṃ avisāhaṭassa mānasassa bhāvoti avisāhaṭamānasatā.
“止”(samatho)有三种:心止、诤事止、一切行止。其中,八等至中的心一境性称为心止。因为依靠它,心的动摇、心的散乱得以止息、寂静,故称为心止。如面前调伏等七种止,称为诤事止。因为依靠它,那些种种的诤事得以止息、寂静,故称为诤事止。而由于一切行法依靠涅槃而止息、寂静,故涅槃称为一切行止。在此处(经文)的意义中,是指心止。在定相中执行根的作用,故为“定根”(samādhindriyaṃ)。对于掉举不动摇,故为“定力”(samādhibalaṃ)。“正定”(sammāsamādhi)是如实的定、导向出离的定、善的定。显示巴利原文
Samathoti tividho samatho – cittasamatho, adhikaraṇasamatho, sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti. Tattha aṭṭhasu samāpattīsu cittekaggatā cittasamatho nāma. Tañhi āgamma cittacalanaṃ cittavipphanditaṃ sammati vūpasammati, tasmā so cittasamathoti vuccati. Sammukhāvinayādisattavidho samatho adhikaraṇasamatho nāma. Tañhi āgamma tāni tāni adhikaraṇāni sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā so adhikaraṇasamathoti vuccati. Yasmā pana sabbe saṅkhārā nibbānaṃ āgamma sammanti vūpasammanti, tasmā taṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamathoti vuccati. Imasmiṃ atthe cittasamatho adhippeto. Samādhilakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti samādhindriyaṃ. Uddhacce na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Sammāsamādhīti yāthāvasamādhi niyyānikasamādhi kusalasamādhi.
12 关于信根的说明:“信”(saddhā)者,以相信佛等功德为相。或谓,因相信、信赖佛等宝,故名为信。“相信”(saddahanā)即相信的样态。“信解”(okappanā)谓深入佛等功德,如同破入而进入其中。众生以此对佛等功德生极净之信,或此信本身即为极净,故称“极净信”(abhippasādo)。又,在论中,以信根等复合词故,开始另作解释时,便取开头之词加以分别——此乃阿毗达摩之惯例——因而再次说“信”(saddhā)。或者,并非如同女人的根称为“女根”那样,此是信本身即为根,故称“信根”。为表明此同位关系,亦再次说“信”。应如此了知:一切释词中重复开头之词,其用意即在于此。在胜解之相中执行根的作用,故名“信根”(saddhindriyaṃ)。于不信中不动不摇,故名“信力”(saddhābalaṃ)。显示巴利原文
12. Saddhindriyaniddese buddhādiguṇānaṃ saddahanavasena saddhā. Buddhādīni vā ratanāni saddahati pattiyāyatīti saddhā. Saddahanāti saddahanākāro. Buddhādīnaṃ guṇe ogāhati, bhinditvā viya anupavisatīti okappanā. Buddhādīnaṃ guṇesu etāya sattā ativiya pasīdanti, sayaṃ vā abhippasīdatīti abhippasādo. Idāni yasmā saddhindriyādīnaṃ samāsapadānaṃ vasena aññasmiṃ pariyāye āraddhe ādipadaṃ gahetvāva padabhājanaṃ karīyati – ayaṃ abhidhamme dhammatā – tasmā puna saddhāti vuttaṃ. Yathā vā itthiyā indriyaṃ itthindriyaṃ, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana saddhāva indriyaṃ saddhindriyanti. Evaṃ samānādhikaraṇabhāvañāpanatthampi puna saddhāti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sabbapadaniddesesu ādipadassa puna vacane payojanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Adhimokkhalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti saddhindriyaṃ. Asaddhiye na kampatīti saddhābalaṃ.
13 关于精进根的说明:“心所的”一语,意在表明精进必定是心所的性质。盖此精进在诸经中,如“比丘们,凡有身精进,此亦是精进觉支;凡有心精进,此亦是精进觉支。如是,此精进即归入此总说”等,对经由经行等而生起者,虽称为“身的”,实则如同身识一般,并无所谓的“身精进”,唯是心所而已。为显此义,故说“心所的”。“精进策励”(vīriyārambho)即是由精进而起的策励,以此遣除其余之策励。因“ārambha”一词,通用于业、罪、作用、精进、伤害、破坏等多种意义中。显示巴利原文
13. Vīriyindriyaniddese cetasikoti idaṃ vīriyassa niyamato cetasikabhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Idañhi vīriyaṃ ‘‘yadapi, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ vīriyaṃ tadapi vīriyasambojjhaṅgo, yadapi cetasikaṃ vīriyaṃ tadapi vīriyasambojjhaṅgoti. Itihidaṃ uddesaṃ gacchatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.233) evamādīsu suttesu caṅkamādīni karontassa uppannattā ‘kāyika’nti vuccamānampi kāyaviññāṇaṃ viya kāyikaṃ nāma natthi, cetasikameva panetanti dassetuṃ ‘cetasiko’ti vuttaṃ. Vīriyārambhoti vīriyasaṅkhāto ārambho. Iminā sesārambhe paṭikkhipati. Ayañhi ‘ārambha’-saddo kamme āpattiyaṃ kiriyāyaṃ vīriye hiṃsāya vikopaneti anekesu atthesu āgato.
‘‘Yaṃkiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ ārambhapaccayā; Ārambhānaṃ nirodhena, natthi dukkhassa sambhavo’’ti. (su. ni. 749);
在此,“业”被称为“发勤”。在“发勤且追悔”(增支部5.142;人施设论191)中,指犯戒。在“大祭祀、大发勤,他们非大果报”(增支部4.39;相应部1.120)中,指竖立祭柱等行为。在“发勤吧,出离吧,致力于佛陀教法吧”(相应部1.185)中,指精进。在“为了沙门乔达摩而杀生”(中部2.51-52)中,指伤害。在“远离破坏种子类和植物类”(长部1.10;中部1.293)中,指切割、毁坏等损害。然而在此处,唯指精进。因此说:“精进发勤,即称为精进的发勤”。因为精进依发勤的状态而名为发勤,这是它的自性词。依从懈怠出离的状态,称为出离。依步步向前迈进的状态,称为前进。依奋起而克制,称为奋发。依努力,称为努力。依鼓舞,称为鼓舞。依极度鼓舞,称为大勇。以坚固性的含义,称为力量。依维持心与心所的状态,或以无间断地流转、维持善相续的状态,故称为维持。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi kammaṃ ‘ārambho’ti āgataṃ. ‘‘Ārambhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hotī’’ti (a. ni. 5.142; pu. pa. 191) ettha āpatti. ‘‘Mahāyaññā mahārambhā na te honti mahapphalā’’ti (a. ni. 4.39; saṃ. ni. 1.120) ettha yūpussāpanādikiriyā. ‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.185) ettha vīriyaṃ. ‘‘Samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārabhantī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.51-52) ettha hiṃsā. ‘‘Bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.10; ma. ni. 1.293) ettha chedanabhañjanādikaṃ vikopanaṃ. Idha pana vīriyameva adhippetaṃ. Tenāha – ‘vīriyārambhoti vīriyasaṅkhāto ārambho’ti. Vīriyañhi ārambhanakavasena ārambhoti vuccati. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Kosajjato nikkhamanavasena nikkamo. Paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanavasena parakkamo. Uggantvā yamanavasena uyyāmo. Byāyamanavasena vāyāmo. Ussāhanavasena ussāho. Adhimattussāhanavasena ussoḷhī. Thirabhāvaṭṭhena thāmo. Cittacetasikānaṃ dhāraṇavasena avicchedato vā pavattanavasena kusalasantānaṃ dhāretīti dhiti.
另一种方法:此出离为驱除诸欲,此前进为断除束缚,此奋发为渡越暴流,此努力为到达彼岸,此鼓舞为作前导,此大勇为至极增上,此力量为摧破门闩,此维持为令安住不动。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – nikkamo ceso kāmānaṃ panudanāya, parakkamo ceso bandhanacchedāya, uyyāmo ceso oghanittharaṇāya, vāyāmo ceso pāraṅgamanaṭṭhena, ussāho ceso pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena, ussoḷhī ceso adhimattaṭṭhena, thāmo ceso palighugghāṭanatāya, dhiti ceso avaṭṭhitikāritāyāti.
‘即使皮、筋、骨残留’(中部2.184;相应部2.22, 237;增支部2.5;大义释196;小义释·犀角经注154)——在如此持续时,依不懈精进的状态,称为‘不懈精进’,意为坚固精进、强韧精进。因此精进在行善处不舍欲、不舍责任、不卸下、不放弃,带来不退转的心意,故说为‘不舍欲’‘不舍责任’。正如在泥泞积水处,人们说‘抓住负重的牛’,那牛即使以膝压地也承担重负,不令重负落地;同样地,精进在行善处提起责任、保持责任,故说为‘提起责任’。以保持的相执行根的作用,故为精进根。于懈怠中不动摇,故为精进力。以如实导向的善精进,为正精进。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.22, 237; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 154) evaṃ pavattikāle asithilaparakkamavasena asithilaparakkamatā; thiraparakkamo, daḷhaparakkamoti attho. Yasmā panetaṃ vīriyaṃ kusalakammakaraṇaṭṭhāne chandaṃ na nikkhipati, dhuraṃ na nikkhipati, na otāreti, na vissajjeti, anosakkitamānasataṃ āvahati, tasmā anikkhittachandatā anikkhittadhuratāti vuttaṃ. Yathā pana tajjātike udakasambhinnaṭṭhāne dhuravāhagoṇaṃ gaṇhathāti vadanti , so jaṇṇunā bhūmiṃ uppīḷetvāpi dhuraṃ vahati, bhūmiyaṃ patituṃ na deti, evameva vīriyaṃ kusalakammakaraṇaṭṭhāne dhuraṃ ukkhipati paggaṇhāti, tasmā dhurasampaggāhoti vuttaṃ. Paggahalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti vīriyindriyaṃ. Kosajje na kampatīti vīriyabalaṃ. Yāthāvaniyyānikakusalavāyāmatāya sammāvāyāmo.
14 第十四、念根解说:依随念而称为念。这是念的自性词。依一再随念,即反复随念,故名随念。依如同面对而随念,即反归随念,故名反归念。或者,这只是依前缀扩展的词。随念的行相,称为随念性。然而,因‘随念性’也是三种随念的名称,为遮止它,故再取‘念’。此处意为:称为‘念’的随念性。依保持所闻、所学,称为保持性。以不漂浮义,即进入的状态,称为不漂浮性。正如葫芦等漂浮水上,不进入水中,念于所缘则非如此。因念进入所缘,故说为不漂浮性。依不遗忘久作、久说之事,称为不遗忘性。以现起相与照耀相执行根的作用,故为根。称为念的根,即念根。于放逸中不动摇,故为念力。如实、导向出离的念、善念,为正念。显示巴利原文
14. Satindriyaniddese saraṇakavasena sati. Idaṃ satiyā sabhāvapadaṃ. Punappunaṃ saraṇato anussaraṇavasena anussati. Abhimukhaṃ gantvā viya saraṇato paṭisaraṇavasena paṭissati. Upasaggavasena vā vaḍḍhitamattametaṃ. Saraṇākāro saraṇatā. Yasmā pana saraṇatāti tiṇṇaṃ saraṇānampi nāmaṃ, tasmā taṃ paṭisedhetuṃ puna satiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Satisaṅkhātā saraṇatāti ayañhettha attho. Sutapariyattassa dhāraṇabhāvato dhāraṇatā. Anupavisanasaṅkhātena ogāhanaṭṭhena apilāpanabhāvo apilāpanatā. Yathā hi lābukaṭāhādīni udake plavanti, na anupavisanti, na tathā ārammaṇe sati. Ārammaṇañhesā anupavisati, tasmā apilāpanatāti vuttā. Cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ asammussanabhāvato asammussanatā. Upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇe jotanalakkhaṇe ca indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Satisaṅkhātaṃ indriyaṃ satindriyaṃ. Pamāde na kampatīti satibalaṃ. Yāthāvasati niyyānikasati kusalasatīti sammāsati.
16 第十六、慧根解说:依令诸义理显了的作用,即令知之义,称为慧。或者,依这些无常行相了知诸法,故亦为慧。此为自性词。了知的行相,称为了知。简择无常等,故为简择;‘审简择’为依前缀扩展之词。简择四谛法,故为法简择。依洞察无常等,称为洞察;彼洞察依前缀不同,又说为近洞察、对洞察。贤善之状态,为贤善;善巧之状态,为善巧;敏锐之状态,为敏锐。依阐明无常等,称为明辨;依思惟无常等,称为思惟;或令彼思惟无常等而生起,故亦为思惟。审察无常等,故为审察。‘广慧’为地之名称。此慧以柔和义与宽广义,如同大地,故为广慧。因此说:‘广慧,即指大地。具足彼如大地般宽广、广大之慧,故为广慧者。’(大义释27)又,广慧是慧的异名。或乐于真实义,故亦为广慧。犹如雷电击毁岩山,伤害烦恼,故为锐慧;或以快速执持、保持之义,为锐慧。令彼生起者引导于自利行及相应诸法,通达如实相,故为引导者。依无常等观照诸法,故为观。以正确方式了知无常等,故为正知。显示巴利原文
16. Paññindriyaniddese tassa tassa atthassa pākaṭakaraṇasaṅkhātena paññāpanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena tena vā aniccādinā pakārena dhamme jānātītipi paññā. Idamassā sabhāvapadaṃ. Pajānanākāro pajānanā. Aniccādīni vicinātīti vicayo. Pavicayoti upasaggena padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ . Catusaccadhamme vicinātīti dhammavicayo. Aniccādīnaṃ sallakkhaṇavasena sallakkhaṇā. Sāyeva puna upasagganānattena upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇāti vuttā. Paṇḍitassa bhāvo paṇḍiccaṃ. Kusalassa bhāvo kosallaṃ. Nipuṇassa bhāvo nepuññaṃ. Aniccādīnaṃ vibhāvanavasena vebhabyā. Aniccādīnaṃ cintanakavasena cintā. Yassa vā uppajjati taṃ aniccādīni cintāpetītipi cintā. Aniccādīni upaparikkhatīti upaparikkhā. Bhūrīti pathaviyā nāmaṃ. Ayampi saṇhaṭṭhena vitthaṭaṭṭhena ca bhūrī viyāti bhūrī. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhūrī vuccati pathavī . Tāya pathavīsamāya vitthaṭāya vipulāya paññāya samannāgatoti bhūripaññoti (mahāni. 27). Apica paññāya etaṃ adhivacanaṃ bhūrī’’ti. Bhūte atthe ramatītipi bhūrī. Asani viya siluccaye kilese medhati hiṃsatīti medhā. Khippaṃ gahaṇadhāraṇaṭṭhena vā medhā. Yassa uppajjati taṃ attahitapaṭipattiyaṃ sampayuttadhamme ca yāthāvalakkhaṇapaṭivedhe parinetīti pariṇāyikā. Aniccādivasena dhamme vipassatīti vipassanā. Sammā pakārehi aniccādīni jānātīti sampajaññaṃ. Uppathapaṭipanne sindhave vīthiāropanatthaṃ patodo viya uppathe dhāvanakaṃ kūṭacittaṃ vīthiāropanatthaṃ vijjhatīti patodo viya patodo. Dassanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti indriyaṃ. Paññāsaṅkhātaṃ indriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ. Avijjāya na kampatīti paññābalaṃ. Kilesacchedanaṭṭhena paññāva satthaṃ paññāsatthaṃ. Accuggataṭṭhena paññāva pāsādo paññāpāsādo.
从照亮的角度而言,智慧即是光,故名智慧光。从朗照的角度而言,智慧即是明,故名智慧明。从发光的角度而言,智慧即是灯,故名智慧灯。因为具慧者安坐于一座时,一万世界界便成一光明、一朗照、一光耀,故有是说。然而,在此三句之中,仅凭一句便可成就此义。但诸如‘诸比丘,有四种光。哪四种?月光、日光、火光、智慧光。诸比丘,此为四种光。诸比丘,于此四种光中,智慧光最为第一。’同样安立了‘诸比丘,有四种明……诸比丘,有四种灯’(增支部4.144),这些经是根据众生的意乐而宣说的,此处也依此相应而作解说。因为以种种方式分别解说义理时,能令善为抉择。而且,一人藉由这种方式了知,另一人则藉由那种方式了知。显示巴利原文
Ālokanaṭṭhena paññāva āloko paññāāloko. Obhāsanaṭṭhena paññāva obhāso paññāobhāso. Pajjotanaṭṭhena paññāva pajjoto paññāpajjoto. Paññavato hi ekapallaṅkena nisinnassa dasasahassilokadhātu ekālokā ekobhāsā ekapajjotā hoti, tenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Imesu pana tīsu padesu ekapadenapi etasmiṃ atthe siddhe, yāni panetāni ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, ālokā. Katame cattāro? Candāloko sūriyāloko agyāloko paññāloko. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ālokā. Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ catunnaṃ ālokānaṃ yadidaṃ paññāloko’’. Tathā ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, obhāsā…pe… cattārome, bhikkhave, pajjotā’’ti (a. ni. 4.144) sattānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena suttāni desitāni, tadanurūpeneva idhāpi desanā katā. Attho hi anekehi ākārehi vibhajjamāno suvibhatto hoti. Aññathā ca añño bujjhati, aññathā ca aññoti.
从令人喜悦的角度、给予快乐的角度、产生愉悦的角度、被珍视的角度、稀有出现于世的角度、无与伦比的角度、以及为殊胜众生所受用的角度而言,智慧即是宝,故名智慧宝。并不以此使众生迷惑,或自身于所缘亦不迷惑,故为无痴。‘择法’一句,其义已如前说。为何这里再次宣说呢?为彰显无痴是痴的对治法这一意义。以此显示:此无痴并非仅仅是一种不同于痴的法,而是直接对治痴的法,此处所指的正是这名为‘择法’的无痴。正见,即是如实、导向出离的善见。显示巴利原文
Ratikaraṇaṭṭhena pana ratidāyakaṭṭhena ratijanakaṭṭhena cittīkataṭṭhena dullabhapātubhāvaṭṭhena atulaṭṭhena anomasattaparibhogaṭṭhena ca paññāva ratanaṃ paññāratanaṃ. Na tena sattā muyhanti, sayaṃ vā ārammaṇe na muyhatīti amoho. Dhammavicayapadaṃ vuttatthameva. Kasmā panetaṃ puna vuttanti? Amohassa mohapaṭipakkhabhāvadīpanatthaṃ . Tenetaṃ dīpeti – yvāyaṃ amoho so na kevalaṃ mohato añño dhammo, mohassa pana paṭipakkho, dhammavicayasaṅkhāto amoho nāma idha adhippetoti. Sammādiṭṭhīti yāthāvaniyyānikakusaladiṭṭhi.
19 19. 在命根的解释中:‘他们无色法的寿命’——即他们相应无色法中,以能令延续,故称为寿。因为当其存在时,无色法方得延续、行进、转起,故称为寿。这是它的自性语。然而,由于这些法唯有在寿命存在时,才能住立、维持、令延续、活动、转起、守护,故说住立等。此处释词为:以此而住立,故为住立。以此而维持,故为维持。同样地,以此而令延续,故为令延续。但依觉知者的方式,前句作了简略。以此而活动,故为活动。以此而转起,故为转起。以此而守护,故为守护。以此而活命,故为命。以随护为相而行其自在之用,故为命根。显示巴利原文
19. Jīvitindriyaniddese yo tesaṃ arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ āyūti tesaṃ sampayuttakānaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ yo āyāpanaṭṭhena āyu, tasmiñhi sati arūpadhammā ayanti gacchanti pavattanti, tasmā āyūti vuccati. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Yasmā panete dhammā āyusmiṃyeva sati tiṭṭhanti yapenti yāpenti iriyanti vattanti pālayanti, tasmā ṭhitītiādīni vuttāni. Vacanattho panettha – etāya tiṭṭhantīti ṭhiti. Yapentīti yapanā. Tathā yāpanā. Evaṃ bujjhantānaṃ pana vasena purimapade rassattaṃ kataṃ. Etāya iriyantīti iriyanā. Vattantīti vattanā. Pālayantīti pālanā. Jīvanti etenāti jīvitaṃ. Anupālanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti jīvitindriyaṃ.
30 在惭力的解释中:“于彼时,以此法”——即在那时,以该法。或者,通过词性变化,也可理解为“彼时存在的法”。“应惭者”——这是将受格用作具格义。意思是:对于与应惭相应的身恶行等法,感到惭耻、厌恶。“恶的”即低劣的。“不善法”即源自不善巧的法。“成就”——这也是将受格用作具格义。意思是:对于那些法的成就、获得、具足,感到惭耻、厌恶。显示巴利原文
30. Hiribalaniddese yaṃ tasmiṃ samayeti yena dhammena tasmiṃ samaye. Liṅgavipallāsaṃ vā katvā yo dhammo tasmiṃ samayetipi attho veditabbo. Hiriyitabbenāti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Hiriyitabbayuttakaṃ kāyaduccaritādidhammaṃ hiriyati jigucchatīti attho. Pāpakānanti lāmakānaṃ. Akusalānaṃ dhammānanti akosallasambhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Samāpattiyāti idampi upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tesaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiṃ paṭilābhaṃ samaṅgībhāvaṃ hiriyati jigucchatīti attho.
31 在愧力的解释中:“应愧者”——这是将具格用作表因之义。意思是:以与应愧相应的、作为愧之因的身恶行等,以及前述种类的、作为愧之因的成就,而生起愧、畏惧。显示巴利原文
31. Ottappabalaniddese ottappitabbenāti hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Ottappitabbayuttakena ottappassa hetubhūtena kāyaduccaritādinā vuttappakārāya ca samāpattiyā ottappassa hetubhūtāya ottappati, bhāyatīti attho.
32 在无贪的解释中:由不贪着之相而为无贪。不贪着,故亦名无贪。这是它的自性句。不贪着,即不贪着的行相。具贪的人称为贪着者,不贪着者则为无贪着者,无贪着者的状态是为无贪着性。由对治贪染故,非贪染,故名无贪染。不执取,即不执取的行相。不执取者的状态为不执取性。不贪求,故为无贪求。无贪是善根,即名为无贪的善根。因为无贪是善法之根,以缘的意义而为善根;又,它是善的,且以缘的意义为根,故为善根。显示巴利原文
32. Alobhaniddese alubbhanakavasena alobho. Na lubbhatītipi alobho. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Alubbhanāti alubbhanākāro. Lobhasamaṅgī puggalo lubbhito nāma. Na lubbhito alubbhito . Alubbhitassa bhāvo alubbhitattaṃ. Sārāgapaṭipakkhato na sārāgoti asārāgo. Asārajjanāti asārajjanākāro. Asārajjitassa bhāvo asārajjitattaṃ. Na abhijjhāyatīti anabhijjhā. Alobho kusalamūlanti alobhasaṅkhātaṃ kusalamūlaṃ. Alobho hi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ mūlaṃ paccayaṭṭhenāti kusalamūlaṃ. Kusalañca taṃ paccayaṭṭhena mūlañcātipi kusalamūlaṃ.
33 在无嗔的解释中:由不嗔怒的状态而说无嗔。不嗔怒,因此也称为无嗔。这是它的自性句。不嗔怒,即不嗔怒的行相。无嗔者的状态便是无嗔性。从对治瞋恚而言,非瞋恚,故为无瞋恚;从对治怒苦而言,非恼害,故为无恼害。称为无嗔的善根,即无嗔善根。其含义如前所述。显示巴利原文
33. Adosaniddese adussanakavasena adoso. Na dussatītipi adoso. Idamassa sabhāvapadaṃ. Adussanāti adussanākāro. Adussitassa bhāvo adussitattaṃ. Byāpādapaṭipakkhato na byāpādoti abyāpādo. Kodhadukkhapaṭipakkhato na byāpajjoti abyāpajjo. Adosasaṅkhātaṃ kusalamūlaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ. Taṃ vuttatthameva.
40-41 在身轻安等的解释中:此处“身”意指三蕴,因此说“受蕴”等。这些法依此而轻安,远离散动,获得安息,故称为轻安。第二词因加前缀而强化。轻安,即轻安的行相。第二词因加前缀而强化。由具足轻安,三蕴的已轻安状态为已轻安性。以上所有词句都说明了三蕴的烦恼散动的轻安;第二种方式则说明了识蕴的散动的轻安。显示巴利原文
40-41. Kāyapassaddhiniddesādīsu yasmā kāyoti tayo khandhā adhippetā, tasmā vedanākkhandhassātiādi vuttaṃ. Passambhanti etāya te dhammā, vigatadarathā bhavanti, samassāsappattāti passaddhi. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Passambhanāti passambhanākāro. Dutiyapadaṃ upasaggavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Passaddhisamaṅgitāya paṭippassambhitassa khandhattayassa bhāvo paṭippassambhitattaṃ. Sabbapadehipi tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ kilesadarathapaṭippassaddhi eva kathitā. Dutiyanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa darathapaṭippassaddhi kathitā.
42-43 轻快性,即轻快的行相。易转变性,是指这些法有易转变的性质,故称易转变;其状态即是易转变性;意思是具有迅速、快速转变的能力。不迟钝,这是对沉重状态的否定之语;意即不沉重。不僵硬,即由于没有慢等烦恼的重担而不僵硬。如此,第一种方式说明了三蕴的轻快行相,第二种方式说明了识蕴的轻快行相。显示巴利原文
42-43.Lahutāti lahutākāro. Lahupariṇāmatāti lahupariṇāmo etesaṃ dhammānanti lahupariṇāmā; tesaṃ bhāvo lahupariṇāmatā; sīghaṃ sīghaṃ parivattanasamatthatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Adandhanatāti garubhāvapaṭikkhepavacanametaṃ; abhāriyatāti attho. Avitthanatāti mānādikilesabhārassa abhāvena athaddhatā. Evaṃ paṭhamena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ lahutākāro kathito. Dutiyena viññāṇakkhandhassa lahutākāro kathito.
44-45 柔软性,即柔软的状态。柔和性:柔和,是指柔滑、细腻;柔和的状态,即柔和性。不粗硬性,即不粗硬的状态。不僵硬性,即不僵硬的状态。此处,柔软之相状亦依前一种方式说为三蕴,依后一种方式说为识蕴。显示巴利原文
44-45.Mudutāti mudubhāvo. Maddavatāti maddavaṃ vuccati siniddhaṃ, maṭṭhaṃ; maddavassa bhāvo maddavatā. Akakkhaḷatāti akakkhaḷabhāvo. Akathinatāti akathinabhāvo. Idhāpi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa mudutākārova kathito.
46-47 适业性,即对业处的善巧;其义为能胜任善行。其余二词是依言辞而扩充。纵使只有这两个词,适业之相状亦是依前一种方式说为三蕴,依后一种方式说为识蕴。显示巴利原文
46-47.Kammaññatāti kammani sādhutā; kusalakiriyāya viniyogakkhamatāti attho. Sesapadadvayaṃ byañjanavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Padadvayenāpi hi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa kammaniyākārova kathito.
48-49 练达性,即练达的状态,其义为无病、无疾。其余二词是依言辞而扩充。此处,无疾之相状亦是依前一种方式说为三蕴,依后一种方式说为识蕴。显示巴利原文
48-49.Paguṇatāti paguṇabhāvo, anāturatā niggilānatāti attho. Sesapadadvayaṃ byañjanavasena vaḍḍhitaṃ. Idhāpi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassa niggilānākārova kathito.
50-51 正直性,即正直的状态,意思是依正直的方式运作。三蕴与识蕴的正直状态,即是正直性。不歪斜性,乃是否定如同牛尿般的弯曲。不弯曲性,乃是否定如同月牙般的弯曲。不扭曲性,乃是否定如同犁头般的弯曲。显示巴利原文
50-51.Ujukatāti ujukabhāvo, ujukenākārena pavattanatāti attho. Ujukassa khandhattayassa viññāṇakkhandhassa ca bhāvo ujukatā. Ajimhatāti gomuttavaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo. Avaṅkatāti candalekhāvaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo. Akuṭilatāti naṅgalakoṭivaṅkabhāvapaṭikkhepo.
若有人作恶后说“我不作”,因其退转退缩,故称为“牛尿般弯曲者”。若有人在作恶时便说“我畏惧恶”,因其极度扭曲,故称为“月牙般弯曲者”。若有人在作恶时便说“谁会不畏惧恶呢”,因其扭曲不深,故称为“犁头般弯曲者”。或者,若三业门皆不清净,则称为“牛尿般弯曲者”;若其中二门不清净,则称为“月牙般弯曲者”;若仅一门不清净,则称为“犁头般弯曲者”。显示巴利原文
Yo hi pāpaṃ katvāva ‘na karomī’ti bhāsati, so gantvā paccosakkanatāya ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yo pāpaṃ karontova ‘bhāyāmahaṃ pāpassā’ti bhāsati, so yebhuyyena kuṭilatāya ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yo pāpaṃ karontova ‘ko pāpassa na bhāyeyyā’ti bhāsati, so nātikuṭilatāya ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yassa vā tīṇipi kammadvārāni asuddhāni, so ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma hoti. Yassa yāni kānici dve, so ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma. Yassa yaṃkiñci ekaṃ, so ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko nāma.
然而,长部诵者说:有比丘于一切年龄阶段皆行二十一种邪命及六种非行处,此人名为“牛尿般弯曲者”。有人在青年阶段圆满四遍净戒,有惭、有愧、乐学,而于中老年阶段却退回到最初不清净的状态,此人名为“月牙般弯曲者”。有人在青年阶段与中年阶段圆满四遍净戒,有惭、有愧、乐学,而于老年阶段却退回到最初不清净的状态,此人名为“犁头般弯曲者”。显示巴利原文
Dīghabhāṇakā panāhu – ekacco bhikkhu sabbavaye ekavīsatiyā anesanāsu, chasu ca agocaresu carati, ayaṃ ‘gomuttavaṅko’ nāma. Eko paṭhamavaye catupārisuddhisīlaṃ paripūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, majjhimavayapacchimavayesu purimasadiso, ayaṃ ‘candalekhāvaṅko’ nāma. Eko paṭhamavaye majjhimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, pacchimavaye purimasadiso. Ayaṃ ‘naṅgalakoṭivaṅko’ nāma.
由于烦恼,这种弯曲之人的状态称为歪斜性、弯曲性、扭曲性。遮止这些,故说不歪斜性等。此说是以蕴为立足点而作。因为不歪斜性等属于蕴,而非属于人。如此,应知依前一种方式,所有这些词说明三蕴;依后一种方式,说明识蕴,即说明无色诸法的无烦恼之正直相状。显示巴利原文
Tassa kilesavasena evaṃ vaṅkassa puggalassa bhāvo jimhatā vaṅkatā kuṭilatāti vuccati. Tāsaṃ paṭikkhepavasena ajimhatādikā vuttā. Khandhādhiṭṭhānāva desanā katā. Khandhānañhi etā ajimhatādikā, no puggalassāti. Evaṃ sabbehipi imehi padehi purimanayena tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ, pacchimanayena viññāṇakkhandhassāti arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ nikkilesatāya ujutākārova kathitoti veditabbo.
至此,已说明了‘又其他者’的附随部分;由此,法摄要中所指示的‘又其他者’之略说便已解说完毕。显示巴利原文
Idāni yvāyaṃ yevāpanāti appanāvāro vutto, tena dhammuddesavāre dassitānaṃ ‘yevāpanakānaṃ’yeva saṅkhepato niddeso kathito hotīti.
至此,在摄要品中以问、时节解说、法摄要、附随四部分,在解说品中以问、时节解说、法摄要、附随四部分——如此以八部分所庄严的法决定品,便告圆满。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā pucchā samayaniddeso dhammuddeso appanāti uddesavāre catūhi paricchedehi, pucchā samayaniddeso dhammuddeso appanāti niddesavāre catūhi paricchedehīti aṭṭhaparicchedapaṭimaṇḍito dhammavavatthānavāro niṭṭhitova hoti.
58-120 此时,“于其时,有四蕴”等,开始摄聚品。它由摄要、解说、再解说三种方式构成。其中,“于其时,有四蕴”等是摄要。“于其时,何为四蕴”等是解说。“于其时,何为受蕴”等是再解说。应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
58-120. Idāni tasmiṃ kho pana samaye cattāro khandhā hontīti saṅgahavāro āraddho. So uddesaniddesapaṭiniddesānaṃ vasena tividho hoti. Tattha ‘tasmiṃ kho pana samaye cattāro khandhā’ti evamādiko uddeso. Katame tasmiṃ samaye cattāro khandhā’tiādiko niddeso. Katamo tasmiṃ samaye vedanākkhandhotiādiko paṭiniddesoti veditabbo.
其中,于摄要品中,四蕴等分为二十三部分。其义应如此了知:当生起欲界第一广大善心的那个时刻,除了“又其他者”之外,依心所摄而生起、载于圣典的五十余法,在全部被摄集起来时,以积聚义而成为四蕴。依前文所说的处义,则成为二处。以自性义、空义、无众生义,成为二界。依缘所摄的食义,这些法中有三法为食,其余为非食。显示巴利原文
Tattha uddesavāre cattāro khandhātiādayo tevīsati koṭṭhāsā honti. Tesaṃ evamattho veditabbo – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ paṭhamaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, ye tasmiṃ samaye cittaṅgavasena uppannā, ṭhapetvā yevāpanake, pāḷiāruḷhā atirekapaṇṇāsadhammā, te sabbepi saṅgayhamānā rāsaṭṭhena cattārova khandhā honti . Heṭṭhā vuttena āyatanaṭṭhena dve āyatanāni honti. Sabhāvaṭṭhena suññataṭṭhena nissattaṭṭhena dveva dhātuyo honti. Paccayasaṅkhātena āhāraṭṭhena tayovettha dhammā āhārā honti. Avasesā no āhārā.
“然而,这些难道不是彼此之缘,或是彼所生色的缘吗?”“并非不是。然而,这些既是如此,又不同,虽同为缘,却又是额外的缘,因此称之为食。如何呢?因为在这些之中,触食是其余心心所法的缘,同时也带来三种受;意思食是它们的缘,并带来三有;识食是它们的缘,并带来结生名色。”“难道那不是异熟吗?而这是善识。”“虽是善识,但由于相似性,故说为识食。”或者,以支持义而说此三者为食。因为这些对相应法,犹如段食对色身,是支持缘。因此说:“非色食对相应法及其所生色,以食缘为缘。”显示巴利原文
‘Kiṃ panete aññamaññaṃ vā taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpassa vā paccayā na hontī’ti? ‘No na honti. Ime pana tathā ca honti, aññathā cāti samānepi paccayatte atirekapaccayā honti, tasmā āhārāti vuttā. Kathaṃ? Etesu hi phassāhāro, yesaṃ dhammānaṃ avasesā cittacetasikā paccayā honti, tesañca paccayo hoti, tisso ca vedanā āharati. Manosañcetanāhāro tesañca paccayo hoti tayo ca bhave āharati. Viññāṇāhāro tesañca paccayo hoti paṭisandhināmarūpañca āharatī’ti. ‘Nanu ca so vipākova idaṃ pana kusalaviññāṇa’nti? ‘Kiñcāpi kusalaviññāṇaṃ, taṃsarikkhatāya pana viññāṇāhāro’tveva vuttaṃ. Upatthambhakaṭṭhena vā ime tayo āhārāti vuttā. Ime hi sampayuttadhammānaṃ, kabaḷīkārāhāro viya rūpakāyassa, upatthambhakapaccayā honti. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘arūpino āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.15).
另一种方法:由于是对内在相续的特殊缘,段食与这三法被称作食。因为段食是食用段食的众生之色身的特殊缘,触是名身中受的特殊缘,思是识的特殊缘,识是名色的特殊缘。如所说:显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – ajjhattikasantatiyā visesapaccayattā kabaḷīkārāhāro ca ime ca tayo dhammā āhārāti vuttā. Visesapaccayo hi kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ sattānaṃ rūpakāyassa kabaḷīkāro āhāro; nāmakāye vedanāya phasso, viññāṇassa manosañcetanā, nāmarūpassa viññāṇaṃ. Yathāha –
诸比丘,譬如,此身依食而住,缘食而存,无食则不存(《相应部》5.183)。同样,触缘受,行缘识,识缘名色(《相应部》2.1)。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ kāyo āhāraṭṭhitiko, āhāraṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, anāhāro no tiṭṭhati’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.183). Tathā phassapaccayā vedanā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti (saṃ. ni. 2.1).
然而,就增上(主宰)义而言,唯此八法为根,非其余。因此说“有八根”。就审虑(专思)义而言,唯此五法为禅支。因此说“有五支禅”。显示巴利原文
Adhipatiyaṭṭhena pana aṭṭheva dhammā indriyāni honti, na avasesā. Tena vuttaṃ – aṭṭhindriyāni hontīti. Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena pañceva dhammā jhānaṅgāni honti. Tena vuttaṃ – pañcaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hotīti.
依出离义与因义,则仅有五法为道支,故说“有五支道”。虽八支圣道实有,然世间心中于一刹那不得三种远离,因此说为“五支”。或有问言:“比丘,所谓‘如去之道’,乃是此八支圣道的同义语”(《相应部》4.245),此经中以“如去”一语明示:“正如出世间道是八支,前行观道亦是八支”,若如此,世间道也应是八支?并非如此。因为这类经教是方便说。故又说:“然而,在此之前,他的身业、语业、活命早已完全清净”(《中部》3.431)。而此(论藏所说)则属非方便说,以世间心中于一刹那不得三种远离,故只说为“五支”。显示巴利原文
Niyyānaṭṭhena ca hetvaṭṭhena ca pañceva dhammā maggaṅgāni honti. Tena vuttaṃ – pañcaṅgiko maggo hotīti. Kiñcāpi hi aṭṭhaṅgiko ariyamaggo, lokiyacitte pana ekakkhaṇe tisso viratiyo na labbhanti, tasmā pañcaṅgikoti vutto. ‘Nanu ca ‘‘yathāgatamaggoti kho, bhikkhu, ariyassetaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.245) imasmiṃ sutte ‘yatheva lokuttaramaggo aṭṭhaṅgiko, pubbabhāgavipassanāmaggopi tatheva aṭṭhaṅgiko’ti yathāgatavacanena imassatthassa dīpitattā, lokiyamaggenāpi aṭṭhaṅgikena bhavitabbanti? Na bhavitabbaṃ . Ayañhi suttantikadesanā nāma pariyāyadesanā. Tenāha – ‘‘pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo suparisuddho hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.431). Ayaṃ pana nippariyāyadesanā. Lokiyacittasmiñhi tisso viratiyo ekakkhaṇe na labbhanti, tasmā ‘pañcaṅgiko’va vuttoti.
依不可动摇义,唯有七法为力。依根本义,唯有三法为因。依触义,唯有一法为触。依感受义,唯有一法为受。依想义,唯有一法为想。依思义,唯有一法为思。依心种种义,唯有一法为心。依积聚义及感受义,唯有一法为受蕴。依积聚义及想义,唯有一法为想蕴。依积聚义及造作义,唯有一法为行蕴。依积聚义及心种种义,唯有一法为识蕴。依了别义及前说之处义,唯有一法为意处。依了别义及增上义,唯有一法为意根。依了别义及自性空无众生义,唯有一法名为意识界,而非其他。然而,除心之外,依上述诸义,其余一切法唯是一法处,唯是一法界。显示巴利原文
Akampiyaṭṭhena pana satteva dhammā balāni honti. Mūlaṭṭhena tayova dhammā hetū. Phusanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo phasso. Vedayitaṭṭhena ekova dhammo vedanā. Sañjānanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo saññā. Cetayanaṭṭhena ekova dhammo cetanā. Cittavicittaṭṭhena ekova dhammo cittaṃ. Rāsaṭṭhena ceva vedayitaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo vedanākkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca sañjānanaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo saññākkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca abhisaṅkharaṇaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo saṅkhārakkhandho. Rāsaṭṭhena ca cittavicittaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo viññāṇakkhandho. Vijānanaṭṭhena ceva heṭṭhā vuttaāyatanaṭṭhena ca ekameva manāyatanaṃ. Vijānanaṭṭhena ca adhipatiyaṭṭhena ca ekameva manindriyaṃ. Vijānanaṭṭhena ca sabhāvasuññatanissattaṭṭhena ca ekova dhammo manoviññāṇadhātu nāma hoti, na avasesā. Ṭhapetvā pana cittaṃ, yathāvuttena atthena avasesā sabbepi dhammā ekaṃ dhammāyatanameva, ekā ca dhammadhātuyeva hotīti.
又,以“于彼时”等此安止方式,此处也同样包含了前文所说的“或有所属”等。如同此处,于一切处皆然。自此之后,我们不复作这般详细审察。在释说与反释说的段落中,当依前文所说之理而了知义趣。显示巴利原文
Ye vā pana tasmiṃ samayeti iminā pana appanāvārena idhāpi heṭṭhā vuttā yevāpanakāva saṅgahitā. Yathā ca idha evaṃ sabbattha . Ito parañhi ettakampi na vicārayissāma. Niddesapaṭiniddesavāresu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva attho veditabboti.
121-145 现在,以‘于彼时,有诸法’开始的空性品,分为开示与释义两种。其中,开示品连同‘有诸法’一句,共有二十四部分。在所有这些部分中,都未提及‘四、二、三’的数量限定。何以故?因为在摄品中已经限定。摄品所限定之法,即是此处所说之法。此处不可得有情、或有、或我,唯是诸法,仅是法,无实质,无主宰,为阐明此空性而说。因此,应如此了知此处的义理:当欲界初大善心生起时,那时随心生起的五十余法,以自性义,唯是法,并无其他任何有情、或有、或人、或补特伽罗。同样地,以积聚义,唯是蕴。如此,应依前述之理,在一切句中了知义理的连结。然而,因为除了禅那之外别无禅支,除了道之外别无道支,所以此处只说‘有禅那,有道’。以审虑义,禅那即是禅那;以因义,道即是道,并无其他任何有情或有。如此,应于一切句中作义理连结。释义品之义,则容易明了。显示巴利原文
121-145. Idāni tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā hontīti suññatavāro āraddho. So uddesaniddesavasena dvidhā vavatthito. Tattha uddesavāre ‘dhammā hontī’ti iminā saddhiṃ catuvīsati koṭṭhāsā honti. Sabbakoṭṭhāsesu ca ‘cattāro dve tayo’ti gaṇanaparicchedo na vutto. Kasmā? Saṅgahavāre paricchinnattā. Tattha paricchinnadhammāyeva hi idhāpi vuttā. Na hettha satto vā bhāvo vā attā vā upalabbhati. Dhammāva ete dhammamattā asārā apariṇāyakāti imissā suññatāya dīpanatthaṃ vuttā. Tasmā evamettha attho veditabbo – yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ paṭhamaṃ mahākusalacittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ samaye cittaṅgavasena uppannā atirekapaṇṇāsadhammā sabhāvaṭṭhena dhammā eva honti. Na añño koci satto vā bhāvo vā poso vā puggalo vā hotīti. Tathā rāsaṭṭhena khandhāva hontīti. Evaṃ purimanayeneva sabbapadesu atthayojanā veditabbā. Yasmā pana jhānato aññaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ, maggato vā aññaṃ maggaṅgaṃ natthi, tasmā idha ‘jhānaṃ hoti, maggo hoti’ icceva vuttaṃ. Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena hi jhānameva hetvaṭṭhena maggova hoti. Na añño koci satto vā bhāvo vāti. Evaṃ sabbapadesu atthayojanā kātabbā. Niddesavāro uttānatthoyevāti.
146 现在,为说明第二心等,又开始了‘何等法’等。在所有这些中,都应依第一心所说的道理,来了知每一个的三大品。不仅三大品如此,凡是与第一心所说相似的句子,其义也当依所说之理了知。从此以后,我们只注释前所未说的词句。在第二心的释义中,只有‘有行’一词未曾出现。其义是:与行相伴,故称‘有行’。因此‘有行’即与方便俱、与策励俱,以缘的聚集为义。因为,第一广大心生起时,即是依所缘等缘的聚集,与此方便俱、与策励俱而生起。显示巴利原文
146. Idāni dutiyacittādīni dassetuṃ puna ‘‘katame dhammā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tesu sabbesupi paṭhamacitte vuttanayeneva tayo tayo mahāvārā veditabbā. Na kevalañca mahāvārā eva, paṭhamacitte vuttasadisānaṃ sabbapadānaṃ atthopi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ito parampi apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃyeva karissāma. Imasmiṃ tāva dutiyacittaniddese sasaṅkhārenāti idameva apubbaṃ. Tassattho – saha saṅkhārenāti sasaṅkhāro. Tena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena saupāyena paccayagaṇenāti attho. Yena hi ārammaṇādinā paccayagaṇena paṭhamaṃ mahācittaṃ uppajjati, teneva sappayogena saupāyena idaṃ uppajjati.
其生起应如此了知:此处,有比丘住在寺院边缘。当打扫塔院的时间到了,或侍奉长老的时间到了,或闻法的日子到了时,他心想:‘这一去一回,路途太远,我不去了。’随后又想:‘作为比丘,若不去塔院、不去侍奉长老、不去闻法,实在不相称,我应当去。’于是他便去了。像这样,或由自己的努力,或由他人指出不履行义务的过患与履行义务的功德而受到教导时,或以强制方式被要求‘来,做这个’而被驱使时,所生起的善心,即称为有行、由众多缘聚集而生起。显示巴利原文
Tassevaṃ uppatti veditabbā – idhekacco bhikkhu vihārapaccante vasamāno cetiyaṅgaṇasammajjanavelāya vā therupaṭṭhānavelāya vā sampattāya, dhammasavanadivase vā sampatte ‘mayhaṃ gantvā paccāgacchato atidūraṃ bhavissati, na gamissāmī’ti cintetvā puna cinteti – ‘bhikkhussa nāma cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ vā therupaṭṭhānaṃ vā dhammasavanaṃ vā agantuṃ asāruppaṃ, gamissāmī’ti gacchati. Tassevaṃ attano payogena vā, parena vā vattādīnaṃ akaraṇe ca ādīnavaṃ karaṇe ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā ovadiyamānassa, niggahavaseneva vā ‘ehi, idaṃ karohī’ti kāriyamānassa uppannaṃ kusalacittaṃ sasaṅkhārena paccayagaṇena uppannaṃ nāma hotīti.
147-148 147-148. 第三是“与智不相应”,即不与智相应。因为此心于所缘境只是单纯地欢喜触对,而其中并没有决断的智慧。因此,应当了知:当幼童见到比丘而顶礼,心想“这位是长老,是我的(师长)”时,以及依循同样的道理,在礼敬塔庙、听闻佛法等时候,生起的便是此心。然而在圣典中,此处于七个地方缺少“慧”,其余则同常。显示巴利原文
147-148. Tatiye ñāṇena vippayuttanti ñāṇavippayuttaṃ. Idampi hi ārammaṇe haṭṭhapahaṭṭhaṃ hoti paricchindakañāṇaṃ panettha na hoti. Tasmā idaṃ daharakumārakānaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘ayaṃ thero mayha’nti vandanakāle, teneva nayena cetiyavandanadhammasavanakālādīsu ca uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ panettha sattasu ṭhānesu paññā parihāyati. Sesaṃ pākatikamevāti.
149 149. 第四心的道理也是如此。不过,由“有行”一语可知,当父母扶着幼童的头,令其礼敬塔庙等处,而幼童们虽不情愿,却仍欢喜触对地进行礼敬——应当了知,便是在这种时候可以获得此心。显示巴利原文
149. Catutthacittepi eseva nayo. Idaṃ pana sasaṅkhārenāti vacanato yadā mātāpitaro daharakumārake sīse gahetvā cetiyādīni vandāpenti te ca anatthikā samānāpi haṭṭhapahaṭṭhāva vandanti. Evarūpe kāle labbhatīti veditabbaṃ.
150 150. 第五是“与舍俱”,即与舍受相应。因为此心于所缘境是处于中舍状态的。然而,其中却确实具有决断的智慧。在圣典中,于四禅处说“有舍”,于八根处说“有舍根”,之后在解说一切受等词目时,是以遮止乐、不乐、苦、乐的方式来展开论述,并说明它为不苦不乐受。应当了知,由于它具备中舍的性相,并能行持根的作用,故称为舍根。在次第上,于一处缺少了喜。因此,从心所摄的角度来说,圣典中所举的正是五十五法。由此,于一切部分、一切转起中的抉择,应当了知。显示巴利原文
150. Pañcame upekkhāsahagatanti upekkhāvedanāya sampayuttaṃ . Idañhi ārammaṇe majjhattaṃ hoti. Paricchindakañāṇaṃ panettha hotiyeva. Pāḷiyaṃ panettha jhānacatukke upekkhā hotīti indriyaṭṭhake upekkhindriyaṃ hotīti vatvā sabbesampi vedanādipadānaṃ niddese sātāsātasukhadukkhapaṭikkhepavasena desanaṃ katvā adukkhamasukhavedanā kathitā. Tassā majjhattalakkhaṇe indattakaraṇavasena upekkhindriyabhāvo veditabbo. Padapaṭipāṭiyā ca ekasmiṃ ṭhāne pīti parihīnā. Tasmā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiāruḷhā pañcapaṇṇāseva dhammā honti. Tesaṃ vasena sabbakoṭṭhāsesu sabbavāresu ca vinicchayo veditabbo.
156-9 第六、第七与第八心,应依第二、第三及第四心中所阐述的方式而了知。唯需明辨的是:在这些心中,有受的转换与喜的缺失。其余部分连同其生起之理,皆与他们相同。因为于悲心与喜心的遍作阶段,这些心的生起在《大注释》中也是被认可的。这八种心,名为欲界善心。显示巴利原文
156-9. Chaṭṭhasattamaaṭṭhamāni dutiyatatiyacatutthesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Kevalañhi imesu vedanāparivattanañceva pītiparihānañca hoti. Sesaṃ saddhiṃ uppattinayena tādisameva. Karuṇāmuditā parikammakālepi hi imesaṃ uppatti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātā eva. Imāni aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacittāni nāma.
福业事等之论显示巴利原文
Puññakiriyavatthādikathā
它们全部也应以十种福业事来说明。如何说明?即:布施所成福业事、持戒所成福业事、修习所成福业事、恭敬所俱福业事、服务所俱福业事、回向功德福业事、随喜功德福业事、说法所成福业事、闻法所成福业事、正见业福业事。这些名为十种福业事。其中,布施本身即是布施所成。它既是福行,又是那些利益的基处,故称为福业事。其余各项也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tāni sabbānipi dasahi puññakiriyavatthūhi dīpetabbāni. Kathaṃ? Dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṃ… bhāvanāmayaṃ… apacitisahagataṃ… veyyāvaccasahagataṃ… pattānuppadānaṃ… abbhanumodanaṃ… desanāmayaṃ… savanamayaṃ… diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthūti imāni dasa puññakiriyavatthūni nāma. Tattha dānameva dānamayaṃ. Puññakiriyā ca sā tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthu cāti puññakiriyavatthu. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
其中,对于施予衣等四种资具,或色等六种所缘,或食物等十种布施物的人,从开始生起这些种种资具之时的前行阶段、在施舍之时,以及之后以悦俱心随念之时——在此三时中,转起的思,名为‘布施所成福业事’。显示巴利原文
Tattha cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu, rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu, annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu, taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge, pariccāgakāle, pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇakāle cāti tīsu kālesu pavattā cetanā ‘dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
受持五戒、八戒或十戒时,前往寺院心想‘我要出家’时,正得出家时,省思‘我已令心愿圆满而出家,善哉善哉’时,守护巴帝摩卡时,省察衣等资具时,在眼门等处防护现前色等境时,以及净化活命时,所转起的思,名为‘戒所成福业事’。显示巴利原文
Pañcasīlaṃ aṭṭhasīlaṃ dasasīlaṃ samādiyantassa, ‘pabbajissāmī’ti vihāraṃ gacchantassa, pabbajantassa, ‘manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā pabbajito vata’mhi, ‘sādhu sādhū’ti āvajjentassa, pātimokkhaṃ saṃvarantassa, cīvarādayo paccaye paccavekkhantassa, āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa , ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattā cetanā ‘sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
依《无碍解道》所说观道,修习眼为无常、苦、无我时……乃至……修习意……色……乃至……法……眼识……乃至……意识、眼触……乃至……意触、眼触生受……乃至……意触生受……乃至……色想……乃至……老死为无常、苦、无我时,所转起的思,或在三十八种所缘中未达到安止的一切思,名为‘修习所成福业事’。显示巴利原文
Paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttena vipassanāmaggena cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa…pe… manaṃ… rūpe…pe… dhamme… cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ,… cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ, …pe… rūpasaññaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa pavattā cetanā, aṭṭhatiṃsāya vā ārammaṇesu appanaṃ appattā sabbāpi cetanā ‘bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
然而,见到年长者时,以起迎、接取衣钵、礼拜、让路等方式,应知此为‘恭敬俱’。显示巴利原文
Mahallakaṃ pana disvā paccuggamanapattacīvarapaṭiggahaṇaabhivādanamaggasampadānādivasena ‘apacitisahagataṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
为年长比丘行持义务——见比丘入村乞食时,接取他的钵,在村中安排饮食后奉上;或听闻‘去取比丘的钵’后,迅速前往取钵等。在做这些身体服务的当下,应知此为‘杂服务之俱’ 。显示巴利原文
Vuḍḍhatarānaṃ vattappaṭipattikaraṇavasena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāme bhikkhaṃ samādapetvā upasaṃharaṇavasena, ‘gaccha bhikkhūnaṃ pattaṃ āharā’ti sutvā vegena gantvā pattāharaṇādivasena ca kāyaveyyāvaṭikakāle ‘veyyāvaccasahagataṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
布施之后,以香等作供养,并回向功德,说‘愿此成为某人的功德’或‘愿此成为一切众生的功德’。此时,应知此为‘回向功德’。然而,这样回向功德,是否会使福德耗尽呢?不会。譬如,点燃一盏灯之后,再用它点燃千万盏灯,不能说第一盏灯因此而耗尽。先前的光明与之后的光明融合,变得极其广大。同样的,回向功德者的福德并无减损,应知唯有增长。显示巴利原文
Dānaṃ datvā gandhādīhi pūjaṃ katvā ‘asukassa nāma patti hotū’ti vā, ‘sabbasattānaṃ hotū’ti vā pattiṃ dadato ‘pattānuppadānaṃ’ veditabbaṃ. Kiṃ panevaṃ pattiṃ dadato puññakkhayo hotīti? Na hoti. Yathā pana ekaṃ dīpaṃ jāletvā tato dīpasahassaṃ jālentassa paṭhamadīpo khīṇoti na vattabbo; purimālokena pana saddhiṃ pacchimāloko ekato hutvā atimahā hoti. Evameva pattiṃ dadato parihāni nāma natthi. Vuḍḍhiyeva pana hotīti veditabbo.
对于他人回向的功德或其他福行,以随喜心说‘善哉,善哉’,应知此为‘随喜功德’。显示巴利原文
Parehi dinnāya pattiyā vā aññāya vā puññakiriyāya ‘sādhu sādhū’ti anumodanavasena ‘abbhanumodanaṃ’ veditabbaṃ.
有人心存“众人将知我是说法者”的欲求,安住于此,成为重利养者而为说法,这并非大果报。有人不希求自己对法的精通,唯以解脱处为首要,为他人说法,这才名为“说法所成之福行事”。显示巴利原文
Eko ‘evaṃ maṃ dhammakathikoti maṃ jānissantī’ti icchāya ṭhatvā lābhagaruko hutvā deseti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko attano paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ apaccāsīsamāno vimuttāyatanasīsena paresaṃ deseti, idaṃ ‘desanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
有人闻法时心想“众人将知我是具信者”而听闻,这并非大果报。有人心想“如此我将得大果报”,以慈心遍满的柔软心而听法,这才名为“听闻所成之福行事”。显示巴利原文
Eko suṇanto ‘iti maṃ saddhoti jānissantī’ti suṇāti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko ‘evaṃ me mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’ti hitapharaṇena muducittena dhammaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ ‘savanamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma.
使见解正直,即名为“见正直行之福行事”。而长部诵者则说:“见正直行是一切福行的决定性特征,因为无论造作何种福德,唯有依见解正直,方得大果报。”显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karontassa ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma. Dīghabhāṇakā panāhu – ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇaṃ, yaṃkiñci puññaṃ karontassa hi diṭṭhiyā ujukabhāveneva mahapphalaṃ hotī’ti.
在这些福行事中,先说布施所成:当思惟‘我将布施’时生起,正行布施时生起,省察‘我已布施’时亦生起。如此将前思、脱思与后思这三种思合而为一,便称为‘布施所成之福行事’。持戒所成亦复如此:思惟‘我将圆满戒’时生起,正圆满戒时生起,省察‘我已圆满戒’时生起。将此一切合而为一,便称为‘持戒所成之福行事’……见正直行亦是如此:思惟‘我将使见正直’时生起,正使见正直时生起,省察‘我已使见正直’时生起。将此一切合而为一,便称为‘见正直行之福行事’。显示巴利原文
Etesu pana puññakiriyavatthūsu dānamayaṃ tāva ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, dānaṃ dadato uppajjati, ‘dinnaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Evaṃ pubbacetanaṃ muñcanacetanaṃ aparacetananti tissopi cetanā ekato katvā ‘dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti. Sīlamayampi ‘sīlaṃ pūressāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, sīlapūraṇakāle uppajjati, ‘pūritaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Tā sabbāpi ekato katvā ‘sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti…pe… diṭṭhijukammampi ‘diṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentassa uppajjati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karontassa uppajjati, ‘diṭṭhi me ujukā katā’ti paccavekkhantassa uppajjati. Tā sabbāpi ekato katvā ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ puññakiriyavatthu’ nāma hoti.
然而在经中,只提到了三种福行事。应知其余诸行亦摄于其中。恭敬与承事可归入持戒所成;回向与随喜可归入布施所成;说法、听法及见正直行可归入修习所成。至于那些主张‘见正直行是一切行决定特征’的人,其见正直行则同时摄于三种之中。如此,这些福行事略说为三,广说明为十。显示巴利原文
Sutte pana tīṇiyeva puññakiriyavatthūni āgatāni. Tesu itaresampi saṅgaho veditabbo. Apacitiveyyāvaccāni hi sīlamaye saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Pattānuppadānaabbhanumodanāni dānamaye. Desanāsavanadiṭṭhijukammāni bhāvanāmaye. Ye pana ‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇa’nti vadanti tesaṃ taṃ tīsupi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Evametāni saṅkhepato tīṇi hutvā vitthārato dasa honti.
其中,当思惟‘我将布施’时,是以八种欲界善心中的某一种而思惟;正行布施时,亦是以其中某一种而行;省察‘我已布施’时,亦是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟‘我将圆满戒’时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正圆满戒时,亦是以其中某一种而圆满;省察‘我已圆满戒’时,亦是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟‘我将修习’时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正修习时,亦是以其中某一种而修习;省察‘我已修习’时,亦是以其中某一种而省察。显示巴利原文
Tesu ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cintento aṭṭhannaṃ kāmāvacarakusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva cinteti; dadamānopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena deti; ‘dānaṃ me dinna’nti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Sīlaṃ pūressāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; sīlaṃ pūrentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena pūreti, ‘sīlaṃ me pūrita’nti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Bhāvanaṃ bhāvessāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; bhāventopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena bhāveti; ‘bhāvanā me bhāvitā’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati.
当思惟“我将作敬长行”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正在作时,是以其中某一种而作;省察“我已作”时,是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将作身承事行”、正在作时、省察“我已作”时,同样是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将回向”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正在回向时,是以其中某一种而回向;省察“我已回向”时,是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将随喜回向或其余善”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正在随喜时,是以其中某一种而随喜;省察“我已随喜”时,是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将说法”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正在说法时,是以其中某一种而说法;省察“我已说法”时,是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将听法”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;正在听时,是以其中某一种而听;省察“我已听”时,是以其中某一种而省察。当思惟“我将令见正直”时,是以其中某一种而思惟;然而正在令见正直时,是以四种智相应心中的某一种而作;省察“我已令见正直”时,是以八种中的某一种而省察。显示巴利原文
‘Jeṭṭhāpacitikammaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, karontopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena karoti, ‘kataṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Kāyaveyyāvaṭikakammaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi, karontopi, ‘kataṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Pattiṃ dassāmī’ti cintentopi, dadantopi, ‘dinnaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi, ‘pattiṃ vā sesakusalaṃ vā anumodissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti; anumodantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena anumodati, ‘anumoditaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Dhammaṃ desessāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, desentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena deseti, ‘desito me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Dhammaṃ sossāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, suṇantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena suṇāti, ‘suto me’ti paccavekkhantopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena paccavekkhati. ‘Diṭṭhiṃ ujukaṃ karissāmī’ti cintentopi tesaṃyeva aññatarena cinteti, ujuṃ karonto pana catunnaṃ ñāṇasampayuttānaṃ aññatarena karoti, ‘diṭṭhi me ujukā katā’ti paccavekkhanto aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena paccavekkhati.
在这里,有四种被称为无量的。四种无量即是:虚空无量、轮围无量、众生界无量、佛智无量。虚空在东方,或西、北、南方,并没有“有若干百由旬、若干千由旬”的限量。即使将须弥山那样大的铁块,把大地劈开两半向下投掷,它也只是不断坠落,找不到立足之处。因此,虚空称为无量。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne cattāri anantāni nāma gahitāni. Cattāri hi anantāni – ākāso ananto, cakkavāḷāni anantāni, sattanikāyo ananto, buddhaññāṇaṃ anantaṃ. Ākāsassa hi puratthimāya disāya vā pacchimuttaradakkhiṇāsu vā ettakāni vā yojanasatāni ettakāni vā yojanasahassānīti paricchedo natthi. Sinerumattampi ayokūṭaṃ pathaviṃ dvidhā katvā heṭṭhā khittaṃ bhassetheva, no patiṭṭhaṃ labhetha, evaṃ ākāsaṃ anantaṃ nāma.
轮围同样没有以百或千来计量的限量。即使有四位大梵天,生于阿迦尼吒天,拥有如强力射手以轻箭横越棕榈树影之刹那即能超越十万轮围的速度,他们心想“我们要见到轮围的边际”,便以此速度飞驰,却也会在尚未见到轮围边际之前便般涅槃。如此,轮围称为无量。显示巴利原文
Cakkavāḷānampi satehi vā sahassehi vā paricchedo natthi. Sacepi hi akaniṭṭhabhavane nibbattā, daḷhathāmadhanuggahassa lahukena sarena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atikkamanamattena kālena cakkavāḷasatasahassaṃ atikkamanasamatthena javena samannāgatā cattāro mahābrahmāno ‘cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ passissāmā’ti tena javena dhāveyyuṃ, cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ adisvāva parinibbāyeyyuṃ, evaṃ cakkavāḷāni anantāni nāma.
然而,在如此众多的轮围界中,依水而住、依陆而住的众生数量不可限量。如此,众生界名为无量。佛智则更为无量。显示巴利原文
Ettakesu pana cakkavāḷesu udakaṭṭhakathalaṭṭhakasattānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Evaṃ sattanikāyo ananto nāma. Tatopi buddhañāṇaṃ anantameva.
如此,在无量的轮围世界中,无量的众生会生起众多的欲界喜俱、智相应、无行的善心。众多众生亦生起众多善心。所有这些善心,以欲界的意义、喜俱的意义、智相应的意义与无行的意义,而归于同一。这便是同一的喜俱、三因、无行大心。同样地,有行大心也是如此……如是乃至舍俱、智不相应、二因、有行之心,皆是如此。就这样,正自觉者将无量轮围世界中无量众生生起的这一切欲界善心,放在一切知智的大秤上称量、决断,以‘它们唯是此八种’的同类义,将其划分为八种而开示。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ kāmāvacarasomanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittāni ekassa bahūni uppajjanti. Bahūnampi bahūni uppajjanti. Tāni sabbānipi kāmāvacaraṭṭhena somanassasahagataṭṭhena ñāṇasampayuttaṭṭhena asaṅkhārikaṭṭhena ekattaṃ gacchanti. Ekameva somanassasahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ hoti. Tathā sasaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittaṃ…pe… tathā upekkhāsahagataṃ ñāṇavippayuttaṃ dvihetukaṃ sasaṅkhārikacittanti. Evaṃ sabbānipi aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uppajjamānāni kāmāvacarakusalacittāni sammāsambuddho mahātulāya tulayamāno viya, tumbe pakkhipitvā minamāno viya, sabbaññutaññāṇena paricchinditvā ‘aṭṭhevetānī’ti sarikkhaṭṭhena aṭṭheva koṭṭhāse katvā dassesi.
再者,此处以六种方式统括了所谓的‘福德积聚’。因为,福德有自己所作,有令他人所作;有亲手所作,有指使所作;有明晰了知而作,有未明晰了知而作。显示巴利原文
Puna imasmiṃ ṭhāne chabbidhena puññāyūhanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Puññañhi atthi sayaṃkāraṃ atthi paraṃkāraṃ, atthi sāhatthikaṃ atthi āṇattikaṃ, atthi sampajānakataṃ atthi asampajānakatanti.
其中,依自性而作,名为‘自作’。见他人作而效之,名为‘他作’。亲手而作,名为‘亲手作’。命他人作成,名为‘令作’。深信业与果报而作,名为‘知而作’。不知业与果报而作,名为‘不知而作’。在这些当中,自作也是以此八种善心之一而作。他作、亲手作、令作,也是以此八种善心之一而作。然而,知而作是以四种智相应心而作。不知而作是以四种智不相应心而作。显示巴利原文
Tattha attano dhammatāya kataṃ ‘sayaṃkāraṃ’ nāma. Paraṃ karontaṃ disvā kataṃ ‘paraṃkāraṃ’ nāma. Sahatthena kataṃ ‘sāhatthikaṃ’ nāma. Āṇāpetvā kāritaṃ ‘āṇattikaṃ’ nāma. Kammañca phalañca saddahitvā kataṃ ‘sampajānakataṃ’ nāma. Kammampi phalampi ajānitvā kataṃ ‘asampajānakataṃ’ nāma. Tesu sayaṃkāraṃ karontopi imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva karoti. Paraṃkāraṃ karontopi, sahatthena karontopi, āṇāpetvā karontopi imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kusalacittānaṃ aññatareneva karoti. Sampajānakaraṇaṃ pana catūhi ñāṇasampayuttehi hoti. Asampajānakaraṇaṃ catūhi ñāṇavippayuttehi.
此外,在此处还含摄了四种施的清净:资具的如法性、思心所广大、福田圆满、功德殊胜。其中,以法、以正行所得的资具,名为‘如法’。以深信、净信而施者,则名为‘思心所广大’。漏尽者的体性,名为‘福田圆满’。漏尽者从灭尽定出定的状态,名为‘功德殊胜’。能总摄此四者而行布施者,其欲界善业即于现生中给予果报。如富楼那长者、迦迦瓦利耶、须摩那花鬘师等。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi imasmiṃ ṭhāne catasso dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyo gahitā – paccayānaṃ dhammikatā, cetanāmahattaṃ, vatthusampatti, guṇātirekatāti. Tattha dhammena samena uppannā paccayā ‘dhammikā’ nāma. Saddahitvā okappetvā dadato pana ‘cetanāmahattaṃ’ nāma hoti. Khīṇāsavabhāvo ‘vatthusampatti’ nāma. Khīṇāsavasseva nirodhā vuṭṭhitabhāvo ‘guṇātirekatā’ nāma. Imāni cattāri samodhānetvā dātuṃ sakkontassa kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ deti. Puṇṇakaseṭṭhikākavaliyasumanamālākārādīnaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.225 puṇṇadāsīvatthu) (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.67 sumanamālākāravatthu) viya.
简而言之,将这一切欲界善心统称为‘心’,依心之种种差别义,则唯是一种。就受而言,有喜俱与舍俱二种。就智分别之说而言,有四种。因为喜俱智相应无行大心与舍俱智相应无行大心,在智相应之义与无行之义上,实为同一。同样,智相应有行、智不相应无行、智不相应有行也是如此。如此,依智分别之说,虽有四种,但按无行与有行之差别,则有四种无行、四种有行,共为八种善心。世尊如实了知这些,作为一切知者、众中之首、最胜的牟尼,宣说、开示、施设、建立、阐明、分别、显了。显示巴利原文
Saṅkhepato panetaṃ sabbampi kāmāvacarakusalacittaṃ ‘citta’nti karitvā cittavicittaṭṭhena ekameva hoti. Vedanāvasena somanassasahagataṃ upekkhāsahagatanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Ñāṇavibhattidesanāvasena catubbidhaṃ hoti. Somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittañhi upekkhāsahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ mahācittañca ñāṇasampayuttaṭṭhena asaṅkhārikaṭṭhena ca ekameva hoti. Tathā ñāṇasampayuttaṃ sasaṅkhārikaṃ, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ, ñāṇavippayuttaṃ sasaṅkhārikañcāti. Evaṃ ñāṇavibhattidesanāvasena catubbidhe panetasmiṃ asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravibhattito cattāri asaṅkhārikāni cattāri sasaṅkhārikānīti aṭṭheva kusalacittāni honti. Tāni yāthāvato ñatvā bhagavā sabbaññū gaṇīvaro muniseṭṭho ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkarotīti.
色界善之解说显示巴利原文
Rūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
四分法之初禅显示巴利原文
Catukkanayo paṭhamajjhānaṃ
160 现在,为了开示色界善,而开始了“何等法为善”等的教导。其中,“为生于色界而修习道”:色,是指色有;生,是指产生、出生、再生;道,是指方法。此处的词义为:寻求、探寻、产生、成就彼生者,即是道。这是说:以何种道能令于色有中生起、产生、出生、再生,即修习彼道。然而,是否必定以此道而于色有中生起呢?并非必定。因为以“诸比丘,应修定,有定者能如实知见”(相应部)等所说的厌离分,也能超越色有。然而,除了此道之外,别无其他能生于色界的道,故说“为生于色界而修习道”。从义理上说,此道即是思心所,也是与思心所相应的诸法,也是这两者。因为“舍利弗,我知地狱,亦知趣向地狱之道”(中部)中,此处所说的思心所即名为道。显示巴利原文
160. Idāni rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetīti rūpaṃ vuccati rūpabhavo. Upapattīti nibbatti jāti sañjāti. Maggoti upāyo. Vacanattho panettha – taṃ upapattiṃ maggati gavesati janeti nipphādetīti maggo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yena maggena rūpabhave upapatti hoti nibbatti jāti sañjāti, taṃ maggaṃ bhāvetīti. Kiṃ panetena niyamato rūpabhave upapatti hotīti? Na hoti. ‘‘Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.5; 4.99; 5.1071; netti. 40; mi. pa. 2.1.15) evaṃ vuttena hi nibbedhabhāgiyena rūpabhavātikkamopi hoti. Rūpūpapattiyā pana ito añño maggo nāma natthi, tena vuttaṃ ‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’ti. Atthato cāyaṃ maggo nāma cetanāpi hoti, cetanāya sampayuttadhammāpi, tadubhayampi. ‘‘Nirayañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi nirayagāmiñca magga’’nti (ma. ni. 1.153) hi ettha cetanā maggo nāma.
‘‘Saddhā hiriyaṃ kusalañca dānaṃ, dhammā ete sappurisānuyātā; Etañhi maggaṃ diviyaṃ vadanti, etena hi gacchati devaloka’’nti. (a. ni. 8.32);
此处,与思心所相应的诸法称为道。在“诸比丘,这是道,这是行道”(《中部·行生经》等)等处,思心所及与思心所相应的诸法皆称为道。然而在此处,因说“禅那”一词,故是指与思心所相应者。又因禅那的思心所牵引结生,所以思心所及与思心所相应的诸法皆可适用。显示巴利原文
Ettha cetanāsampayuttadhammā maggo nāma. ‘‘Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo, ayaṃ paṭipadā’’ti saṅkhārupapattisuttādīsu (ma. ni. 3.161 ādayo) cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttadhammāpi maggo nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ‘jhāna’nti vacanato cetanāsampayuttā adhippetā. Yasmā pana jhānacetanā paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhati, tasmā cetanāpi cetanāsampayuttadhammāpi vaṭṭantiyeva.
“修习”意为产生、生起、增长。这是此处修习的含义。然而在其他地方,由于前缀不同,还有尊重、遍修、分别修等不同含义。其中,“优陀夷,在此,我的弟子们在增上戒上尊重我:‘沙门乔达摩是持戒者,具足最上的戒蕴’”(《中部·第二册·243》),这称为尊重,意为信受。“以戒遍修之定有大果、大利益,以定遍修之慧有大果、大利益,以慧遍修之心能完全从诸漏中解脱”(《长部·第二册·186》),这称为遍修,意为习练。“来吧,分别修色,分别修受……想……行……识”,这称为分别修,意为令其消失。又,“再者,优陀夷,我已为弟子们开示了行道,我的弟子们依此行道修习四念处”(《中部·第二册·247》),这是以产生、增长之义而称为修习。在此处,所指的正是这一含义。因此说:“‘修习’意为产生、生起、增长”。显示巴利原文
Bhāvetīti janeti uppādeti vaḍḍheti. Ayaṃ tāva idha bhāvanāya attho. Aññattha pana upasaggavasena sambhāvanā paribhāvanā vibhāvanāti evaṃ aññathāpi attho hoti. Tattha ‘‘idhudāyi mama sāvakā adhisīle sambhāventi – sīlavā samaṇo gotamo, paramena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato’’ti (ma. ni. 2.243) ayaṃ sambhāvanā nāma; okappanāti attho. ‘‘Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso, samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.186) ayaṃ paribhāvanā nāma; vāsanāti attho. ‘‘Iṅgha rūpaṃ vibhāvehi, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ vibhāvehī’’ti ayaṃ vibhāvanā nāma; antaradhāpanāti attho. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṃ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāventī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.247), ayaṃ pana uppādanavaḍḍhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā nāma. Imasmimpi ṭhāne ayameva adhippetā. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘bhāvetīti janeti uppādeti vaḍḍhetī’ti.
然而,为何在此处不如同解说欲界善法时那样以法为先导,而转为以人为先导进行教导呢?因为此禅那须依行道而成就。此禅那须由四种行道中的某一种来成就,它不像欲界善法那样,可以不依行道而生起。而行道,正是在有行道者时才得以存在。为了阐明这一道理,在以人为先导的教导中,便说道:“他修习通往色界转生的道路。”显示巴利原文
Kasmā panettha, yathā kāmāvacarakusalaniddese dhammapubbaṅgamā desanā katā tathā akatvā, puggalapubbaṅgamā katāti? Paṭipadāya sādhetabbato. Idañhi catūsu paṭipadāsu aññatarāya sādhetabbaṃ; na kāmāvacaraṃ viya vinā paṭipadāya uppajjati. Paṭipadā ca nāmesā paṭipannake sati hotīti etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ puggalapubbaṅgamaṃ desanaṃ karonto ‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’ti āha.
“确实已离诸欲”的意思是:已从诸欲中离开、已无诸欲、已远离诸欲。然而,此处这个“确实”一词,应知是表示决定之义。正因为它表示决定,所以在证入初禅而安住时,即使诸欲并不存在,它也阐明诸欲是此初禅的对立面,以及此初禅唯有通过舍离诸欲才能证得。如何阐明呢?当以“确实已离诸欲”作出决断时,便可了知:难道不是当诸欲存在时,此初禅便不会生起,犹如黑暗存在时灯光便不会显现一般吗?而它的证得,唯有通过舍离诸欲,犹如唯有通过舍弃此岸才能到达彼岸一般。因此,它便作出了决定。显示巴利原文
Vivicceva kāmehīti kāmehi viviccitvā, vinā hutvā, apakkamitvā. Yo panāyamettha ‘eva’-kāro so niyamatthoti veditabbo. Yasmā ca niyamattho, tasmā tasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānampi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamajjhānassa paṭipakkhabhāvaṃ, kāmapariccāgeneva cassa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. Kathaṃ? ‘Vivicceva kāmehī’ti evañhi niyame kariyamāne idaṃ paññāyati – nūnimassa kāmā paṭipakkhabhūtā yesu sati idaṃ na pavattati, andhakāre sati padīpobhāso viya? Tesaṃ pariccāgeneva cassa adhigamo hoti orimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva. Tasmā niyamaṃ karotīti.
在此,可能会产生这样的疑问:“为何这个‘确实’只在前句中被说出,而不在后句呢?难道未离不善法也能证入禅那而安住吗?”然而,不应如此看待。正因为此禅那是诸欲的出离,所以这个“确实”才在前句中被说出。因为此禅那超越欲界,是欲贪的对立面,故它正是诸欲的出离。正如所说:“诸欲的出离,即是出离欲。”(《如是语》72;《长部·第三册·353》)然而,在后句中,也应如同“在此处,比丘们,有第一沙门,在此处有第二沙门”(《中部·第一册·139》;《增支部·第四册·241》)那样,将“确实”一词引用过来使用。由于不可能在未离其余称为盖的不善法的情况下证入禅那而安住,因此应如此看待此“确实”一词在两句中的情况:“确实已离诸欲,确实已离不善法”。在两句中,虽然“已离”这一共通的说法包含了诸如彼分远离等、身远离等一切的远离,但在此处,应知只有三种:身远离、心远离、镇伏远离。显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā – ‘kasmā panesa pubbapadeyeva vutto, na uttarapade? Kiṃ akusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā’ti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Taṃnissaraṇato hi pubbapade esa vutto. Kāmadhātusamatikkamanato hi kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhamma’’nti (itivu. 72; dī. ni. 3.353). Uttarapadepi pana, yathā ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; a. ni. 4.241) ettha ‘eva’-kāro ānetvā vuccati, evaṃ vattabbo. Na hi sakkā ito aññehipi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusalehi dhammehi avivicca jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tasmā ‘vivicceva kāmehi vivicceva akusalehi dhammehī’ti evaṃ padadvayepi esa daṭṭhabbo. Padadvayepi ca kiñcāpi viviccāti iminā sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo kāyavivekādayo ca sabbepi vivekā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, tathāpi kāyaviveko cittaviveko vikkhambhanavivekoti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā.
而通过“诸欲”一词,应知它涵盖了在解说中依“什么是事欲?可爱的色……”等方式(《大义释》1)所说的“事欲”,以及在同一解说和《分别论》中依“欲求是欲,贪是欲,欲贪是欲;思惟是欲,贪是欲,思惟贪是欲;这些称为欲”(《大义释》1;《分别论》564)的方式所说的“烦恼欲”。因此,在“确实已离诸欲”中,自然也包含了“已从事欲离开”的含义,这是合理的。由此,身远离被说出。显示巴利原文
Kāmehīti iminā pana padena ye ca niddese ‘‘katame vatthukāmā? Manāpiyā rūpā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 1) nayena vatthukāmā vuttā, ye ca tattheva vibhaṅge ca ‘‘chando kāmo, rāgo kāmo, chandarāgo kāmo; saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo; ime vuccanti kāmā’’ti (mahāni. 1; vibha. 564) evaṃ kilesakāmā vuttā, te sabbepi saṅgahitāicceva daṭṭhabbā. Evañhi sati vivicceva kāmehīti vatthukāmehipi viviccevāti attho yujjati. Tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti.
“已离不善法”意为:已从烦恼欲或一切不善法离开,这是合理的。由此,心远离被说出。在此,应知:通过前一句说从事欲离开,便阐明了舍弃欲乐;通过后一句说从烦恼欲离开,便阐明了执取出离乐。如此,仅仅通过说从事欲和烦恼欲离开,便阐明了:以第一句舍弃杂染所依,以第二句断除杂染;以第一句舍离贪求之因,以第二句舍离愚痴之因;以第一句阐明加行清净,以第二句阐明意乐长养。这便是关于“诸欲”一词中所说诸欲中,事欲方面的理趣。显示巴利原文
Vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti kilesakāmehi sabbākusalehi vā viviccāti attho yujjati. Tena cittaviveko vutto hoti. Purimena cettha vatthukāmehi vivekavacanato eva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekavacanato nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti. Evaṃ vatthukāmakilesakāmavivekavacanatoyeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṃkilesavatthuppahānaṃ, dutiyena saṃkilesappahānaṃ; paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetupariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa; paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibhāvitaṃ hotīti ñātabbaṃ. Esa tāva nayo ‘kāmehī’ti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe.
而在烦恼欲方面,以“欲求、贪”等种种分类,所指的欲其实就是欲贪。它虽属于不善,但在《分别论》(《分别论》564)中,依“其中,什么是欲贪?欲……”等方式,由于它是禅那的对立面而被单独说出。或者,因为它是烦恼欲,所以在第一句中被说出;因为它属于不善,所以在第二句中被说出。又由于它有多种分类,所以不说“从欲”,而说“从诸欲”。而且,虽然其他法也存在于不善中,但在《分别论》中,依“其中,什么是不善法?欲贪……”等方式,为了显示它们是上等禅支的敌对、对立面,只说了诸盖。因为诸盖是禅支的敌对,它们正是禅支的对立面、破坏者、摧毁者,这是所说的意思。正如在《藏论》中所说:“定是欲贪的对立面,喜是瞋恚的对立面,寻是昏沉睡眠的对立面,乐是掉举恶作的对立面,伺是疑的对立面”。显示巴利原文
Kilesakāmapakkhe pana ‘chandoti ca rāgo’ti ca evamādīhi anekabhedo kāmacchandoyeva kāmoti adhippeto. So ca akusalapariyāpannopi samāno ‘‘tattha katamo kāmacchando kāmo’’tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge (vibha. 564) jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṃ vutto. Kilesakāmattā vā purimapade vutto, akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade. Anekabhedato cassa ‘kāmato’ti avatvā ‘kāmehī’ti vuttaṃ. Aññesampi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne ‘‘tattha katame akusalā dhammā? Kāmacchando’’tiādinā nayena vibhaṅge uparijhānaṅgapaccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇāneva vuttāni. Nīvaraṇāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni. Tesaṃ jhānaṅgāneva paṭipakkhāni, viddhaṃsakāni, vighātakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi ‘‘samādhi kāmacchandassa paṭipakkho, pīti byāpādassa, vitakko thinamiddhassa, sukhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā’’ti peṭake vuttaṃ.
因此,此处以“已离诸欲”一句,说明对欲贪的镇伏远离;以“已离不善法”一句,说明对五种盖的镇伏远离。然而,若以不取与取的方式分别,则第一句是对欲贪的,第二句是对其余诸盖的;同样,第一句是对三种不善根中,以五欲功德为差别所缘的贪的,第二句是对以瞋恚事等为差别所缘的瞋与痴的。又或者在暴流等法之中,第一句是对欲暴流、欲轭、欲漏、欲取、悭贪身系、欲贪结缚的,第二句是对其余暴流、轭、漏、取、身系、结缚的。并且,第一句是对渴爱及与之相应的诸法的,第二句是对无明及与之相应的诸法的。再者应知:第一句说明了对于与贪相应的八种心的镇伏远离,第二句说明了对于其余四种不善心的镇伏远离。这便是对“已离诸欲,已离不善法”一语的义理阐明。显示巴利原文
Evamettha ‘vivicceva kāmehī’ti iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hoti. ‘Vivicca akusalehi dhammehī’ti iminā pañcannampi nīvaraṇānaṃ. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana paṭhamena kāmacchandassa, dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ; tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañcakāmaguṇabhedavisayassa lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃ dosamohānaṃ. Oghādīsu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmoghakāmayogakāmāsavakāmupādānaabhijjhākāyaganthakāmarāgasaṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena avasesaoghayogāsavaupādānaganthasaṃyojanānaṃ. Paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃsampayuttakānañca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃsampayuttakānañca. Apica paṭhamena lobhasampayuttaaṭṭhacittuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva ‘vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehī’ti ettha atthappakāsanā.
至此,显示了初禅的断除支之后,为显示相应支,现在说“有寻有伺”等语。其中,依前文所述的特征等分别,因与安止相应而达到色界状态的寻与伺一同生起,犹如树与花及果共住。此禅那即名为“有寻有伺”。在《分别论》中,则以“以此寻及此伺,具足、完全具足”等方法,作了以补特伽罗为核心的教导。然而,其义趣在此处也应当同样理解。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca paṭhamassa jhānassa pahānaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ savitakkaṃ savicārantiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha heṭṭhā vuttalakkhaṇādivibhāgena appanāsampayogato rūpāvacarabhāvappattena vitakkena ceva vicārena ca saha vattati. Rukkho viya pupphena ca phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāranti vuccati. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samupeto’’tiādinā (vibha. 565) nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā. Attho pana tatrapi evameva daṭṭhabbo.
“离生”者——此处,“离”即远离,义为诸盖的离去。或者,“离”即已远离者,义为已远离诸盖的禅那相应法聚。因此,从远离而生,或于彼远离中而生,称为“离生”。“喜乐”者——此处,喜与乐前已阐明。其中,于所说五种喜中,那种成为安止定之根、增长而与定相应的遍满喜,即是此处所指的喜。此禅那具足此喜与此乐,或于此禅那中有此喜与此乐,故称此禅那为“喜乐”。或者,喜与乐合称为喜乐,如“法与律”等合称。此禅那具有离生之喜乐,或于此禅那中有离生之喜乐,因此也称为“离生喜乐”。正如禅那本身是离生的,此中喜乐亦是离生的,且为彼禅那所有。因此,以复合词说“离生喜乐”是恰当的。在《分别论》中,则以“此乐与此喜俱行”等方法而言。然而,其义趣在此处也应当同样理解。显示巴利原文
Vivekajanti – ettha vivitti viveko. Nīvaraṇavigamoti attho. Vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto jhānasampayuttadhammarāsīti attho. Tasmā vivekā, tasmiṃ vā viveke, jātanti vivekajaṃ. Pītisukhanti – ettha pītisukhāni heṭṭhā pakāsitāneva. Tesu pana vuttappakārāya pañcavidhāya pītiyā yā appanāsamādhissa mūlaṃ hutvā vaḍḍhamānā samādhisampayogaṃ gatā pharaṇāpīti – ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā pītīti. Ayañca pīti idañca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti idaṃ jhānaṃ pītisukhanti vuccati. Atha vā pīti ca sukhañca pītisukhaṃ, dhammavinayādayo viya. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhamassa jhānassa, asmiṃ vā jhāne, atthīti evampi vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ. Yatheva hi jhānaṃ evaṃ pītisukhampettha vivekajameva hoti. Tañcassa atthi. Tasmā ekapadeneva ‘vivekajaṃ pītisukha’nti vattuṃ yujjati. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagata’’ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ. Attho pana tatthāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo.
“初禅”——此处,依计数次第而言为“初”。因其最先生起,故为初;因其最先应入,故为初。然此并非一成不变的定相。已得自在的八等至获得者,既能从初入渐次达于顶端而入定,也能从顶入返至初始而入定,亦能以跳跃中间而入定。但以最先生起之义,故名为初禅。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamaṃjhānanti – ettha gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ uppannanti paṭhamaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ samāpajjitabbantipi paṭhamaṃ. Idaṃ pana na ekantalakkhaṇaṃ. Ciṇṇavasībhāvo hi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ādito paṭṭhāya matthakaṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti. Matthakato paṭṭhāya ādiṃ pāpentopi samāpajjituṃ sakkoti. Antarantarā okkamantopi sakkoti. Evaṃ pubbuppattiyaṭṭhena pana paṭhamaṃ nāma hoti.
“禅那”有两种:所缘审察禅那与相审察禅那。其中,八等至因审察地遍等所缘,故称为所缘审察禅那。而观、道、果则名为相审察禅那。其中,观因审察无常等相,故为相审察禅那;道则因观所作之业而成就,故为相审察禅那;果因审察灭谛的真实相,故为相审察禅那。在此处义趣中,指所缘审察禅那。因此应知:因审察所缘,或因烧尽敌对法,故称为禅那。显示巴利原文
Jhānanti duvidhaṃ jhānaṃ – ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aṭṭha samāpattiyo pathavikasiṇādiārammaṇaṃ upanijjhāyantīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti saṅkhyaṃ gatā. Vipassanāmaggaphalāni pana lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ nāma. Tattha vipassanā aniccādilakkhaṇassa upanijjhānato lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ. Vipassanāya katakiccassa maggena ijjhanato maggo lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ. Phalaṃ pana nirodhasaccaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ nāma. Tesu imasmiṃ atthe ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tasmā ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajjhāpanato vā jhānanti veditabbaṃ.
“具足”者,即已到达、已证得之义;或指已令具足、已令成就之义。在《分别论》中说:“‘具足’即初禅的获得、证得、达到、成就、触证、作证、具足。”于其义也应如是了知。“住”者,即成就与之相应的威仪而住——具足上述禅那之后,以行、住、护、续、持、游的方式安住。如《分别论》所说:“‘住’即行、住、护、续、持、游、安住,故名为‘住’。”显示巴利原文
Upasampajjāti upagantvā, pāpuṇitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Upasampādayitvā vā nipphādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘upasampajjāti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti phusanā sacchikiriyā upasampadā’’ti (vibha. 570) vuttaṃ. Tassāpi evamevattho daṭṭhabbo. Viharatīti tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena itivuttappakārajjhānasamaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyanaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ yāpanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ abhinipphādeti. Vuttañhetaṃ vibhaṅge – ‘‘viharatīti iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatī’’ti (vibha. 512, 571).
地遍:此处,整个地轮也因‘完整’之义而称为地遍。依此而获得的相,亦同此称。于地遍相中所获得的禅那,亦同此称。在此语境中,应知此处‘地遍’意即禅那。‘具足安住于称为地遍的禅那’——这是此处的简要含义。然而,在此地遍业处中,已作遍作之后,生起四禅与五禅,以禅那为近因而令观智增长,发愿证得阿罗汉的善男子应如何修习呢?首先,应清净四种戒:巴帝摩卡律仪、根律仪、活命遍净、资具依止戒;安住于极清净的戒之后,对于他在住所等十种障碍中存在的任何一种,都应予以断除;前往教授业处的善知识处;在依经而来的三十八种业处中,审察与自性行相应的业处;若此地遍适合他,便取此业处;舍弃不适合修习禅那的住处,安住于适合的住处;断除微细障碍;无有缺失地守护遍作相与似相、回避七种不适、受用七种适、善巧分别十种安止善巧等,具足一切修习方法,为证得禅那而精勤。这是此处的简要说明。详细内容,应依《清净道论》中所说的方法而了知。如此处,此后诸业处也应如此了知。因为一切业处的修习方法,皆已依注释书的方式全部收录于《清净道论》并详加解说,何必在此处处重复叙述呢?因此不再赘述。显示巴利原文
Pathavikasiṇanti ettha pathavimaṇḍalampi sakalaṭṭhena pathavikasiṇanti vuccati. Taṃ nissāya paṭiladdhaṃ nimittampi. Pathavikasiṇanimitte paṭiladdhajjhānampi. Tattha imasmiṃ atthe jhānaṃ pathavīkasiṇanti veditabbaṃ. Pathavikasiṇasaṅkhātaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ayañhettha saṅkhepattho. Imasmiṃ pana pathavikasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattukāmena kulaputtena kiṃ kattabbanti? Ādito tāva pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvaraājīvapārisuddhipaccayasannissitasaṅkhātāni cattāri sīlāni visodhetvā suparisuddhe sīle patiṭṭhitena, yvāssa āvāsādīsu dasasu palibodhesu palibodho atthi, taṃ upacchinditvā kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pāḷiyā āgatesu aṭṭhatiṃsāya kammaṭṭhānesu attano cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ upaparikkhantena sacassa idaṃ pathavikasiṇaṃ anukūlaṃ hoti, idameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā jhānabhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre viharantena khuddakapalibodhupacchedaṃ katvā kasiṇaparikammanimittānurakkhaṇasattaasappāyaparivajjanasattasappāyasevanadasavidhaappanākosallappabhedaṃ sabbaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ aparihāpentena jhānādhigamatthāya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.51 ādayo) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Sabbakammaṭṭhānānañhi bhāvanāvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathānayena gahetvā visuddhimagge vitthāritaṃ. Kiṃ tena tattha tattha puna vuttenāti na naṃ puna vitthārayāma. Pāḷiyā pana heṭṭhā anāgataṃ atthaṃ aparihāpentā nirantaraṃ anupadavaṇṇanameva karissāma.
‘于彼时’:即于具足安住于初禅之时。‘有触……有不动’:这些即是在欲界初善心中所说的五十六种法,依所说次第排列。唯一差别是:彼处诸法属欲界,而此处诸法因所依地之差别而属广大、色界。其余皆同。然而,在此处,‘或唯’所摄者,仅有欲等四种。部分说与空说,则与常例相同。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samayeti tasmiṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye. Phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hotīti ime kāmāvacarapaṭhamakusalacitte vuttappakārāya padapaṭipāṭiyā chapaṇṇāsa dhammā honti. Kevalañhi te kāmāvacarā, ime bhūmantaravasena mahaggatā rūpāvacarāti ayamettha viseso. Sesaṃ tādisameva. Yevāpanakā panettha chandādayo cattārova labbhanti. Koṭṭhāsavārasuññatavārā pākatikā evāti.
161-162 在第二禅的解释中:‘由寻与伺的止息’:即由于寻与伺这两种的止息、超越;意谓于第二禅之刹那,它们不再生起。于此,虽然第二禅中并非具有初禅的所有法——因为初禅中的触等是一类,此处的触等是另一类——但应知这是为了阐明:由于粗重支分的超越,而从初禅证得其余的第二禅等,故说‘由寻与伺的止息’。‘内’:此处指自身之内。在《分别论》中仅说:‘内,即各自’(vibha. 573)。因其意指自身内,故此处意思是:生于自身,于自相续中生起。显示巴利原文
161-162. Dutiyajjhānaniddese vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti vitakkassa ca vicārassa cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā, samatikkamā; dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha kiñcāpi dutiyajjhāne sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññeyeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo aññe idha, oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ajjhattanti idha – niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘ajjhattaṃ paccatta’’nti (vibha. 573) ettakameva vuttaṃ. Yasmā niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attani jātaṃ, attano santāne nibbattanti ayamettha attho.
‘净信’:净信是指信心。由于与净信相应,禅那也称为净信,如同由于与蓝色相应而称为蓝布。或者,因为那禅那具足净信,且以寻与伺的动荡止息而使心净信,因此也称为‘净信’。在此义释中,应知‘净信’与‘心的’如此连接。而在前一种义释中,‘心的’应与‘心一境性’连接。显示巴利原文
Sampasādananti sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā. Sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ, nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viya. Yasmā vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādanasamannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ca ceto sampasādayati, tasmāpi sampasādananti vuttaṃ. Imasmiñca atthavikappe ‘sampasādanaṃ cetaso’ti evaṃ padasambandho veditabbo. Purimasmiṃ pana atthavikappe ‘cetaso’ti etaṃ ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yojetabbaṃ.
此处义理的联接如下:“一”(eko)而“升起”(udeti),故为“一境”(ekodi),意为不被寻与伺所攀援,以最胜、最上而升起。世间亦呼最胜者为“一”。又或因无寻无伺,而为独一、无伴侣,也可这样说。或者,它令相应法升起,故为“升”(udi),即令生起。以最胜义为“一”,且是“升”,故为“一境”。这是定的同义词。如此修习、增长的此“一境”,即第二禅的“心一境性”。然而,此“一境”属于心,非属众生,非属命我,故称“心的一境性”。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā – eko udetīti ekodi, vitakkavicārehi anajjhāruḷhattā aggo seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho. Seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccati. Vitakkavicāravirahato vā eko asahāyo hutvātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Atha vā sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udi. Uṭṭhāpetīti attho. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udi cāti ekodi. Samādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti idaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ. So panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso, na sattassa, na jīvassa, tasmā etaṃ ‘cetaso ekodibhāva’nti vuttaṃ.
“初禅中难道也有此信心,也有此名为一境的定吗?既如此,为何只说第二禅为‘心的净信与心一境性’呢?”答复是:“因为初禅有寻与伺的动荡,犹如波浪扰动的湖水,并非极清净,所以纵然有信,也不说为‘净信’。正因为并非极清净,其中的定也不明显,故亦不称为‘心一境性’。然而在此第二禅中,由于没有寻与伺的障碍,信心获得了空间而变得强有力;由于得到强有力的信心为伴,定也变得明显。因此,应知唯有第二禅才如此说。”在《分别论》中仅说:“净信:即信、信受、安信、净信;心一境性:即心的安住……正定”。应知,此说与彼义释不仅不相违,反而完全相符、一致。显示巴利原文
‘Nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepi atthi, ayañca ekodināmako samādhi, atha kasmā idameva sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvañcāti vuttanti? Vuccate – ‘aduñhi paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkavicārakkhobhena vīcitaraṅgasamākulamiva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ hoti, tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya sampasādana’nti na vuttaṃ. Na suppasannattā eva cettha samādhipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo. Tasmā ekodibhāvantipi na vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakkavicārapalibodhābhāvena laddhokāsā balavatī saddhā, balavasaddhāsahāyapaṭilābheneva samādhipi pākaṭo. Tasmā idameva evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana ‘‘sampasādananti yā saddhā saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo; cetaso ekodibhāvanti yā cittassa ṭhiti…pe… sammāsamādhī’’ti (vibha. 574-575) ettakameva vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttena panetena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yathā na virujjhati aññadatthu saṃsandati ceva sameti ca, evaṃ veditabbā.
「无寻、无伺」:由修习而断除,此禅中已无寻,或寻已不存在,故为「无寻」;同理为「无伺」。《分别论》亦云:「如是,此寻与伺已寂静、止息、寂止、灭去、消逝、安止、寂灭、干涸、枯竭、灭尽,故称无寻、无伺。」显示巴利原文
Avitakkaṃ avicāranti bhāvanāya pahīnattā etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko natthīti avitakkaṃ. Imināva nayena avicāraṃ. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘iti ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā byappitā sositā visositā byantīkatā, tena vuccati avitakkaṃ avicāra’’nti.
于此,有人问:「难道不是以『寻与伺的止息』这句话,这个意义便已成立?为何又再说『称为无寻无伺』呢?」答:「确实如此,这个意义是成立的,但这句话并非在阐明那个意义。我们不是说过吗:『为了阐明通过超越极为粗重的禅支,从初禅之后获得第二禅等,故说寻与伺的止息』。」显示巴利原文
Etthāha – nanu ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti imināpi ayamattho siddho? Atha kasmā puna ‘vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāra’nti? Vuccate – evametaṃ, siddhovāyamattho, na panetaṃ tadatthadīpakaṃ. Nanu avocumha – ‘oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ samadhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vutta’nti.
再者,「寻与伺的止息」是为了阐明「净信」与「心一境性」的因。也就是说,第二禅的净信,源于寻与伺的止息,而非由于烦恼的混浊被去除;第二禅的心一境性,也源于寻与伺的止息,而非如近行定那样是由于断除五盖,也非如初禅那样是由于禅支的显现。同样,「寻与伺的止息」也是为了阐明「无寻无伺」状态的因。也就是说,第二禅的无寻无伺,是因寻与伺的止息,而非如第三、第四禅那样,也非如眼识等那样,因它们本来就不存在。而「无寻无伺」这句话,仅仅是在阐明寻与伺的不存在。因此,即使前面已经说过,后面仍然必须再说。显示巴利原文
Apica vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ sampasādanaṃ, na kilesakālusiyassa; vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ, na upacārajjhānamiva nīvaraṇappahānā; na paṭhamajjhānamiva ca aṅgapātubhāvāti evaṃ sampasādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ. Tathā vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, na tatiyacatutthajjhānāni viya, cakkhuviññāṇādīni viya ca, abhāvāti evaṃ avitakkaavicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañca, na vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ. Vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakameva pana avitakkaṃ avicāranti idaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvāpi puna vattabbamevāti.
“定所生”的意思是:从初禅定所生,或从与之相应的定所生。在此,初禅虽也从相应定所生,但唯有此第二禅的定才配称为“定”,因为它没有寻与伺的扰动,极为稳固且极为清净。因此,为了赞扬它,才说“定所生”。“喜与乐”如前所述。显示巴利原文
Samādhijanti paṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādhito vā jātanti attho. Tattha kiñcāpi paṭhamampi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ, atha kho ayameva samādhi ‘samādhī’ti vattabbataṃ arahati, vitakkavicārakkhobhavirahena ativiya acalattā suppasannattā ca. Tasmā imassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ idameva samādhijanti vuttaṃ. Pītisukhanti idaṃ vuttanayameva.
“第二”:依计数次第而为第二。此第二禅为所证入,故也是“第二”。在“有触……”等经句中,五支禅中省去了“寻”“伺”二词;五支道中省去了“正思惟”一词。应依据它们来了解带有变格与不带有变格的词句之抉择。在“分门”中也说:“有三支禅,有四支道。”其余与初禅相同。显示巴利原文
Dutiyanti gaṇanānupubbatā dutiyaṃ. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi dutiyaṃ. Tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotītiādīsu jhānapañcake vitakkavicārapadāni maggapañcake ca sammāsaṅkappapadaṃ parihīnaṃ. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikapadavinicchayo veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, caturaṅgiko maggo hotīti āgataṃ. Sesaṃ paṭhamajjhānasadisamevāti.
163 在第三禅的解释中,“由喜的离染”:所谓离染,是指对如前所述的喜的厌离或超越。两者之间的“ca”字为连接词,或连接“止息”,或连接“寻与伺的止息”。其中,若只连接“止息”,则应理解为:“由喜的离染,以及更进一步的止息”。于此解释中,离染是厌离之义,故应视为“由喜的厌离与止息”此义。若连接“寻与伺的止息”,则应理解为:“由喜的离染,以及更进一步的寻与伺的止息”。于此解释中,离染是超越之义,故应视为“由喜的超越与寻与伺的止息”此义。显示巴利原文
163. Tatiyajjhānaniddese pītiyā ca virāgāti virāgo nāma vuttappakārāya pītiyā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā. Ubhinnaṃ pana antarā ‘ca’-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. So vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti vitakkavicāravūpasamaṃ vā. Tattha yadā vūpasamameva sampiṇḍeti tadā pītiyā virāgā ca, kiñca bhiyyo ‘vūpasamā’ cāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāya virāgo jigucchanattho hoti. Tasmā pītiyā jigucchanā ca vūpasamā cāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Yadā pana vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamaṃ sampiṇḍeti tadā pītiyā ca virāgā kiñca bhiyyo ‘vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā’ti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāya virāgo samatikkamanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo.
虽然寻与伺在第二禅中就已经止息,但此处是为了阐明此第三禅之道并作赞叹而说。因为当说“寻与伺的止息”时,便会使人明白:“寻与伺的止息实为此禅之道吧?”正如在第三圣道中,对于尚未断除的身见等,说“断除五下分结”,这是一种赞叹,能令精进者生起勇猛;同样地,对于在此实际上已经止息的寻与伺,说“止息”也是一种赞叹。由此而说出了这个意义:“由喜的超越及寻与伺的止息”。显示巴利原文
Kāmañcete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāneyeva vūpasantā, imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati – nūna vitakkavicāravūpasamo maggo imassa jhānassāti? Yathā ca tatiye ariyamagge appahīnānampi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ ‘‘pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.132) evaṃ pahānaṃ vuccamānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tadadhigamāya ussukkānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ, evameva idha avūpasantānampi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti. Tenāyamattho vutto – ‘pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā’ti.
“住于舍”:在此,“舍”是指由出现而作观察。意思是:平等地观照,以不偏袒的方式而观照。由于具备了那种明净、广大且坚固的舍,第三禅具足者被称为“舍者”。显示巴利原文
Upekkhako ca viharatīti – ettha upapattito ikkhatīti upekkhā. Samaṃ passati, apakkhapatitā hutvā passatīti attho. Tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagatāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhakoti vuccati.
舍有十种:六支舍、梵住舍、觉支舍、精进舍、行舍、受舍、观舍、中舍性舍、禅舍、清净舍。显示巴利原文
Upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti – chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā vīriyupekkhā saṅkhārupekkhā vedanupekkhā vipassanupekkhā tatramajjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhupekkhāti.
其中,如‘诸比丘,于此,比丘以眼见色已,不喜不忧,住于舍,具念正知’(《增支部》5.1;《大义释》90;《小义释·弥多求问经释》18;《无碍解道》3.17)等所说,这是漏尽者于六门面对可意与不可意的六所缘时,不舍清净本性而现起的舍,名为‘六支舍’。显示巴利原文
Tattha yā ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti, na dummano, upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno’’ti (a. ni. 5.1; mahāni. 90; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 18; paṭi. ma. 3.17) evamāgatā khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvāvijahanākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘chaḷaṅgupekkhā’ nāma.
又如‘以与舍俱行之心遍满一方而住’(《长部》1.556;《中部》1.77)等所说,这是于有情生起中舍状态的舍,名为‘梵住舍’。显示巴利原文
Yā pana ‘‘upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.556; ma. ni. 1.77) evamāgatā sattesu majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘brahmavihārupekkhā’ nāma.
又如‘修习依远离的舍觉支’(《中部》1.27;3.247)等所说,这是于俱生诸法现起中舍状态的舍,名为‘觉支舍’。显示巴利原文
Yā ‘‘upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissita’’nti (ma. ni. 1.27; 3.247) evamāgatā sahajātadhammānaṃ majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘bojjhaṅgupekkhā’ nāma.
又如‘时时作意舍相’(《增支部》3.103)等所说,这种不过度精进、不过于懈怠的精进,名为‘精进舍’。显示巴利原文
Yā pana ‘‘kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasi karotī’’ti (a. ni. 3.103) evamāgatā anaccāraddhanātisithilavīriyasaṅkhātā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘vīriyupekkhā’ nāma.
又如‘几种行舍依止寂止而生起?几种行舍依止观而生起?八种行舍依止寂止而生起,十种行舍依止观而生起’(《无碍解道》1.57)等所说,这是在简择、安住、执取诸盖等时,现起中舍性的舍,名为‘行舍’。显示巴利原文
Yā ‘‘kati saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, kati saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti, dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.57) evamāgatā nīvaraṇādipaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanāgahaṇe majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘saṅkhārupekkhā’ nāma.
又,‘于其时,欲界善心生起,与舍俱’(《法集论》150)如是所说,这种称为不苦不乐的舍,即名为‘受舍’。显示巴利原文
Yā pana ‘‘yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti upekkhāsahagata’’nti (dha. sa. 150) evamāgatā adukkhamasukhasaṅkhātā upekkhā ayaṃ ‘vedanupekkhā’ nāma.
所谓“凡所有、所成,彼皆舍离,得具足舍”(《中部》3.71;《增支部》7.55)——如此,在简择中呈现中舍状态的舍,此名为“观舍”。显示巴利原文
Yā ‘‘yadatthi, yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ pajahati, upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.71; a. ni. 7.55) evamāgatā vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘vipassanupekkhā’ nāma.
至于在欲等应舍法中,对俱生法呈现平衡状态的舍,此名为“彼处中舍”。显示巴利原文
Yā pana chandādīsu yevāpanakesu āgatā sahajātānaṃ samavāhitabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ, ‘tatramajjhattupekkhā’ nāma.
所谓“他住于舍”(《法集论》163;《长部》1.230)——如此,即使对最上乐也不生偏执的舍,此名为“禅舍”。显示巴利原文
Yā ‘‘upekkhako ca viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 163; dī. ni. 1.230) evamāgatā aggasukhepi tasmiṃ apakkhapātajananī upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘jhānupekkhā’ nāma.
所谓“舍念清净,第四禅”者,即一切敌对法悉皆清净,在敌对法止息中现起无瞋之舍,此名为“清净舍”。显示巴利原文
Yā ‘‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhāna’’nti evamāgatā sabbapaccanīkaparisuddhā paccanīkavūpasamanepi abyāpārabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ ‘pārisuddhupekkhā’ nāma.
此中,六支舍、梵住舍、觉支舍、彼处中舍、禅舍与清净舍,就义理而言实为同一,即是彼处中舍。然而,由于种种分位差别而有这些区分。正如同一有情,依童子、青年、长老、将军、国王等分位而有差别。因此应知:在它们之中,凡具六支舍之处,未必即具觉支舍等;凡具觉支舍之处,未必即具六支舍等。显示巴利原文
Tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā ca brahmavihārupekkhā ca bojjhaṅgupekkhā ca tatramajjhattupekkhā ca jhānupekkhā ca pārisuddhupekkhā ca atthato ekā tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti. Tena tena avatthābhedena panassā ayaṃ bhedo . Ekassāpi sato sattassa kumārayuvathera senāpatirājādivasena bhedo viya. Tasmā tāsu yattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā na tattha bojjhaṅgupekkhādayo, yattha vā pana bojjhaṅgupekkhā na tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhādayo hontīti veditabbā.
正如以上诸舍从义理上归于一,行舍与观舍也是如此。这实即是慧,依作用而分为二。犹如有人,在傍晚时分,手持羊足杖入屋寻蛇,见蛇卧于谷壳堆中,便观察“这是不是蛇?”,见到三吉祥相而无疑惑,在“是蛇、非蛇”的简择中,中舍现起;同样地,已着手修观者,以观智照见三共相,在对于诸行无常等的简择中,中舍现起,这就是“观舍”。又如那人以羊足杖紧捉住蛇,唯思惟“我如何能不伤此蛇、亦不被蛇咬而放了它?”这一放舍的方法,在捉持中,中舍现起;同样地,因已照见三共相,观三界犹如火燃,在对于诸行的执取中,中舍现起,这就是“行舍”。如是,当观舍成就时,行舍亦得成就。这慧就依简择时现起中舍和执取时现起中舍的作用而分为二。至于精进舍与受舍,彼此之间及与其余诸舍,就义理而言,实为不同。显示巴利原文
Yathā cetāsaṃ atthato ekībhāvo, evaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāvipassanupekkhānampi. Paññā eva hi esā kiccavasena dvidhā bhinnā. Yathā hi purisassa sāyaṃ gehaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ sappaṃ ajapadadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pariyesamānassa taṃ thusakoṭṭhake nipannaṃ disvā ‘sappo nu kho no’ti avalokentassa sovatthikattayaṃ disvā nibbematikassa ‘sappo, na sappo’ti vicinane majjhattatā hoti; evameva yā āraddhavipassakassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ aniccabhāvādivicinane majjhattatā uppajjati, ayaṃ ‘vipassanupekkhā’. Yathā pana tassa purisassa ajapadadaṇḍakena gāḷhaṃ sappaṃ gahetvā ‘kintāhaṃ imaṃ sappaṃ aviheṭhento attānañca iminā aḍaṃsāpento muñceyya’nti muñcanākārameva pariyesato gahaṇe majjhattatā hoti; evameva yā lakkhaṇattayassa diṭṭhattā, āditte viya tayo bhave passato, saṅkhāraggahaṇe majjhattatā, ayaṃ ‘saṅkhārupekkhā’. Iti vipassanupekkhāya siddhāya saṅkhārupekkhāpi siddhāva hoti. Iminā panesā vicinanaggahaṇesu majjhattasaṅkhātena kiccena dvidhā bhinnāti. Viriyupekkhā pana vedanupekkhā ca aññamaññañca avasesāhi ca atthato bhinnāyevāti.
于此十种舍中,此处意指“禅舍”。它以中舍为相,以不作意为作用,以无功用为现起,以喜离为立足处。于此有问:此禅舍,就义理而言,岂非即是彼处中舍?而彼处中舍亦存在于初禅与第二禅中,是故于彼处亦应说“他住于舍”。为何于彼处不说?因作用不明显故。于彼处,其作用被寻等所制伏而不明显。而于此第三禅中,因不被寻、伺、喜所制伏,犹如昂首而行,作用明显,故说之。显示巴利原文
Imāsu dasasu upekkhāsu ‘jhānupekkhā’ idha adhippetā. Sā majjhattalakkhaṇā anābhogarasā abyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā pītivirāgapadaṭṭhānāti. Etthāha – nanu cāyaṃ atthato tatramajjhattupekkhāva hoti? Sā ca paṭhamadutiyajjhānesupi atthi, tasmā tatrāpi ‘upekkhako ca viharatī’ti evamayaṃ vattabbā siyā. Sā kasmā na vuttāti? Aparibyattakiccato. Aparibyattañhi tassā tattha kiccaṃ, vitakkādīhi abhibhūtattā. Idha panāyaṃ vitakkavicārapītīhi anabhibhūtattā ukkhittasirā viya hutvā paribyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttāti.
今就“具念与正知”而言:于此,“念”即能忆念,“正知”即能正知。如是,依补特伽罗而说念与正知。其中,念以忆念为相,以不忘失为作用,以守护为现起。正知以无痴为相,以推度为作用,以简择为现起。显示巴利原文
Idāni sato ca sampajānoti ettha saratīti sato. Sampajānātīti sampajāno. Iti puggalena sati ca sampajaññañca vuttaṃ. Tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati, asammussanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā. Asammohalakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ, tīraṇarasaṃ, pavicayapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ.
于此,虽此念与正知亦存在于前诸禅中——因失念者、无正知者,即使近行定亦不能成就,何况安止定——然而,由于彼诸禅粗显,心之趣向容易,犹如人行于平地,念与正知的作用便不明显。而此第四禅,因舍断粗显支而变得微细,心之趣向唯由念与正知的作用所摄持,犹如人行于刀刃,故唯于此说之。再者,譬如惯随母牛之犊,若离母牛而不加守护,则复趣向母牛;如是,此第三禅乐虽已离喜,若不加以念与正知之守护,则复趣向喜,或成与喜相应。又,有情于乐生著,而此乐极其甜美,因自此以上更无乐故。然依念与正知之力,于此乐中能得不生染著,非依其他。为显此义殊胜,故唯于此说之,应如是知。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāpi idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesupi atthi – muṭṭhassatissa hi asampajānassa upacāramattampi na sampajjati, pageva appanā – oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ, bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa, cittassa gati sukhā hoti, abyattaṃ tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgappahānena pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa, purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya, satisampajaññakiccapariggahitā eva cittassa gati icchitabbāti idheva vuttaṃ. Kiñca bhiyyo? Yathā dhenupago vaccho dhenuto apanīto arakkhiyamāno punadeva dhenuṃ upagacchati, evamidaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītampi satisampajaññārakkhena arakkhiyamānaṃ punadeva pītiṃ upagaccheyya, pītisampayuttameva siyā. Sukhe vāpi sattā sārajjanti, idañca atimadhuraṃ sukhaṃ, tato paraṃ sukhābhāvā. Satisampajaññānubhāvena panettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti, no aññathāti imampi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idamidheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
现在解释“以身感受乐”:此处,虽然证得第三禅者并没有领受乐的作意,但因为他有与名身相应的乐,而由这乐产生的极其殊妙色法遍满他的色身;由于色身被如此遍触,即便出定之后也能感受乐。为说明此义,所以说“以身感受乐”。显示巴利原文
Idāni sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetīti ettha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāyasampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhānenassa yasmā atipaṇītena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭo, yassa phuṭattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento ‘sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī’ti āha.
现在,关于“诸圣者所称说的‘具舍、具念、住于乐者’”,此处意趣为:诸佛等圣者因该禅那、以此禅那为因,对那位证得第三禅的人,称说、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明、说明——也就是赞叹他。如何赞叹呢?赞叹他为“具舍、具念、住于乐者”,即他成就并安住于这第三禅。应知此处应当这样连贯起来理解。显示巴利原文
Idāni yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti ettha yaṃjhānahetu yaṃjhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgīpuggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ‘‘ācikkhanti desenti paññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti pakāse’’nti pasaṃsantīti adhippāyo – kinti? ‘Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti – taṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti evamettha yojanā veditabbā.
然而,为何他们这样赞叹他呢?因为他值得赞叹。此人在第三禅中,即使面对极其甜美、已达极致的乐,也仍是具舍者,不会因贪著乐而被牵引;而且正如喜不会生起那样,他的念已安住,故为具念者;又因为他以名身领受的,纯粹是圣者所喜爱、圣者所修习的无染之乐,所以值得赞叹。因此,应知诸圣者正是这样开示这些成为赞叹之因的功德,而赞叹他为“具舍、具念、住于乐者”。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana taṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti? Pasaṃsārahato. Ayañhi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramippattepi tatiyajjhāne upekkhako, na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhīyati, ‘yathā ca pīti na uppajjati’ evaṃ upaṭṭhitasatitāya satimā, yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitameva asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti tasmā pasaṃsāraho; iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te evaṃ pasaṃsāhetubhūte guṇe pakāsentā ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti evaṃ pasaṃsantīti veditabbaṃ.
“第三”者,依计数次第,此为第三;因证入此第三禅,故亦名“第三”。在“彼时有触”等经文中,于五禅支中,喜支已消失。依此,亦应了知其中带变格与不带变格词句的辨析。在“部分论”中亦说“有二支之禅那”。其余则与第二禅相似。显示巴利原文
Tatiyanti gaṇanānupubbatā tatiyaṃ. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi tatiyaṃ. Tasmiṃ samaye phasso hotītiādīsu jhānapañcake pītipadampi parihīnaṃ. Tassāpi vasena savibhattikāvibhattikapadavinicchayo veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hotīti āgataṃ. Sesaṃ dutiyajjhānasadisamevāti.
第四禅那显示巴利原文
Catutthajjhānaṃ
165 165. 在第四禅的解释中,“由舍断乐与由舍断苦”:即舍断身乐与身苦。“先前”:那确实是在先前,而非在第四禅之刹那。“喜与忧之灭没”:即心乐与心苦——此二者亦于先前灭没;即说为“舍断”。然这些感受于何时被舍断?即于诸禅的近行刹那。因为喜唯在第四禅的近行刹那被舍断;苦、忧、乐则在第一、第二、第三禅的近行刹那被舍断。如是,虽未依舍断次第而说,然在《根分别》中依根的列举次第而说,此处亦应了知乐、苦、喜、忧的舍断。显示巴利原文
165. Catutthajjhānaniddese sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānāti kāyikasukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa ca pahānā. Pubbevāti tañca kho pubbeva na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe. Somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cetasikasukhassa ca cetasikadukkhassa cāti imesampi dvinnaṃ pubbeva atthaṅgamā; pahānā icceva vuttaṃ hoti. Kadā pana nesaṃ pahānaṃ hoti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Somanassañhi catutthajjhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyati. Dukkhadomanassasukhāni paṭhamadutiyatatiyajjhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu. Evametesaṃ pahānakkamena avuttānaṃ indriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ uddesakkameneva idhāpi vuttānaṃ sukhadukkhasomanassadomanassānaṃ pahānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,若这些感受唯于各禅的近行刹那被舍断,则何以在诸禅中直接说“无余灭尽”呢?如云:“于何处,已生之苦根无余灭尽?诸比丘,此处,比丘离诸欲……具足初禅而住,于此,已生之苦根无余灭尽。于何处,已生之忧根……乐根……喜根无余灭尽?诸比丘,此处,比丘由舍断乐故……具足第四禅而住,于此,已生之喜根无余灭尽。”(《相应部》5.510)答曰:彼处有殊胜灭尽故。因这些感受于初禅等中具有殊胜灭尽,非仅灭尽而已。仅灭尽者乃在近行刹那,而非殊胜灭尽。何以故?譬如于种种转向中,初禅近行时虽已灭尽苦根,然因蚊虻等所触或不平等坐具之逼迫,仍可能生起;但在安止中则绝不生起。或可说,于近行时灭尽之彼苦根,尚未完全灭尽,因未被其对立者所破坏故。然于安止中,由喜遍满故,全身为乐所浸润。于此为乐所浸润之身,苦根已完全灭尽,因被其对立者所破坏故。同样,于种种转向中,第二禅近行时已舍断之忧根,因若有寻伺为缘,则于身体疲劳及心受损害时生起;若无寻伺则不生。而彼生起之处,即有寻伺存在。在第二禅近行时,寻伺尚未被舍断,故忧根可能于彼处生起;但于第二禅中则绝不生起。显示巴利原文
Yadi panetāni tassa tassa jhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā ‘‘kattha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. Kattha cuppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ… sukhindriyaṃ… somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Etthuppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.510) evaṃ jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhattā. Atisayanirodho hi tesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu, na nirodhoyeva. Nirodhoyeva pana upacārakkhaṇe, nātisayanirodho. Tathā hi nānāvajjane paṭhamajjhānupacāre niruddhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṃsamakasādisamphassena vā, visamāsanupatāpena vā siyā uppatti, natveva antoappanāyaṃ. Upacāre vā niruddhampetaṃ na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti, paṭipakkhena avihatattā. Antoappanāyaṃ pana pītipharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukhokkanto hoti. Sukhokkantakāyassa ca suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti dukkhindriyaṃ, paṭipakkhena vihatattā. Nānāvajjaneyeva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre pahīnassa domanassindriyassa yasmā etaṃ vitakkavicārapaccayepi kāyakilamathe cittupaghāte ca sati uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve neva uppajjati; yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārabhāve; appahīnā eva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre vitakkavicārāti tatthassa siyā uppatti, natveva dutiyajjhāne, pahīnapaccayattā. Tathā tatiyajjhānupacāre pahīnassāpi sukhindriyassa pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpaphuṭakāyassa siyā uppatti, natveva tatiyajjhāne. Tatiyajjhāne hi sukhassa paccayabhūtā pīti sabbaso niruddhāti. Tathā catutthajjhānupacāre pahīnassāpi somanassindriyassa āsannattā, appanāppattāya upekkhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca, siyā uppatti, natveva catutthajjhāne. Tasmā eva ca ‘etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’ti tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti.
此处,若有人问:“若如此,这些感受在各禅的近行时已被舍断,为何在此处汇集?”答:“为了把握乐。”因为此处所说的“不苦不乐”,即不苦不乐受,是微细的、难知的,不能轻易把握。因此,正如牧牛人为了捉住一头难以用任何方法接近与捉住的恶牛,会将所有牛汇集于一个牛栏,然后逐一放出,当按顺序来到时,便说:“就是这头,捉住它!”从而让人把它捉住;同样地,世尊为了把握乐,便汇集了所有这些感受。如此,在显示了这些被汇集的感受之后,就能让人把握:“这既非乐、非苦、非喜、非忧的,就是不苦不乐受。”显示巴利原文
Etthāha – ‘athevaṃ tassa tassa jhānassupacāre pahīnāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāhaṭā’ti? ‘Sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ’. Yā hi ayaṃ ‘adukkhamasukha’nti ettha adukkhamasukhā vedanā vuttā, sā sukhumā, dubbiññeyyā, na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ. Tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā upasaṅkamitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa goṇassa gahaṇatthaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbā gāvo samāharati, athekekaṃ nīharanto paṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ ‘ayaṃ so, gaṇhatha na’nti tampi gāhāpayati; evameva bhagavā sukhagahaṇatthaṃ sabbāpi etā samāharīti. Evañhi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā yaṃ neva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ, na somanassaṃ na domanassaṃ, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhāvedanāti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ.
再者,应知这些(乐与苦的舍断等)是为了显示不苦不乐心解脱的缘而说的。因为舍断乐与苦等,正是它的缘。正如所说:“贤友,有四种缘,能证入不苦不乐心解脱的等至。贤友,在此,比丘由舍断乐……乃至……具足第四禅而住。贤友,这些就是证入不苦不乐心解脱等至的四种缘。”或者,正如在其他地方,为了称赞第三道,而说那些其实已被舍断的有身见等“在那里被舍断”一样,应知这些(乐苦的舍断等)在此也是为了称赞此禅那而说的。又或者,应知说这些是为了通过摧毁其缘,来显示贪与嗔的极其远离。因为在此,乐是悦的缘,悦是贪的缘;苦是忧的缘,忧是嗔的缘。而由于摧破了乐等,贪与嗔便因其所缘而被摧毁,从而变得极其遥远。显示巴利原文
Apica adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā paccayadassanatthañcāpi etā vuttāti veditabbā. Sukhadukkhappahānādayo hi tassā paccayā. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro kho, āvuso, paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā. Idhāvuso bhikkhu, sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ime kho, āvuso, cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.458). Yathā vā aññattha pahīnāpi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ tattha pahīnāti vuttā, evaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthampetassa jhānassetā idha vuttāti veditabbā. Paccayaghātena vā ettha rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvaṃ dassetumpetā vuttāti veditabbā. Etāsu hi sukhaṃ somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa; dukkhaṃ domanassassa, domanassaṃ dosassa. Sukhādighātena ca sappaccayā rāgadosā hatāti atidūre hontīti.
“不苦不乐”:因无苦而称不苦,因无乐而称不乐。以此,它在此并非仅仅表示无苦无乐,而是显示与苦乐相违的第三种感受。所谓第三种感受,即是不苦不乐,也称为“舍”。应知它以领纳可意、不可意与非二者为相,中舍为味,不显明为现起,乐灭为足处。显示巴利原文
Adukkhamasukhanti dukkhābhāvena adukkhaṃ, sukhābhāvena asukhaṃ. Etenettha dukkhasukhappaṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tatiyavedanaṃ dīpeti, na dukkhasukhābhāvamattaṃ. Tatiyavedanā nāma adukkhamasukhā. Upekkhātipi vuccati. Sā iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā, majjhattarasā, avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā, sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
“舍念清净”:指由舍所生之念清净。于此禅那中,念极为清净,而此念之清净,乃由舍所成就,非由其他。因此,这便称为“舍念清净”。在《分别论》中亦说:“此念因这舍而变得明晰、清净、洁白,故称为舍念清净。”(分别论597)此处,令念得以清净的那个舍,从义理上应知即是“中舍性”。而且,于此不仅念是清净的,一切相应法亦皆清净,只是以念为首而作此说。显示巴利原文
Upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti upekkhāya janitasatipārisuddhiṃ. Imasmiñhi jhāne suparisuddhā sati. Yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi sā upekkhāya katā, na aññena. Tasmā etaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhīti vuccati. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ sati imāya upekkhāya visadā hoti parisuddhā pariyodātā, tena vuccati upekkhāsatipārisuddhī’’ti (vibha. 597). Yāya ca upekkhāya ettha sati pārisuddhi hoti sā atthato tatramajjhattatāti veditabbā. Na kevalañcettha tāya satiyeva parisuddhā apica kho sabbepi sampayuttadhammā. Satisīsena pana desanā vuttā.
于此,虽然此舍在下面的三个禅那中也存在,然而,如同白天的月牙虽存在,却被日光所压制,且未获得与自己同分的夜晚,或未得其助缘,因而不清净、不洁白;同样,这中舍性的月牙,在初禅等的禅那类别中虽也存在,却被寻等敌对法的光焰所压制,且未获得与自己同分的舍受之夜,因而不清净。当它不清净时,与之俱生的念等,也如同白天时不清净月牙的光辉一样,是不清净的。因此,在那些禅那中,没有一个可称为“舍念清净”。但在此第四禅中,由于没有寻等敌对法光焰的压制,且获得了与自己同分的舍受之夜,此中舍性的月牙便极为清净。由于它的清净,与之俱生的念等,也如同清净月牙的光辉一般,变得清净、洁白。因此,应知唯有此禅那才被称为“舍念清净”。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ upekkhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati – yathā pana divā sūriyappabhābhibhavā sommabhāvena ca attano upakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparisuddhā hoti apariyodātā – evamayampi tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavā sabhāgāya ca upekkhāvedanārattiyā appaṭilābhā vijjamānāpi paṭhamādijjhānabhedesu aparisuddhā hoti. Tassā ca aparisuddhāya divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo aparisuddhāva honti. Tasmā tesu ekampi ‘upekkhāsatipārisuddhī’ti na vuttaṃ. Idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavābhāvā sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanārattiyā paṭilābhā ayaṃ tatramajjhattupekkhācandalekhā ativiya parisuddhā. Tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo parisuddhā honti pariyodātā. Tasmā idameva upekkhāsatipārisuddhīti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“第四”:依计数的次第而为第四。此是第四禅的所入,故亦称为第四。在“有触”等句中,于触等五法之中,应知“受”即指舍受。而在禅那五法、根、八法之中,则如所说:“有舍,有舍根”(法集论165)。其余在第三禅中被舍断的支,在此也同样被舍断。在分门之中,应知此为二支禅,即仅依舍与心一境性。其余一切,皆与第三禅相似。显示巴利原文
Catutthanti gaṇanānupubbatā catutthaṃ. Idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatītipi catutthaṃ. Phasso hotītiādīsu phassapañcake tāva vedanāti upekkhāvedanā veditabbā. Jhānapañcakaindriyaaṭṭhakesu pana upekkhā hoti upekkhindriyaṃ hotīti (dha. sa. 165) vuttameva. Sesāni tatiye parihīnapadāni idhāpi parihīnāneva. Koṭṭhāsavārepi duvaṅgikaṃ jhānanti upekkhācittekaggatāvaseneva veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ tatiyasadisamevāti.
167 现在,“哪些法是善的?”这一五法门开始。为何如此?是随顺众生意乐与说法妙巧之故。据说,在聚集的天众中,有些天神觉得“寻”是粗显的,而“伺、喜、乐、心一境性”是寂静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师开示了有四支、无寻唯伺、名为第二禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“伺”是粗的,而“喜、乐、心一境性”是寂静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师开示了有三支、名为第三禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“喜”是粗的,而“乐、心一境性”是寂静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师开示了有二支、名为第四禅的禅那。有些天神觉得“乐”是粗的,而“舍、心一境性”是寂静的。为了随顺他们的意乐,导师开示了有二支、名为第五禅的禅那。这是就“众生意乐”而言。显示巴利原文
167. Idāni katame dhammā kusalāti pañcakanayo āraddho. Kasmāti ce, puggalajjhāsayavasena ceva desanāvilāsena ca. Sannisinnadevaparisāya kira ekaccānaṃ devānaṃ vitakko eva oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, vicārapītisukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena satthā caturaṅgikaṃ avitakkaṃ vicāramattaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ vicāro oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, pītisukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena tivaṅgikaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ pīti oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, sukhacittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena duvaṅgikaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ekaccānaṃ sukhaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāsi, upekkhācittekaggatā santato. Tesaṃ sappāyavasena duvaṅgikaṃ pañcamajjhānaṃ nāma bhājesi. Ayaṃ tāva ‘puggalajjhāsayo’.
然而,如来善巧通达法界,因而具备“说法妙巧”之功德——这正是如来所善巧通达的。因此,由于智慧广大,导师善巧于种种说法安排,具足说法妙巧,能随所得之支,如其所愿而引导说法。于是,他在这里开示了五支的初禅,开示了四支、无寻唯伺的第二禅,开示了三支的第三禅,开示了二支的第四禅,开示了同样二支的第五禅。这称为“说法妙巧”。显示巴利原文
Yassā pana dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā desanāvilāsappatto nāma hoti – sā tathāgatassa suṭṭhu paṭividdhā – tasmā ñāṇamahattatāya desanāvidhānesu kusalo desanāvilāsappatto satthā yaṃ yaṃ aṅgaṃ labbhati tassa tassa vasena yathā yathā icchati tathā tathā desanaṃ niyāmetīti so idha pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ bhājesi, caturaṅgikaṃ avitakkaṃ vicāramattaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ, bhājesi tivaṅgikaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ, bhājesi duvaṅgikaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ, duvaṅgikameva pañcamajjhānaṃ bhājesi. Ayaṃ ‘desanāvilāso’ nāma.
此外,世尊在契经中说:“比丘们,有三种定——有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。”(长部3.305)于此三定中,前面已分别开示了有寻有伺定和无寻无伺定,而未开示无寻唯伺定。为了开示此定,应了知这一五法门的开始。显示巴利原文
Apica ye bhagavatā ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, samādhī – savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.305) suttante tayo samādhī desitā, tesu heṭṭhā savitakkasavicāro samādhi avitakkaavicāro samādhi ca bhājetvā dassito, avitakkavicāramatto na dassito. Taṃ dassetumpi ayaṃ pañcakanayo āraddhoti veditabbo.
于此,在第二禅的解说中,在触等之中唯有寻被舍断;在分门别类中,有“四支禅成立,四支道成立”这一差别。其余一切皆与初禅相似。而四法门中的第二、第三、第四禅,于此则成为第三、第四、第五禅。为显示它们证得的次第,应知此理趣——显示巴利原文
Tattha dutiyajjhānaniddese phassādīsu vitakkamattaṃ parihāyati, koṭṭhāsavāre ‘‘caturaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti caturaṅgiko maggo hotī’’ti ayameva viseso. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamajjhānasadisameva. Yāni ca catukkanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthāni tāneva idha tatiyacatutthapañcamāni. Tesaṃ adhigamapaṭipāṭidīpanatthaṃ ayaṃ nayo veditabbo –
据说,有一位大臣之子从地方来到都城侍奉国王。他仅见国王一日,便因饮酒之祸而耗尽了一切财富。那一天,他喝得酩酊大醉,人们剥去他的衣裳,只用一块破旧粗布遮盖,将他从酒馆抬了出来。一位相士看见他躺在垃圾堆上睡觉,便断言:“此人未来将成为大众的依怙,应当照料他。”于是用泥水为他沐浴,给他穿上粗布衣,再用香水沐浴,以细软的亚麻布衣覆盖,扶他登上宫殿,供养美食,并吩咐侍从:“你们要这样服侍他。”之后便离去了。侍从们于是扶他上床。为阻止他再去酒馆,先由四人按住他的手脚,一人按摩他的脚,一人持扇扇风,一人坐着弹琴唱歌。显示巴利原文
Eko kira amaccaputto rājānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ janapadato nagaraṃ āgato. So ekadivasameva rājānaṃ disvā pānabyasanena sabbaṃ vibhavajātaṃ nāsesi. Taṃ ekadivasaṃ surāmadamattaṃ niccoḷaṃ katvā jiṇṇakaṭasārakamattena paṭicchādetvā pānāgārato nīhariṃsu. Tamenaṃ saṅkārakūṭe nipajjitvā niddāyantaṃ eko aṅgavijjāpāṭhako disvā ‘ayaṃ puriso mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, paṭijaggitabbo eso’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā mattikāya nhāpetvā thūlasāṭakayugaṃ nivāsāpetvā puna gandhodakena nhāpetvā sukhumena dukūlayugaḷena acchādetvā pāsādaṃ āropetvā subhojanaṃ bhojetvā ‘evaṃ naṃ paricāreyyāthā’ti paricārake paṭipādetvā pakkāmi. Atha naṃ te sayanaṃ āropesuṃ. Pānāgāragamanapaṭibāhanatthañca naṃ cattāro tāva janā catūsu hatthapādesu uppīḷetvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Eko pāde parimajji. Eko tālavaṇṭaṃ gahetvā bīji. Eko vīṇaṃ vādayamāno gāyanto nisīdi.
他上床休息后消除了疲劳,稍稍入睡后醒来,不堪忍受手脚被按压,便呵斥道:“谁在按压我的手脚?走开!”那些人一听此言便退开了。之后他又稍稍入睡后醒来,不堪忍受脚被按摩,说道:“谁在按摩我的脚?走开!”那人一听此言也退开了。他又稍稍入睡后醒来,不堪忍受扇子扇出的风如暴风雨般,说道:“这是谁?走开!”那人一听此言也退开了。他又稍稍入睡后醒来,不堪忍受歌声与乐声如刺痛耳朵一般,便呵斥弹琴者。那人一听此言也退开了。如此,随着次第消除了疲劳、按压、按摩、风吹、歌声乐声等过患,他安乐地睡醒,前往国王处。国王赐予他大权,他便成为了大众的依怙。显示巴利原文
So sayanupagamanena vigatakilamatho thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito hatthapādanippīḷanaṃ asahamāno ‘ko me hatthapāde uppīḷeti? Apagacchathā’ti tajjesi. Te ekavacaneneva apagacchiṃsu. Tato puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito pādaparimajjanaṃ asahamāno ‘ko me pāde parimajjati? Apagacchā’ti āha. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito vātavuṭṭhi viya tālavaṇṭavātaṃ asahanto ‘ko esa? Apagacchatū’ti āha. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Puna thokaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito kaṇṇasūlaṃ viya gītavāditasaddaṃ asahamāno vīṇāvādakaṃ tajjesi. Sopi ekavacaneneva apagacchi. Athevaṃ anukkamena pahīnakilamathuppīḷanaparimajjanavātappahāragītavāditasaddupaddavo sukhaṃ sayitvā vuṭṭhāya rañño santikaṃ agamāsi. Rājāpissa mahantaṃ issariyamadāsi. So mahājanassa avassayo jāto.
其中,那位因饮酒之祸而衰败的大臣之子,应被视同因种种祸患而衰败的在家善男子。那位相士,则如同如来。正如那人断定“此人将成为大众的依怙,值得照料”,如来也断定“此善男子将成为大众的依怙,值得出家”。显示巴利原文
Tattha pānabyasanena pārijuññappatto so amaccaputto viya anekabyasanapārijuññappatto gharāvāsagato kulaputto daṭṭhabbo. Aṅgavijjāpāṭhako puriso viya tathāgato. Tassa purisassa ‘ayaṃ mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, paṭijagganaṃ arahatī’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ viya tathāgatassa ‘ayaṃ mahājanassa avassayo bhavissati, pabbajjaṃ arahati kulaputto’ti sanniṭṭhānakaraṇaṃ.
正如那位大臣之子先用泥水沐浴,这位善男子获得出家也是如此。正如他穿上粗布衣,这位善男子穿上名为十学处的戒衣也是如此。正如他再用香水沐浴,这位善男子以巴帝摩卡律仪等戒香之水沐浴也是如此。正如他再覆以细软的亚麻布衣,这位善男子覆以如前所说的戒清净成就之亚麻布衣也是如此。显示巴利原文
Athassa amaccaputtassa mattikāmattena nhāpanaṃ viya kulaputtassāpi pabbajjāpaṭilābho. Athassa thūlasāṭakanivāsanaṃ viya imassāpi dasasikkhāpadasaṅkhātasīlavatthanivāsanaṃ. Puna tassa gandhodakanhāpanaṃ viya imassāpi pātimokkhasaṃvarādisīlagandhodakanhāpanaṃ. Puna tassa sukhumadukūlayugaḷacchādanaṃ viya imassāpi yathāvuttasīlavisuddhisampadāsaṅkhātadukūlacchādanaṃ.
正如那位覆以亚麻布衣者登上宫殿,这位覆以戒清净之亚麻布衣的善男子也登上了定修习之宫殿。正如他享用美食,这位善男子也享用定之资助——正念、正知等法味。显示巴利原文
Dukūlacchāditassa panassa pāsādāropanaṃ viya imassāpi sīlavisuddhidukūlacchāditassa samādhibhāvanāpāsādārohanaṃ. Tato tassa subhojanabhuñjanaṃ viya imassāpi samādhiupakārakasatisampajaññādidhammāmataparibhuñjanaṃ.
正如那位受用食物后,被侍从扶上床榻的人,此善男子被寻等扶上近行定也是如此。正如为阻止他去酒馆而有四人按压手脚,此善男子为阻止心朝向欲想,而有出离寻在所缘上按压其心也是如此。正如那位按摩脚的人,此善男子有伺在所缘上抚摩其心也是如此。正如那位打扇的人,此善男子有喜给予心清凉也是如此。显示巴利原文
Bhuttabhojanassa pana tassa paricārakehi sayanāropanaṃ viya imassāpi vitakkādīhi upacārajjhānāropanaṃ. Puna tassa pānāgāragamanapaṭibāhanatthaṃ hatthapāduppīḷanakapurisacatukkaṃ viya imassāpi kāmasaññābhimukhagamanapaṭibāhanatthaṃ ārammaṇe cittuppīḷanako nekkhammavitakko. Tassa pādaparimajjakapuriso viya imassāpi ārammaṇe cittānumajjanako vicāro. Tassa tālavaṇṭavātadāyako viya imassāpi cetaso sītalabhāvadāyikā pīti.
正如那位执持乐器的乐师资助其乐,此善男子有悦资助其心也是如此。正如他因上床休息而消除疲劳,得以稍入安眠,此善男子依止近行定而消除盖障的疲劳,进入初禅也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tassa sotānuggahakaro gandhabbapuriso viya imassāpi cittānuggāhakaṃ somanassaṃ. Tassa sayanupagamanena vigatakilamathassa thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi upacārajjhānasannissayena vigatanīvaraṇakilamathassa paṭhamajjhānupagamanaṃ.
正如他从睡眠醒来,不堪忍受手脚被按压,便呵斥那些按压手脚的人,他们退开后他又稍得安眠,此善男子从初禅出定后,不堪忍受寻对心的按压,见到寻的过患,由断除寻而再入无寻唯伺的第二禅也是如此。显示巴利原文
Athassa niddāyitvā vuṭṭhitassa hatthapāduppīḷanāsahanena hatthapāduppīḷakānaṃ santajjanaṃ tesañca apagamanena puna thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhitassa cittuppīḷakavitakkāsahanena vitakkadosadassanaṃ, vitakkappahānā ca puna avitakkavicāramattadutiyajjhānupagamanaṃ.
如同他反复睡醒,按照上述方式,因不堪忍受按摩脚等侍奉,便依次呵斥那按摩脚者等人,他们各自退开后,他又稍稍入眠;同样,此善男子反复从第二禅等出定,因不堪忍受前述的“伺”等过患,便依次见到“伺”等过患,由断除它们而反复进入无寻无伺、无喜、已离喜悦的禅定。显示巴利原文
Tato tassa punappunaṃ niddāyitvā vuṭṭhitassa yathāvuttena kamena pādaparimajjanādīnaṃ asahanena paṭipāṭiyā pādaparimajjakādīnaṃ santajjanaṃ, tesaṃ tesañca apagamanena punappunaṃ thokaṃ niddupagamanaṃ viya imassāpi punappunaṃ dutiyādīhi jhānehi vuṭṭhitassa yathāvuttadosānaṃ vicārādīnaṃ asahanena paṭipāṭiyā vicārādidosadassanaṃ. Tesaṃ tesañca pahānā punappunaṃ avitakkaavicāranippītika pahīnasomanassajjhānupagamanaṃ.
如同他从床座起身,前往国王处而获得权力;同样,此善男子从第五禅出定后,进入观与道,证得阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
Tassa pana sayanā vuṭṭhāya rañño santikaṃ gatassa issariyappatti viya imassāpi pañcamajjhānato vuṭṭhitassa vipassanā maggaṃ upagatassa arahattappatti.
如同那位获得权力者成为众人的依怙,此证得阿罗汉果者成为众人的依怙,也应如此了知。至此,他便名为无上福田。显示巴利原文
Tassa pattissariyassa bahūnaṃ janānaṃ avassayabhāvo viya imassāpi arahattappattassa bahūnaṃ avassayabhāvo veditabbo. Ettāvatā hi esa anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ nāma hotīti.
至此,具有四法论和五法论两种分类差别的“清净九法”已经阐明。然而,就义理而言,四法论已包含于五法论之中,因此应知它只是“禅那五法”而已。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā catukkapañcakanayadvayabhedo suddhikanavako nāma pakāsito hoti. Atthato panesa pañcakanaye catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā jhānapañcako evāti veditabbo.
道四法显示巴利原文
Paṭipadācatukkaṃ
176-180 176-180. 由于这种名为“禅那”的证得是依修行方式而成就的,为了显示其修行方式的差别,便又展开了“哪些法是善的?”等的论述。其中,“苦修行”是指具有苦的修行;“迟钝通智”是指具有迟钝的通智。如此,“苦修行”、“迟钝通智”或“地遍”,三者都是禅那本身的名称。在“苦修行、速通智”等组合中,道理同样如此。显示巴利原文
176-180. Idāni yasmā etaṃ jhānaṃ nāma paṭipadākamena sijjhati, tasmā tassa paṭipadābhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha dukkhā paṭipadā assāti dukkhapaṭipadaṃ. Dandhā abhiññā assāti dandhābhiññaṃ. Iti dukkhapaṭipadanti vā dandhābhiññanti vā pathavīkasiṇanti vā tīṇipi jhānasseva nāmāni. Dukkhapaṭipadaṃ khippābhiññantiādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中,从最初的准备开始,直至各个禅那的近行定生起为止,这期间所进行的禅那修习,称为“修行”。而从近行定开始,直至安止定为止,这期间所生起的智慧,则称为“通智”。然而,这种修行对有些人来说是苦的,即由于被盖障等敌对法现行所缠缚,而行艰难、不乐之修习。对有些人来说,由于没有那些盖障等,而是乐的。通智对有些人来说是迟钝的,即微弱、生起不迅速。对有些人来说则是迅速的,即不微弱、生起迅速。因此,凡是在开始时,以苦、以有行、以勤策、辛劳地镇伏烦恼而镇伏者,对他来说,名为“苦修行”。凡是已镇伏烦恼、住于安止的近行,而经过长时间才令禅那支显现者,对他来说,名为“迟钝通智”。凡是迅速令禅那支显现者,对他来说,名为“迅速通智”。凡是以乐、不辛劳地镇伏烦恼而镇伏者,对他来说,名为“乐修行”。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva tassa tassa jhānassa upacāraṃ uppajjati tāva pavattā jhānabhāvanā ‘paṭipadā’ti vuccati. Upacārato pana paṭṭhāya yāva appanā tāva pavattā paññā ‘abhiññā’ti vuccati. Sā panesā paṭipadā ekaccassa dukkhā hoti. Nīvaraṇādipaccanīkadhammasamudācāragahanatāya kicchā asukhasevanāti attho. Ekaccassa tadabhāvena sukhā. Abhiññāpi ekaccassa dandhā hoti, mandā, asīghappavatti. Ekaccassa khippā amandā sīghappavatti. Tasmā yo ādito kilese vikkhambhento dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto vikkhambheti , tassa dukkhā paṭipadā nāma hoti. Yo pana vikkhambhitakileso appanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa dandhābhiññā nāma hoti. Yo khippaṃ aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti tassa khippābhiññā nāma hoti. Yo kilese vikkhambhento sukhena akilamanto vikkhambheti, tassa sukhā paṭipadā nāma hoti.
其中,在《清净道论》的“心修习解说”中所阐述的关于适合与不适合、断除障碍等前行工作以及安止善巧这些内容里,凡是亲近不适合者,他的行道是苦的,证通智也迟滞;亲近适合者,行道则是乐的,证通智也迅速。然而,若有人在初阶亲近不适合,后阶亲近适合,或在初阶亲近适合,后阶亲近不适合,应知他的行道与通智是双杂的。同样,未完成断除障碍等前行工作便着手修习的人,行道是苦的;完成者,则是乐的。未具足安止善巧的人,通智迟滞;具足者,通智迅速。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāni sappāyāsappāyāni ca palibodhupacchedādīni pubbakiccāni ca appanākosallāni ca visuddhimagge cittabhāvanāniddese niddiṭṭhāni, tesu yo asappāyasevī hoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā dandhā ca abhiññā hoti. Sappāyasevino sukhā paṭipadā khippā ca abhiññā. Yo pana pubbabhāge asappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge sappāyasevī hoti, pubbabhāge vā sappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge asappāyasevī, tassa vomissakatā veditabbā. Tathā palibodhupacchedādikaṃ pubbakiccaṃ asampādetvā bhāvanaṃ anuyuttassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, vipariyāyena sukhā. Appanākosallāni pana asampādentassa dandhā abhiññā hoti, sampādentassa khippā.
再者,也应依据渴爱与无明的力量,以及依据在止与观上所作加行的力量,来了知这些行道与通智的差别。因为,被渴爱所制伏的人,行道是苦的;未被制伏的人,行道是乐的。被无明所制伏的人,通智迟滞;未被制伏的人,通智迅速。又,在止上未作加行的人,行道是苦的;已作加行的人,行道是乐的。在观上未作加行的人,通智迟滞;已作加行的人,通智迅速。显示巴利原文
Apica taṇhāavijjāvasena samathavipassanākatādhikāravasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo. Taṇhābhibhūtassa hi dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, anabhibhūtassa sukhā. Avijjābhibhūtassa ca dandhā abhiññā hoti, anabhibhūtassa khippā. Yo ca samathe akatādhikāro tassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti, katādhikārassa sukhā. Yo pana vipassanāya akatādhikāro hoti, tassa dandhā abhiññā hoti, katādhikārassa khippā.
也应依据烦恼与根器的力量,来了知这些行道与通智的差别。因为,烦恼强而根器钝的人,行道是苦的,通智也迟滞;而根器利的人,通智则迅速。烦恼弱而根器钝的人,行道是乐的,通智却迟滞;而根器利的人,通智则迅速。显示巴利原文
Kilesindriyavasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo. Tibbakilesassa hi mudindriyassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippā abhiññā. Mandakilesassa ca mudindriyassa sukhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippā abhiññāti.
如此,在这些行道与通智之中,凡以苦行道、迟通智证得禅那者,其禅那即说为“苦行道、迟通智”。对其余的组合,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Iti imāsu paṭipadāabhiññāsu yo puggalo dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhāya abhiññāya jhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa taṃ jhānaṃ dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññanti vuccati. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
其中,应知:在镇伏如“随法性之念住立时,为住分慧”(《分别论》799)这样所说的念,或镇伏对各个禅那的贪求时,是“修行”;而对于已证得各个禅那近行的人,在安止的近行期间,是“通智”。而且,依来由(往昔习行)而言,也有修行与通智。因为,证得苦修行、迟钝通智的初禅之后,所转起的第二禅也是同样的。第三、第四禅也是同样的道理。如同在四法论中一样,在五法论中,也应知依修行方式而有四种分类。如此,依修行方式也说了四种九法。其中,依文句有三十六种心,但从义理上说,由于四法论已包含在五法论中,所以只有二十种。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati ṭhitibhāginī paññā’ti (vibha. 799) evaṃ vuttasatiyā vā taṃtaṃjhānanikantiyā vā vikkhambhane paṭipadā, taṃtaṃjhānupacārappattassa appanāya parivāse abhiññā ca veditabbā. Āgamanavasenāpi ca paṭipadā abhiññā hontiyeva. Dukkhapaṭipadañhi dandhābhiññaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ patvā pavattaṃ dutiyampi tādisameva hoti. Tatiyacatutthesupi eseva nayo. Yathā ca catukkanaye evaṃ pañcakanayepi paṭipadāvasena catudhā bhedo veditabbo. Iti paṭipadāvasenapi cattāro navakā vuttā honti. Tesu pāṭhato chattiṃsa cittāni, atthato pana pañcakanaye catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā vīsatimeva bhavantīti.
所缘四法显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇacatukkaṃ
181 181. 今说:由于此名为“禅那”者,如同依行道方式而有差别,也依所缘的差别而有四种。因此,为显示彼差别,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,在“小、小所缘”等之中,凡不熟练、不能成为上禅之缘者,即称为“小”。凡在未扩展、仅如手掌或钵量大小的所缘上转起者,它具有小的所缘,故为“小所缘”。凡是熟练、善加修习、能成为上禅之缘者,称为“无量”。凡在广大所缘上转起者,因具扩展之量,故具有无量的所缘,称为“无量所缘”。然而,由于所说特征的混合状态,应知有混合的方式。如此,依所缘方式也说了四种九法。此中心的数量,与前相似。显示巴利原文
181. Idāni yasmā etaṃ jhānaṃ nāma yathā paṭipadābhedena evaṃ ārammaṇabhedenāpi catubbidhaṃ hoti. Tasmāssa taṃ pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha parittaṃ parittārammaṇantiādīsu yaṃ appaguṇaṃ hoti, uparijjhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ na sakkoti, idaṃ parittaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana avaḍḍhite suppamatte vā sarāvamatte vā ārammaṇe pavattaṃ, taṃ parittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ assāti parittārammaṇaṃ. Yaṃ paguṇaṃ subhāvitaṃ uparijjhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, idaṃ appamāṇaṃ nāma. Yaṃ vipule ārammaṇe pavattaṃ taṃ vuḍḍhippamāṇattā appamāṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ assāti appamāṇārammaṇaṃ. Vuttalakkhaṇavomissakatāya pana vomissakanayo veditabbo. Iti ārammaṇavasenapi cattāro navakā vuttā honti. Cittagaṇanāpettha purimasadisā evāti.
所缘与道次第混合显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissakaṃ
186 现在,为说明所缘与行道参互的十六转法门,又发起了“哪些法是善”等的论说。其中,第一法门所摄的禅那,因是苦行道、证知迟钝、狭小、所缘狭小,以此四因而为下劣;第十六法门所摄的禅那,因是乐行道、证知迅速、无量、所缘无量,以此四因而为殊胜。在其余十四种法门中,当知由一因、二因或三因而有下劣与殊胜的差别。显示巴利原文
186. Idāni ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissakaṃ soḷasakkhattukanayaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha paṭhamanaye vuttajjhānaṃ dukkhapaṭipadattā dandhābhiññattā parittattā parittārammaṇattāti catūhi kāraṇehi hīnaṃ, soḷasamanaye vuttajjhānaṃ sukhapaṭipadattā khippābhiññattā appamāṇattā appamāṇārammaṇattāti catūhi kāraṇehi paṇītaṃ. Sesesu cuddasasu ekena dvīhi tīhi ca kāraṇehi hīnappaṇītatā veditabbā.
然而,为何开示此法门?因为它是证得禅那的因。正自觉者于地遍中,以四法门与五法门的方式开示了纯粹的禅那;同样地,也开示了纯粹的行道与纯粹的所缘。其中,若有天众能依四法门通达地遍的纯粹禅那,便随其所应,为其开示纯粹禅那的四法门;若能依五法门通达的,便随其所应,为其开示五法门。若有能依四法门通达纯粹行道、纯粹所缘的,便随其所应,为其开示纯粹行道、纯粹所缘的四法门;若能依五法门通达的,便随其所应,为其开示五法门。如是一切,皆随众生之意乐而教授。显示巴利原文
Kasmā panāyaṃ nayo desitoti? Jhānuppattikāraṇattā. Sammāsambuddhena hi pathavīkasiṇe suddhikajjhānaṃ catukkanayavasena pañcakanayavasena ca dassitaṃ; tathā suddhikapaṭipadā, tathā suddhikārammaṇaṃ. Tattha yā devatā pathavīkasiṇe suddhikajjhānaṃ catukkanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena suddhikajjhāne catukkanayo desito. Yā pañcakanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena pañcakanayo. Yā suddhikapaṭipadāya , suddhikārammaṇe catukkanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti, tāsaṃ sappāyavasena suddhikapaṭipadāya suddhikārammaṇe catukkanayo desito. Yā pañcakanayavasena desiyamānaṃ bujjhituṃ sakkonti tāsaṃ sappāyavasena pañcakanayo. Iti heṭṭhā puggalajjhāsayavasena desanā katā.
再者,这位达到说法妙善的圣者,因具足四无碍解、十力、四无畏与清净智,善能通达诸法的真实味与相,善巧施设诸法,并能随顺任何可得法门而定说教。因此,亦由达到此说法妙善,如来于地遍中,开示了纯粹四法门等种种教导。显示巴利原文
Desanāvilāsappatto cesa pabhinnapaṭisambhido dasabalacatuvesārajjavisadañāṇo dhammānaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇassa suppaṭividdhattā dhammapaññattikusalatāya yo yo nayo labbhati tassa tassa vasena desanaṃ niyametuṃ sakkoti, tasmā imāya desanāvilāsappattiyāpi tena esā pathavīkasiṇe suddhikacatukkanayādivasena desanā katā.
然而,一切修习禅那者,若无所缘与行道,便不能生起禅那;因此,确切而言,正因这是证得禅那之因,故说此十六转法门。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana ye keci jhānaṃ uppādenti nāma na te ārammaṇapaṭipadāhi vinā uppādetuṃ sakkonti, tasmā niyamato jhānuppattikāraṇattā ayaṃ soḷasakkhattukanayo kathito.
至此,已讲述了纯粹九法、四种行道九法、四种所缘九法,以及此十六种九法,总计二十五种九法。其中,每一种九法依四法门与五法门各有两种法门,共得五十法门。依文句说:“在二十五种四法门中有一百,在五法门中有一百二十五”,即有一百二十五加一百,共二百二十五种禅那心。然而,在五法门中,由于已包含四法门,就义理而言,禅那心唯有一百二十五种。而在文句上的这二百二十五种禅那心中,每一种的解说都有“法的确定”等三大章节。不过,那些章节在各处只是显示了法门本身,而作了简略说明。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā suddhikanavako, cattāro paṭipadānavakā, cattāro ārammaṇanavakā, ime ca soḷasa navakāti pañcavīsati navakā kathitā honti. Tattha ekekasmiṃ navake catukkapañcakavasena dve dve nayāti paññāsa nayā. Tattha ‘‘pañcavīsatiyā catukkanayesu sataṃ, pañcakanayesu pañcavīsasata’’nti pāṭhato pañcavīsādhikāni dve jhānacittasatāni honti. Pañcakanaye pana catukkanayassa paviṭṭhattā atthato pañcavīsādhikameva cittasataṃ hoti. Yāni cetāni pāṭhe pañcavīsādhikāni dve cittasatāni tesu ekekassa niddese dhammavavatthānādayo tayo tayo mahāvārā honti. Te pana tattha tattha nayamattameva dassetvā saṃkhittāti.
203 现在,由于这些禅那也会在水遍等中生起,为显示它们,又开始了“哪些法是善的?”等论述。其中,一切巴利法门、义理阐明、心数计算及章节概要,皆应依地遍中所说的方式来了知。然而,修习方法——从遍作准备开始——已全部在《清净道论》中阐明。而《大萨拘罗长老经》中则说了十遍。其中的识遍,是以虚空中所起的广大识为所缘,通过遍作准备而证得的识无边处定;此定在一切方面都归属于无色界的教说,故此处不予讲述。显示巴利原文
203. Idāni yasmā āpokasiṇādīsupi etāni jhānāni uppajjanti, tasmā tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tesu sabbo pāḷinayo ca atthavibhāvanā ca cittagaṇanā ca vārasaṅkhepo ca pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Bhāvanānayo pana kasiṇaparikammaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbo visuddhimagge (visuddhi 1.91 ādayo) pakāsitoyeva. Mahāsakuludāyisutte pana dasakasiṇāni (ma. ni. 2.250) vuttāni. Tesu viññāṇakasiṇaṃ ākāse pavattitamahaggataviññāṇampi tattha parikammaṃ katvā nibbattā viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattipi hotīti sabbappakārena āruppadesanameva bhajati, tasmā imasmiṃ ṭhāne na kathitaṃ.
所谓“虚空遍”,既指排除遍后的虚空,也指以彼为所缘而生起的诸蕴,又指在墙洞等某一处所应取的限定相之虚空,以及以彼为所缘而生起的四禅与五禅。其中,前一种解释依于无色界教说,后一种解释依于色界教说。如此,由于二者混说,这不单纯属于色界教说。然而,在限定虚空中所生的禅那,是通往色界转生的道路,故应采纳。其中,仅有四禅与五禅生起,无色禅不生起。何以故?因为未得排除遍。即使一再排除,虚空依然是虚空,所以于此处不能获得排除遍。因此,于此处生起的禅那,能带来现法乐住,成为神通的基础,成为观的基础,但不成为灭尽定的基础。不过,在此处,次第灭尽可达到第五禅,它只是轮回的基础。如同这个,前面诸遍中生起的禅那也是如此。但在此处,能成为灭尽定基础这一点是其差别。其余在虚空遍中应说的,一切已在《清净道论》中讲述。显示巴利原文
Ākāsakasiṇanti pana kasiṇugghāṭimamākāsampi, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattakkhandhāpi, bhitticchiddādīsu aññatarasmiṃ gahetabbanimittaparicchedākāsampi, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ catukkapañcakajjhānampi vuccati. Tattha purimanayo āruppadesanaṃ bhajati, pacchimanayo rūpāvacaradesanaṃ. Iti missakattā imaṃ rūpāvacaradesanaṃ na āruḷhaṃ. Paricchedākāse nibbattajjhānaṃ pana rūpūpapattiyā maggo hoti tasmā taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ pana catukkapañcakajjhānameva uppajjati, arūpajjhānaṃ nuppajjati. Kasmā? Kasiṇugghāṭanassa alābhato. Tañhi punappunaṃ ugghāṭiyamānampi ākāsameva hotīti na tattha kasiṇugghāṭanaṃ labbhati, tasmā tatthuppannaṃ jhānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati, abhiññāpādakaṃ hoti, vipassanāpādakaṃ hoti, nirodhapādakaṃ na hoti. Anupubbanirodho panettha yāva pañcamajjhānā labbhati vaṭṭapādakaṃ hotiyeva. Yathā cetaṃ evaṃ purimakasiṇesu uppannaṃ jhānampi. Nirodhapādakabhāvo panettha viseso. Sesamettha ākāsakasiṇe yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.98-99) vuttameva.
然而,欲成就“一身而成多身”等神变者,应先于前八遍中证得八种等至,然后依遍的顺次、遍的逆次、遍的顺逆次;禅那的顺次、禅那的逆次、禅那的顺逆次;禅那的跳跃、遍的跳跃、禅那与遍的跳跃;禅支的跳跃、所缘的跳跃、禅支与所缘的跳跃;禅支的确定、所缘的确定——以此十四种方式调伏其心。这些的详细解说,已在《清净道论》中讲述。显示巴利原文
‘Ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotī’tiādinayaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; paṭi. ma. 1.102) pana vikubbanaṃ icchantena purimesu aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā kasiṇānulomato kasiṇapaṭilomato, kasiṇānulomapaṭilomato; jhānānulomato, jhānapaṭilomato, jhānānulomapaṭilomato; jhānukkantikato, kasiṇukkantikato, jhānakasiṇukkantikato; aṅgasaṅkantikato, ārammaṇasaṅkantikato, aṅgārammaṇasaṅkantikato; aṅgavavatthānato, ārammaṇavavatthānatoti imehi cuddasahākārehi cittaṃ paridametabbaṃ. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.365-366) vuttāyeva.
然而,若未以此十四种方式调伏心,以往未修习的初学瑜伽行者,能成就神通变化——这是不可能的事。因为对初学者而言,遍相的前行准备已是重担;百千人中方或有一人能成办。已完成遍相前行准备者,令相生起是重担;百千人中方或有一人能成办。相生起后,将其扩大而证得安止是重担;百千人中方或有一人能成办。已证得安止者,以十四种方式调伏心是重担;百千人中方或有一人能成办。即使已以此十四种方式调伏心,所谓的神通变化仍是重担;百千人中方或有一人能成办。即使已成就神通变化,所谓的速疾寂灭仍是重担;百千人中方或有一人成为速疾寂灭者。如同在Therambatthala,大罗哈那古塔长老生病时,前来侍病的约三万有神通者中,戒腊八年的护长老那样。一切详情已在《清净道论》中阐述。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pana cuddasahākārehi cittaṃ aparidametvā, pubbe abhāvitabhāvano ādikammiko yogāvacaro iddhivikubbanaṃ sampādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ādikammikassa hi kasiṇaparikammampi bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Katakasiṇaparikammassa nimittuppādanaṃ bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Uppanne nimitte taṃ vaḍḍhetvā appanādhigamo bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Adhigatappanassa cuddasahākārehi cittaparidamanaṃ bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Cuddasahākārehi paridamitacittassāpi iddhivikubbanaṃ nāma bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Vikubbanappattassāpi khippanisantibhāvo nāma bhāro; satesu sahassesu vā ekova khippanisanti hoti. Therambatthale mahārohanaguttattherassa gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ āgatesu tiṃsamattesu iddhimantasahassesu upasampadāya aṭṭhavassiko rakkhitatthero viya. Sabbaṃ vatthu visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.367) vitthāritamevāti.
胜处之论显示巴利原文
Abhibhāyatanakathā
204 如此,于八遍中说明了色界善之后,现在,即使所缘相同,修习亦有差异,在这八遍中,还生起另一种称为胜处的色界善,因此,为了显示它,又开始了“哪些法是善?”等的解说。其中,“内无色想”指由于未获得或心不倾注,而缺失对内色作前行的想。“外见色”指由于在外的八遍中已作前行,便以前行与安止的方式,见到那些在外的八遍中的色。“小”指未作扩展。“征服它们”,犹如大食量的人得到一勺饭,心想“这里有什么可吃的?”,便捏成饭团而食;同样,智慧超群之人、智见明净者,心想“在这微小所缘上有什么可入定的?于我而言这并非负担”,征服那些色而入定。此处意思是,与相的生起同时,安止即产生。“我知、我见”——这是指它的前分。而在传承的义疏中说:“这是指他的转向,并且那是出定之后,并非在定中。”显示巴利原文
204. Evaṃ aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu rūpāvacarakusalaṃ niddisitvā, idāni yasmā samānepi ārammaṇe bhāvanāya asamānaṃ imesu aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu aññampi abhibhāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ pavattati, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti alābhitāya vā anatthikatāya vā ajjhattarūpe parikammasaññāvirahito. Bahiddhā rūpāni passatīti bahiddhā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu kataparikammatāya parikammavasena ceva appanāvasena ca tāni bahiddhā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu rūpāni passati. Parittānīti avaḍḍhitāni. Tāni abhibhuyyāti yathā nāma sampannagahaṇiko kaṭacchumattaṃ bhattaṃ labhitvā ‘kiṃ ettha bhuñjitabbaṃ atthī’ti saṅkaḍḍhitvā ekakabaḷameva karoti, evameva ñāṇuttariko puggalo visadañāṇo ‘kimettha parittake ārammaṇe samāpajjitabbaṃ atthi, nāyaṃ mama bhāro’ti tāni rūpāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetīti attho. Jānāmi passāmīti iminā panassa pubbabhāgo kathito. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana vuttaṃ – imināssa pana ābhogo kathito. So ca kho samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa, na antosamāpattiyanti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65).
“无量”指已扩展的量。“征服它们”此处,犹如大食量的人得到一份添量的饭,心想“还有别的吗?这点对我有什么用呢?”,不把它看作大;同样,智慧超群之人、智见明净者,心想“在此有什么可入定的?这并非无量,于我而言在令心一境性上并无负担”,征服那些色而入定。此处意思是,与相的生起同时,安止即生起。显示巴利原文
Appamāṇānīti vaḍḍhitappamāṇāni. Abhibhuyyāti ettha pana yathā mahagghaso puriso ekaṃ bhattavaḍḍhitakaṃ labhitvā ‘aññāpi hotu ‘kimesā mayhaṃ karissatī’ti taṃ na mahantato passati, evameva ñāṇuttaro puggalo visadaññāṇo ‘kimettha samāpajjitabbaṃ, na idaṃ appamāṇaṃ, na mayhaṃ cittekaggatākaraṇe bhāro atthī’ti tāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetīti attho.
所谓“小”,是以小为所缘;“无量”,也是以小为所缘——这里,因为提到了“小”,所以未取无量所缘;又因后面提到了“无量”,所以未取小所缘。然而,在义疏中说:“在此处,未取四种四种之诸所缘,只取了两种两种。什么缘故呢?因为若取四种,说法便成十六次,而导师在下面对十六次的说法,已如同在席上铺开芝麻般地详细说过了,他在这里意欲作八次的说法,因此,应知是取了两种两种。”显示巴利原文
Parittaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ appamāṇaṃ parittārammaṇanti idha parittānīti āgatattā appamāṇārammaṇatā na gahitā, parato appamāṇānīti āgatattā parittārammaṇatā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne cattāri cattāri ārammaṇāni aggahetvā dve dveva gahitāni . Kiṃ kāraṇā? Catūsu hi gahitesu desanā soḷasakkhattukā hoti, satthārā ca heṭṭhā soḷasakkhattukā desanā kilañjamhi tile pattharantena viya vitthārato kathitā. Tassa imasmiṃ ṭhāne aṭṭhakkhattukaṃ desanaṃ kātuṃ ajjhāsayo. Tasmā dve dveyeva gahitānīti veditabbānīti.
“净色、不净色”是指清净与不清净的颜色。清净的青等色为净色,不清净者为不净色,此处即是此义。在传承义疏中则说:“无论净色或不净色,这些胜处皆依小与无量而说。”于此四种中,小色依寻行者而来,无量依痴行者而来,净色依瞋行者而来,不净色依贪行者而来,因为这些对他们而言正是适合的。其适合的详细情形,已于《清净道论》“行差别说”中说明。显示巴利原文
Suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānīti parisuddhāparisuddhavaṇṇāni. Parisuddhāni hi nīlādīni suvaṇṇāni, aparisuddhāni ca dubbaṇṇānīti idha adhippetāni. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘suvaṇṇāni vā hontu dubbaṇṇāni vā, parittaappamāṇavaseneva imāni abhibhāyatanāni desitānī’ti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65) vuttaṃ. Imesu pana catūsu parittaṃ vitakkacaritavasena āgataṃ, appamāṇaṃ mohacaritavasena, suvaṇṇaṃ dosacaritavasena, dubbaṇṇaṃ rāgacaritavasena. Etesañhi etāni sappāyāni. Sā ca tesaṃ sappāyatā vitthārato visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.43) cariyaniddese vuttā.
为何不如经中所说“内有色想者,于外见小色”等,而于此处四种胜处皆说“内无色想”呢?因为内色不可被征服。无论于彼处或此处,唯外色应被征服,故应作决定说,因此彼处此处皆作是说。“内无色想”只是导师说法的善巧而已。以上是四种胜处中前所未说之词的注释。至于此处纯观法与行道法的分类,应依地遍中所说的方法,于每一胜处中了知。只是在此处,四所缘合为二所缘,十六次成为八次。其余皆同。如此,于每一胜处中,有一纯观九法、四行道九法、二所缘九法、所缘与行道合之八个九法,共十五个九法。于四种胜处中,应知共有六十个九法。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana, yathā suttante ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittānī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.173; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 8.65) vuttaṃ, evaṃ avatvā idha catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāva vuttāti? Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato. Tattha vā hi idha vā bahiddhārūpāneva abhibhavitabbāni, tasmā tāni niyamato vattabbānīti tatrapi idhapi vuttāni. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti idaṃ pana satthu desanāvilāsamattameva. Ayaṃ tāva catūsu abhibhāyatanesu apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Suddhikanayapaṭipadābhedo panettha pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane veditabbo. Kevalañcettha ārammaṇacatukkaṃ ārammaṇadukaṃ hoti, soḷasakkhattukañca aṭṭhakkhattukaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisameva. Evamettha ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane eko suddhikanavako, cattāro paṭipadānavakā, dve ārammaṇanavakā, ārammaṇapaṭipadāmissake aṭṭha navakāti pannarasa navakāti catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu samasaṭṭhi navakā veditabbā.
246 于第五胜处等中,“蓝色”是依总括而说。“蓝色之色”是依颜色而说,“蓝色之显现”是依显现而说,意为没有可见的间隙、颜色不混杂,呈现为纯一蓝色。“蓝色之光辉”则是依光照而说,意为具蓝色光辉、具足蓝色光芒。此乃显示其极清净性,因为这四种胜处正是依极清净的颜色而说。对于“黄色”等,也应以同样的方法了知其义。修习蓝遍时,是从蓝色中取相。至于在花、布或颜色界等处作遍、遍作及安止的方法,这一切在《清净道论》中已详细说明。而且,如同地遍一般,于每一胜处中,应知各有二十五个九法。显示巴利原文
246. Pañcamaabhibhāyatanādīsu nīlānīti sabbasaṅgāhikavasena vuttaṃ. Nīlavaṇṇānīti vaṇṇavasena, nīlanidassanānīti nidassanavasena, apaññāyamānavivarāni, asambhinnavaṇṇāni, ekanīlāneva hutvā dissantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nīlanibhāsānīti idaṃ pana obhāsanavasena vuttaṃ; nīlobhāsāni nīlappabhāyuttānīti attho. Etena nesaṃ suvisuddhataṃ dasseti. Suvisuddhavaṇṇavasena hi imāni cattāri abhibhāyatanāni vuttāni. Pītānītiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Nīlakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto nīlasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti. Pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vātiādikaṃ panettha kasiṇakaraṇañca parikammañca appanāvidhānañca sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.93 ādayo) vitthārato vuttameva. Yathā ca pathavīkasiṇe evamettha ekekasmiṃ abhibhāyatane pañcavīsati pañcavīsati navakā veditabbā.
248 现在,由于这名为色界的善法,并非仅仅依凭对诸所缘处的胜伏而唯以胜处的方式生起,而是也以解脱的方式生起,因此,为了显示那种理趣,又发起了“哪些法是善”等。显示巴利原文
248. Idāni yasmā idaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ nāma na kevalaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ āyatanānaṃ abhibhavanato abhibhāyatanavaseneva uppajjati, atha kho vimokkhavasenapi uppajjati, tasmā tampi nayaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ.
然而,应以什么含义来理解“解脱”呢?以胜解的含义。什么是胜解的含义?即从敌对法中善解脱的含义,以及依乐着于所缘而善解脱的含义。这是说,如同放松四肢躺在父亲怀中的小孩入睡一般,于所缘中以不摄持、无顾虑的状态而转起。显示巴利原文
Kenaṭṭhena pana vimokkho veditabboti? Adhimuccanaṭṭhena. Ko ayaṃ adhimuccanaṭṭho nāma? Paccanīkadhammehi ca suṭṭhu vimuccanaṭṭho, ārammaṇe ca abhirativasena suṭṭhu vimuccanaṭṭho . Pituaṅke vissaṭṭhaaṅgapaccaṅgassa dārakassa sayanaṃ viya aniggahitabhāvena nirāsaṅkatāya ārammaṇe pavattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃlakkhaṇañhi vimokkhabhāvappattaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ ayaṃ nayo āraddho.
其中,“有色”是指:内在于头发等处所修起的色界禅那之色,他具有彼色,故称“有色”。因为修习内在的青遍遍作时,是在头发、或胆汁、或眼珠处修习;修习黄遍遍作时,是在脂肪、或皮肤、或眼睛的黄色处修习;修习红遍遍作时,是在肉、或血、或舌、或手掌足底、或眼睛的红色处修习;修习白遍遍作时,是在骨、或牙、或指甲、或眼睛的白色处修习。这是就如是修习遍作之后而生起禅那的具足者而言。“见色”是指以禅眼见到外在的青遍等诸色。以此显示了依止内在与外在遍处而获得禅那。显示巴利原文
Tattha rūpīti ajjhattaṃ kesādīsu uppāditaṃ rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ, tadassatthīti rūpī. Ajjhattañhi nīlaparikammaṃ karonto kese vā pitte vā akkhitārakāya vā karoti. Pītaparikammaṃ karonto mede vā chaviyā vā akkhīnaṃ pītaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Lohitaparikammaṃ karonto maṃse vā lohite vā jivhāya vā hatthatalapādatalesu vā akkhīnaṃ rattaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Odātaparikammaṃ karonto aṭṭhimhi vā dante vā nakhe vā akkhīnaṃ setaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Evaṃ parikammaṃ katvā uppannajjhānasamaṅginaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpāni passatīti bahiddhāpi nīlakasiṇādirūpāni jhānacakkhunā passati. Iminā ajjhattabahiddhāvatthukesu kasiṇesu jhānapaṭilābho dassito.
“内无色想”:即内在没有色想。意思是,于自己头发等处不修起色界禅那。这表示在外在作遍后,仅于外在获得禅那。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃarūpasaññīti ajjhattaṃ na rūpasaññī. Attano kesādīsu anuppāditarūpāvacarajjhānoti attho. Iminā bahiddhā parikammaṃ katvā bahiddhāva paṭiladdhajjhānatā dassitā.
“净”:以此显示极清净的青等颜色遍中所证的诸禅那。其中,虽然安止内并无“净”的作意,但凡是取极清净的净遍为所缘而住者,由于他如此“净……具足初禅而住”,同样具足第二禅等,因此作了这样的教导。然而,《无碍解道》中说:“如何是‘唯净胜解’的解脱?在此,比丘以慈俱行之心遍满一方而住……由于修习慈,众生成为不厌恶;以悲……以喜……以舍俱行之心遍满一方而住……由于修习舍,众生成为不厌恶。如此是‘唯净胜解’的解脱。”但在此处,因为梵住已出现于前文巴利,所以不取那种理趣,唯依极青、极黄、极红、极白、清净青、清净黄、清净红、清净白而认可净解脱。如是,遍、胜处、解脱,都只是色界禅那。由于所缘的遍满之义而名为“遍”,由于胜伏所缘之义而名为“胜处”,由于于所缘胜解及从敌对法解脱之义而名为“解脱”。其中,遍的教导是依阿毗达摩而说,其余二者则是依经教而说。这是此处的隐义解说。然而,于每一解脱中,应知如同在地遍中一样,各有二十五个、二十五个,共七十五个九元组。显示巴利原文
Subhanti iminā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu jhānāni dassitāni. Tattha kiñcāpi antoappanāya ‘subha’nti ābhogo natthi, yo pana suvisuddhaṃ subhakasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā viharati, so yasmā ‘subha’nti…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, tathā dutiyādīni, tasmā evaṃ desanā katā. Paṭisambhidāmagge pana ‘‘kathaṃ subhantveva adhimutto hotīti vimokkho? Idha bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ…pe… viharati, mettāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti; karuṇā… muditā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ…pe… viharati, upekkhāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti, evaṃ subhantveva adhimutto hotī’’ti vimokkhoti (paṭi. ma. 1.212) vuttaṃ. Idha pana upari pāḷiyaṃyeva brahmavihārānaṃ āgatattā taṃ nayaṃ paṭikkhipitvā sunīlakasupītakasulohitakasuodātakaparisuddhanīlakaparisuddhapītakaparisuddhalohitakaparisuddhaodātakavaseneva subhavimokkho anuññāto. Iti kasiṇanti vā abhibhāyatananti vā vimokkhoti vā rūpāvacarajjhānameva . Tañhi ārammaṇassa sakalaṭṭhena kasiṇaṃ nāma, ārammaṇaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma, ārammaṇe adhimuccanaṭṭhena paccanīkadhammehi ca vimuccanaṭṭhena vimokkho nāmāti vuttaṃ. Tattha kasiṇadesanā abhidhammavasena, itarā pana suttantadesanāvasena vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha apubbapadavaṇṇanā. Ekekasmiṃ pana vimokkhe pathavīkasiṇe viya pañcavīsati pañcavīsatīti katvā pañcasattati navakā veditabbā.
梵住论显示巴利原文
Brahmavihārakathā
251 现在,为了显示依慈等梵住而转起的色界善,又开始了“哪些法是善”等的辨析。其中,“慈俱行”即与慈俱行。其后“悲俱行”等,理趣相同。至于行者依循何种次第修习慈等俱行诸禅而住的修法,这一切在《清净道论》中已有详述。其余巴利的含义,应依地遍中所说的理趣来了解。显示巴利原文
251. Idāni mettādibrahmavihāravasena pavattamānaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha mettāsahagatanti mettāya samannāgataṃ. Parato karuṇāsahagatādīsupi eseva nayo. Yena panesa vidhānena paṭipanno mettādisahagatāni jhānāni upasampajja viharati, taṃ mettādīnaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.240) vitthāritameva. Avasesāya pāḷiyā attho pathavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在地遍中,总共有二十五个九元组;而在此处,前三者依三禅与四禅而有二十五个七元组,依舍而得的第四禅则有二十五个一元组。在悲与喜中,与欲等四法一同,“悲”“喜”也作为杂项而获得。至于此处的苦行道等情况,应当了知:慈是依镇伏嗔恚,悲是依镇伏害,喜是依镇伏不乐,舍是依镇伏贪与嗔。而以非多众生为所缘,即是小所缘;以多众生为所缘,即是无量所缘,这是它们的差别。其余则相同。显示巴利原文
Kevalañhi pathavīkasiṇe pañcavīsati navakā, idha purimāsu tīsu tikacatukkajjhānikavasena pañcavīsati sattakā, upekkhāya catutthajjhānavasena pañcavīsati ekakā, karuṇāmuditāsu ca chandādīhi catūhi saddhiṃ karuṇāmuditāti imepi yevāpanakā labbhanti. Dukkhapaṭipadādibhāvo cettha mettāya tāva byāpādavikkhambhanavasena, karuṇāya vihiṃsāvikkhambhanavasena, muditāya arativikkhambhanavasena, upekkhāya rāgapaṭighavikkhambhanavasena veditabbo. Parittārammaṇatā pana nabahusattārammaṇavasena; appamāṇārammaṇatā bahusattārammaṇavasena hotīti ayaṃ viseso. Sesaṃ tādisameva.
以上,先就巴利文本而言——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tāva pāḷivaseneva –
最胜梵天所宣说的这些梵住,如此了知后;
此外,在这些当中,杂论亦当被了知。
显示巴利原文 Brahmuttamena kathite, brahmavihāre ime iti viditvā; Bhiyyo etesu ayaṃ, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.
于慈、悲、喜、舍之中,先就义理而言:“慈”者,意为润泽,即令柔和、亲爱之义;或谓存在于友人之状态,或对友人所起,故称为慈。“悲”者,当他人有苦时,能令善人之心震动,故称为悲;或能消除、伤害、摧毁他人之苦,故称为悲;或依对苦者遍满而扩展,故称为悲。“喜”者,具此者依之而喜悦,或自身喜悦,或仅是喜悦本身,故称为喜。“舍”者,依“愿无怨敌”等思惟,舍弃偏执而达中舍之状态,故称为舍。显示巴利原文
Etāsu hi mettākaruṇāmuditāupekkhāsu atthato tāva mejjatīti mettā, siniyhatīti attho. Mitte vā bhavā, mittassa vā esā pavattatīpi mettā. Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ hadayakampanaṃ karotīti karuṇā. Kiṇāti vā paradukkhaṃ hiṃsati vināsetīti karuṇā. Kirīyati vā dukkhitesu pharaṇavasena pasāriyatīti karuṇā. Modanti tāya taṃsamaṅgino, sayaṃ vā modati, modanamattameva vā tanti muditā. ‘Averā hontū’tiādibyāpārappahānena majjhattabhāvūpagamanena ca upekkhatīti upekkhā.
就特相等方面而言:慈以利益行相之现起为特相,以利益摄受为味,以调伏嗔恚为现起,以见众生可爱相为足处。嗔恚止息是慈之成就,爱着生起是慈之失败。悲以拔苦行相之现起为特相,以不堪忍他人之苦为味,以不害为现起,以见被苦所迫者无助状态为足处。害之止息是悲之成就,忧伤生起是悲之失败。喜以对众生随喜为特相,以不嫉妒为味,以破除不乐为现起,以见众生之成就为足处。不乐之止息是喜之成就,嬉笑生起是喜之失败。舍以对众生中舍行相之现起为特相,以见众生平等状态为味,以调伏嗔恚与爱着为现起,以业自属见为足处——即“众生是业的所有者,他们将依谁之意愿而得乐、脱苦或不失已得成就?”如此生起之业自属见。嗔恚与爱着之止息是舍之成就,世俗无智舍之生起是舍之失败。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇādito panettha hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘mettā’, hitūpasaṃhārarasā, āghātavinayapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ manāpabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Byāpādūpasamo etissā sampatti, sinehasambhavo vipatti. Dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘karuṇā’, paradukkhāsahanarasā, avihiṃsāpaccupaṭṭhānā , dukkhābhibhūtānaṃ anāthabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Vihiṃsūpasamo tassā sampatti, sokasambhavo vipatti. Sattesu pamodanalakkhaṇā ‘muditā’, anissāyanarasā, arativighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ sampattidassanapadaṭṭhānā. Arativūpasamo tassā sampatti, pahāsasambhavo vipatti. Sattesu majjhattākārappavattilakkhaṇā ‘upekkhā’, sattesu samabhāvadassanarasā, paṭighānunayavūpasamapaccupaṭṭhānā, ‘‘kammassakā sattā, te kassa ruciyā sukhitā vā bhavissanti, dukkhato vā muccissanti, pattasampattito vā na parihāyissantī’’ti? Evaṃ pavattakammassakatādassanapadaṭṭhānā. Paṭighānunayavūpasamo tassā sampatti, gehassitāya aññāṇupekkhāya sambhavo vipatti.
这四种梵住的共通利益是观乐与有成就,各别利益则是对治嗔恚等。其中,慈是对治嗔恚的利益,其余三者是对治害、不乐与贪的利益。对此也曾说道:显示巴利原文
Catunnampi panetesaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ vipassanāsukhañceva bhavasampatti ca sādhāraṇappayojanaṃ, byāpādādipaṭighāto āveṇikaṃ. Byāpādapaṭighātappayojanā hettha mettā, vihiṃsāaratirāgapaṭighātappayojanā itarā. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“贤友,慈心解脱是嗔恚的出离,悲心解脱是害的出离,喜心解脱是不乐的出离,舍心解脱是贪的出离。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, byāpādassa yadidaṃ mettācetovimutti, nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, vihesāya yadidaṃ karuṇācetovimutti; nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, aratiyā yadidaṃ muditācetovimutti, nissaraṇañhetaṃ, āvuso, rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhācetovimuttī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.326; a. ni. 6.13).
于此,每一种梵住各有近敌与远敌两种。慈梵住的近敌是贪,因其同样见到功德,犹如人的敌人伪装亲近。贪容易趁虚而入,所以应当善加守护慈心。而远敌是嗔恚,因其本质全然相异,犹如人的敌人隐匿于深山密林。因此应当无所畏惧地修习慈。若说修慈者还会生起嗔恚,这是绝无可能的。显示巴利原文
Ekamekassa cettha āsannadūravasena dve dve paccatthikā. Mettābrahmavihārassa hi, samīpacāro viya purisassa sapatto, guṇadassanasabhāgatāya rāgo āsannapaccatthiko. So lahuṃ otāraṃ labhati. Tasmā tato suṭṭhu mettā rakkhitabbā. Pabbatādigahananissito viya purisassa sapatto sabhāvavisabhāgatāya byāpādo dūrapaccatthiko. Tasmā tato nibbhayena mettāyitabbaṃ. Mettāyissati ca nāma kopañca karissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
悲梵住的近敌是世俗的忧伤。正如所说:“以眼所识之色,可爱、可意、适意、赏心悦目、与世间利养相关联,未得之人观察未得,或忆念过去曾得而现已灭坏、变易者,便生起忧受。这种忧受,即称为世俗忧伤。”因其与见失败相似。远敌则是害,因其本质相异。因此应无所畏惧地修习悲。如果说修习悲者也会以手脚等加以伤害,这是没有道理的。显示巴利原文
Karuṇābrahmavihārassa ‘‘cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ appaṭilābhaṃ vā appaṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati domanassaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehassitaṃ domanassa’’ntiādinā nayena āgataṃ gehassitaṃ domanassaṃ vipattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya vihesā dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena karuṇāyitabbaṃ. Karuṇañca nāma karissati pāṇiādīhi ca vihesissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
喜梵住的近敌是世俗的喜悦。正如所说:“以眼所识之色,可爱、可乐、可意、适意、与世间利养相关联,得之之人观察所得,或忆念过去曾得而现已灭坏、变易者,便生起喜受。这种喜受,即称为世俗喜悦。”因其与见成就相似。远敌则是不乐,因其本质相异。因此应无所畏惧地修习喜。如果说喜悦者也会对远离的坐卧处及增上善法生起厌倦,这是没有道理的。显示巴利原文
Muditābrahmavihārassa ‘‘cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ paṭilābhaṃ vā paṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati somanassaṃ. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehassitaṃ somanassa’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.306) nayena āgataṃ gehassitaṃ somanassaṃ sampattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya arati dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena muditā bhāvetabbā. Pamudito ca nāma bhavissati pantasenāsanesu ca adhikusaladhammesu ca ukkaṇṭhissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
舍梵住的近敌是世俗的无智舍。正如所说:“以眼见到色之后,于愚者、痴者、凡夫、未调伏者、未调伏异熟者、不见过患者、无闻凡夫,生起舍心。这种舍心不能超越于色,因此称为世俗的舍。”因其不审察过患与功德而相似。远敌则是贪与嗔,因其本质相异。因此应无所畏惧地修习舍。如果说修习舍者也会贪染、也会嗔恚,这是没有道理的。显示巴利原文
Upekkhābrahmavihārassa pana ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassa anodhijinassa avipākajinassa anādīnavadassāvino assutavato puthujjanassa. Yā evarūpā upekkhā rūpaṃ sā nātivattati. Tasmā sā upekkhā gehassitāti vuccatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.308) nayena āgatā gehassitā aññāṇupekkhā dosaguṇānaṃ avicāraṇavasena sabhāgattā āsannapaccatthikā. Sabhāvavisabhāgatāya rāgapaṭighā dūrapaccatthikā. Tasmā tato nibbhayena upekkhitabbaṃ. Upekkhissati ca nāma rajjissati ca paṭihaññissati cāti aṭṭhānametaṃ.
再者,这一切梵住,以欲为始,以镇伏盖等为中,以安止为终;依施设之法,以一个或多个有情为所缘;在近行或安止成就时,扩展所缘。显示巴利原文
Sabbesampi ca etesaṃ kattukāmatāchando ādi, nīvaraṇādivikkhambhanaṃ majjhaṃ, appanā pariyosānaṃ, paññattidhammavasena eko vā satto anekā vā sattā ārammaṇaṃ, upacāre vā appanāya vā pattāya ārammaṇavaḍḍhanaṃ.
此中增长的次第如下——犹如善巧的农夫先划定所要耕的田地,然后耕作;同样地,最初先划定一处住所,对那里的众生以“愿此住所中的众生无怨敌”等方式修习慈心。在那里使心柔软、堪任之后,应划定两处住所。然后依次为三、四、五、六、七、八、九、十处,一条街道,半个村落,一个村落,一个地区,一个王国,一个方向,如此乃至一个轮围世界,或更超于此,对各个处的众生修习慈心。悲等也是如此。这就是此处所缘增长的次第。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanakkamo – yathā hi kusalo kassako kasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā kasati, evaṃ paṭhamameva ekaṃ āvāsaṃ paricchinditvā tattha sattesu ‘imasmiṃ āvāse sattā averā hontū’tiādinā nayena mettā bhāvetabbā. Tattha cittaṃ muduṃ kammaniyaṃ katvā dve āvāsā paricchinditabbā . Tato anukkamena tayo cattāro pañca cha satta aṭṭha nava dasa, ekā racchā, upaḍḍhagāmo, gāmo, janapado, rajjaṃ, ekā disāti evaṃ yāva ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ, tato vā pana bhiyyo tattha tattha sattesu mettā bhāvetabbā. Tathā karuṇādayoti. Ayamettha ārammaṇavaḍḍhanakkamo.
然而,正如诸遍之果为无色定,诸定之果为非想非非想处,诸观之果为果等至,止观之果为灭尽定;同样地,前三种梵住之果即是此处的舍梵住。正如若未竖立柱子、未安上横梁,便无法在空中安置屋脊椽子;同样地,若未在前三种梵住中生起第三禅,便不能修习第四禅。然而,在诸遍中生起的第三禅,并不能在此处生起,因为所缘不同。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana kasiṇānaṃ nissando āruppā, samādhīnaṃ nissando nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, vipassanānaṃ nissando phalasamāpatti, samathavipassanānaṃ nissando nirodhasamāpatti, evaṃ purimabrahmavihārattayassa nissando ettha upekkhābrahmavihāro. Yathā hi thambhe anussāpetvā tulāsaṅghāṭaṃ anāropetvā na sakkā ākāse kūṭagopānasiyo ṭhapetuṃ, evaṃ purimesu tatiyajjhānaṃ vinā na sakkā catutthaṃ bhāvetuṃ. Kasiṇesu pana uppannatatiyajjhānassapesā nuppajjati visabhāgārammaṇattāti.
于此或有问难:“为何此慈、悲、喜、舍被称为梵住?又为何只有四种?它们的次第如何?又为何在《分别论》中被称为无量?”答曰:首先,应从最胜与无过失的含义来理解此处的梵住性。因为这些住由于对众生的正行而为最胜。正如梵天以无过失心而住,同样,与这些心相应的行者便如同梵天而住,故以最胜及无过失而称为梵住。显示巴利原文
Ettha siyā – ‘kasmā panetā mettā karuṇā muditā upekkhā brahmavihārāti vuccanti? Kasmā ca, catassova? Ko ca etāsaṃ kamo? Vibhaṅge ca kasmā appamaññāti vuttā’ti? Vuccate – seṭṭhaṭṭhena tāva niddosabhāvena cettha brahmavihāratā veditabbā. Sattesu sammāpaṭipattibhāvena hi seṭṭhā ete vihārā. Yathā ca brahmāno niddosacittā viharanti, evaṃ etehi sampayuttā yogino brahmasamāva hutvā viharantīti seṭṭhaṭṭhena niddosabhāvena ca brahmavihārāti vuccanti.
至于“为何是四种”等最初问题的解答,则是——显示巴利原文
Kasmā ca catassotiādipañhassa pana idaṃ vissajjanaṃ –
依清净道等而有四种,
然而,依利益等行相而有其次第;
它们依次于无量所缘中运转,
以所缘为行境,故称为无量。
显示巴利原文 Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso, Hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ; Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe, Tā gocare yena tadappamaññā.
于此四者中,慈是多嗔者清净之道,悲是多害者清净之道,喜是多不乐者清净之道,舍是多贪者清净之道;且对众生的作意,唯是以利益行、除害行、随喜成就行、中舍行四种方式而行;又如母亲对待幼子、病子、成年子及忙于己事的四个儿子:对幼子望其成长,对病子望其病愈,对成年子望其青春长驻,对忙于己事者则一切不干预。同样,修习无量住者也应以慈等如此对待一切众生,故依清净道等差别而说此四种无量。显示巴利原文
Etāsu hi yasmā mettā byāpādabahulassa, karuṇā vihiṃsābahulassa, muditā aratibahulassa, upekkhā rāgabahulassa visuddhimaggo; yasmā ca hitūpasaṃhāraahitāpanayanasampattimodanaanābhogavasena catubbidhoyeva sattesu manasikāro; yasmā ca yathā mātā daharagilānayobbanappattasakiccapasutesu catūsu puttesu daharassa abhivuḍḍhikāmā hoti, gilānassa gelaññāpanayanakāmā, yobbanappattassa yobbanasampattiyā ciraṭṭhitikāmā, sakiccapasutassa kismiñcipi pariyāye abyāvaṭā hoti, tathā appamaññāvihārikenāpi sabbasattesu mettādivasena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā ito visuddhimaggādivasā catassova appamaññā.
然而,欲修习此四者,首先应以生起利益行相的方式对众生修习,慈的特征正是生起利益行相;其后,对如此已祝愿利益的众生,或见、或闻、或想像其遭受苦厄,便以生起除苦行相的方式修习,悲的特征正是生起除苦行相;再后,对如此已祝愿利益、已祝愿除苦的众生,见其成就,便以随喜成就的方式修习,喜的特征正是随喜;此后,因更无应作之事,便以称为中舍的中庸行相而修习,舍的特征正是生起中庸行相。因此,依利益等行相而有其次第:先说慈,次说悲、喜、舍,当知此为次第。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana catassopetā bhāvetukāmena paṭhamaṃ hitākārappavattivasena sattesu paṭipajjitabbaṃ, hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca mettā; tato evaṃ patthitahitānaṃ sattānaṃ dukkhābhibhavaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā sambhāvetvā vā dukkhāpanayanākārappavattivasena, dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca karuṇā; athevaṃ patthitahitānaṃ patthitadukkhāpagamānañca nesaṃ sampattiṃ disvā sampattippamodanavasena, pamodanalakkhaṇā ca muditā; tato paraṃ pana kattabbābhāvato ajjhupekkhakatāsaṅkhātena majjhattākārena paṭipajjitabbaṃ, majjhattākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca upekkhā; tasmā ito hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ mettā vuttā. Atha karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ayaṃ kamo veditabbo.
然而,由于这一切都在无量的所缘境中运转,故称为无量。以其所缘为无量众生故,且不执‘应于如此范围内对某一众生修习慈等’之限量,唯以遍满一切有情而转,故如是说——显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana sabbāpetā appamāṇe gocare pavattanti, tasmā appamaññāti vuccanti. Appamāṇā hi sattā etāsaṃ gocarabhūtā, ‘ekasattassāpi ca ettake padese mettādayo bhāvetabbā’ti evaṃ pamāṇaṃ aggahetvā sakalapharaṇavaseneva pavattāti, tena vuttaṃ –
依清净道等而有四种,
然依利益等行相而有其次第;
这些次第于无量所缘中运转,
因此它们名为无量。
显示巴利原文 Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso, Hitādiākāravasā panāsaṃ; Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe, Tā gocare yena tadappamaññāti.
因此,虽然它们同以无量为行境而具有共同特征,此中前三者只属于第三禅和第四禅。何以故?因与喜不分离故。何以故它们与喜不分离?因为是从由忧所起的嗔恚等的出离故。最后者则唯属其余的一禅。何以故?因与舍受相应故。因为以对众生中舍行相而转起的梵住舍,若离舍受,便不能转起。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ appamāṇagocaratāya ekalakkhaṇāsu cāpi etāsu purimā tisso tikacatukkajjhānikāva honti. Kasmā? Somanassāvippayogato. Kasmā panāsaṃ somanassena avippayogoti? Domanassasamuṭṭhitānaṃ byāpādādīnaṃ nissaraṇattā. Pacchimā pana avasesekajjhānikāva. Kasmā? Upekkhāvedanāsampayogato. Na hi sattesu majjhattākārappavattā brahmavihārupekkhā upekkhāvedanaṃ vinā vattatīti.
263 263. 现在,为显明对贪行众生绝对有益、于种种所缘中唯依一一禅那而转起的色界善法,再次从“哪些法是善”等开始。显示巴利原文
263. Idāni rāgacaritasattānaṃ ekantahitaṃ nānārammaṇesu ekekajjhānavaseneva pavattamānaṃ rūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ.
在这里,“与膨胀想俱行”等中,所谓膨胀,如同气囊被风吹起,由于生命耗尽后依次生起的肿胀状态而向上膨胀,故称为膨胀。膨胀的,即膨胀相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的膨胀,称为膨胀相。这是对那种尸体的称呼。青瘀,指颜色败坏而呈青黑色。青瘀的,即青瘀相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的青瘀,称为青瘀相。在肉隆起处呈红色,在脓积聚处呈白色,而大部分呈青黑色,在青黑处犹如披上青布一般,这是对那种尸体的称呼。在破裂处流出的脓,称为脓烂。脓烂的,即脓烂相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的脓烂,称为脓烂相。这是对那种尸体的称呼。断坏,是指被切成两半而分离的;断坏的,即断坏相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的断坏,称为断坏相。这是对从中间被切断的尸体的称呼。被狗、豺狼等从各处以种种方式啃食,称为食残。食残的,即食残相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的食残,称为食残相。这是对那种尸体的称呼。被种种方式散掷,称为散乱。散乱的,即散乱相;或者因为可厌、鄙恶的散乱,称为散乱相。这是对那种被丢掷得“手在一处,脚在一处,头在一处”的尸体的称呼。既是砍斫,又如前所述那般散乱,故称为砍斫散乱。这是对以鸦显示巴利原文
Tattha uddhumātakasaññāsahagatantiādīsu, bhastā viya vāyunā, uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā yathānukkamaṃ samuggatena sūnabhāvena dhumātattā uddhumātaṃ. Uddhumātameva uddhumātakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ uddhumātanti uddhumātakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vinīlaṃ vuccati viparibhinnanīlavaṇṇaṃ. Vinīlameva vinīlakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vinīlanti vinīlakaṃ. Maṃsussadaṭṭhānesu rattavaṇṇassa, pubbasannicayaṭṭhānesu setavaṇṇassa, yebhuyyena ca nīlavaṇṇassa , nīlaṭṭhāne nīlasāṭakapārutasseva chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paribhinnaṭṭhānesu vissandamānaṃ pubbaṃ vipubbaṃ. Vipubbameva vipubbakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vipubbanti vipubbakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vicchiddaṃ vuccati dvidhā chindanena apadhāritaṃ, vicchiddameva vicchiddakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vicchiddanti vicchiddakaṃ. Vemajjhe chinnassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ito ca etto ca vividhākārena soṇasiṅgālādīhi khāyitaṃ vikkhāyitaṃ. Vikkhāyitameva vikkhāyitakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vikkhāyitanti vikkhāyitakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vividhā khittaṃ vikkhittaṃ. Vikkhittameva vikkhittakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vikkhittanti vikkhittakaṃ. ‘Aññena hatthaṃ aññena pādaṃ aññena sīsa’nti evaṃ tato tato khittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Hatañca taṃ purimanayeneva vikkhittakañcāti hatavikkhittakaṃ. Kākapadākārena aṅgapaccaṅgesu satthena hanitvā vuttanayena vikkhittakassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Lohitaṃ kirati, vikkhipati, ito cito ca paggharatīti lohitakaṃ. Paggharitalohitamakkhitassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Puḷavā vuccanti kimayo. Puḷave vikiratīti puḷavakaṃ. Kimiparipuṇṇassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aṭṭhiyeva aṭṭhikaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ aṭṭhīti aṭṭhikaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅkhalikāyapi ekaṭṭhikassapi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Imāni ca pana uddhumātakādīni nissāya uppannanimittānampi nimittesu paṭiladdhajjhānānampi etāneva nāmāni.
其中,依安止力于膨胀相而生起的想,名为膨胀想。与此膨胀想相应俱在的涵义,即是“与膨胀想俱行”。于“与青瘀想俱行”等等,也是如此。然而,此处若需说明修习方法,则一切在《清净道论》中已详尽阐述。其余文句的注释,应依前文所述之理了知。有所不同的是:此处如同依第四禅的舍梵住,依初禅,对每一者各有二十五种单。又因不净所缘不可增广,若于小的膨胀处生起相为所缘,即是小所缘;于大的膨胀处生起相为所缘,则是无量所缘。对其余诸者,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tattha uddhumātakanimitte appanāvasena uppannā saññā uddhumātakasaññā. Tāya uddhumātakasaññāya sampayogaṭṭhena sahagataṃ uddhumātakasaññāsahagataṃ. Vinīlakasaññāsahagatādīsupi eseva nayo. Yaṃ panettha bhāvanāvidhānaṃ vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, taṃ sabbākārena visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.103 ādayo) vuttameva. Avasesā pāḷivaṇṇanā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi idha, catutthajjhānavasena upekkhābrahmavihāre viya, paṭhamajjhānavasena ekekasmiṃ pañcavīsati ekakā honti. Asubhārammaṇassa ca avaḍḍhanīyattā, paritte uddhumātakaṭṭhāne uppannanimittārammaṇaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ, mahante appamāṇārammaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayoti.
如此,十种不净,
为具千眼者所称赞的功德
十力者所说
一一禅那之因
如是,先依经教之理,了知这一切;
于他们之中,更应了知此杂论。
显示巴利原文 Iti asubhāni subhaguṇo, Dasasatalocanena thutakitti; Yāni avoca dasabalo, Ekekajjhānahetūni. Evaṃ pāḷinayeneva, tāva sabbāni tāni jānitvā; Tesveva ayaṃ bhiyyo, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā. (visuddhi. 1.120);
于这些之中,凡于任何一处证得禅那者,由于善能镇伏贪欲,便如离贪者一般,行无贪求。虽然如此,然此处所说的不净差别,应知为依身体的自性现起及贪行者的差别。显示巴利原文
Etesu hi yattha katthaci adhigatajjhāno suvikkhambhitarāgattā vītarāgo viya nilloluppacāro hoti. Evaṃ santepi yvāyaṃ asubhabhedo vutto, so sarīrasabhāvappattivasena ca rāgacaritabhedavasena cāti veditabbo.
尸体在呈现可厌状态时,或已达到膨胀相,或已达到青瘀相等任何一种相。如此,无论能获得何种相,都应依彼而取相,即膨胀可厌、青瘀可厌等。因此,依身之自性状态,说不净差别有十种。显示巴利原文
Chavasarīrañhi paṭikūlabhāvaṃ āpajjamānaṃ uddhumātakasabhāvappattaṃ vā siyā, vinīlakādīnaṃ vā aññatarasabhāvappattaṃ. Iti yādisaṃ yādisaṃ sakkā hoti laddhuṃ tādise tādise uddhumātakapaṭikūlaṃ vinīlakapaṭikūlanti evaṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbamevāti sarīrasabhāvappattivasena dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.
此处特别说明:膨胀相能显示身体结构的败坏,故适合于执着身形者。青瘀相能显示皮肤色泽的败坏,故适合于执着身体颜色者。脓烂相能显示与身俱来的恶臭状态,故适合于因花香等而对身体气味生贪者。断坏相能显示内部空洞的状态,故适合于对身体起坚实想而生贪者。食残相能显示肉团等成就的毁坏,故适合于对胸、乳等身体部位肉聚生贪者。散乱相能显示肢节的离散,故适合于执着肢节优美者。砍斫散乱相能显示身体聚合的破坏变异,故适合于执着身体聚合成就者。血涂相能显示血污的可厌状态,故适合于因装饰而起光彩之贪者。虫聚相能显示身为众多虫类共住的状态,故适合于对身体起我所执而生贪者。骨相能显示身骨的可厌状态,故适合于执着牙齿成就者。如此,亦依所断贪行的差别,说不净差别有十种。显示巴利原文
Visesato cettha uddhumātakaṃ sarīrasaṇṭhānavipattippakāsanato sarīrasaṇṭhānarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vinīlakaṃ chavirāgavipattippakāsanato sarīravaṇṇarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vipubbakaṃ kāyavaṇapaṭibaddhassa duggandhabhāvassa pakāsanato mālāgandhādivasena samuṭṭhāpitasarīragandharāgino sappāyaṃ. Vicchiddakaṃ antosusirabhāvappakāsanato sarīre ghanabhāvarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhāyitakaṃ maṃsūpacayasampattivināsappakāsanato thanādīsu sarīrappadesesu maṃsūpacayarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhittakaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vikkhepappakāsanato aṅgapaccaṅgalīlārāgino sappāyaṃ. Hatavikkhittakaṃ sarīrasaṅghāṭabhedavikārappakāsanato sarīrasaṅghāṭasampattirāgino sappāyaṃ. Lohitakaṃ lohitamakkhitapaṭikūlabhāvappakāsanato alaṅkārajanitasobharāgino sappāyaṃ. Puḷavakaṃ kāyassa anekakimikulasādhāraṇabhāvappakāsanato kāye mamattarāgino sappāyaṃ. Aṭṭhikaṃ sarīraṭṭhīnaṃ paṭikūlabhāvappakāsanato dantasampattirāgino sappāyanti. Evaṃ rāgacaritavasenāpi dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.
然而,在这十种不净中,犹如在缺乏稳固堤岸、水流湍急的河中,船只唯有依凭桨的力量才能停住,无桨便无法安住;同样,由于所缘微劣,心唯有依凭寻的力量才能成为一境而安住,无寻便无法安住。因此,此处唯得初禅,不得第二禅等。纵使面对如此令人厌恶的所缘,由于见到‘我必由此行道解脱老死’的功德,以及断除诸盖的热恼,喜与乐仍能生起。正如拾粪人见到‘我将获得诸多工钱’的功德而面对粪堆,也如同为剧痛重症所苦的患者服用呕吐药与泻药一样。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana dasavidhepi etasmiṃ asubhe seyyathāpi nāma aparisaṇṭhitajalāya sīghasotāya nadiyā arittabaleneva nāvā tiṭṭhati, vinā arittena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, evameva dubbalattā ārammaṇassa vitakkabaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, vinā vitakkena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, tasmā paṭhamajjhānamevettha hoti, na dutiyādīni. Paṭikūlepi cetasmiṃ ārammaṇe ‘addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmī’ti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvitāya ceva nīvaraṇasantāpappahānena ca pītisomanassaṃ uppajjati, ‘bahuṃ dāni vetanaṃ labhissāmī’ti ānisaṃsadassāvino pupphachaḍḍakassa gūtharāsimhi viya, ussannabyādhidukkhassa rogino vamanavirecanappavattiyaṃ viya ca.
此十种不净,从特相来说只是一种。因为十种不净的共同特相,即是不净、恶臭、令人厌恶、可厌逆的状态。以这一特相,不净不仅现起于死尸,也现起于活着的身体,正如支提山住者大提舍长老见到牙齿与骨骼,以及僧护长老的侍者沙弥注视骑在象背上的国王那样。因为正如死尸是不净的,活着的身体同样不净。只是这里不净的特相被外在的装饰所掩盖,所以并不明显。显示巴利原文
Dasavidhampi cetaṃ asubhaṃ lakkhaṇato ekameva hoti. Dasavidhassapi hi etassa asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikūlabhāvo eva lakkhaṇaṃ. Tadetaṃ iminā lakkhaṇena na kevalaṃ matasarīreyeva dantaṭṭhikadassāvino pana cetiyapabbatavāsino mahātissattherassa viya, hatthikkhandhagataṃ rājānaṃ ullokentassa saṅgharakkhitattherupaṭṭhākasāmaṇerassa viya ca, jīvamānakasarīrepi upaṭṭhāti. Yatheva hi matasarīraṃ evaṃ jīvamānakampi asubhameva. Asubhalakkhaṇaṃ panettha āgantukena alaṅkārena paṭicchannattā na paññāyatīti.
那么,从地遍开始,到骨想结束,这些便是色界安止吗?还是另有其他?还有别的。因为入出息禅与身至念在此并未被提及。然而,虽未被提及,当取风遍时,入出息禅即已被包含;当取颜色遍时,依发等而起四禅与五禅的身至念,即已被包含;当取十种不净时,依三十二行相而修的可厌逆作意禅,以及依九种冢墓的颜色而修的禅那,这些身至念也已被包含。因此,一切色界安止在这里实已说尽。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana pathavīkasiṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā aṭṭhikasaññāpariyosānāvesā rūpāvacarappanā, udāhu aññāpi atthīti? Atthi; ānāpānajjhānañhi kāyagatāsatibhāvanā ca idha na kathitā. Kiñcāpi na kathitā vāyokasiṇe pana gahite ānāpānajjhānaṃ gahitameva; vaṇṇakasiṇesu ca gahitesu kesādīsu catukkapañcakajjhānavasena uppannā kāyagatāsati, dasasu asubhesu gahitesu dvattiṃsākāre paṭikūlamanasikārajjhānavasena ceva navasivathikāvaṇṇajjhānavasena ca pavattā kāyagatāsati gahitāvāti. Sabbāpi rūpāvacarappanā idha kathitāva hotīti.
无色界善的解说显示巴利原文
Arūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
空无边处显示巴利原文
Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ
265 现在,为阐明无色界善,又提出‘哪些法是善’等开始解说。其中,‘为了无色之再生’:无色有称为无色,在无色有中的再生即是无色再生,为了彼无色再生。‘修习其道’:即产生、增长方法、因、条件。‘一切’:以一切方式;或‘所有无余’之义。‘色想’:此是以想为首而说的色界禅那及其所缘。因为色界禅那,在‘有色者见色’等中也称为色;它的所缘,在‘于外见色,妙色、恶色’等中也称为色。因此,这里‘于色有想为色想’,是以想为首而说的色界禅那的增语;而‘以色为想者为色想’,即以色为其名称而说。当知这是对地遍等所缘分类的增语。显示巴利原文
265. Idāni arūpāvacarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha arūpūpapattiyāti arūpabhavo arūpaṃ, arūpe upapatti arūpūpapatti, tassā arūpūpapattiyā. Maggaṃ bhāvetīti upāyaṃ hetuṃ kāraṇaṃ uppādeti vaḍḍheti. Sabbasoti sabbākārena. Sabbāsaṃ vā anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānānañceva tadārammaṇānañca. Rūpāvacarajjhānampi hi rūpanti vuccati ‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 248; dī. ni. 2.129). Tassa ārammaṇampi ‘‘bahiddhā rūpāni passati suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 244-246; dī. ni. 2.173); tasmā idha rūpe saññā rūpasaññāti evaṃ saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Rūpaṃ saññā assāti rūpasaññaṃ, rūpamassa nāmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ pathavīkasiṇādibhedassa tadārammaṇassa cetaṃ adhivacananti veditabbaṃ.
‘超越’:由离染及灭尽。这是什么意思?对于这些依善、异熟、唯作而有的十五种称为禅那的色想,以及这些依地遍等而有的八种称为所缘的色想,以一切方式无余离染及灭尽,即因离染与灭尽,而具足安住于空无边处。因为未完全超越色想者,不可能具足安住于此。显示巴利原文
Samatikkamāti virāgā nirodhā ca. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Etāsaṃ kusalavipākakiriyavasena pañcadasannaṃ jhānasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ, etesañca pathavīkasiṇādivasena aṭṭhannaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ, sabbākārena anavasesānaṃ vā virāgā ca nirodhā ca virāgahetu ceva nirodhahetu ca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Na hi sakkā sabbaso anatikkantarūpasaññena etaṃ upasampajja viharitunti.
其中,因为对于所缘未离染的人,不能超越想;而当想被超越时,所缘即被超越。因此,不直接说所缘的超越,而在《分别论》中这样说:‘其中,什么是色想?入色界等至者、或生彼处者、或现法乐住者的想、了知、了知性,这些称为色想。他超越了、越度了、完全超越了这些色想,因此说“完全超越色想”。’如此只说了想的超越。然而,应知由于这些等至是通过所缘的超越而达到的,不像初禅等那样在同一所缘上,因此这里也依于所缘的超越而作义释。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā ārammaṇe avirattassa saññāsamatikkamo na hoti, samatikkantāsu ca saññāsu ārammaṇaṃ samatikkantameva hoti, tasmā ārammaṇasamatikkamaṃ avatvā ‘‘tattha katamā rūpasaññā? Rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ, imā vuccanti rūpasaññāyo. Imā rūpasaññāyo atikkanto hoti, vītikkanto, samatikkanto, tena vuccati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’’ti (vibha. 602) evaṃ vibhaṅge saññānaṃyeva samatikkamo vutto. Yasmā pana ārammaṇasamatikkamena pattabbā etā samāpattiyo, na ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe paṭhamajjhānādīni viya, tasmā ayaṃ ārammaṇasamatikkamavasenāpi atthavaṇṇanā katāti veditabbā.
“有对想的灭没”:由眼等诸处撞击色等诸所缘而生起的想,称为有对想。这是色想等的别名。如说:“其中,什么是有对想?色想、声想、香想、味想、触想——这些称为有对想。”这十种有对想,即五种善异熟与五种不善异熟,它们的灭没、断除、不令生起、不转起,即如是说。显示巴利原文
Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cakkhādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ rūpādīnaṃ ārammaṇānañca paṭighātena samuppannā saññā paṭighasaññā. Rūpasaññādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamā paṭighasaññā? Rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā, imā vuccanti paṭighasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 603). Tāsaṃ kusalavipākānaṃ pañcannaṃ akusalavipākānaṃ pañcannanti sabbaso dasannampi paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā pahānā asamuppādā appavattiṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
虽然这些(苦、乐等)在证入初禅等时也并不存在——因为那时心不依五门而转——但即便如此,如同在别处已断除的苦乐在第四禅中,以及有身见等在第三道中被述及一样,此处是为了激发精进,以对此禅的赞叹方式而说这些已断除,应如此理解。或者,虽然那些在证入色界定时不存在,但并非因已断除而不存在。因为色界修习并非为了离色贪,而它们的生起依赖于色。但此修习是为了离色贪。因此,说它们在此处已断除是合适的。不仅可以说,而且完全可以这样持守。因为在此之前它们未被断除,所以世尊对证入初禅者说‘声是刺’。而在此处,正因为已断除,才说无色等至的不动性及寂静解脱。此外,阿拉罗·迦罗摩证入无色定时,五百辆车经过他身边,他既没看见,也没听到声音。显示巴利原文
Kāmañcetā paṭhamajjhānādīni samāpannassāpi na santi – na hi tasmiṃ samaye pañcadvāravasena cittaṃ pavattati – evaṃ santepi, aññattha pahīnānaṃ sukhadukkhānaṃ catutthajjhāne viya, sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ tatiyamagge viya ca, imasmiṃ jhāne ussāhajananatthaṃ imassa jhānassa pasaṃsāvasena etāsaṃ ettha vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Atha vā kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacaraṃ samāpannassa na santi, atha kho na pahīnattā na santi. Na hi rūpavirāgāya rūpāvacarabhāvanā saṃvattati, rūpāyattā ca etāsaṃ pavatti. Ayaṃ pana bhāvanā rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati. Tasmā tā ettha pahīnāti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Na kevalañca vattuṃ, ekaṃseneva evaṃ dhāretumpi vaṭṭati. Tāsañhi ito pubbe appahīnattāyeva paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpannassa ‘‘saddo kaṇṭako’’ti (a. ni. 10.72) vutto bhagavatā. Idha ca pahīnattāyeva arūpasamāpattīnaṃ āneñjatā santavimokkhatā ca vuttā. Āḷāro ca kāḷāmo āruppasamāpanno pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosīti (dī. ni. 2.192).
“种种想的不作意”:即对在种种境中转起的想,或种种的想不作意。因为这些想在此处,如《分别论》所分别:“其中,什么是种种想?非等入者的意界相应或意识界相应的想、了知、了知性,这些称为种种想。”非等入者的意界及意识界所摄的想,在色、声等不同、种种自性的境中转起。又这些想——八种欲界善想、十二种不善想、十一种欲界善异熟想、二种不善异熟想、十一种欲界唯作想——共计四十四种想,种种差别,种种自性,互不相似,故称种种想。对这一切种种想的不作意、不转向、不集中心、不观察。因为他不转向、不作意、不观察那些想,故如是说。显示巴利原文
Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti nānatte gocare pavattānaṃ saññānaṃ nānattānaṃ vā saññānaṃ. Yasmā hi etā ‘‘tattha katamā nānattasaññā? Asamāpannassa manodhātusamaṅgissa vā manoviññāṇadhātusamaṅgissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ, imā vuccanti nānattasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 604) evaṃ vibhaṅge vibhajitvā vuttā idha adhippetā; asamāpannassa manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātusaṅgahitā saññā rūpasaddādibhede nānatte nānāsabhāve gocare pavattanti; yasmā cetā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalasaññā, dvādasa akusalasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakusalavipākasaññā , dve akusalavipākasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakiriyasaññāti evaṃ catucattālīsampi saññā nānattā nānāsabhāvā aññamaññaṃ asadisā, tasmā nānattasaññāti vuttā. Tāsaṃ sabbaso nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā anāvajjanā asamannāhārā apaccavekkhaṇā. Yasmā tā nāvajjati, na manasikaroti, na paccavekkhati, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti.
在此,由于先前的色想与对碍想,在由此禅那所生的有中尚且不存在,更何况在彼有中证入此禅那而安住之时。因此,对于这两种想,以“超越”与“灭没”二词,说的正是其完全不存在。然而,对于种种想,因为八种欲界善想、九种唯作想、十种不善想这二十七种想,在由此禅那所生的有中是存在的,故应知这里所说为“于彼不作意”。即便是在彼处,证入此禅那而安住者,也是通过不作意于他们想而证入、安住的;若作意那些想,便不能等入。简言之,此处“超越色想”是指断除一切色界法;“对碍想的灭没”与“种种想的不作意”,则是指断除一切欲界心与心所法、并对它们不作意,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Yasmā cettha purimā rūpasaññā paṭighasaññā ca iminā jhānena nibbatte bhavepi na vijjanti, pageva tasmiṃ bhave imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇakāle, tasmā tāsaṃ ‘samatikkamā atthaṅgamā’ti dvedhāpi abhāvoyeva vutto. Nānattasaññāsu pana yasmā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalasaññā, nava kiriyāsaññā, dasa akusalasaññāti imā sattavīsati saññā iminā jhānena nibbatte bhave vijjanti, tasmā tāsaṃ amanasikārāti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpi hi imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharanto tāsaṃ amanasikārāyeva upasampajja viharati. Tā pana manasikaronto asamāpanno hotīti. Saṅkhepato cettha ‘rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’ti iminā sabbarūpāvacaradhammānaṃ pahānaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā’ti iminā sabbesaṃ kāmāvacaracittacetasikānañca pahānaṃ amanasikāro ca vuttoti veditabbo.
如此,世尊以“超越十五种色想、灭没十种对碍想、不作意四十四种种种想”这三句,宣说了空无边处等至的功德。是何缘故呢?既是为了激发听众的精进,也是为了吸引他们。因为,如果有愚人这样说:“导师说应证得空无边处等至,但证得它有何意义?有何利益?”世尊为了不让他们生起这样的想法,便以这些方式讲述了等至的功德。他们听闻之后,便会这样想:“听说这些等至是如此寂静、如此殊胜,我们应当证得。”随后便会为证得它而付出精进。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā ‘pannarasannaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamena, dasannaṃ paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamena, catucattālīsāya nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārenā’ti tīhi padehi ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Kiṃ kāraṇāti ce sotūnaṃ ussāhajananatthañceva palobhanatthañca. Sace hi keci apaṇḍitā vadeyyuṃ ‘satthā ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ nibbattethāti vadati, ko nu kho etāya nibbattitāya attho? Ko ānisaṃso’ti te evaṃ vattuṃ mā labhantūti imehi ākārehi samāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Tañhi nesaṃ sutvā evaṃ bhavissati – ‘evaṃsantā kira ayaṃ samāpatti, evaṃpaṇītā, nibbattessāma na’nti. Athassa nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ karissantīti.
再者,世尊是为了吸引他们,才像那位毒刺商人一样,称说其功德。所谓“毒刺商人”,是糖商人的别称。据说,他带着糖、糖浆、糖块、砂糖等物,以车运至边陲村落,高声叫卖:“来买毒刺!来买毒刺!”村民听后说道:“毒是猛厉之物,谁吃下去会死;刺也能刺死人。这两样都极为猛厉,哪有利益可图?”于是,家家闭户,并叫孩子们也避开。商人见此情形,心想:“这些村民不善于交易,我当以方便善巧让他们购买。”于是便改口叫道:“来买极甜之物,来买极美味之物!糖、糖浆、砂糖,一应等价,纵使以伪币、劣钱,也能买得!”村民听了,心生欢喜,踊跃而出,付与许多钱财,将糖买下。显示巴利原文
Palobhanatthañcāpi nesaṃ etissā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi, visakaṇṭakavāṇijo viya. Visakaṇṭakavāṇijo nāma guḷavāṇijo vuccati. So kira guḷaphāṇitakhaṇḍasakkarādīni sakaṭenādāya paccantagāmaṃ gantvā ‘visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhatha visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhathā’ti ugghosesi. Taṃ sutvā gāmikā ‘visaṃ nāma kakkhaḷaṃ, yo naṃ khādati so marati, kaṇṭakopi vijjhitvā māreti. Ubhopete kakkhaḷā, ko ettha ānisaṃso’ti gehadvārāni thakesuṃ, dārake ca palāpesuṃ. Taṃ disvā vāṇijo ‘avohārakusalā ime gāmikā, handa ne upāyena gaṇhāpemī’ti ‘atimadhuraṃ gaṇhatha atisāduṃ gaṇhatha, guḷaṃ phāṇitaṃ sakkaraṃ samagghaṃ labbhati, kūṭamāsakakūṭakahāpaṇādīhipi labbhatī’ti ugghosesi. Taṃ sutvā gāmikā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhā niggantvā bahumpi mūlaṃ datvā gahesuṃ.
在此,商人的叫卖‘来买毒刺’,好比世尊说‘应证得空无边处等至’。村民们思忖:‘这两样都这么猛烈,有什么利益呢?’正如听众们思忖:‘世尊说应证得空无边处等至,这有什么利益?我们不知其功德。’接着,商人的‘来买极甜的’等说法,则如同世尊阐明超越色想等利益。闻此之后,他们便会像村民出高价买糖一样,被此利益所吸引,发起大精进,证得这些等至。因此,世尊为了激发精进、为了劝诱,而作此说。显示巴利原文
Tattha vāṇijassa ‘visakaṇṭakaṃ gaṇhathā’ti ugghosanaṃ viya bhagavato ‘ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ nibbattethā’ti vacanaṃ. ‘Ubhopete kakkhaḷā , ko ettha ānisaṃso’ti? Gāmikānaṃ cintanaṃ viya ‘bhagavā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nibbattethāti āha, ko ettha ānisaṃso? Nāssa guṇaṃ jānāmā’ti sotūnaṃ cintanaṃ. Athassa vāṇijassa ‘atimadhuraṃ gaṇhathā’tiādivacanaṃ viya bhagavato rūpasaññāsamatikkamanādikaṃ ānisaṃsappakāsanaṃ. Idañhi sutvā te bahumpi mūlaṃ datvā, gāmikā viya guḷaṃ, iminā ānisaṃsena palobhitacittā mahantampi ussāhaṃ katvā imaṃ samāpattiṃ nibbattessantīti ussāhajananatthaṃ palobhanatthañca kathesi.
与空无边处想俱行:此处,因为没有它的边际,故称无边。虚空无边,故称空无边。空无边本身即是空无边处。那空无边处,依作为依止处的意义,是此禅那及其相应法的处所,正如诸天的天处一般,故为空无边处。如此,它既是空无边,又是处所,所以也称作空无边处。这是对除去遍相后之虚空的称谓。在那空无边处中,与达到安止的想俱行,便称为与空无边处想俱行。显示巴利原文
Ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha nāssa antoti anantaṃ. Ākāsaṃ anantaṃ ākāsānantaṃ. Ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ. Taṃ ākāsānañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa, devānaṃ devāyatanamivāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Iti ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ āyatanañcātipi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmiṃ ākāsānañcāyatane appanāppattāya saññāya sahagataṃ ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ.
然而,虽在别处有说‘虚空无边’,此处却不取‘无边’或‘有限’。何以故?若取‘无边’,则‘有限’不被取;若取‘有限’,则‘无边’不被取。如此,所缘的四种便不圆满,说法也不成十六种。而正自觉者在此处有意要让说法成为十六种,故不说‘无边’或‘有限’,而说‘与空无边处想俱行’。如此,二者皆被取,所缘四种圆满,说法也成就了十六种。其余的巴利文义,应依前文所述的方式来了解。在这里,由于对色界第四禅的欲爱已尽所产生的苦,故为苦行道;由于已尽欲爱者安止住立迟缓,故为迟钝通。反之,则应知为乐行道与速疾通。又,应知在有限遍相除去后的虚空中生起的禅那,为有限所缘;在广大遍相除去后的虚空中生起的,则为无量所缘。如同舍梵住,此处也依第四禅而有二十五个单一法。如此处,此后各处也是如此。只是在他们之中,我将解说其间的差别而已。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana aññattha ‘ananto ākāso’ti (vibha. 508; dī. ni. 2.129) vuttaṃ, evamidha anantanti vā parittanti vā na gahitaṃ. Kasmā? Anante hi gahite parittaṃ na gayhati, paritte gahite anantaṃ na gayhati. Evaṃ sante ārammaṇacatukkaṃ na pūrati, desanā soḷasakkhattukā na hoti. Sammāsambuddhassa ca imasmiṃ ṭhāne desanaṃ soḷasakkhattukaṃ kātuṃ ajjhāsayo, tasmā anantanti vā parittanti vā avatvā ‘ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagata’nti āha. Evañhi sati ubhayampi gahitameva hoti. Ārammaṇacatukkaṃ pūrati, desanā soḷasakkhattukā sampajjati. Avaseso pāḷiattho heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānanikantipariyādānadukkhatāya cettha dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā hoti. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca veditabbā. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pana pavattaṃ jhānaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ vipulakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaṃ appamāṇārammaṇanti veditabbaṃ. Upekkhābrahmavihāre viya ca idhāpi catutthajjhānavasena pañcavīsati ekakā honti . Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Visesamattameva pana tesu vaṇṇayissāma.
识无边处显示巴利原文
Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ
266 超越空无边处:此处,先依前述方式而言,空无边作为依止处,是此禅那的处所,故禅那亦名空无边处。依同样方式,其所缘亦然。如是,此禅那与所缘二者,皆由令其不生起及不作意而超越之后,方得成就而住于此识无边处。是故将二者合说为‘超越空无边处’,应如是了知。显示巴利原文
266.Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti, ettha tāva pubbe vuttanayena ākāsānañcaṃ āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
与识无边处想俱行:此处,由应作意‘无有边际’故,无其边际,是为无边。无边即是无所有。识为无边,不言‘识无边’而言‘识无边处’,此为此处习惯用语。此识无边处本身,以依止处的意义,是此想的处所,故为识无边处。于识无边处中生起的想之俱行,称为与识无边处想俱行。这是对以虚空中所生识为所缘的禅那的称呼。此处,因对空无边处等至的欲爱已尽之苦,故为苦行道;因已尽欲爱者安止住立迟缓,故为迟钝通。反之,则为乐行道与速疾通。当知:缘取以剔除有限遍相后的虚空为所缘的等至而生起者,为有限所缘;反之,为无量所缘。其余与前文所述相似。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāsahagatanti, ettha pana anantanti manasikātabbavasena nāssa antoti anantaṃ. Anantameva ānañcaṃ. Viññāṇaṃ ānañcaṃ viññāṇānañcanti avatvā viññāṇañcanti vuttaṃ. Ayañhettha rūḷhīsaddo. Tadeva viññāṇañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena imāya saññāya āyatananti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Tasmiṃ viññāṇañcāyatane pavattāya saññāya sahagatanti viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākāse pavattaviññāṇārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāsārammaṇaṃ samāpattiṃ ārabbha pavattiyā parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
无所有处显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ
267 超越识无边处:此处亦依前述方式,识无边以作为依止处的意义,是此禅那的处所,故禅那亦名识无边处。依同样方式,其所缘亦然。如是,此禅那与所缘二者,皆由令其不生起及不作意而超越之后,方得成就而住于此无所有处。是故将二者合说为‘超越识无边处’,应如是了知。显示巴利原文
267.Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃsamatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva viññāṇañca āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ca ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“与无所有处想俱行”一句中,无所有是指其中没有任何东西,乃至连微量的碎片也无剩余,这是所说的“无所有”。无所有的状态为无所有处,这是对空无边处识灭去的称呼。此无所有处,依作为依止处的意义,是此想的处所,故称无所有处。于彼无所有处中生起的想俱行,即称为与无所有处想俱行。这是对以虚空中生起的识之灭去为所缘的禅那的称呼。在此,由于对识无边处等至的欲爱已尽,故为苦行道;由于已尽欲爱者的安止住立迟缓,故为迟钝通。反之,则乐行道与速疾通。当知:因以有限遍相除去后的虚空中生起的识之灭去为所缘,故为有限所缘;反之,则为无量所缘。其余与前文所说相似。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha pana nāssa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ; antamaso bhaṅgamattampi assa avasiṭṭhaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatanaviññāṇāpagamassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ ākiñcaññaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena imissā saññāya āyatananti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Tasmiṃ ākiñcaññāyatane pavattāya saññāya sahagatanti ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanā parivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇatāya parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
非想非非想处显示巴利原文
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ
“超越无所有处”一句中,亦如前文所说,无所有是禅那的处所,依作为依止处的意义,禅那即是无所有处。同样地,所缘也是如此。因此,此禅那与所缘二者,皆由令其不生起及不作意而超越之后,方得成就此非想非非想处而住,故将此二者合而为一,说为“超越无所有处”。应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva ākiñcaññaṃ āyatanamassa adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti jhānampi ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Vuttanayeneva ārammaṇampi. Evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇe ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammā’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“与非想非非想处想俱行”一句中,由于具有某种想,该状态被称为非想非非想处。为了显示修行者所有的那种想,《分别论》中先举出“非想非非想者”,然后说:“他将无所有处作意为寂静,修习残余行定,因此称为非想非非想者。”其中,“作意为寂静”是指:他这样作意:“此定确实是寂静的,在此处,即使以无所有为所缘,也能安住。”由于所缘寂静,他便将其作意为“寂静”。若作意为寂静,又如何能超越呢?这是由于不欲转向。因为虽然他将其作意为寂静,但他并没有“我将转向此、入此、决意此、出此、观察此”这样的转向、策励、作意。为什么呢?因为非想非非想处比无所有处更为寂静、更为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha pana yāya saññāya bhāvato taṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, yathā paṭipannassa sā saññā hoti, taṃ tāva dassetuṃ vibhaṅge ‘‘nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti uddharitvā ‘‘taññeva ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasikaroti saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāveti, tena vuccati nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti (vibha. 619) vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘santato manasikarotī’ti ‘santā vatāyaṃ samāpatti, yatra hi nāma natthibhāvampi ārammaṇaṃ karitvā ṭhassatī’ti evaṃ santārammaṇatāya naṃ ‘santā’ti manasikaroti. Santato ce manasikaroti, kathaṃ samatikkamo hotīti? Anāvajjitukāmatāya. So hi kiñcāpi naṃ santato manasikaroti, atha khvassa ‘ahametaṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmī’ti esa ābhogo samannāhāro manasikāro na hoti. Kasmā? Ākiñcaññāyatanato nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassa santatarapaṇītataratāya.
譬如一位具大威势的国王,乘着象背在城中街道游走,看见象牙匠等工匠,紧裹一件衣,另一件缠头,身上沾满牙粉,正制作种种象牙制品。他见后因工匠的灵巧而欢喜:“啊!这些师傅真巧妙,竟能制作这样的器物。”但不会这样想:“啊,我愿舍弃王位,成为这样的工匠。”为什么呢?因为王权的荣耀有大利益。他越过工匠,继续前行。同样,这位禅修者虽作意此定为寂静,但没有转向、策励、作意:“我将转向此定、入此定、决意此定、出此定、观察此定。”他唯作意彼为寂静,证得极为微细、达至安止的想,因此称为“非想非非想者修习残余行定”。“残余行定”即达到极度微细状态之行的第四无色定。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena hatthikkhandhagato nagaravīthiyaṃ vicaranto dantakārādayo sippike ekaṃ vatthaṃ daḷhaṃ nivāsetvā ekena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā dantacuṇṇādīhi samokiṇṇagatte anekāni dantavikatiādīni karonte disvā ‘aho vata re chekā ācariyā, īdisānipi nāma sippāni karissantī’ti, evaṃ tesaṃ chekatāya tussati, na cassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya evarūpo sippiko bhaveyya’nti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Rajjasiriyā mahānisaṃsatāya. So sippike samatikkamitvāva gacchati. Evamevesa kiñcāpi taṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti, atha khvassa ‘ahametaṃ samāpattiṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmī’ti neva esa ābhogo samannāhāro manasikāro hoti. So taṃ santato manasi karonto taṃ paramasukhumaṃ appanāppattaṃ saññaṃ pāpuṇāti, yāya ‘nevasaññīnāsaññī nāma hoti, saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāvetī’ti vuccati. ‘Saṅkhārāvasesasamāpatti’nti accantasukhumabhāvappattasaṅkhāraṃ catutthāruppasamāpattiṃ.
现在,为了从意义上阐明依此所证得的想而称为非想非非想处,《分别论》中说:“非想非非想处,即入非想非非想处者、或生于此者、或现法乐住者的心与心所法。”其中,此处意指入定者的心与心所法。显示巴利原文
Idāni yaṃ taṃ evaṃ adhigatāya saññāya vasena nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, taṃ atthato dassetuṃ ‘‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa vā, upapannassa vā, diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā’’ti (vibha. 620) vuttaṃ. Tesu idha samāpannassa cittacetasikā dhammā adhippetā.
此处的词义为:由于粗想不存在、微细想存在,对于该禅那及其相应法,既非有想亦非无想,故称非想非非想。此非想非非想,因摄属于意处与法处,且是处,故称非想非非想处。或者,此中的想因不能执行清晰想的作用,故为“非想”;因以残余行的微细状态而存在,故为“非非想”,合为“非想非非想”。此非想非非想,作为其余诸法的依处,故为“处”,合称非想非非想处。显示巴利原文
Vacanattho panettha – oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato, sukhumāya ca bhāvato, nevassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa saññā, nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññañca taṃ manāyatanadhammāyatanapariyāpannattā āyatanañcāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Atha vā yāyamettha saññā, sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā , saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññā. Nevasaññānāsaññā ca sā sesadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ.
不仅这里的想如此,受也是非受非非受,心也是非心非非心,触也是非触非非触。对其余相应法,也可依此类推。然而应知,此教说是以想为首而展开的。此义还应以涂钵油等譬喻来阐明:据说,一位沙弥用油涂了钵后,将钵放置一旁。待到喝粥时,长老说:“拿钵来。”沙弥回答:“尊者,钵中有油。”长老说:“拿来,沙弥,我要把油倒入量器。”沙弥这才说:“尊者,没有油。”在这里,因为油还附在钵上,与粥同食便不合适,从这个意义上说油是“有”;因为不能把油倒出来装满量器等,从这个意义上说油是“无”。同样地,那想因不能执行清晰了知的作用,故为非想;因以行蕴残余的微细状态而存在,故为非非想。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañcettha saññāva edisī, atha kho vedanāpi nevavedanā nāvedanā, cittampi nevacittaṃ nācittaṃ, phassopi nevaphasso nāphassoti. Esa nayo sesasampayuttadhammesu. Saññāsīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti veditabbā. Pattamakkhanatelappabhutīhi ca upamāhi esamattho vibhāvetabbo – sāmaṇero kira telena pattaṃ makkhetvā ṭhapesi. Taṃ yāgupānakāle thero ‘pattamāharā’ti āha. So ‘patte telamatthi, bhante’ti āha. Tato ‘āhara, sāmaṇera, telaṃ nāḷiṃ pūressāmī’ti vutte ‘natthi, bhante, tela’nti āha. Tattha yathā antovutthattā yāguyā saddhiṃ akappiyaṭṭhena telaṃ atthīti hoti, nāḷipūraṇādīnaṃ abhāvavasena natthīti hoti, evaṃ sāpi saññā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti.
那么,此处的想有什么作用呢?即是了知所缘,以及成为内观所缘后令人生起厌离。就像温水中的火界不能发挥燃烧的作用,此想也不能发挥清晰了知的作用。它也不能像其余诸定中的想那样,成为内观所缘之后令人生起厌离。因为,对于其余蕴未作决意的比丘,不可能通过思惟非想非非想处蕴而达到厌离。然而,像尊者舍利弗那样具备自然观智的大智慧者,或许能够。但他也是通过“这些法无有而如此生起,生起后随即灭去”这样的聚观方式,而非通过随法内观的方式。此定乃达到如此微细的程度。显示巴利原文
Kimpanettha saññākiccanti? Ārammaṇasañjānanañceva vipassanāya ca visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananaṃ. Dahanakiccamiva hi sukhodake tejodhātu, sañjānanakiccampesā paṭuṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. Sesasamāpattīsu saññā viya vipassanāya visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananampi kātuṃ na sakkoti. Aññesu hi khandhesu akatābhiniveso bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakkhandhe sammasitvā nibbidaṃ pattuṃ samattho nāma natthi. Apica āyasmā sāriputto, pakativipassako pana mahāpañño sāriputtasadisova sakkuṇeyya. Sopi ‘‘evaṃ kirime dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā paṭiventī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.95) evaṃ kalāpasammasanavaseneva, no anupadadhammavipassanāvasena. Evaṃ sukhumattaṃ gatā esā samāpatti.
正如以涂钵油为喻,此义也应以道水之喻来阐明。据说,一位沙弥在行路的长老面前走着,见到少许水后说:“尊者,有水,请脱下鞋。”长老说:“如果有水,拿浴衣来,我要沐浴。”沙弥答道:“尊者,没有。”在此,就从能沾湿鞋来说,可称有水;就从能用来沐浴来说,则又称无水。同样地,那非想非非想处之想由于不能执行粗想的作用,故为非想;由于以极为微细的行蕴残余状态存在着,故为非非想。不仅应当以这些比喻,还应以其他合适的比喻来说明此义。如此,这非想非非想处生起之想,或者说即是与非想非非想处想俱行,故名为非想非非想处想俱行。这是以无所有处定为所缘的禅那的别名。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca pattamakkhanatelūpamāya evaṃ maggudakūpamāyapi ayamattho vibhāvetabbo. Maggapaṭipannassa kira therassa purato gacchanto sāmaṇero thokamudakaṃ disvā ‘udakaṃ, bhante, upāhanā omuñcathā’ti āha. Tato therena ‘sace udakamatthi, āhara nhānasāṭakaṃ, nhāyissāmī’ti vutte ‘natthi, bhante’ti āha. Tattha yathā upāhanatemanamattaṭṭhena udakaṃ atthīti hoti , nhānaṭṭhena natthīti hoti, evampi sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Na kevalañca etāheva, aññāhipi anurūpāhi upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo. Iti imāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatane pavattāya saññāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhūtāya vā saññāya sahagatanti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiārammaṇassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
于此,由无所有处定的爱着耗尽而具苦性,故为苦行道;爱着已耗尽者,安止住留迟缓,故为迟通达。反之,则为乐行道与速通达。以破除有限遍相所得虚空,复以其中转起之识的灭去为所缘而生起之定,为小所缘;反之,则为无量所缘。其余与前述相似。显示巴利原文
Idha ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā nikantipariyādānadukkhatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, pariyādinnanikantikassa appanāparivāsadandhatāya dandhābhiññā. Vipariyāyena sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā ca. Parittakasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattitaviññāṇāpagamārammaṇaṃ samāpattiṃ ārabbha pavattitāya parittārammaṇatā, vipariyāyena appamāṇārammaṇatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
Asadisarūpo nātho, āruppaṃ yaṃ catubbidhaṃ āha; Taṃ iti ñatvā tasmiṃ, pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.
无色定——显示巴利原文
Arūpasamāpattiyo hi –
这四种,皆由超越所缘而有;
智者不认为其有支的超越。
显示巴利原文 Ārammaṇātikkamato, catassopi bhavantimā; Aṅgātikkamametāsaṃ, na icchanti vibhāvino.
于这些中,初禅由超越色相,第二由超越虚空,第三由超越虚空中转起之识,第四由超越虚空中转起之识的灭去,故应了知:‘此四者,皆由超越所缘而成就’——即无色定。然而,智者不认为这些有支的超越。因为不像色界定,这些无色定中并无禅支的超越。于一切无色定中,唯有舍与心一境性此二禅支。虽如此——显示巴利原文
Etāsu hi rūpanimittātikkamato paṭhamā, ākāsātikkamato dutiyā, ākāse pavattitaviññāṇātikkamato tatiyā, ākāse pavattitaviññāṇassa apagamātikkamato catutthāti sabbathā ‘ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā’ arūpasamāpattiyoti veditabbā. Aṅgātikkamaṃ pana etāsaṃ na icchanti paṇḍitā. Na hi rūpāvacarasamāpattīsu viya etāsu aṅgātikkamo atthi. Sabbāsupi hi etāsu upekkhā cittekaggatāti dve eva jhānaṅgāni honti. Evaṃ santepi –
于此,后者依次更为殊胜,
于此,当以楼台与布衣的譬喻来了知。
显示巴利原文 Supaṇītatarā honti, pacchimā pacchimā idha; Upamā tattha viññeyyā, pāsādatalasāṭikā.
正如四层楼阁:底层陈设有天乐、歌舞、音乐、妙香、花鬘、美食、甘味、饮料、床座、衣覆等殊胜的五欲功德;第二层胜过此层;第三层又更胜之;第四层最为殊胜。这四层虽然都是楼阁层面,就楼阁性而言并无差别,但由于五欲功德圆满程度的差异,上层比下层更为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi catubhūmakapāsādassa heṭṭhimatale dibbanaccagītavāditasurabhigandhamālāsādurasapānabhojanasayanacchādanādivasena paṇītā pañca kāmaguṇā paccupaṭṭhitā assu, dutiye tato paṇītatarā, tatiye tato paṇītatamā, catutthe sabbapaṇītā; tattha kiñcāpi tāni cattāripi pāsādatalāneva, natthi nesaṃ pāsādatalabhāvena viseso, pañcakāmaguṇasamiddhivisesena pana heṭṭhimato heṭṭhimato uparimaṃ uparimaṃ paṇītataraṃ hoti.
又如一位女子,用所纺的粗、细、更细、最细纱线织成四件布衣,重量分别为四巴那、三巴那、二巴那、一巴那,且长宽相等。这四件布衣长宽相同,就尺寸而言并无差别,但由于触感舒适、柔软和高价的差异,后者比前者更为殊胜。同样,这四无色定中虽只有舍与心一境性两支,但由于修习的差异,这些支变得殊胜、更殊胜,故应知‘在此,后者更为殊胜’。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ekāya itthiyā kantitathūlasaṇhasaṇhatarasaṇhatamasuttānaṃ catupalatipaladvipalaekapalasāṭikā assu, āyāmena vitthārena ca samappamāṇā; tattha kiñcāpi tā sāṭikā catassopi āyāmato ca vitthārato ca samappamāṇā, natthi tāsaṃ pamāṇato viseso, sukhasamphassasukhumabhāvamahagghabhāvehi pana purimāya purimāya pacchimā pacchimā paṇītatarā honti, evameva kiñcāpi catūsupi etāsu upekkhā cittekaggatāti etāni dveyeva aṅgāni honti, atha kho bhāvanāvisesena tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ paṇītapaṇītatarabhāvena supaṇītatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idhāti veditabbā. Evaṃ anupubbena paṇītapaṇītā cetā –
不净之处有一座亭阁,一人依附于彼,另一人则依止此人。
(同前,融合于上句)贤智者应以平等心,了知此四者的状态。(《清净道论》1.291)
显示巴利原文 Asucimhi maṇḍape laggo, eko taṃ nissito paro; Añño bahi anissāya, taṃ taṃ nissāya cāparo. Ṭhito catūhi etehi, purisehi yathākkamaṃ; Samānatāya ñātabbā, catassopi vibhāvinā. (visuddhi. 1.291);
这里义理的连接如下:据传,在不净之处有一个亭子。有一个人走来,厌恶那污秽,便用手扶着亭子,依附在它上面,如同悬挂着一般站在那里。又有一人走来,依靠着那个依附亭子的人。又有一人走来,他这样思惟:‘这个依附亭子的人,以及那个依靠着他的人,两人都处于不善的站立方式;亭子一旦倒塌,他们必定坠落,我应当站在外面。’于是他不依靠那个依止他人的人,独自站在外面。又有一人走来,思惟着依附亭子者与依止他者两者的不安稳,并认为那站在外面的人才是善巧的站立,便依靠他而立。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyamatthayojanā – asucimhi kira dese eko maṇḍapo. Atheko puriso āgantvā taṃ asuciṃ jigucchamāno taṃ maṇḍapaṃ hatthehi ālambitvā tattha laggo, laggito viya aṭṭhāsi. Athāparo āgantvā taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito. Athañño āgantvā cintesi – ‘yo esa maṇḍape laggo, yo ca taṃ nissito, ubhopete duṭṭhitā; dhuvo ca nesaṃ maṇḍapapapāte pāto, handāhaṃ bahiyeva tiṭṭhāmī’ti so tannissitaṃ anissāya bahiyeva aṭṭhāsi. Athāparo āgantvā maṇḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā bahiṭhitañca suṭṭhitoti mantvā taṃ nissāya aṭṭhāsi.
其中,不净处的亭子,应视为破除限定遍相的虚空。因为厌恶不净而依附亭子的人,如同因为厌恶色相而以虚空为所缘的空无边处。依靠那个依附亭子的人,则如同缘取空无边处而生起的识无边处。思惟这两者皆不安稳、不依靠那依附亭子的人而站在外面的人,如同不以空无边处为所缘,而以彼无有——即空无边处的无——为所缘的无所有处。思惟依附亭子者与依靠他者皆不安稳,并认为站在外面的人是‘善立’而依靠他站立的人,应视为缘取那站在外面者——即识的无有——也就是无所有处,而生起的非想非非想处。如此转起——显示巴利原文
Tattha asucimhi dese maṇḍapo viya kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Asucijigucchāya maṇḍapalaggo puriso viya rūpanimittajigucchāya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ . Maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito viya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ. Tesaṃ dvinnampi akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā anissāya taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ, bahiṭhito viya, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ akatvā tadabhāvārammaṇaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ. Maṇḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemataṃ cintetvā bahiṭhitañca ‘suṭṭhito’ti mantvā taṃ nissāya ṭhito viya viññāṇābhāvasaṅkhāte bahipadese ṭhitaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ pavattamānañca –
这即是以他法之无有,而作彼之所缘;
正如人们为了生计,即使见到国王的过失,也依然依止于他。
显示巴利原文 Ārammaṇaṃ karoteva, aññābhāvena taṃ idaṃ; Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ, vuttihetu yathā jano. (visuddhi. 1.292);
因为,虽然见到了这非想非非想处的过患——它是“与识无边处对立的等至”,但由于没有其他所缘,它仍以那无所有处为所缘。如何譬喻?正如“虽见国王有过失,人们为了生计仍依止于他”。犹如某个国王,身语意的行为不检、粗恶,却拥有整个王国;人们虽然见到了他的过失,但因在他处无法谋生,为了生计还是依止他而生活。同样地,那无所有处虽然见到了过失,但由于得不到其他所缘,还是以这非想非非想处为所缘。当它这样做时——显示巴利原文
Idañhi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ‘āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpattī’ti evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññassa ārammaṇassa abhāvā ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. Yathā kiṃ? ‘Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jano’. Yathā hi asaṃyataṃ pharusakāyavacīmanosamācāraṃ kañci sabbadisampatiṃ rājānaṃ ‘pharusasamācāro aya’nti evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi aññattha vuttiṃ alabhamāno jano vuttihetu nissāya vattati, evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññaṃ ārammaṇaṃ alabhamānamidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. Evaṃ kurumānañca –
又如同登山之人,依凭自己的膝盖;
同样,此禅那也是依无所有处而转起的。
显示巴利原文 Āruḷho dīghanisseṇiṃ, yathā nisseṇibāhukaṃ; Pabbataggañca āruḷho, yathā pabbatamatthakaṃ. Yathā vā girimāruḷho, attanoyeva jaṇṇukaṃ; Olubbhati tathevetaṃ, jhānamolubbha vattatīti. (visuddhi. 1.293);
三地善的解释显示巴利原文
Tebhūmakakusalavaṇṇanā
269 269. 如今,这三地一切善法,各依劣、中、胜等方式差别而安立,为开显此中差别,故再次发起“何等法为善?”等论述。此中,“劣”即低劣,当知是依造作之力而论。处于劣、胜之间的为“中”。被提升至最上地位的为“胜”,即最上之义。这些亦当知是依造作之力而论。因为造作之时,若欲劣、或精进劣、或心劣、或慧劣,彼善法即名为“劣”。若彼诸法为中等或胜,彼善法便为中与胜。再者,若以所谓“愿欲”之欲为优先、以欲为首、以欲先行而造作,因是欲增上所生起,故称为“欲增上”。于精进增上等中,亦同此道理。显示巴利原文
269. Idāni yasmā sabbānipetāni tebhūmakakusalāni hīnādinā pabhedena vattanti, tasmā tesaṃ taṃ pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha hīnanti lāmakaṃ. Taṃ āyūhanavasena veditabbaṃ. Hīnuttamānaṃ majjhe bhavaṃ majjhimaṃ. Padhānabhāvaṃ nītaṃ paṇītaṃ, uttamanti attho. Tānipi āyūhanavaseneva veditabbāni. Yassa hi āyūhanakkhaṇe chando vā hīno hoti, vīriyaṃ vā, cittaṃ vā, vīmaṃsā vā, taṃ hīnaṃ nāma. Yassa te dhammā majjhimā ceva paṇītā, ca taṃ majjhimañceva paṇītañca. Yaṃ pana kattukāmatāsaṅkhātaṃ chandaṃ dhuraṃ chandaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ chandaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā āyūhitaṃ, taṃ chandādhipatito āgatattā chandādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Vīriyādhipateyyādīsupi eseva nayo.
然而,在此处,应依此立场来计度诸类。因为最初开辟出的是一种类别,“劣”是一种,“中”是一种,“胜”是一种,“欲增上”是一种——这就是欲增上中的五种类别。同样,于精进增上等中,亦复如是,故有四个五种,共成二十种。或者,最初一种是纯粹类别,“劣”等为三种,“欲增上”等为四种,“欲增上劣”等为十二种,如此亦为二十种类别。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā nayā gaṇetabbā. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ vibhatto hi eko nayo, hīnanti eko, majjhimanti eko, paṇītanti eko, chandādhipateyyanti eko. Ime tāva chandādhipateyye pañca nayā. Evaṃ vīriyādhipateyyādīsupīti cattāro pañcakā vīsati honti. Purimo vā eko suddhikanayo, hīnantiādayo tayo, chandādhipateyyantiādayo cattāro, chandādhipateyyaṃ hīnantiādayo dvādasāti evampi vīsati nayā honti.
此二十种大类别于何处被分别?是在《大论》(《发趣论》2.14.1)的“劣三法”中被分别。然而在此处,应于劣三法中,取出中等一类,依劣、中、胜而成三部分。复从其中,将中等一类暂置,取劣与胜作九种、九种的部分。因为于劣本身,即有劣、有中、有胜;于胜中,亦有劣、有中、有胜。同样,于劣之劣中,有劣,有中,有胜;于劣之中中,有劣,有中,有胜;于劣之胜中,有劣,有中,有胜——这是一个九种组。于胜之劣中,有名劣者,有中,有胜;同样,于胜之中中,有劣,有中,有胜;于胜之胜中,有劣,有中,有胜——这是第二个九种组。如是一切两个九种组合并共为十八种。这些名为十八种业门。由于这些业门而作区分,依这些业门之力,当知有十八种刹帝利、十八种婆罗门、十八种吠舍、十八种首陀罗,是为四十八种族姓与行。显示巴利原文
Ime vīsati mahānayā kattha vibhattāti? Mahāpakaraṇe (paṭṭhā. 2.14.1) hīnattike vibhattā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne hīnattikato majjhimarāsiṃ gahetvā hīnamajjhimapaṇītavasena tayo koṭṭhāsā kātabbā. Tatopi majjhimarāsiṃ ṭhapetvā hīnapaṇīte gahetvā nava nava koṭṭhāsā kātabbā. Hīnasmiṃyeva hi hīnaṃ atthi majjhimaṃ atthi paṇītaṃ atthi. Paṇītasmimpi hīnaṃ atthi majjhimaṃ atthi paṇītaṃ atthi. Tathā hīnahīnasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnahīnasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnahīnasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Hīnamajjhimasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnamajjhimasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnamajjhimasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Hīnapaṇītasmiṃ hīnaṃ, hīnapaṇītasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, hīnapaṇītasmiṃ paṇītanti ayameko navako. Paṇītahīnasmimpi hīnaṃ nāma atthi, paṇītahīnasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītahīnasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Tathā paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ hīnaṃ, paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītamajjhimasmiṃ paṇītaṃ. Paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ hīnaṃ, paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītapaṇītasmiṃ paṇītanti. Ayaṃ dutiyo navakoti dve navakā aṭṭhārasa. Imāni aṭṭhārasa kammadvārāni nāma . Imehi pabhāvitattā , imesaṃ vasena, aṭṭhārasa khattiyā, aṭṭhārasa brāhmaṇā, aṭṭhārasa vessā, aṭṭhārasa suddā, aṭṭhacattālīsa gottacaraṇāni veditabbāni.
再者,于此三地所摄的诸善法中,欲界善既可以是三因的,也可以是二因的,这取决于是否与智相应。而色界与无色界善则唯是三因,且唯与智相应。在此,欲界善可与增上俱生,亦可不与增上俱生;色界与无色界善则必定具足增上。其中,于欲界善中,可得所缘增上与俱生增上两种增上;于色界与无色界善中,则不得所缘增上,仅得俱生增上。此中,所谓‘心增上’性,是就相应法而说的。由于两个心不能同时生起,因此并没有与相应心俱生的‘心增上’。同样地,欲等的‘欲增上’也是如此。然而,有一些人通过‘来由’的方式这样主张增上:‘如果以善心作意“这将是我的”,像这样以心为前导、以心为上首而造作了后来的善心,那么那个前心便称为该后心的“心增上”,这后心则由于源自于它,而称为有“心增上”。’但这种说法在巴利圣典与注释书中均未曾见。因此,应依前述之理来理解增上性。而且,在此十九大类中,最初的纯粹分类里,心的数量、九种组及地遍等,皆如前文所说。因此,在与智相应的善法中,应知心、九种组及遍的差别,是前文所说数量的二十倍。显示巴利原文
Imesu ca pana tebhūmakesu kusalesu kāmāvacarakusalaṃ tihetukampi duhetukampi hoti ñāṇasampayuttavippayuttavasena. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ pana tihetukameva ñāṇasampayuttameva. Kāmāvacarampettha adhipatinā sahāpi uppajjati vināpi. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ adhipatisampannameva hoti. Kāmāvacarakusale cettha ārammaṇādhipati sahajātādhipatīti dvepi adhipatayo labbhanti. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaresu ārammaṇādhipati na labbhati, sahajātādhipatiyeva labbhati. Tattha cittassa cittādhipateyyabhāvo sampayuttadhammānaṃ vasena vutto. Dvinnaṃ pana cittānaṃ ekato abhāvena sampayuttacittassa cittādhipati nāma natthi. Tathā chandādīnaṃ chandādhipatiādayo. Keci pana ‘sace cittavato kusalaṃ hoti, mayhaṃ bhavissatīti evaṃ yaṃ cittaṃ dhuraṃ katvā jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā aparaṃ kusalacittaṃ āyūhitaṃ, tassa taṃ purimacittaṃ cittādhipati nāma hoti, tato āgatattā idaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ nāmā’ti evaṃ āgamanavasenāpi adhipatiṃ nāma icchanti. Ayaṃ pana nayo neva pāḷiyaṃ na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dissati. Tasmā vuttanayeneva adhipatibhāvo veditabbo. Imesu ca ekūnavīsatiyā mahānayesu purime suddhikanaye vuttaparimāṇāneva cittāni ca navakā ca pāṭhavārā ca honti. Tasmā ñāṇasampayuttesu vuttaparimāṇato vīsatiguṇo cittanavakavārabhedo veditabbo, catūsu ñāṇavippayuttesu soḷasaguṇoti, ayaṃ tebhūmakakusale pakiṇṇakakathā nāmāti.
出世间善品论述显示巴利原文
Lokuttarakusalavaṇṇanā
277 如此开示了能招感三有圆满的善法之后,现在为了开示超越一切有的出世间善,而开始了‘哪些法是善’等的论述。其中,出世间:依何种意义而称为出世间?超越世间故,为出世间;超出世间故,为出世间;超越、克服世间而住立故,为出世间。修习禅那:即修习、产生、增长那仅有一心识刹那的安止禅那。显示巴利原文
277. Evaṃ bhavattayasampattinibbattakaṃ kusalaṃ dassetvā idāni sabbabhavasamatikkamanāya lokuttarakusalaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha lokuttaranti kenaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ? Lokaṃ taratīti, lokuttaraṃ lokaṃ uttaratīti lokuttaraṃ; lokaṃ samatikkamma abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatīti lokuttaraṃ (paṭi. ma. 2.43). Jhānaṃ bhāvetīti ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ appanājhānaṃ bhāveti janeti vaḍḍheti.
从世间出离,即从轮回中出离,故为出离的。或者,以此而出离,故为出离的。因为具足此法的补特伽罗,遍知苦而出离,断集而出离,证灭而出离,修道而出离。然而,正如三界善法在轮回中积累、增长死与结生,故称为趋向积累者,此法并非如此。此法犹如:一人正在砌十八肘高的墙,另一人拿着大铁锤,将已砌之处一一拆毁、破坏而行;同样,此法通过使三界善法所积累的死与结生缺乏缘,而将其拆毁、破坏而行,故为趋向拆毁者。显示巴利原文
Lokato niyyāti vaṭṭato niyyātīti niyyānikaṃ. Niyyāti vā etenāti niyyānikaṃ. Taṃsamaṅgī hi puggalo dukkhaṃ parijānanto niyyāti, samudayaṃ pajahanto niyyāti, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto niyyāti, maggaṃ bhāvento niyyāti. Yathā ca pana tebhūmakakusalaṃ vaṭṭasmiṃ cutipaṭisandhiyo ācināti vaḍḍhetīti ācayagāmī nāma hoti, na tathā idaṃ. Idaṃ pana yathā ekasmiṃ purise aṭṭhārasahatthaṃ pākāraṃ cinante aparo mahāmuggaraṃ gahetvā tena citacitaṭṭhānaṃ apacinanto viddhaṃsento eva gaccheyya, evameva tebhūmakakusalena citā cutipaṭisandhiyo paccayavekallakaraṇena apacinantaṃ viddhaṃsentaṃ gacchatīti apacayagāmi.
“为了断除诸见取”:此处,诸见本身即是见取,如“粪聚、尿聚”等说法。或者,因为包含在六十二见中,故为入于诸见者,也称为见取。或者,这些法以见为所趣,故为见取。即与见相似而行、与见相似而转起之意。哪些是这些法呢?即与相应法俱行的有身见、疑、戒禁取、趣向恶趣的贪、嗔、痴等不善法。因为这些法直至初道修习为止,仍有转起的存在,故称为与见相似而行。如此,诸见与见取合称为见取。为了断除那些见取,即为了以彻底断除的方式舍弃。初:就计数而言,并以最初生起而言,称为初。地:在“无间隔地”等处,指此大地;在“乐地、欲界”等处,指心转起的所依。但此处意指沙门果。因为它是相应诸法的依止,那些法存在于此,故称为地。或者,虽然同属出世间,它自身也存在、生起,不像涅槃那样不显现,故也称为地。那初地的。为了证得:即为了证得、获得名为须陀洹的初沙门果——应如此理解此处含义。远离:以断除远离的方式而远离、离开。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyāti, ettha diṭṭhiyo eva diṭṭhigatāni, gūthagataṃ muttagatantiādīni (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Dvāsaṭṭhiyā vā diṭṭhīnaṃ antogadhattā diṭṭhīsu gatānītipi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhiyā vā gataṃ etesantipi diṭṭhigatāni. Diṭṭhisadisagamanāni diṭṭhisadisappavattānīti attho. Kāni pana tānīti? Sasampayuttāni sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsaapāyagamanīyarāgadosamohākusalāni. Tāni hi yāva paṭhamamaggabhāvanā tāva pavattisabbhāvato diṭṭhisadisagamanānīti vuccanti. Iti diṭṭhiyo ca diṭṭhigatāni ca diṭṭhigatāni. Tesaṃ diṭṭhigatānaṃ. Pahānāyāti samucchedavaseneva pajahanatthāya. Paṭhamāyāti gaṇanavasenapi paṭhamuppattivasenapi paṭhamāya. Bhūmiyāti ‘‘anantarahitāya bhūmiyā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 27; ma. ni. 2.296) tāva ayaṃ mahāpathavī bhūmīti vuccati. ‘‘Sukhabhūmiyaṃ kāmāvacare’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 988) cittuppādo. Idha pana sāmaññaphalaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi sampayuttānaṃ nissayabhāvato te dhammā bhavanti etthāti bhūmi. Yasmā vā samānepi lokuttarabhāve sayampi bhavati uppajjati, na nibbānaṃ viya apātubhāvaṃ, tasmāpi bhūmīti vuccati; tassā paṭhamāya bhūmiyā. Pattiyāti sotāpattiphalasaṅkhātassa paṭhamassa sāmaññaphalassa pattatthāya paṭilābhatthāyāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Viviccāti samucchedavivekavasena viviccitvā, vinā hutvā.
现在,虽然世间禅那也并非离开行道就不能成就,但即便如此,此处为了舍弃只谈禅那本身的纯粹方式,而将出世间禅那与行道一并着重,以示教导之意,故说“苦行道、迟通达”等。显示巴利原文
Idāni kiñcāpi lokiyajjhānampi na vinā paṭipadāya ijjhati, evaṃ santepi idha suddhikanayaṃ pahāya lokuttarajjhānaṃ paṭipadāya saddhiṃyeva garuṃ katvā desetukāmatāya dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññantiādimāha.
其中,若有人从最初即困难地、有行地、策励地、疲劳地镇伏烦恼,则他的行道是苦的;若已镇伏烦恼后,安住于毗婆舍那随观,经历长时间才使道现起,则他是迟通达。如此,任一情况即被称为苦行道迟通达。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo āditova kilese vikkhambhento dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto vikkhambheti tassa dukkhā paṭipadā hoti; yo pana vikkhambhita kileso vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti tassa dandhābhiññā hoti. Iti yo koci vāro dukkhapaṭipadadandhābhiñño nāma kato.
那么,他们认可哪一种情况呢?即烦恼被镇伏一次之后,再度现行;第二次被镇伏后,又再现行;而在第三次镇伏时,令其被如此镇伏之后,以道彻底断除——他们认可这种情况。这种情况被命名为苦行道迟通达。但仅凭这些尚不显明。因此,此处应从最初作如下阐明:若有人在把握了四大之后,再把握所造色,接着把握非色,而在把握“色与非色”时,是困难地、艰难地、疲劳地才能把握,则他的行道名为苦。而已经把握色与非色后,安住于毗婆舍那随观,由于道显现的迟延,故名为迟通达。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ pana vāraṃ rocesunti? Yattha sakiṃ vikkhambhitā kilesā samudācaritvā dutiyampi vikkhambhitā puna samudācaranti, tatiyaṃ vikkhambhite pana tathāvikkhambhiteva katvā maggena samugghātaṃ pāpeti, imaṃ vāraṃ rocesuṃ. Imassa vārassa dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññāti nāmaṃ kataṃ. Ettakena pana na pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tasmā evamettha ādito paṭṭhāya vibhāvanā veditabbā – yo hi cattāri mahābhūtāni pariggahetvā upādārūpaṃ pariggaṇhāti, arūpaṃ pariggaṇhāti, ‘rūpārūpaṃ’ pana pariggaṇhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā nāma hoti. Pariggahitarūpārūpassa pana vipassanāparivāse maggapātubhāvadandhatāya dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
若有人在把握了色与非色之后,在确定“名色”时,困难地、艰难地、疲劳地予以确定;而在确定了名色之后,安住于毗婆舍那随观,经历长时间才能使道生起,则他也是苦行道迟通达。显示巴利原文
Yopi rūpārūpaṃ pariggahetvā ‘nāmarūpaṃ’ vavatthapento dukkhena kasirena kilamanto vavatthapeti, vavatthāpite ca nāmarūpe vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkoti, tassāpi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另一人,在确定名色之后,把握“缘”时,历经辛劳、艰难与疲惫而加以把握;把握缘后,安住于毗婆舍那观待,经过长久时间方令道生起。这也称为苦行道迟通达。显示巴利原文
Aparo nāmarūpampi vavatthapetvā ‘paccaye’ pariggaṇhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariggaṇhāti, paccaye ca pariggahetvā vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另一人,在把握缘之后,通达“诸相”时,历经辛劳、艰难与疲惫而加以通达;通达诸相后,安住于毗婆舍那观待,经过长久时间方令道生起。这也称为苦行道迟通达。显示巴利原文
Aparo paccayepi pariggahetvā ‘lakkhaṇāni’ paṭivijjhanto dukkhena kasirena kilamanto paṭivijjhati, paṭividdhalakkhaṇo ca vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti.
另一人,在通达诸相之后,当毗婆舍那智变得锐利、勇猛、明净、流畅时,在对治已生起的“毗婆舍那欲染”过程中,历经辛劳、艰难与疲惫而加以消尽;消尽欲染后,安住于毗婆舍那观待,经过长久时间方令道生起。这也称为苦行道迟通达。人们认可这一情形,此情形被赋予此名。依此方法,应知其后的三种行道。显示巴利原文
Aparo lakkhaṇānipi paṭivijjhitvā vipassanāñāṇe tikkhe sūre pasanne vahante uppannaṃ ‘vipassanānikantiṃ’ pariyādiyamāno dukkhena kasirena kilamanto pariyādiyati, nikantiñca pariyādiyitvā vipassanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena maggaṃ uppādeti, evampi dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāma hoti. Imaṃ vāraṃ rocesuṃ. Imassa vārassa etaṃ nāmaṃ kataṃ. Imināva upāyena parato tisso paṭipadā veditabbā.
在“有触”等中,增加了“未知当知根”、正语、正业、正命这四项。在解说章中,对寻等的解说,则增加了“道支”等词。其余一切皆与前说相似。然而,由于地的差别,此处唯以出世间性为特异。显示巴利原文
Phasso hotītiādīsu anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvoti cattāri padāni adhikāni. Niddesavāre ca vitakkādiniddesesu ‘maggaṅga’ntiādīni padāni adhikāni. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttasadisameva. Bhūmantaravasena pana lokuttaratāva idha viseso.
其中,“未知当知根”是指:“于无始轮回中,未知的不死之境,或即四圣谛法,我将了知”——依此先行策励而生起的根。至于它的特相等,应如前文慧根中所说的方法来了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha anaññātaññassāmītindriyanti ‘anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe anaññātaṃ amataṃ padaṃ catusaccadhammameva vā jānissāmī’ti paṭipannassa iminā pubbābhogena uppannaṃ indriyaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīni panassa heṭṭhā paññindriye vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
美好、殊胜的言语,即是正语。这是断除语恶行、远离邪语的同义语。它以摄持为特相,以远离为作用,以舍断邪语为现起。美好、殊胜的业,即是正业。这是断除邪业、远离杀生等的名称。它以发动为特相,以远离为作用,以舍断邪业为现起。美好、殊胜的活命,即是正命。这是远离邪命的同义语。它以清净为特相,以依正命而行为作用,以舍断邪命为现起。显示巴利原文
Sundarā pasatthā vā vācā sammāvācā. Vacīduccaritasamugghāṭikāya micchāvācāviratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā pariggahalakkhaṇā viramaṇarasā micchāvācappahānapaccupaṭṭhānā. Sundaro pasattho vā kammanto sammākammanto. Micchākammantasamucchedikāya pāṇātipātādiviratiyā etaṃ nāmaṃ. So samuṭṭhānalakkhaṇo viramaṇaraso micchākammantappahānapaccupaṭṭhāno. Sundaro pasattho vā ājīvo sammāājīvo. Micchājīvaviratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. So vodānalakkhaṇo ñāyājīvappavattiraso micchājīvappahānapaccupaṭṭhāno.
再者,此处应依前文三种远离中所说之理,了知其特相等。由此三法,前文所说的五支道,于此便应理解为八支道。然而,此三法并不在‘余所未摄’之列;同样,悲与喜亦不在其中。因为这三法系于本经中出现,故不摄于‘余所未摄’。而悲与喜以有情为所缘,这些法则以涅槃为所缘,因此它们亦不摄于此。以上是摄颂品中的差别义。显示巴利原文
Apica heṭṭhā viratittaye vuttavasenapettha lakkhaṇādīni veditabbāni. Iti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena heṭṭhā vuttaṃ maggapañcakaṃ idha maggaṭṭhakaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yevāpanakesu ca imesaṃ abhāvo. Tathā karuṇāmuditānaṃ. Ime hi tayo dhammā idha pāḷiyaṃ āgatattāva yevāpanakesu na gahitā. Karuṇāmuditā pana sattārammaṇā, ime dhammā nibbānārammaṇāti tāpettha na gahitā. Ayaṃ tāva uddesavāre visesattho.
283 283. 在广释品中,‘道支’与‘属于道’:此处,‘道之支’即是道支,意指道的组成部分。又如‘属于林’乃指包含于林中,同样,‘属于道’即包含于道中,意为依止于道。显示巴利原文
283. Niddesavāre pana maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannanti ettha tāva maggassa aṅganti maggaṅgaṃ; maggakoṭṭhāsoti attho. Yathā pana araññe pariyāpannaṃ araññapariyāpannaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ magge pariyāpannanti maggapariyāpannaṃ. Maggasannissitanti attho.
285 285. ‘喜觉支’:此处,喜本身即是觉支,故称喜觉支。其中,‘觉支’意为觉的支分,或觉者的支分。换言之:当出世间道的刹那生起时,有名为念、择法、精进、喜、轻安、定、舍的法集出现,它能对治昏沉、掉举、停滞、用力、贪着欲乐、自苦行、执断、执常等众多灾患。圣弟子由此法集而觉悟,故称之为‘觉’。‘觉悟’即是从烦恼随眠的沉睡中醒来,或通达四圣谛,或证得涅槃。此名为法集的‘觉’的支分,即是觉支,如同禅支、道支等。而那位依上述方式由此法集而觉悟的圣弟子,被称为‘觉者’;此‘觉者’的支分,也是觉支,如同军队的支分、车的支分等。因此,注释师们说:‘或者,觉悟者的支分即是觉支。’显示巴利原文
285.Pītisambojjhaṅgoti ettha pīti eva sambojjhaṅgoti pītisambojjhaṅgo. Tattha bodhiyā bodhissa vā aṅgoti bojjhaṅgo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yā ayaṃ dhammasāmaggī yāya lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānāya līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtāya satidhammavicayavīriyapītipassaddhisamādhiupekkhāsaṅkhātāya dhammasāmaggiyā ariyasāvako bujjhatīti katvā bodhīti vuccati. Bujjhatīti kilesasantānaniddāya uṭṭhahati, cattāri vā ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikaroti. Tassā dhammasāmaggīsaṅkhātāya bodhiyā aṅgotipi bojjhaṅgo, jhānaṅgamaggaṅgādīni viya. Yopesa yathāvuttappakārāya etāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ariyasāvako bodhīti vuccati, tassa bodhissa aṅgotipi bojjhaṅgo; senaṅgarathaṅgādayo viya. Tenāhu aṭṭhakathācariyā – ‘‘bujjhanakassa puggalassa aṅgāti vā bojjhaṅgā’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 466; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.182).
再者,所谓“觉支”,依何义而为觉支?“导向觉悟故为觉支,觉悟故为觉支,随觉故为觉支,对觉故为觉支,正觉故为觉支”——应依此《无碍解道》之义理来了知觉支的含义。殊胜的、美好的觉支,即是正觉支。同样,喜本身就是正觉支,故称喜觉支。对于心一境性等诸觉支的解说,也应依此方法了知其义。显示巴利原文
Apica ‘‘bojjhaṅgāti kenaṭṭhena bojjhaṅgā? Bodhāya saṃvattantīti bojjhaṅgā, bujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, anubujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, paṭibujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā, sambujjhantīti bojjhaṅgā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.17) iminā paṭisambhidānayenāpi bojjhaṅgattho veditabbo. Pasattho sundaro vā bojjhaṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo. Evaṃ pīti eva sambojjhaṅgo pītisambojjhaṅgoti. Cittekaggatāniddesādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
296 296. “彼诸法”:即于彼时得以证入的四圣谛法,这些法。“未知”者:虽然依初道而言,这些法可名为已知,然而,譬如有人来到其本性中先前未曾到过的住处,即使已站在住处中央,也依其本性未曾到来的状态而说“我来到了未曾到过的地方”;又如有人戴上其本性中未曾戴过的花环,穿上未曾穿过的衣服,吃未曾吃过的食物,也依其本性未曾食用的状态而说“我吃了未曾吃过的食物”;同样,此处因为此人本性中未曾以智了知这些法,故说“未知”。于“未见”等也是如此。其中,“未见”即在此之前未以智慧眼见过;“未得”即未以证得的方式获得;“未了知”即未以智令其明了;“未作证”即未亲证。为亲证故,称为“为作证”。如此,应以此句贯通其余诸句:为未知之知,为未见之见,为未得之得,为未了知为了知。显示巴利原文
296.Tesaṃ dhammānanti ye tasmiṃ samaye paṭivedhaṃ gacchanti catusaccadhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Anaññātānanti kiñcāpi paṭhamamaggena te dhammā ñātā nāma honti, yathā pana pakatiyā anāgatapubbaṃ vihāraṃ āgantvā vihāramajjhe ṭhitopi puggalo pakatiyā anāgatabhāvaṃ upādāya ‘anāgatapubbaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgatomhī’ti vadati, yathā ca pakatiyā apiḷandhapubbaṃ mālaṃ piḷandhitvā, anivatthapubbaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā, abhuttapubbaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā, pakatiyā abhuttabhāvaṃ upādāya abhuttapubbaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuttomhīti vadati, evamidhāpi yasmā pakatiyā iminā puggalena ime dhammā na ñātapubbā tasmā anaññātānanti vuttaṃ. Adiṭṭhādīsupi eseva nayo. Tattha adiṭṭhānanti ito pubbe paññācakkhunā adiṭṭhānaṃ. Appattānanti adhigamanavasena appattānaṃ. Aviditānanti ñāṇena apākaṭakatānaṃ. Asacchikatānanti apaccakkhakatānaṃ. Sacchikiriyāyāti paccakkhakaraṇatthaṃ. Yathā ca iminā padena, evaṃ sesehipi saddhiṃ anaññātānaṃ ñāṇāya, adiṭṭhānaṃ dassanāya, appattānaṃ pattiyā, aviditānaṃ vedāyāti yojanā kātabbā.
299 299. 在“四种语恶行”等句中,“语”应理解为语表。依三种过失中的任何一种所染污的行为,称为恶行。由语而生的恶行是语恶行,或由语所成就的恶行是语恶行。从这些语恶行中远离而乐住,称为“远离”;离开它们而乐住,称为“离”;从各处回转、离开它们而乐住,称为“别离”。或者,这是就前缀而言扩展的词。所有这些,都是远离状态的同义语。“离”即令怨恨消失、破坏,这也是远离的同义词。然而,以某种思心所而说妄语等,这属于出世间道的离;此离生起后,不令造作那行为,切断威仪之路,称为“不造作”。同样,不令造作彼业,切断造作之路,称为“不作业”。以某种思心所而作四种语恶行,称为“违犯”;此离生起后,不令如此违犯,称为“不违犯”。显示巴利原文
299.Catūhi vacīduccaritehītiādīsu vacīti vacīviññatti veditabbā. Tiṇṇaṃ dosānaṃ yena kenaci duṭṭhāni caritānīti duccaritāni. Vacīto pavattāni duccaritāni vacīduccaritāni, vaciyā vā nipphāditāni duccaritāni vacīduccaritāni. Tehi vacīduccaritehi. Ārakā ramatīti ārati. Vinā tehi ramatīti virati. Tato tato paṭinivattāva hutvā tehi vinā ramatīti paṭivirati. Upasaggavasena vā padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ. Sabbamidaṃ oramaṇabhāvassevādhivacanaṃ. Veraṃ maṇati, vināsetīti veramaṇī. Idampi oramaṇasseva vevacanaṃ. Yāya pana cetanāya musāvādādīni bhāsamāno karoti nāma, ayaṃ lokuttaramaggavirati. Uppajjitvā taṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na deti, kiriyāpathaṃ pacchindatīti akiriyā. Tathā taṃ karaṇaṃ kātuṃ na deti, karaṇapathaṃ pacchindatīti akaraṇaṃ. Yāya ca cetanāya catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ bhāsamāno ajjhāpajjati nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā tathā ajjhāpajjituṃ na detīti anajjhāpatti.
“不越限”者:在此,“于彼时”等(如《长部·大品》《律藏·大品》《优陀那》等)中,“时”指时间。“住于优楼频螺”(《律藏·大品》《相应部》)中,“限”指积聚。“已住之法不越限”(《律藏·小品》《增支部》《优陀那》)中,“限”指界限。此处亦指界限。由于不可逾越之义,四种善口行被称作“限”。如此,以某种思惟生起四种恶口行时,名为越限;此思惟生起后,不令其越彼限,故称“不越限”。或者,“限”有限制之义,即动摇、破坏之义。限制什么?四种恶口行。如此,由限制之义而称为“限”。而于人有利乐时,不逾越而行,故为“不越”。如是,此处应依二词之义而解。显示巴利原文
Velāanatikkamoti ettha ‘‘tāya velāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.154; mahāva. 1-3; udā. 1 ādayo) tāva kālo velāti āgato. ‘‘Uruvelāyaṃ viharatī’’ti (mahāva. 1; saṃ. ni. 1.137) ettha rāsi. ‘‘Ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattatī’’ti (cūḷava. 384; a. ni. 8.19; udā. 45) ettha sīmā. Idhāpi sīmāva. Anatikkamanīyaṭṭhena hi cattāri vacīsucaritāni velāti adhippetāni. Iti yāya cetanāya cattāri vacīduccaritāni bhāsamāno velaṃ atikkamati nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā taṃ velaṃ atikkamituṃ na detīti velāanatikkamoti vuttā. Velāyatīti vā velā, calayati viddhaṃsetīti attho. Kiṃ velāyati? Catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ. Iti velāyanato ‘velā’. Purisassa pana hitasukhaṃ anatikkamitvā vattatīti ‘anatikkamo’. Evamettha padadvayavasenāpi attho veditabbo.
“破坏桥”即破坏桥者;意为破坏四种恶口行的途径、破坏其缘。此处“缘”即指“桥”。其词义为:贪等是四种恶口行的缘,于轮回中将人系缚、捆绑,故名为“桥”。破坏桥就是“破桥”。此是能根除恶口行之缘的远离之异名。此名为正语之远离,在预备阶段于不同心中可得。实则,以一心离妄语,以另一心离离间语等。但在出世间道刹那,唯在一心中可得。因为断除四种恶口行思惟的途径、圆满道支时,唯有一远离生起。显示巴利原文
Setuṃ hanatīti setughāto; catunnaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ padaghāto paccayaghātoti attho. Paccayo hi idha setūti adhippeto. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – rāgādiko catunnaṃ vacīduccaritānaṃ paccayo vaṭṭasmiṃ puggalaṃ sinoti bandhatīti setu. Setussa ghāto setughāto. Vacīduccaritapaccayasamugghāṭikāya viratiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ayaṃ pana sammāvācāsaṅkhātā virati pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati. Aññeneva hi cittena musāvādā viramati, aññena pesuññādīhi. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Catubbidhāya hi vacīduccaritacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjati.
300 “以身恶行”者,即从身所发、以身所成的杀生等恶行。其余如前可知。此正业之远离,在预备阶段于不同心中可得。实则,以一心离杀生,以另一心离不与取、邪欲行。然而,在出世间道刹那,唯在一心中可得。因为断除三种身恶行思惟的途径、圆满道支时,唯有一远离生起。显示巴利原文
300.Kāyaduccaritehīti kāyato pavattehi kāyena vā nipphāditehi pāṇātipātādīhi duccaritehi. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayampi sammākammantasaṅkhātā virati pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati. Aññeneva hi cittena pāṇātipātā viramati, aññena adinnādānamicchācārehi. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Tividhāya hi kāyaduccaritacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjati.
301 在正命解说中,“不作”等的含义如下:某人以某种思惟邪命而活时,便名为“作”;当此思惟生起后,不让他造作那样的业,因此称为“不作”。应依这一理趣了知其中的关联。所谓“命”并非单独存在,一旦摄于语业和身业之中即已被摄,因为它是此二业的一分。然而,由于恒常奉行的缘故,所以在此特别提出加以显示。如果那样,正命便没有自性的作用,八正道支就不圆满,因此应当令正命具有自性的作用,令八道支圆满。对此有如此理趣:所谓“命”,当其毁坏时唯于身门与语门毁坏,意门并没有命坏一说;当其圆满时也同样只在这二门圆满,意门没有命圆满之说。然而在身门中,违犯既有以命为因的,也有非以命为因的;语门也是如此。显示巴利原文
301. Sammāājīvaniddese akiriyātiādīsu yāya cetanāya micchājīvaṃ ājīvamāno kiriyaṃ karoti nāma, ayaṃ uppajjitvā taṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na detīti akiriyāti. Iminā nayena yojanā veditabbā. Ājīvo ca nāmesa pāṭiyekko natthi, vācākammantesu gahitesu gahitova hoti, tappakkhikattā. Dhuvapaṭisevanavasena panāyaṃ tato nīharitvā dassitoti. Evaṃ sante sammāājīvo sakiccako na hoti , aṭṭha maggaṅgāni na paripūrenti, tasmā sammāājīvo sakiccako kātabbo, aṭṭha maggaṅgāni paripūretabbānīti. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – ājīvo nāma bhijjamāno kāyavacīdvāresuyeva bhijjati. Manodvāre ājīvabhedo nāma natthi. Pūrayamānopi tasmiṃyeva dvāradvaye pūrati. Manodvāre ājīvapūraṇaṃ nāma natthi. Kāyadvāre pana vītikkamo ājīvahetukopi atthi naājīvahetukopi. Tathā vacīdvāre.
其中,如果国王、大臣等沉迷嬉戏、炫耀勇武而猎杀野兽、拦路抢劫或侵犯他人之妻,这些便名为不善身业;对此的远离也名为“正业”。如果造作四种不以活命为因的恶口行,这些便名为不善语业;对此的远离也名为“正语”。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ rājarājamahāmattā khiḍḍāpasutā sūrabhāvaṃ dassentā migavadhaṃ vā panthaduhanaṃ vā paradāravītikkamaṃ vā karonti, idaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma. Tato viratipi ‘sammākammanto’ nāma. Yaṃ pana naājīvahetukaṃ catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ bhāsanti, idaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma. Tato viratipi ‘sammāvācā’ nāma.
如果以活命为因,如捕鸟者、渔夫等杀生、不予而取、行邪淫,这便名为邪命;对此的远离名为“正命”。又,如果收受贿赂而说妄语,行离间语、粗恶语、杂秽语,这也名为邪命;对此的远离名为正命。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana ājīvahetu nesādamacchabandhādayo pāṇaṃ hananti, adinnaṃ ādiyanti, micchācāraṃ caranti, ayaṃ micchājīvo nāma. Tato virati ‘sammāājīvo’ nāma. Yampi lañjaṃ gahetvā musā bhaṇanti, pesuññapharusasamphappalāpe pavattenti, ayampi micchājīvo nāma. Tato virati sammāājīvo nāma.
然而,大西瓦长老说:“身门、语门的违犯,无论是否以活命为因,都只算作不善的身业、语业。从他们远离,也只称为正业、正语。”若问:“正命在何处?”答道:“依三种诡诈事生起四种资具并受用它们,这是最极端的邪命。从此远离,名为正命。”显示巴利原文
Mahāsīvatthero panāha – ‘kāyavacīdvāresupi vītikkamo ājīvahetuko vā hotu no vā ājīvahetuko, akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammantveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tato viratipi sammākammanto sammāvācātveva vuccatī’ti. ‘Ājīvo kuhi’nti vutte pana ‘tīṇi kuhanavatthūni nissāya cattāro paccaye uppādetvā tesaṃ paribhogo’ti āha. Ayaṃ pana koṭippatto micchājīvo. Tato virati sammāājīvo nāma.
此正命在前分阶段也是于不同心中获得的,确实是以一心远离身门的违犯,以另一心远离语门的违犯。但在出世间道的刹那,则唯于一心获得。当断除依七业道于身门、语门所生、名为邪命的恶戒思,截断其途径而圆满道支时,唯有一远离生起。这是解说品所说的差别。显示巴利原文
Ayampi sammāājīvo pubbabhāge nānācittesu labbhati, aññeneva hi cittena kāyadvāravītikkamā viramati, aññena vacīdvāravītikkamā. Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe pana ekacittasmiṃyeva labbhati. Kāyavacīdvāresu hi sattakammapathavasena uppannāya micchājīvasaṅkhātāya dussīlyacetanāya padapacchedaṃ kurumānā maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva virati uppajjatīti. Ayaṃ niddesavāre viseso.
而此‘未知当知根’于诸根中已经增长,以及正语等于道支中,依于它们之力,在摄品中说为‘九根、八支道’。空品则如通常所说。这是就纯修行道所显的差别。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ panetaṃ indriyesu anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ, maggaṅgesu ca sammāvācādīni, tesaṃ vasena saṅgahavāre ‘‘navindriyāni, aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti vuttaṃ. Suññatavāro pākatikoyevāti. Ayaṃ tāva suddhikapaṭipadāya viseso.
343 343. 从此之后,有清净空、空之行道、清净无愿、无愿行道,这便是教法的分类。其中,“空”是出世间道的名称。此道由三种原因而得此名:由来源、由功德、由所缘。如何得名?此处,有比丘先安住于无我,以无我随观照诸行。然而,仅仅以无我而观见,尚不名为道的出起,也必须以无常和苦来观见,因此,他修习无常、苦、无我这三种随观而作观照。他的至出起观则将三地诸行皆视为空,此观名为空观。它安立于来源之处,便给予自己的道“空”的名称。如是,道由“来源”而得空名。又因此道无贪等烦恼,故由“功德”而得空名。涅槃同样因无贪等而空,故称空。道以空涅槃为所缘而生起,故由“所缘”而得空名。显示巴利原文
343. Ito paraṃ suddhikasuññatā suññatapaṭipadā suddhikaappaṇihitā appaṇihitapaṭipadāti ayaṃ desanābhedo hoti. Tattha suññatanti lokuttaramaggassa nāmaṃ. So hi āgamanato saguṇato ārammaṇatoti tīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhati. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhu anattato abhinivisitvā anattato saṅkhāre passati. Yasmā pana anattato diṭṭhamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, aniccatopi dukkhatopi daṭṭhumeva vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’ti tividhaṃ anupassanaṃ āropetvā sammasanto carati. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā panassa tebhūmakepi saṅkhāre suññatova passati. Ayaṃ vipassanā suññatā nāma hoti. Sā āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ deti. Evaṃ maggo ‘āgamanato’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati. Yasmā pana so rāgādīhi suñño tasmā ‘saguṇeneva’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati. Nibbānampi rāgādīhi suññattā suññatanti vuccati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannattā maggo ‘ārammaṇato’ suññatanāmaṃ labhati.
其中,依经教的方式,也由功德和所缘得名,因为这是方便说;而阿毗达摩的论说则是非方便说。因此,在此处不由功德或所缘得名,唯由来源得名。来源才是首要的。它有两种:观来源与道来源。其中,在道所来之处,观来源为首要;在果所来之处,道来源为首要。此处正是道之所来处,故唯以观来源为要。显示巴利原文
Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā. Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti. Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ. Idha maggassa āgatattā vipassanāgamanameva dhuraṃ jātaṃ.
350 350. “无愿”同样是道的名称。此道也同样由三种原因得名。如何得名?此处,有比丘先安住于苦,以苦观照诸行。然而,仅仅以苦而观见,尚不名为道的出起,也必须以无常和无我来观见,因此,他修习无常、苦、无我这三种随观而作观照。他的至出起观便干涸、耗尽、舍弃对三地诸行的愿求,此观名为无愿观。它安立于来源之处,便给予自己的道“无愿”的名称。如是,道由“来源”而得无愿名。又因为此处没有对贪、嗔、痴的愿求,故由“功德”而得无愿名。涅槃同样因没有这些愿求而称为无愿。道以无愿涅槃为所缘而生起,故由“所缘”而得无愿名。显示巴利原文
350.Appaṇihitanti, etthāpi appaṇihitanti maggasseva nāmaṃ. Idampi nāmaṃ maggo tīheva kāraṇehi labhati. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhu āditova dukkhato abhinivisitvā dukkhatova saṅkhāre passati. Yasmā pana dukkhato diṭṭhamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, aniccatopi anattatopi daṭṭhumeva vaṭṭati, tasmā aniccaṃ dukkhamanattā’ti tividhaṃ anupassanaṃ āropetvā sammasanto carati. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā panassa tebhūmakasaṅkhāresu paṇidhiṃ sosetvā pariyādiyitvā vissajjeti. Ayaṃ vipassanā appaṇihitā nāma hoti. Sā āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ deti. Evaṃ maggo ‘āgamanato’ appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati. Yasmā pana tattha rāgadosamohapaṇidhayo natthi, tasmā ‘saguṇeneva’ appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati. Nibbānampi tesaṃ paṇidhīnaṃ abhāvā appaṇihitanti vuccati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannattā maggo appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati.
其中,依经教的方式,可由功德与所缘而得名,因为这是方便说。而阿毗达摩的论说则是非方便说。因此,此处不从功德或所缘得名,唯从来源得名。来源才是根本。来源有两种:观来源与道来源。于道所来之处,以观来源为根本;于果所来之处,以道来源为根本。此处是道所来之处,故唯以观来源为根本。显示巴利原文
Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā . Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti. Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ. Idha maggassa āgatattā vipassanāgamanameva dhuraṃ jātaṃ.
难道空、无相、无愿不正是道的三种名称吗?如所说:“诸比丘,有此三解脱:空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱。”(《无碍解道》1.209)此三种中,此处取了两个道的名称,为何不取无相呢?因为没有来源。无相观自身无法安立于来源之处,从而赋予道以名称。然而,正自觉者为他的儿子罗睺罗长老,显示巴利原文
Nanu ca suññato animitto appaṇihitoti tīṇi maggassa nāmāni? Yathāha – ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, vimokkhā – suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.209). Tesu idha dve magge gahetvā animitto kasmā na gahitoti? Āgamanābhāvato. Animittavipassanā hi sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti. Sammāsambuddho pana attano puttassa rāhulattherassa.
你当修习无相,舍弃慢随眠;
由通达慢,你当寂静而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasanto carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 344);
讲述了无相观。观的确能破除常相、恒相、乐相、我相,故说为“无相”。然而,此观虽破除彼相,自身却仍在有相法中运作,因此仍属有相。由此,它无法立足于自身来处,给出自己道的名称。显示巴利原文
Animittavipassanaṃ kathesi. Vipassanā hi niccanimittaṃ dhuvanimittaṃ sukhanimittaṃ attanimittañca ugghāṭeti. Tasmā animittāti kathitā. Sā ca kiñcāpi taṃ nimittaṃ ugghāṭeti, sayaṃ pana nimittadhammesu caratīti sanimittāva hoti. Tasmā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti.
另一种方法:阿毗达摩名为胜义教说。而无相道在胜义上正是因的缺失。如何呢?因为依无常随观而说无相解脱。以此解脱,信根增上。但它在圣道中连一分也不是,由于并非道支,故不能在胜义上给出自己道的名称。然而,在其他两者中,依无我随观而说空解脱,依苦随观而说无愿解脱。其中,以空解脱,慧根增上;以无愿解脱,定根增上。这些因为是圣道的支分,故能在胜义上给出自己道的名称。即使在《道所缘论》中,于“道增上法分别”时,当欲、心为增上时,由于那些法不是道支,故不称为“道增上”。应如此了知。这是一位阿阇梨的个人抉择,超出了注释书。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – abhidhammo nāma paramatthadesanā. Animittamaggassa ca paramatthato hetuvekallameva hoti. Kathaṃ? Aniccānupassanāya hi vasena animittavimokkho kathito. Tena ca vimokkhena saddhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti. Taṃ ariyamagge ekaṅgampi na hoti, amaggaṅgattā attano maggassa paramatthato nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkoti. Itaresu pana dvīsu anattānupassanāya tāva vasena suññatavimokkho, dukkhānupassanāya vasena appaṇihitavimokkho kathito. Tesu suññatavimokkhena paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, appaṇihitavimokkhena samādhindriyaṃ. Tāni ariyamaggassa aṅgattā attano maggassa paramatthato nāmaṃ dātuṃ sakkonti. Maggārammaṇattikepi hi maggādhipatidhammavibhajane chandacittānaṃ adhipatikāle tesaṃ dhammānaṃ amaggaṅgattāva maggādhipatibhāvo na vutto. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbanti. Ayamettha aṭṭhakathāmuttako ekassa ācariyassa mativinicchayo.
由此可知,从一切方面而言,无相观虽在能得名的依据上安立,却不能为自己施设道名,故无相道之名不获认许。然有说者言:‘无相道虽未从得名之理趣得名,但依经教之说,可由功德与所缘而得名。’他们这样说了之后,便遭驳斥——若在无相道上依功德与所缘而得名,则空与无愿二道在此亦应唯依功德与所缘而得名。然而它们并非如此得名。是何缘故?因为此道由两种原因得名:由自性与由对立;即由本质与由对治。其中,空与无愿道既由自性得名,也由对立得名。因为空与无愿道远离贪等而空,远离贪欲等而无愿,如是‘由自性’得名;又空是对我执的对治,无愿是对愿求的对治,如是‘由对立’得名。然而无相道唯由自性得名——以无贪等相及无常等相故,并非由对立得名。因为它并非以诸行相为所缘的无常随观的对治,而无常随观正是它的随顺者。总之,依阿毗达摩教理,无相道之名是不存在的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sabbathāpi animittavipassanā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ dātuṃ na sakkotīti animittamaggo na gahito. Keci pana ‘animittamaggo āgamanato nāmaṃ alabhantopi suttantapariyāyena saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca nāmaṃ labhatī’ti āhaṃsu. Te idaṃ vatvā paṭikkhittā – animittamagge saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca nāmaṃ labhante suññataappaṇihitamaggāpi saguṇatoyeva ārammaṇatoyeva ca idha nāmaṃ labheyyuṃ. Na pana labhanti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Ayañhi maggo nāma dvīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhati – sarasato ca paccanīkato ca; sabhāvato ca paṭipakkhato cāti attho. Tattha suññataappaṇihitamaggā sarasatopi paccanīkatopi nāmaṃ labhanti. Suññataappaṇihitamaggā hi rāgādīhi suññā, rāgapaṇidhiādīhi ca appaṇihitāti evaṃ ‘sarasato’ nāmaṃ labhanti. Suññato ca attābhinivesassa paṭipakkho, appaṇihito paṇidhissāti evaṃ ‘paccanīkato’ nāmaṃ labhanti. Animittamaggo pana rāgādinimittānaṃ niccanimittādīnañca abhāvena sarasatova nāmaṃ labhati, no paccanīkato. Na hi so saṅkhāranimittārammaṇāya aniccānupassanāya paṭipakkho. Aniccānupassanā panassa anulomabhāve ṭhitāti. Sabbathāpi abhidhammapariyāyena animittamaggo nāma natthīti.
然而依经教之说,此道可如是引述而阐明:在道生起的刹那,三相犹如于一次转向间呈现,但三相同时现前之事并无。这是为了显明业处显著之状而作此说。因为最初不论于何处生起执取,导向出起的观则各依其观照而出起,在得名之处安立,赋予自己道名。如何呢?于无常等三相中,无论执取何者之后,观照其余二相亦为可行。仅观一相,不名为道之出起。是故执取无常的比丘并非仅从无常出起,也从苦、从无我出起。于执取苦、无我者,亦是同理。如是,最初无论于何处执取,导向出起的观即各依其观照而出起,在得名之处安立,赋予自己道名。此中,从无常出起者之道名为无相,从苦出起者名为无愿,从无我出起者名为空。如是依经教之说引述阐明。显示巴利原文
Suttantikapariyāyena panesa evaṃ āharitvā dīpito – yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tīṇi lakkhaṇāni ekāvajjanena viya āpāthamāgacchanti, tiṇṇañca ekato āpāthagamanaṃ nāma natthi. Kammaṭṭhānassa pana vibhūtabhāvadīpanatthaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. Ādito hi yattha katthaci abhiniveso hotu, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā yaṃ yaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti tassa tasseva vasena āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ deti. Kathaṃ? Aniccādīsu hi yattha katthaci abhinivisitvā itarampi lakkhaṇadvayaṃ daṭṭhuṃ vaṭṭati eva. Ekalakkhaṇadassanamatteneva hi maggavuṭṭhānaṃ nāma na hoti, tasmā aniccato abhiniviṭṭho bhikkhu na kevalaṃ aniccatova vuṭṭhāti, dukkhatopi anattatopi vuṭṭhātiyeva. Dukkhato anattato abhiniviṭṭhepi eseva nayo. Iti ādito yattha katthaci abhiniveso hotu, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā yaṃ yaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti tassa tasseva vasena āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano maggassa nāmaṃ deti. Tattha aniccato vuṭṭhahantassa maggo animitto nāma hoti, dukkhato vuṭṭhahantassa appaṇihito, anattato vuṭṭhahantassa suññatoti. Evaṃ suttantapariyāyena āharitvā dīpito.
然而,导向出起的观以何为所缘?以相为所缘。所谓‘相’,乃是施设性的,非可说为实法。然而若有人善察无常、苦、无我这三相,他的五蕴便如同系于颈上的死尸。正是以诸行为所缘的智从诸行出起。譬如有比丘欲购钵,见钵商携钵而来,心生欢喜,思惟‘我将取此’,及至检查时见有三孔,彼于孔洞不厌,而于钵生厌;如是善察三相之后,于诸行生起厌离。当知正是以诸行为所缘的智从诸行出起。于布的譬喻中理亦同然。显示巴利原文
Vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā kimārammaṇāti? Lakkhaṇārammaṇāti. Lakkhaṇaṃ nāma paññattigatikaṃ na vattabbadhammabhūtaṃ. Yo pana aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti tīṇi lakkhaṇāni sallakkheti, tassa pañcakkhandhā kaṇṭhe baddhakuṇapaṃ viya honti. Saṅkhārārammaṇameva ñāṇaṃ saṅkhārato vuṭṭhāti. Yathā hi eko bhikkhu pattaṃ kiṇitukāmo pattavāṇijena pattaṃ ābhataṃ disvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭho gaṇhissāmīti cintetvā vīmaṃsamāno tīṇi chiddāni passeyya, so na chiddesu nirālayo hoti, patte pana nirālayo hoti; evameva tīṇi lakkhaṇāni sallakkhetvā saṅkhāresu nirālayo hoti. Saṅkhārārammaṇeneva ñāṇena saṅkhārato vuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Dussopamāyapi eseva nayo.
如此,世尊在分别出世间定时,依清净行道,以四法门与五法门两种方式加以引述;同样地,亦依清净空与空行道、清净无愿与无愿行道而作引述。为何如此引述?此乃顺应众生的意乐与说法的善巧庄严。此二义亦应如前文所述之理加以了知。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhājento suddhikapaṭipadāya catukkanayaṃ pañcakanayanti dvepi naye āhari. Tathā suddhikasuññatāya suññatapaṭipadāya suddhikaappaṇihitāya appaṇihitapaṭipadāyāti. Kasmā evaṃ āharīti? Puggalajjhāsayena ceva desanāvilāsena ca. Tadubhayampi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ bhāvetīti ettha suddhikapaṭipadāya catukkapañcakavasena dve nayā, tathā sesesūti sabbesupi pañcasu koṭṭhāsesu dasa nayā bhājitā.
出世间善杂论显示巴利原文
Lokuttarakusalaṃ pakiṇṇakakathā
于此,有杂论如下:显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ –
内者与外者,于五蕴中之色与非色;
七支、八支之变化,相、行道与增上。
显示巴利原文 Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, rūpārūpesu pañcasu; Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāmaṃ, nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatīti.
因为出世间道是:于内执取后,从内出起;于内执取后,从外出起;于外执取后,从外出起;于外执取后,从内出起。于色执取后,从色出起;于色执取后,从非色出起。于非色执取后,从非色出起;于非色执取后,从色出起,以一次舍断而从五蕴出起。显示巴利原文
Lokuttaramaggo hi ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti , ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Rūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti, rūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti. Arūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti, arūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti, ekappahāreneva pañcahi khandhehi vuṭṭhāti.
‘七支八支的变化’:此道或为八支,或为七支。觉支或为七种,或为六种。定则或为五支,或为四支,或为三支,或为二支。应知这便是七支、八支等支的变化之义。显示巴利原文
‘Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāma’nti so panesa maggo aṭṭhaṅgikopi hoti sattaṅgikopi. Bojjhaṅgāpi satta vā honti cha vā. Jhānaṃ pana pañcaṅgikaṃ vā hoti caturaṅgikaṃ vā; tivaṅgikaṃ vā duvaṅgikaṃ vā. Evaṃ sattaaṭṭhādīnaṃ aṅgānaṃ pariṇāmo veditabboti attho.
‘相与行道及增上’:‘相’指出起所缘;‘行道及增上’应知是行道与增上的动与不动。显示巴利原文
‘Nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatī’ti nimittanti yato vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti; ‘paṭipadāpatī’ti paṭipadāya ca adhipatino ca calanācalanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
其中,关于“内执取后从内出起”等:有一类人从一开始便执取内在的五蕴,执取后将其视为无常等。然而,仅凭纯粹的内观并不能令道果出起,也必须观照外在,因此他亦将其他众生的诸蕴以及无执取的诸行视为无常、苦、无我。他时而思惟内在,时而思惟外在。当他如此思惟时,若在思惟内在之际,观智与道相应,便称为“内执取后从内出起”。若在思惟外在之际,观智与道相应,便称为“内执取后从外出起”。对于“外执取后从外出起”和“外执取后从内出起”,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Tattha ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhātītiādīsu tāva idhekacco āditova ajjhattaṃ pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisati, abhinivisitvā te aniccādito passati, yasmā pana na suddhaajjhattadassanamatteneva maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, bahiddhāpi daṭṭhabbameva, tasmā parassa khandhepi anupādinnasaṅkhārepi aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti passati. So kālena ajjhattaṃ sammasati kālena bahiddhāti. Tassevaṃ sammasato ajjhattaṃ sammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati. Evaṃ ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā ajjhattaṃ vuṭṭhāti nāma. Sace panassa bahiddhā sammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati, evaṃ ajjhattaṃ abhinivisitvā bahiddhā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Eseva nayo bahiddhā abhinivisitvā bahiddhā ca ajjhattañca vuṭṭhānepi.
另有一类人从一开始便执取于色,执取后,分析辨别四大种色与所造色,将其视为无常等。然而,仅凭纯粹的色法观照并不能出起,也必须观照非色法,因此他以依彼色为所缘而生起的受、想、行、识,分析辨别为“这是非色法”后,同样将其视为无常等。他时而思惟色法,时而思惟非色法。当他如此思惟时,若在思惟色法之际,观智与道相应,便称为“于色执取后从色出起”。若在思惟非色法之际,观智与道相应,便称为“于色执取后从非色出起”。对于“于非色执取后从非色出起”和“于非色执取后从色出起”,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Aparo āditova rūpe abhinivisati abhinivisitvā bhūtarūpañca upādārūpañca paricchinditvā aniccādito passati, yasmā pana na suddharūpadassanamatteneva vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti arūpampi daṭṭhabbameva, tasmā taṃ rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ vedanaṃ saññaṃ saṅkhāre viññāṇañca idaṃ arūpanti paricchinditvā aniccādito passati. So kālena rūpaṃ sammasati kālena arūpaṃ. Tassevaṃ sammasato rūpasammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati. Evaṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā rūpā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Sace panassa arūpasammasanakāle vipassanā maggena saddhiṃ ghaṭiyati, evaṃ rūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā vuṭṭhāti nāma. Esa nayo arūpe abhinivisitvā arūpā ca rūpā ca vuṭṭhānepi.
如此确立“凡任何集起之法,彼一切皆是灭尽之法”之后,在出起时,便一时顿舍五蕴而出起。这即是锐利观者、大智慧比丘的观。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti (mahāva. 16; dī. ni. 1.298) evaṃ abhinivisitvā evameva vuṭṭhānakāle pana ekappahārena pañcahi khandhehi vuṭṭhāti nāmāti. Ayaṃ tikkhavipassakassa mahāpaññassa bhikkhuno vipassanā.
应知此喻:譬如,对一个饥饿之人,将一团粪便放在盘中,再端给他一盘盛满各种美味佳肴的食物。他用手拨开菜肴,见到那团粪便后,问道:“这是什么?”当被告知是粪便时,他便说:“呸!呸!快把它拿走!”于是对食物与盘子都失去了兴趣。应知此喻与此处的情形相似。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi chātajjhattassa purisassa majjhe gūthapiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā nānaggarasabhojanapuṇṇaṃ pātiṃ upaneyyuṃ, so byañjanaṃ hatthena viyūhanto taṃ gūthapiṇḍaṃ disvā ‘kimida’nti pucchitvā gūthapiṇḍoti vutte ‘dhi dhi, apanethā’ti bhattepi pātiyampi nirālayo hoti. Evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
应知:正如见到那盘食物时他心生欢喜,这类似这位比丘在愚痴凡夫时期将五蕴执取为“我、我所”之时。正如见到粪便团时,这类似清楚观察三相之时。正如对食物与盘子皆不贪着之时,这类似锐利观者、大智慧比丘依“凡任何集起之法,彼一切皆是灭尽之法”而一时顿舍五蕴出起之时。显示巴利原文
Bhojanapātidassanasmiñhi tassa attamanakālo viya imassa bhikkhuno bālaputhujjanakāle pañcakkhandhe ‘ahaṃ mamā’ti gahitakālo. Gūthapiṇḍassa diṭṭhakālo viya tiṇṇaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ sallakkhitakālo. Bhattepi pātiyampi nirālayakālo viya tikkhavipassakassa mahāpaññassa bhikkhuno ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti pañcahi khandhehi ekappahārena vuṭṭhitakālo veditabbo.
“七支、八支的转变”一句中,所说的支的转变类别,应当如此理解。实际上,正是行舍智决定了圣道的觉支、道支与禅支的差别。然而,有些长老说“是基础禅那决定了觉支、道支、禅支的差别”,有些说“是作为观所缘的诸蕴决定了这些差别”,有些说“是个人意乐决定了这些差别”。在他们的这些说法中,也应当知道,实际是这称为行舍的前分、导向出起的观在决定这些差别。显示巴利原文
‘Sattaṭṭhaṅgapariṇāma’nti ettha ayaṃ vuttappabhedo aṅgapariṇāmo yathā hoti tathā veditabbo. Saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇameva hi ariyamaggassa bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgavisesaṃ niyameti. Keci pana therā ‘bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgavisesaṃ pādakajjhānaṃ niyametī’ti vadanti. Keci ‘vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentī’ti vadanti. Keci ‘puggalajjhāsayo niyametī’ti vadanti. Tesampi vādesu ayaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāsaṅkhātā pubbabhāgā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāva niyametīti veditabbā.
于此,有如此次第解说:依观的规律而言,纯观行者所生起的道,以及证得等至者不以禅那为基础而生起的道,以及以初禅为基础、思惟了杂多诸行而生起的道,都是初禅之道。在所有这些都是初禅的道中,各有七觉支、八道支、五禅支。因为他们的前分观,或与喜俱行,或与舍俱行,而在出起时达到行舍的状态,则唯与喜俱行。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbīkathā – vipassanāniyamena hi sukkhavipassakassa uppannamaggopi samāpattilābhino jhānaṃ pādakaṃ akatvā uppannamaggopi paṭhamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā pakiṇṇakasaṅkhāre sammasitvā uppāditamaggopi paṭhamajjhānikova hoti. Sabbesu satta bojjhaṅgāni aṭṭha maggaṅgāni pañca jhānaṅgāni honti. Tesañhi pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatāpi upekkhāsahagatāpi hutvā vuṭṭhānakāle saṅkhārupekkhābhāvaṃ pattā somanassasahagatāva hoti.
在五法论中,以第二、第三、第四禅为基础而生起的诸道,其禅支按次第分别为四支、三支、二支。然而,在所有这些道中,都有七道支;在第四禅的道中,有六觉支。这一差别,是依基础禅那的规律和观的规律而有的。因为他们的前分观,也是或与喜俱行,或与舍俱行,而导向出起的观则唯与喜俱行。显示巴利原文
Pañcakanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni pādakāni katvā uppāditamaggesu yathākkameneva jhānaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ tivaṅgikaṃ duvaṅgikañca hoti. Sabbesu pana satta maggaṅgāni honti, catutthe cha bojjhaṅgāni. Ayaṃ viseso pādakajjhānaniyamena ceva vipassanāniyamena ca hoti. Tesampi hi pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatāpi upekkhāsahagatāpi hoti. Vuṭṭhānagāminī somanassasahagatāva.
然而,在以第五禅那为基础而生起的道中,依舍与心一境性而有二禅支,觉支与道支则分别为六和七。此一差别亦依两种规律而有。因为在此种情况下,前分观或与喜俱,或与舍俱;而导向出起的观则唯与舍俱。若以无色界禅那为基础而生起的道,道理亦同。如此,从基础禅那出起后,思惟了某些诸行而证得道时,在邻近出起之处,他们至即令其具有与自己相似的性质,犹如蜥蜴随环境而具有大地的颜色一般。显示巴利原文
Pañcamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā nibbattitamagge pana upekkhācittekaggatāvasena dve jhānaṅgāni bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgāni cha satta ceva. Ayampi viseso ubhayaniyamavasena hoti. Imasmiñhi naye pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatā vā upekkhāsahagatā vā hoti, vuṭṭhānagāminī upekkhāsahagatāva. Arūpajjhānāni pādakāni katvā uppāditamaggepi eseva nayo. Evaṃ pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ye keci saṅkhāre sammasitvā nibbattitamaggassa āsannapadese vuṭṭhitā samāpatti attanā sadisabhāvaṃ karoti, bhūmivaṇṇo viya godhāvaṇṇassa.
在第二种长老的说法中,则是:从某等至出起后,思惟了某等至法而生起的道,便与他们至相似——意即与所思惟的等至相似。然而,若思惟欲界法,则所生之道为初禅那之道。于此,观的规律亦应依前述之理了知。显示巴利原文
Dutiyattheravāde pana yato yato samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ye ye samāpattidhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito hoti taṃtaṃsamāpattisadisova hoti, sammasitasamāpattisadisoti attho. Sace pana kāmāvacaradhamme sammasati paṭhamajjhānikova hoti. Tatrāpi vipassanāniyamo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在第三种长老的说法中,则是:依‘啊,愿我证得七支道!愿我证得八支道!’这样的个人意乐,以某禅那为基础,思惟了某些禅那法而生起的道,便与彼禅那相似。然而,若没有基础禅那或所思惟的禅那,仅凭意乐是不能成就的。此义应以《难陀迦教诫经》来说明,因为经中这样说:显示巴利原文
Tatiyattheravāde ‘aho vatāhaṃ sattaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ pāpuṇeyyaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ pāpuṇeyya’nti attano ajjhāsayānurūpena yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ye vā ye vā jhānadhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito taṃtaṃjhānasadisova hoti. Pādakajjhānaṃ pana sammasitajjhānaṃ vā vinā, ajjhāsayamatteneva taṃ na ijjhati. Svāyamattho nandakovādasuttena dīpetabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –
比如,诸比丘,在十五布萨日,众人不会这样疑惑或犹豫:‘月亮是缺了还是满了?’而是确切知道:月亮圆满。同样地,诸比丘,那些比丘尼对难陀迦的说法感到满意,心愿圆满。比丘们,在那五百位比丘尼中,最后一位比丘尼证得须陀洹,住于不退堕法,决定趣向正觉。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe pannarase na hoti bahuno janassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā ‘ūno nu kho cando puṇṇo nu kho cando’ti, atha kho puṇṇo candotveva hoti, evameva kho, bhikkhave, tā bhikkhuniyo nandakassa dhammadesanāya attamanā ceva paripuṇṇasaṅkappā ca. Tāsaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ bhikkhunisatānaṃ yā pacchimikā bhikkhunī sā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.415).
其中,凡具备须陀洹果亲依止缘的比丘尼,便以须陀洹果而心愿圆满……凡具备阿拉汉果亲依止缘的,便以阿拉汉果而心愿圆满。同理,随各自意乐,以某禅那为基,观照该禅那法之后生起之道,即与彼禅那相似。然而,若无基禅那或所观之禅那,仅凭意乐,此事便不能成就。于此,观照的确定亦应依前述方式了知。显示巴利原文
Tāsu hi yassā bhikkhuniyā sotāpattiphalassa upanissayo, sā sotāpattiphaleneva paripuṇṇasaṅkappā ahosi…pe… yassā arahattassa upanissayo sā arahatteneva. Evameva attano ajjhāsayānurūpena yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ye vā ye vā jhānadhamme sammasitvā maggo nibbattito taṃtaṃjhānasadisova so hoti. Pādakajjhānaṃ pana sammasitajjhānaṃ vā vinā, ajjhāsayamatteneva taṃ na ijjhatīti. Etthāpi ca vipassanāniyamo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
对此,持‘唯基禅那决定’之说者——三藏小那伽长老,其弟子们问道:‘尊者,若某处有基禅那,它便得决定;若无基禅那,在无色有中,则何者决定?’‘贤友,彼处也是基禅那决定。因为,一位具足八等至的比丘,以初禅为基,生起入流道果后,在不退失禅那的情况下命终,生于无色有;从初禅性的须陀洹果等至出定后,安立观照,令上三道果生起——他的这些道果皆是初禅性。第二禅性等亦同此理。在无色界,有三禅、四禅生起,那是出世间禅,非世间禅。如是,贤友,彼处也正是基禅那决定。’‘尊者,问题已善解。’显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘pādakajjhānameva niyametī’ti evaṃvādiṃ tipiṭakacūḷanāgattheraṃ antevāsikā āhaṃsu – ‘bhante, yattha tāva pādakajjhānaṃ atthi tattha taṃ niyametu; yasmiṃ pana pādakajjhānaṃ natthi, tasmiṃ arūpabhave kiṃ niyametī’ti? ‘Āvuso, tatthapi pādakajjhānameva niyameti. Yo hi bhikkhu aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī paṭhamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā sotāpattimaggaphalāni nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā arūpabhave nibbatto, paṭhamajjhānikāya sotāpattiphalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā upari tīṇi maggaphalāni nibbatteti, tassa tāni paṭhamajjhānikāneva honti. Dutiyajjhānikādīsupi eseva nayo. Arūpe tikacatukkajjhānaṃ uppajjati, tañca kho lokuttaraṃ na lokiyaṃ. Evaṃ tatthāpi pādakajjhānameva niyameti āvuso’ti. ‘Sukathito, bhante, pañho’ti.
持“观照所缘之蕴决定其道;凡观照某一五蕴而出起者,所生之道即与之相似”这一观点者——住在莫罗瓦匹的大达陀长老,他的弟子们问道:“尊者,您的说法似有过失:若比丘观照色后出起,便应有与色相似的无记道;若以非想非非想处为所缘把握后出起,便应有与之相似、达至非想非非想状态之道。”“贤友,并非如此。出世间道无不达至安止,因此观照色后出起者,生起的是八支、喜俱之道;观照非想非非想处后出起者,并非一切皆同,而是生起七支、舍俱之道。”显示巴利原文
‘Vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamenti; yaṃ yaṃ hi pañcakkhandhaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti taṃtaṃsadisova maggo hotī’ti vādiṃ moravāpivāsimahādattattherampi antevāsikā āhaṃsu ‘bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde doso paññāyati – rūpaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitabhikkhuno hi rūpasadisena abyākatena maggena bhavitabbaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nayato pariggahetvā vuṭṭhitassa taṃsadiseneva nevasaññānāsaññābhāvappattena maggena bhavitabba’nti. ‘Na, āvuso, evaṃ hoti. Lokuttaramaggo hi appanaṃ appatto nāma natthi, tasmā rūpaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitassa aṭṭhaṅgiko somanassasahagatamaggo hoti, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhitassapi na sabbākārena tādiso hoti, sattaṅgiko pana upekkhāsahagatamaggo hotī’ti.
持“个人意乐决定”观点者——小无畏长老的说法,他们将之引来告知三藏小那伽长老。这位长老说道:“有基禅那者,个人意乐可令决定;若无基禅那,何种意乐能令决定?恰如穷人寻求增长之时。”显示巴利原文
‘Puggalajjhāsayo niyametī’tivādino cūḷābhayattherassāpi vādaṃ āharitvā tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherassa kathayiṃsu. So āha – ‘yassa tāva pādakajjhānaṃ atthi tassa puggalajjhāsayo niyametu, yassa taṃ natthi tassa katarajjhāsayo niyamessati niddhanassa vuḍḍhigavesanakālo viya hotī’ti.
他们又将此话引来,告知三藏小无畏长老。他说道:“贤友,这是对有基禅那者所说。”然而,正如对有基禅那者所说,对所观禅那者亦应同样了知。因为从第五禅出起后观照初禅等者,所生之道,依第一长老之说为第五禅性;依第二说则成为初禅等性,二说相违。但依第三说,此处“所欲者即彼禅性”,诸说不相违,且意乐有其意义。如是,三位长老皆为智者、通达者、具足智慧者,因此他们将各自的说法作为定论而安立。不过,此处仅取义理,显示在此三种说法中,唯观照决定。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kathaṃ āharitvā tipiṭakacūḷābhayattherassa puna kathayiṃsu. So ‘pādakajjhānavato idaṃ kathitaṃ āvuso’ti āha. Yathā pana pādakajjhānavato, sammasitajjhānavatopi tatheva veditabbaṃ. Pañcamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya hi paṭhamādīni sammasato uppannamaggo paṭhamattheravādena pañcamajjhāniko. Dutiyavādena paṭhamādijjhāniko āpajjatīti dvepi vādā virujjhanti. Tatiyavādena panettha ‘yaṃ icchati tajjhāniko hotī’ti te ca vādā na virujjhanti, ajjhāsayo ca sātthako hotīti. Evaṃ tayopi therā paṇḍitā byattā buddhisampannāva . Tena tesaṃ vādaṃ tantiṃ katvā ṭhapayiṃsu. Idha pana atthameva uddharitvā tayopete vāde vipassanāva niyametīti dassitaṃ.
现在,在“相为行道之始”这一句中,当伴有支分转变的道生起时,种姓心从何处出起?道心又从何处出起?种姓心唯从相出起,但不能截断相续转起,因为它只是单面出起者。道心既从相出起,也能截断转起,因为它是双面出起者。它们生起的次第是这样的:道心出起的那一刹那,随顺心既非唯一心,也非第五心。因为唯一心,则无法获得修习;若为第五心,则因邻近有分而会颤动,此时速行便称为已退堕。所以既非唯一,也非第五。然而,利慧者有两心随顺,第三心是种姓心,第四心是道心,之后生起三刹那果心,然后落入有分。中慧者有三心随顺,第四心是种姓心,第五心是道心,之后生起两刹那果心,然后落入有分。钝慧者有四心随顺,第五心是种姓心,第六心是道心,第七心是果心,然后落入有分。在这里,不应依利慧和钝慧而说,应依中慧而说。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘nimittaṃ paṭipadāpatī’ti ettha evaṃ aṅgapariṇāmavato maggassa uppādakāle gotrabhu kuto vuṭṭhāti? Maggo kutoti? Gotrabhu tāva nimittato vuṭṭhāti, pavattaṃ chettuṃ na sakkoti, ekatovuṭṭhāno hesa. Maggo nimittato vuṭṭhāti, pavattampi chindati ubhatovuṭṭhāno hesa. Tesaṃ ayaṃ uppattinayo – yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ anulomaṃ neva ekaṃ hoti, na pañcamaṃ. Ekañhi āsevanaṃ na labhati, pañcamaṃ bhavaṅgassa āsannattā pavedhati. Tadā hi javanaṃ patitaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmā neva ekaṃ hoti na pañcamaṃ. Mahāpaññassa pana dve anulomāni honti, tatiyaṃ gotrabhu, catutthaṃ maggacittaṃ, tīṇi phalāni, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Majjhimapaññassa tīṇi anulomāni honti, catutthaṃ gotrabhu, pañcamaṃ maggacittaṃ, dve phalāni, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Mandapaññassa cattāri anulomāni, honti pañcamaṃ gotrabhu, chaṭṭhaṃ maggacittaṃ, sattamaṃ phalaṃ, tato bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Tatra mahāpaññamandapaññānaṃ vasena akathetvā majjhimapaññassa vasena kathetabbaṃ.
在道心出起的那个刹那,唯作无因的意识界伴着舍,成为意门转向,取观照范围内的诸行为所缘,截断了有分。紧接着,以该转向所执取的诸行,生起第一个速行——随顺智。它于这些行上,或以无常、或以苦、或以无我的方式运转,驱除粗重的、中等的真实覆障之暗,令三相愈加明显后灭去。紧接着,生起第二个随顺智。其中,第一个随顺智没有前习行;第二个随顺智则有了前习行。它因获得习行而锐利、勇健、明净,在同一所缘上以同样的方式运转,驱除中等程度的真实覆障之暗,令三相愈加明显后灭去。紧接着,生起第三个随顺智,它有第二个随顺智作为前习行。它也因获得习行而锐利、勇健、明净,在同一所缘上以同样的方式运转,驱除剩余微细的真实覆障之暗,使之无余,令三相愈加明显后灭去。如此,由三个随顺智驱除了真实覆障之暗后,紧接着生起种姓智,取涅槃为所缘。显示巴利原文
Yasmiñhi vāre maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kiriyāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu upekkhāsahagatā manodvārāvajjanaṃ hutvā vipassanāgocare khandhe ārammaṇaṃ katvā bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti. Tadanantaraṃ teneva āvajjanena gahitakkhandhe gahetvā uppajjati paṭhamaṃ javanaṃ anulomañāṇaṃ. Taṃ tesu khandhesu aniccāti vā dukkhāti vā anattāti vā pavattitvā oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Tadanantaraṃ uppajjati dutiyānulomaṃ. Tesu purimaṃ anāsevanaṃ. Dutiyassa purimaṃ āsevanaṃ hoti. Tampi laddhāsevanattā tikkhaṃ sūraṃ pasannaṃ hutvā tasmiṃyevārammaṇe tenevākārena pavattitvā majjhimappamāṇaṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Tadanantaraṃ uppajjati tatiyānulomaṃ. Tassa dutiyaṃ āsevanaṃ hoti. Tampi laddhāsevanattā tikkhaṃ sūraṃ pasannaṃ hutvā tasmiṃyevārammaṇe tenevākārena pavattitvā tadavasesaṃ aṇusahagataṃ saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ vinodetvā niravasesaṃ katvā tīṇi lakkhaṇāni bhiyyo bhiyyo pākaṭāni katvā nirujjhati. Evaṃ tīhi anulomehi saccapaṭicchādakatame vinodite tadanantaraṃ uppajjati gotrabhuññāṇaṃ nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kurumānaṃ.
这里有一个譬喻:据说,有位明眼人想在夜间知晓星宿会合,便出门仰头去看月亮。由于被云层遮蔽,月亮并未显现。这时,一阵风吹起,驱散了厚重的云;又一风吹散了中等的云;再一风吹散了微细的云。于是,那人在无云的空中看见了月亮,也清楚了知了星宿的会合。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ upamā – eko kira cakkhumā puriso nakkhattayogaṃ jānissāmīti rattibhāge nikkhamitvā candaṃ passituṃ uddhaṃ ullokesi. Tassa valāhakehi paṭicchannattā cando na paññāyittha. Atheko vāto uṭṭhahitvā thūlathūle valāhake viddhaṃsesi. Aparo majjhime. Aparo sukhume. Tato so puriso vigatavalāhake nabhe candaṃ disvā nakkhattayogaṃ aññāsi.
其中,三片云喻如覆盖真实的粗、中、细烦恼暗;三阵风喻如三个随顺心;具眼之人喻如种姓智;明月喻如涅槃。犹如每一阵风依次吹散三片云,每一个随顺心依次驱除覆盖真实之暗。如同在无云的空中,那人得见清净的明月;当覆盖真实之暗消失时,种姓智取极为清净的涅槃为所缘。显示巴利原文
Tattha tayo valāhakā viya saccapaṭicchādakathūlamajjhimasukhumakilesandhakārā. Tayo vātā viya tīṇi anulomacittāni. Cakkhumā puriso viya gotrabhuññāṇaṃ. Cando viya nibbānaṃ. Ekekassa vātassa yathākkamena valāhakattayaviddhaṃsanaṃ viya ekekassa anulomacittassa saccapaṭicchādakatamavinodanaṃ. Vigatavalāhake nabhe tassa purisassa visuddhacandadassanaṃ viya vigate saccapaṭicchādake tame gotrabhuññāṇassa suvisuddhanibbānārammaṇakaraṇaṃ.
正如三阵风只能吹散遮蔽月亮的云,却不能见月;同样,随顺智只能驱除覆盖真实之暗,却不能取涅槃为所缘。正如那人只能见月,却不能吹散云;种姓智只能取涅槃为所缘,却不能驱除烦恼暗。因此,随顺智以行为所缘,种姓智以涅槃为所缘。显示巴利原文
Yatheva hi tayo vātā candapaṭicchādake valāhakeyeva viddhaṃsetuṃ sakkonti, na candaṃ daṭṭhuṃ, evaṃ anulomāni saccapaṭicchādakatameyeva vinodetuṃ sakkonti, na nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ . Yathā so puriso candameva daṭṭhuṃ sakkoti na valāhake viddhaṃsetuṃ, evaṃ gotrabhuññāṇaṃ nibbānameva ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti na kilesatamaṃ vinodetuṃ. Evaṃ anulomaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ hoti, gotrabhu nibbānārammaṇaṃ.
如果种姓智取随顺智所取的所缘,那么随顺智就会再度跟随它,道的出起便不会发生。然而,种姓智不取随顺智的所缘,令随顺智成为无有后者;种姓智自身虽无转向,却立于转向之处,如此生起后,如同给予道以信号而灭去。道也不丢弃其所给的信号,依无间缘之力紧随种姓智而生起,唯在刺破、劈开先前未被刺破、未被劈开的贪蕴、嗔蕴、痴蕴后方得生起。显示巴利原文
Yadi hi gotrabhu anulomena gahitārammaṇaṃ gaṇheyya puna anulomaṃ taṃ anubandheyyāti maggavuṭṭhānameva na bhaveyya. Gotrabhuññāṇaṃ pana anulomassa ārammaṇaṃ aggahetvā taṃ apacchatopavattikaṃ katvā sayaṃ anāvajjanampi samānaṃ āvajjanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā evaṃ nibbattāhīti maggassa saññaṃ datvā viya nirujjhati. Maggopi tena dinnasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva avīcisantativasena taṃ ñāṇaṃ anubandhamāno anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ dosakkhandhaṃ mohakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhamānova padālayamānova nibbattati.
这里有一个譬喻:据说,一位弓箭手在百弓之远处竖起百块木板作为靶子,用布蒙住脸,搭上箭,站在转轮旁。另一人转动转轮,当木板靶正对弓箭手时,便用棍棒给出信号。弓箭手不放弃棍棒信号,放箭射穿百块木板靶。这其中,棍棒信号如同种姓智;弓箭手如同道智;弓箭手不放弃棍棒信号而射穿百块木板靶,如同道智不放弃种姓智所给的信号,取涅槃为所缘,刺穿、劈开先前未被刺穿、未被劈开的贪蕴等。这也称为‘断除已得地之轮转的桥梁’。因为道只有一种作用,即断除随眠。如此,它在断除随眠时,称为‘从相出起’,称为‘切断轮转’。‘相’指色、受、想、行、识之相;‘轮转’亦指色、受、想、行、识之轮转。它有两种:执取的和非执取的。其中,论师们说,道的出起之影在非执取中可见,故说从非执取出起。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ upamā – eko kira issāso dhanusatamatthake phalakasataṃ ṭhapāpetvā vatthena mukhaṃ veṭhetvā saraṃ sannayhitvā cakkayante aṭṭhāsi. Añño puriso cakkayantaṃ āvañchitvā yadā issāsassa phalakasataṃ abhimukhaṃ hoti tadā tattha daṇḍakena saññaṃ deti, issāso daṇḍakasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva saraṃ khipitvā phalakasataṃ nibbijjhati. Tattha daṇḍakasaññā viya gotrabhuññāṇaṃ. Issāso viya maggañāṇaṃ. Issāsassa daṇḍakasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva phalakasatanibbijjhanaṃ viya maggañāṇassa gotrabhuññāṇena dinnasaññaṃ amuñcitvāva nibbānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā anibbiddhapubbaapadālitapubbānaṃ lobhakkhandhādīnaṃ nibbijjhanapadālanaṃ. Bhūmiladdhavaṭṭasetusamugghātakaraṇantipi etadeva. Maggassa hi ekameva kiccaṃ anusayappajahanaṃ. Iti so anusaye pajahanto nimittā vuṭṭhāti nāma, pavattaṃ chindati nāma. ‘Nimitta’nti rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇanimittaṃ. ‘Pavatta’mpi rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇapavattameva. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – upādinnakaṃ anupādinnakanti. Tesu maggassa anupādinnakato vuṭṭhānacchāyā dissatīti vatvā anupādinnakato vuṭṭhātīti vadiṃsu.
由入流道断除五种心:四种与邪见相应的心,及一种与疑俱行的心。这些心生起色法,即非执取的色蕴;这些心是识蕴;与之相应的受、想、行是三种非色蕴。其中,若须陀洹的入流道未得修习,此五种心会在六种所缘上达到缠缚。然而,入流道阻止它们达到缠缚,犹如断桥,令其成为不可能生起的状态,这称为从非执取出起。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattimaggena hi cattāri diṭṭhigatasampayuttāni vicikicchāsahagatanti pañca cittāni pahīyanti. Tāni rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti. Taṃ anupādinnakarūpakkhandho. Tāni cittāni viññāṇakkhandho. Taṃsampayuttā vedanā saññā saṅkhārā tayo arūpakkhandhā. Tattha sace sotāpannassa sotāpattimaggo abhāvito abhavissa tāni pañca cittāni chasu ārammaṇesu pariyuṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇeyyuṃ. Sotāpattimaggo pana tesaṃ pariyuṭṭhānenappattiṃ vārayamāno setusamugghātaṃ abhabbuppattikabhāvaṃ kurumāno anupādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
由一来道断除六心:四种离见的心、两种与忧俱行的心,即依粗显的欲贪与嗔恚而断。由不还道,依微细俱行的欲贪与嗔恚,断除同样的六心。由阿罗汉道,断除五种不善心:四种离见的心,及与掉举俱行的一心。于此,若诸圣者的那些道未得修习,那些心便会在六种所缘中达到缠缚。然而,那些道阻止它们达到缠缚,如同拆除桥梁,令其成为不可能生起的状态,因此称为从执取中出起。显示巴利原文
Sakadāgāmimaggena cattāri diṭṭhigatavippayuttāni dve domanassasahagatānīti oḷārikakāmarāgabyāpādavasena cha cittāni pahīyanti. Anāgāmimaggena aṇusahagatakāmarāgabyāpādavasena tāni eva cha cittāni pahīyanti. Arahattamaggena cattāri diṭṭhigatavippayuttāni uddhaccasahagatañcāti pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti. Tattha sace tesaṃ ariyānaṃ te maggā abhāvitā assu, tāni cittāni chasu ārammaṇesu pariyuṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇeyyuṃ. Te pana tesaṃ maggā pariyuṭṭhānappattiṃ vārayamānā setusamugghātaṃ abhabbuppattikabhāvaṃ kurumānā anupādinnakato vuṭṭhahanti nāma.
在说明“从执取中出起的影像可见”之后,又进一步说“从执取中出起”。如果入流道未曾修习,则除了七有之外,在无始轮回的流转中,执取的转起便会持续。为何?因为其持续的因依然存在。然而,入流道在生起时,即断除三结、见随眠、疑随眠这五种烦恼。那么,除了七有之外,须陀洹的执取转起又怎会在无始轮回的流转中继续呢?因此,入流道能令执取的转起不再生起,故称为“从执取中出起”。显示巴利原文
Upādinnakato vuṭṭhānacchāyā dissatīti vatvā upādinnakato vuṭṭhātītipi vadiṃsu. Sace hi sotāpannassa sotāpattimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā satta bhave anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Tīṇi saṃyojanāni diṭṭhānusayo vicikicchānusayoti ime pana pañca kilese sotāpattimaggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto sotāpannassa satta bhave ṭhapetvā anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ sotāpattimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
如果斯陀含道未曾修习,则除了二有之外,执取的转起还会在五有中流转。为何?因为其持续的因依然存在。然而,斯陀含道在生起时,即断除粗分的欲贪结、嗔恚结,以及粗分的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠,这四种烦恼。那么,除了二有之外,斯陀含的执取转起又怎会在五有中流转呢?因此,斯陀含道能令执取的转起不再生起,故称为“从执取中出起”。显示巴利原文
Sace sakadāgāmissa sakadāgāmimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā dve bhave pañcasu bhavesu upādinnakapavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Oḷārikāni kāmarāgapaṭighasaṃyojanāni oḷāriko kāmarāgānusayo paṭighānusayoti ime pana cattāro kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto sakadāgāmissa dve bhave ṭhapetvā pañcasu bhavesu upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ sakadāgāmimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
如果阿那含道未曾修习,则除了一有之外,执取的转起还会在第二有中流转。为何?因为其持续的因依然存在。然而,阿那含道在生起时,即断除微细的欲贪结、嗔恚结,以及微细的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠,这四种烦恼。那么,除了一有之外,阿那含的执取转起又怎会在第二有中流转呢?因此,阿那含道能令执取的转起不再生起,故称为“从执取中出起”。显示巴利原文
Sace anāgāmissa anāgāmimaggo abhāvito abhavissa, ṭhapetvā ekaṃ bhavaṃ dutiyabhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya. Aṇusahagatāni kāmarāgapaṭighasaṃyojanāni aṇusahagato kāmarāgānusayo paṭighānusayoti ime pana cattāro kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto anāgāmissa ekaṃ bhavaṃ ṭhapetvā dutiyabhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ anāgāmimaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
若阿罗汉的阿罗汉道未被修习,那么在色界与无色界有中,所执取的流转便会转起。何以故?因为其流转之因还在。然而,阿罗汉道在生起时,即断除色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明、慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠这八种烦恼。既如此,漏尽者又怎会再有执取之流转?因此,阿罗汉道令执取之流转不复转起,故说为从执取出起。显示巴利原文
Sace arahato arahattamaggo abhāvito abhavissa, rūpārūpabhavesu upādinnakappavattaṃ pavatteyya. Kasmā? Tassa pavattiyā hetūnaṃ atthitāya . Rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjā mānānusayo bhavarāgānusayo avijjānusayoti ime pana aṭṭha kilese so maggo uppajjamānova samugghāteti. Idāni kuto khīṇāsavassa punabbhave upādinnakappavattaṃ pavattissati? Evaṃ arahattamaggo upādinnakappavattaṃ appavattaṃ kurumāno upādinnakato vuṭṭhāti nāma.
对此,他们说:入流道从恶趣有出起,斯陀含道从一部分善趣欲有出起,阿那含道从欲有出起,阿罗汉道从色界与无色界有出起,乃至从一切有出起。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattimaggo cettha apāyabhavato vuṭṭhāti, sakadāgāmimaggo sugatikāmabhavekadesato, anāgāmimaggo kāmabhavato, arahattamaggo rūpārūpabhavato sabbabhavehipi vuṭṭhāti evāti vadanti.
为阐明此义,有如是圣典文句:‘以入流道智,由行识的灭尽,除去七有,在无始轮回流转中当生的名色,它们于此灭尽、寂止、去至究竟、安息。’显示巴利原文
Imassa panatthassa vibhāvanatthaṃ ayaṃ pāḷi – ‘‘sotāpattimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena satta bhave ṭhapetvā anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
‘凭借斯陀含道智,由行识的灭尽,除二有外,于五有中可能生起的名色,它们便在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。’显示巴利原文
‘Sakadāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena dve bhave ṭhapetvā pañcasu bhavesu ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
‘凭借阿那含道智,由行识的灭尽,除一有外,于欲界二有中可能生起的名色,它们便在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。’显示巴利原文
‘Anāgāmimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena ekaṃ bhavaṃ ṭhapetvā kāmadhātuyā dvīsu bhavesu ye uppajjeyyuṃ, nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti.
‘凭借阿罗汉道智,由行识的灭尽,于色界或无色界中可能生起的名色,它们便在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。对于以无余涅槃界而般涅槃的阿罗汉,由最后识的灭尽,慧与念以及名色,它们便在此处灭尽、寂止、归于灭没、止息。’(《小部·阿耆多学童问义释》6)以上是相方面的抉择。显示巴利原文
‘Arahattamaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena rūpadhātuyā vā arūpadhātuyā vā ye uppajjeyyuṃ , nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhanti. Arahato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyantassa carimaviññāṇassa nirodhena paññā ca sati ca nāmañca rūpañca etthete nirujjhanti vūpasamanti atthaṃ gacchanti paṭippassambhantī’’ti (cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 6). Ayaṃ tāva nimitte vinicchayo.
“行道”者——此处,行道是动摇还是不动摇?是动摇的。因为就如来和舍利弗长老而言,四道皆是乐行道、速通达。就大目犍连长老而言,第一道是乐行道、速通达,上面三道是苦行道、速通达。为什么呢?因为被睡眠所制伏。据说正自觉者曾像照顾七日之婴一般照顾长老。有一天,长老坐着打瞌睡。那时,导师对他说:“你在打瞌睡吗,目犍连?你在打瞌睡吗,目犍连?”(《增支部》7.61)。如此,证得大神通的弟子行道尚且动摇,其余人的行道又怎会不动摇?因为有些比丘的四道全是苦行道、迟通达,有些是苦行道、速通达,有些是乐行道、迟通达,有些是乐行道、速通达。有些人的第一道是苦行道、迟通达,第二道是苦行道、速通达,第三道是乐行道、迟通达,第四道是乐行道、速通达。显示巴利原文
‘Paṭipadāpatī’ti – ettha pana paṭipadā calati na calatīti? Calati. Tathāgatassa hi sāriputtattherassa ca cattāropi maggā sukhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā ahesuṃ. Mahāmoggallānattherassa paṭhamamaggo sukhapaṭipado khippābhiñño, upari tayo maggā dukkhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā. Kasmā? Niddābhibhūtattā. Sammāsambuddho kira sattāhaṃ daharakumārakaṃ viya theraṃ parihari. Theropi ekadivasaṃ niddāyamāno nisīdi. Atha naṃ satthā āha – ‘‘pacalāyasi no tvaṃ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṃ moggallānā’’ti (a. ni. 7.61). Evarūpassapi mahābhiññappattassa sāvakassa paṭipadā calati, sesānaṃ kiṃ na calissati? Ekaccassa hi bhikkhuno cattāropi maggā dukkhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā honti, ekaccassa dukkhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā, ekaccassa sukhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā, ekaccassa sukhapaṭipadā khippābhiññā. Ekaccassa paṭhamamaggo dukkhapaṭipado dandhābhiñño hoti, dutiyamaggo dukkhapaṭipado khippābhiñño, tatiyamaggo sukhapaṭipado dandhābhiñño, catutthamaggo sukhapaṭipado khippābhiññoti.
与行道一样,增上也是动摇的。因为有些比丘的四道皆以欲为增上,有些以精进为增上,有些以心为增上,有些以观为增上。而有些人的第一道以欲为增上,第二道以精进为增上,第三道以心为增上,第四道以观为增上。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca paṭipadā evaṃ adhipatipi calati eva. Ekaccassa hi bhikkhuno cattāropi maggā chandādhipateyyā honti, ekaccassa vīriyādhipateyyā, ekaccassa cittādhipateyyā, ekaccassa vīmaṃsādhipateyyā. Ekaccassa pana paṭhamamaggo chandādhipateyyo hoti, dutiyo vīriyādhipateyyo, tatiyo cittādhipateyyo, catuttho vīmaṃsādhipateyyoti.
初道二十大法门显示巴利原文
Paṭhamamaggavīsatimahānayo
357 现在,当修习出世间善法时,不仅仅以审虑之义修习禅那,也以出离之义修习道,以安住之义修习念处,以勤勉之义修习正勤,以成就之义修习神足,以增上之义修习根,以不动之义修习力,以觉悟之义修习觉支,以真实之义修习谛,以不散乱之义修习止,以空之义修习法,以蕴集之义修习蕴,以处之义修习处,以空、无自性、无众生之义修习界,以缘之义修习食,以触之义修习触,以感受之义修习受,以认知之义修习想,以思惟之义修习思,以识知之义修习心。因此,为了显示这十九种名目,再次说‘哪些法是善的’等。就这样,‘修习此,修习此’依众生志欲与说法妙相而宣说了二十种理趣。因为在座听法的天众中,有些人当以审虑之义将出世间说为‘禅那’时便能了悟,就随顺他们的适宜而说为禅那……有些人当以识知之义说为‘心’时便能了悟,就随顺他们的适宜而说为心。这便是此处所说的‘众生志欲’。显示巴利原文
357. Idāni yasmā lokuttarakusalaṃ bhāvento na kevalaṃ upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena jhānaṃyeva bhāveti, niyyānaṭṭhena pana maggampi bhāveti, upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satipaṭṭhānampi, padahanaṭṭhena sammappadhānampi, ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhipādampi, adhipatiyaṭṭhena indriyampi, akampiyaṭṭhena balampi, bujjhanaṭṭhena bojjhaṅgampi, tathaṭṭhena saccampi, avikkhepaṭṭhena samathampi, suññataṭṭhena dhammampi, rāsaṭṭhena khandhampi, āyatanaṭṭhena āyatanampi, suññasabhāvanissattaṭṭhena dhātumpi, paccayaṭṭhena āhārampi, phusanaṭṭhena phassampi, vedayitaṭṭhena vedanampi, sañjānanaṭṭhena saññampi, cetayitaṭṭhena cetanampi, vijānanaṭṭhena cittampi bhāveti, tasmā etesaṃ ekūnavīsatiyā padānaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ‘idampi bhāveti, idampi bhāvetī’ti puggalajjhāsayena ceva desanāvilāsena ca vīsati nayā desitā honti . Dhammaṃ sotuṃ nisinnadevaparisāya hi ye upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ ‘jhāna’nti kathite bujjhanti, tesaṃ sappāyavasena jhānanti kathitaṃ…pe… ye vijānanaṭṭhena ‘citta’nti vutte bujjhanti, tesaṃ sappāyavasena cittanti kathitaṃ. Ayamettha ‘puggalajjhāsayo’.
而正自觉者由于自觉菩提,具足十力、四无畏、四无碍解及六不共智,能随其所欲,定解而开示教法:若欲,即以审虑之义,示出世间为禅那;若欲,即以出离之义……以识知之义,示出世间为心。此即名为“说法妙相”。其中,正如于“出世间为禅那”之处,以十种理趣分析;于道等诸处,亦当如是了知。如是,于二十处各作十种,共分析二百种理趣。显示巴利原文
Sammāsambuddho pana attano buddhasubodhitāya dasabalacatuvesārajjacatupaṭisambhidatāya chaasādhāraṇañāṇayogena ca desanaṃ yadicchakaṃ niyametvā dasseti. Icchanto upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ jhānanti dasseti, icchanto niyyānaṭṭhena…pe… vijānanaṭṭhena lokuttaraṃ cittanti. Ayaṃ ‘desanāvilāso’ nāma. Tattha yatheva lokuttaraṃ jhānanti vuttaṭṭhāne dasa nayā vibhattā, evaṃ maggādīsupi teyeva veditabbā. Iti vīsatiyā ṭhānesu dasa dasa katvā dve nayasatāni vibhattāni honti.
358 今为开示增上之差别,复起“哪些法是善的”等语。其中,以欲为先行、为上首、为前导而生起的出世间禅那,名为以欲为增上。其余诸句亦同此理。是故,法王将前文纯净段中的二百种理趣,于欲增上等中复各分为二,即以一千种理趣开示了第一道。显示巴利原文
358. Idāni adhipatibhedaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha chandaṃ dhuraṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā nibbattitaṃ lokuttaraṃ jhānaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Iti purimasmiṃ suddhike dvenayasatāni chandādhipateyyādīsupi dve dveti nayasahassena bhājetvā paṭhamamaggaṃ dassesi dhammarājā.
361 今为开示第二道等,复起“哪些法是善的”等语。其中,“为令欲贪与嗔恚薄弱”,即是为了令这些烦恼趋于薄弱。此中,薄弱应依两种原因而了知:即偶然生起,以及现行力微。因为斯陀含的烦恼,并非如随转轮回的凡夫大众那般频频现起,而是偶尔现起;纵然现起,亦如于疏播之田中生出的苗芽,生起稀疏。纵使现起,也不像随转轮回的凡夫大众那般以压倒、遍满、覆盖、制造黑暗的方式生起,而是由于为二道所断,生起之时微弱无力。其生起极其微薄,犹如薄云片,犹如蝇翅。显示巴利原文
361. Idāni dutiyamaggādīnaṃ dassanatthaṃ puna katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ tanubhāvāyāti etesaṃ kilesānaṃ tanubhāvatthāya. Tattha dvīhi kāraṇehi tanubhāvo veditabbo – adhiccuppattiyā ca pariyuṭṭhānamandatāya ca. Sakadāgāmissa hi, vaṭṭānusārimahājanasseva, kilesā abhiṇhaṃ nuppajjanti, kadāci kadāci uppajjanti; uppajjantāpi viraḷākārā hutvā uppajjanti, viraḷavāpitakhette aṅkurā viya. Uppajjamānāpi, ca vaṭṭānusārimahājanasseva, maddantā pharantā chādentā andhakāraṃ karontā nuppajjanti. Dvīhi pana maggehi pahīnattā mandā mandā uppajjanti. Tanukākārā hutvā uppajjanti, abbhapaṭalaṃ viya makkhikāpattaṃ viya ca.
对此,有些长老说:“斯陀含的烦恼虽然很久才生起,但生起时是厚重的,正如他的子女仍可见到。”但这不足为据。因为子女仅由肢体触摸也能产生。再者,由于已被二道断除,烦恼并无厚重性。应知,他的烦恼微薄状态正是由两种原因所致:即偶然生起和现行微弱。显示巴利原文
Tattha keci therā vadanti – ‘sakadāgāmissa kilesā kiñcāpi cirena uppajjanti, bahalāva pana hutvā uppajjanti, tathā hissa puttā ca dhītaro ca dissantī’ti. Etaṃ pana appamāṇaṃ. Puttadhītaro hi aṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanamattenapi honti. Dvīhi pana maggehi pahīnattā natthi kilesānaṃ bahalatāti. Dvīhi eva kāraṇehissa kilesānaṃ tanubhāvo veditabbo – adhiccuppattiyā ca pariyuṭṭhānamandatāya cāti.
所谓“第二”,是依计数及第二次生起而说为第二。“为证得地”即为了获得沙门果。于第三、第四,理亦同此。这里仅说明其差别。显示巴利原文
Dutiyāyāti gaṇanavasenāpi dutiyuppattivasenāpi dutiyāya. Bhūmiyā pattiyāti sāmaññaphalassa paṭilābhatthāya. Tatiyacatutthesupi eseva nayo. Visesamattaṃyeva pana vakkhāma.
“已知根”即能了知的根。这是说,不超出初道所了知的范围,仅对由此道所了知的那些四谛法进行认知的根。在其解释分中,应依此方法了知其义。在分类分中,与此相应共有九根。其余则依前述方法了知。显示巴利原文
Aññindriyanti ājānanakaṃ indriyaṃ. Paṭhamamaggena ñātamariyādaṃ anatikkamitvā tesaṃyeva tena maggena ñātānaṃ catusaccadhammānaṃ jānanakaṃ indriyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Niddesavārepissa imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavārepi imināva saddhiṃ navindriyāni honti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
第三道与第四道显示巴利原文
Tatiyacatutthamaggā
362 在第三道中,“为无余断除”是指:为了无余断除那些已被斯陀含道削弱了的结缚。显示巴利原文
362. Tatiye anavasesappahānāyāti tesaṃyeva sakadāgāmimaggena tanubhūtānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ nissesapajahanatthāya.
在第四道中,“为无余断除色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明”意指为彻底断除这五种上分结。其中,色贪是对色界有的欲贪;无色贪是对无色界有的欲贪;慢即被阿罗汉道所断除的慢;掉举与无明也是如此。在这两道中,第九根即是已知根。显示巴利原文
Catutthe rūparāgaarūparāgamānauddhaccaavijjāya anavasesappahānāyāti etesaṃ pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ nissesapajahanatthāya. Tattha rūparāgoti rūpabhave chandarāgo. Arūparāgoti arūpabhave chandarāgo. Mānoti arahattamaggavajjhako māno eva. Tathā uddhaccāvijjā. Imesupi dvīsu maggesu navamaṃ aññindriyameva hoti.
四道之千数显示巴利原文
Catumagganayasahassaṃ
在一切道中,若按语句次第,共有六十句;加上四种决定要素,则成六十四句。若不混合,则为三十三句。至于类别分与空分,一如常例。再者,正如于初道中,于第二道等中亦各有千种理趣;法王以四个千种理趣分别显示了四道。显示巴利原文
Sabbamaggesu padapaṭipāṭiyā samasaṭṭhipadāni, catūhi apaṇṇakaṅgehi saddhiṃ catusaṭṭhi honti. Asambhinnato pana tettiṃsa. Koṭṭhāsavārasuññatavārā pākatikā eva. Yathā ca pana paṭhamamagge evaṃ dutiyādīsupi nayasahassamevāti cattāro magge catūhi nayasahassehi bhājetvā dassesi dhammarājā.
在谛分别中,依这些(根)安立了六万种出世间理趣;在念处分别中,安立了二万种出世间理趣;在正勤分别中,安立了二万种;在神足分别中,安立了三万二千种;在觉支分别中,安立了三万二千种;在道支分别中,安立了二万八千种出世间理趣——皆依这些(根)而安立。显示巴利原文
Saccavibhaṅge pana saṭṭhi nayasahassāni lokuttarāni imesaṃ eva vasena nikkhittāni. Satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅge vīsati nayasahassāni lokuttarāni, sammappadhānavibhaṅge vīsati, iddhipādavibhaṅge dvattiṃsa, bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge dvattiṃsa, maggaṅgavibhaṅge aṭṭhavīsati nayasahassāni lokuttarāni imesaṃ eva vasena nikkhittāni.
然而此处,四道中仅有四千理趣。其中,在初禅的初道中,分析了八支;第二道等也是如此。在初道中,正见断除邪见,故为正见;正思维等也应以断除邪思维等为义而了知。若有人说:“由于初道已断除六十二种邪见,更上的三道已无应断的邪见,那么那里的‘正见’之名如何成立?”答:“正如无论毒存在与否,药始终被称为药;同样,无论邪见存在与否,这始终名为正见。”显示巴利原文
Idha pana catūsu maggesu cattāriyeva nayasahassāni. Tesu paṭhamajjhānike paṭhamamagge aṭṭhaṅgāni bhājitāni; tathā dutiyādīsu. Tattha paṭhamamagge sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sammāsaṅkappādayopi micchāsaṅkappādīnaṃ pajahanaṭṭheneva veditabbā. Evaṃ sante ‘paṭhamamaggeneva dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahīnattā uparimaggattayena pahātabbā diṭṭhi nāma natthi. Tattha sammādiṭṭhīti nāmaṃ kathaṃ hotī’ti? ‘Yathā visaṃ atthi vā, hotu mā vā, agado agado tveva vuccati, evaṃ micchādiṭṭhi atthi vā, hotu mā vā, ayaṃ sammādiṭṭhi eva nāma’.
如果这样,那仅仅是名称而已。但在更上的三道中,正见将无作用,道支便不圆满。因此,正见必须完成其作用,道支必须圆满。在此,正见的作用应依所得之法来说明。因为存在一种被更上三道所断除的慢,它住立于见的地位;此正见断除该慢,故为正见。在入流道中,正见断除邪见。然而,须陀洹有被斯陀含道所断除的慢,它住立于见的地位;此正见断除该慢,故为正见。他还有与七种不善心俱生的思维,与这些心俱生的有:语行、身行、受用缘、俱生精进、无念状态、俱生心一境性。这些名为邪思维等,在斯陀含道中,以断除它们而成为正思维等,应如此理解。如此,在斯陀含道中,八支完成了各自的作用而成就。斯陀含有被阿那含道所断除的慢,它住立于见的地位。他还有与七种心俱生的思维等。以断除它们,在阿那含道中,八支完成了各自的作用,应如此理解。阿那含有被阿罗汉道所断除的慢,它住立于见的地位。他还有五种不善心,与这些心俱生的有思维等。以断除它们,在阿罗汉道中,八支完成了各自的作用,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
‘Yadi evaṃ nāmamattamevetaṃ hoti, uparimaggattaye pana sammādiṭṭhiyā kiccābhāvo āpajjati, maggaṅgāni na paripūrenti, tasmā sammādiṭṭhi sakiccakā kātabbā maggaṅgāni pūretabbānī’ti. Sakiccakā cettha sammādiṭṭhi yathālābhaniyamena dīpetabbā. Uparimaggattayavajjho hi eko māno atthi, so diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Sā taṃ mānaṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Sotāpattimaggasmiñhi sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Sotāpannassa pana sakadāgāmimaggavajjho māno atthi, so diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati sā taṃ mānaṃ pajahatīti sammādiṭṭhi. Tasseva sattaakusalacittasahajāto saṅkappo atthi. Teheva cittehi vācaṅgacopanaṃ atthi, kāyaṅgacopanaṃ atthi , paccayaparibhogo atthi, sahajātavāyāmo atthi, asatibhāvo atthi, sahajātacittekaggatā atthi. Ete micchāsaṅkappādayo nāma sakadāgāmimagge sammāsaṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena sammāsaṅkappādayoti veditabbā. Evaṃ sakadāgāmimagge aṭṭhaṅgāni sakiccakāni katvā āgatāni. Sakadāgāmissa anāgāmimaggavajjho māno atthi. So diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Tasseva sattahi cittehi sahajātā saṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena anāgāmimagge aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ sakiccakatā veditabbā. Anāgāmissa arahattamaggavajjho māno atthi. So diṭṭhiṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Yāni panassa pañca akusalacittāni, tehi sahajātā saṅkappādayo. Tesaṃ pahānena arahattamagge aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ sakiccakatā veditabbā.
于四道中,由初道见四圣谛。关于“上三道是见已见者,还是见未见者?”诸师有一致的解说:“见已见者。”然而诡辩者却说:“见未见者。”应问他:“在初道中,你分析的是哪一根?”他若知道,会答:“未知当知根。”再问:“上三道中是哪一根?”被这样问时,他也会答:“已知根。”应对他说:“若确实存在见未见谛的情况,那么在上三道中,你也应成立未知当知根。如此,你的说法才能一致。”又问:“是断除不同的烦恼,还是断除已断除的?”答:“断除不同的。”若说是“断除不同的”,则他断除的是未断的烦恼,见的也是未见的谛。应问持此说者:“谛有多少?”他若知道,会答:“四种。”应对他说:“依你的主张,便会成为十六种谛。你见到了诸佛也未见的,你将被称为多谛者。不要如此执取。见谛并无前所未见者,但烦恼是在未断除时便断除的。”显示巴利原文
Imesu catūsu maggesu paṭhamamaggena cattāri saccāni diṭṭhāni. ‘Uparimaggattayaṃ diṭṭhakameva passati, adiṭṭhakaṃ passatī’ti diṭṭhakameva passatīti ayaṃ ācariyānaṃ samānatthakathā. Vitaṇḍavādī panāha ‘adiṭṭhaṃ passatī’ti. So vattabbo – ‘paṭhamamagge katamaṃ indriyaṃ bhājesī’ti? Jānamāno ‘anaññātaññassāmītindriya’nti vakkhati. ‘Uparimaggesu katara’nti? Vuttepi ‘aññindriya’nti vakkhati. So vattabbo – ‘adiṭṭhasaccadassane sati uparimaggesupi anaññātaññassāmītindriyameva bhājehi. Evaṃ te pañho samessatī’ti. ‘Kilese pana aññe añño pajahati; pahīne eva pajahatī’ti? ‘Aññe añño pajahatī’ti. ‘Yadi aññe añño, appahīne kilese pajahati. Saccānipi adiṭṭhāneva passatī’ti evaṃvādī puggalo pucchitabbo – ‘saccāni nāma katī’ti? Jānanto ‘cattārī’ti vakkhati. So vattabbo – ‘tava vāde soḷasa saccāni āpajjanti. Tvaṃ buddhehipi adiṭṭhaṃ passasi. Bahusaccako nāma tvaṃ. Evaṃ mā gaṇha. Saccadassanaṃ nāma apubbaṃ natthi, kilese pana appahīne pajahatī’ti.
关于见谛并非前所未有,这里取了一个名为“宝箱喻”的譬喻:据说,有一个人将四个宝箱放在宝库中。他于夜间因箱中之事而生起需要,便打开门,点燃灯。当灯光驱散黑暗,宝箱变得清晰可见时,他便在那里办完事后,关上门离去。随后黑暗重又笼罩。第二次、第三次,他也是这样做的。第四次,门敞开着,黑暗中不见宝箱,正当他思量时,太阳升起了,阳光驱散黑暗后,他在宝箱处办完事便离开了。显示巴利原文
Tattha saccadassanassa apubbābhāve peḷopamaṃ nāma gahitaṃ – ekassa kira cattāro ratanapeḷā sāragabbhe ṭhapitā. So rattibhāge peḷāsu uppannakicco dvāraṃ vivaritvā, dīpaṃ jāletvā, dīpena vihate andhakāre, peḷāsu pākaṭabhāvaṃ gatāsu, tāsu kiccaṃ katvā dvāraṃ pidahitvā gato. Puna andhakāraṃ avatthari. Dutiyavārepi tatiyavārepi tatheva akāsi. Catutthavāre dvāre vivaṭe andhakāre peḷā na paññāyantīti vīmaṃsantasseva sūriyo uggañchi, sūriyobhāsena vihate andhakāre peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
其中,四个宝箱犹如四圣谛。在它们上面生起事务之时,开门之时如同引向入流道之观禅的引发之时。黑暗如同遮蔽圣谛的无明。灯光如同入流道之光。黑暗被驱散后,那个人对宝箱的清晰可见,如同道智对圣谛的清晰可见。然而,道智所清晰了知的,对于具道者本身而言,便是清晰了知的。在宝箱处办完事离去之时,如同入流道断除自身应断的烦恼后灭尽。黑暗重又笼罩,如同遮蔽上三道所应断之圣谛的无明。显示巴利原文
Tattha cattāro peḷā viya cattāri saccāni. Tāsu kicce uppanne dvāravivaraṇakālo viya sotāpattimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Andhakāraṃ viya saccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ. Dīpo bhāso viya sotāpattimaggobhāso. Vihate andhakāre tassa purisassa peḷānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo viya maggañāṇassa saccānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo. Maggañāṇassa pākaṭāni pana maggasamaṅgissa puggalassa pākaṭāneva honti. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya sotāpattimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya uparimaggattayavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
第二次开门,如同引发导向斯陀含道的观。灯光,如同斯陀含道的光明。在宝箱处办完事离去,如同斯陀含道断除自身应断的烦恼后灭尽。黑暗再次笼罩,如同遮蔽上二道所应断圣谛的无明。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya sakadāgāmimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Dīpobhāso viya sakadāgāmimaggobhāso. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya sakadāgāmimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya uparimaggadvayavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
第三次开门,如同引发导向阿那含道的观。灯光,如同阿那含道的光明。在宝箱处办完事离去,如同阿那含道断除自身应断的烦恼后灭尽。黑暗再次笼罩,如同遮蔽阿拉汉道所应断圣谛的无明。显示巴利原文
Tatiyavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya anāgāmimaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Dīpobhāso viya anāgāmimaggobhāso. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya anāgāmimaggassa attanā pahātabbakilese pajahitvā niruddhakālo. Puna andhakārāvattharaṇaṃ viya upariarahattamaggavajjhasaccapaṭicchādakatamaṃ.
第四次开门,如同引发导向阿拉汉道的观。太阳升起,如同阿拉汉道的生起。驱散黑暗,如同阿拉汉道驱除遮蔽圣谛的无明。黑暗被驱散后,那些宝箱清晰可见,如同阿拉汉道智对四圣谛的清晰了知。然而,以智清晰了知的,于彼人即是清晰了知。在宝箱处办完事离去,如同阿拉汉道断尽一切烦恼。从太阳升起时起,光明持续流转,如同从阿拉汉道生起时起,便不再有遮蔽圣谛的无明。这是关于谛见无有前例的譬喻。显示巴利原文
Catutthavāre dvāravivaraṇakālo viya arahattamaggassa vipassanābhinīharaṇakālo. Sūriyuggamanaṃ viya arahattamagguppādo. Andhakāravidhamanaṃ viya arahattamaggassa saccapaṭicchādakatamavinodanaṃ . Vihate andhakāre tassa peḷānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo viya arahattamaggañāṇassa catunnaṃ saccānaṃ pākaṭabhāvo. Ñāṇassa pākaṭāni pana puggalassa pākaṭāneva honti. Peḷāsu kiccaṃ katvā gatakālo viya arahattamaggassa sabbakilesakhepanaṃ. Sūriyuggamanato paṭṭhāya ālokasseva pavattikālo viya arahattamaggassa uppannakālato paṭṭhāya puna saccapaṭicchādakatamābhāvo . Idaṃ tāva saccadassanassa apubbābhāve opammaṃ.
只是看见已见的。在“然而,不同的烦恼由不同的道断除”这里,引用了一个名为“碱水喻”的譬喻。有一个人将一件脏衣服交给洗衣匠。洗衣匠用了碱水、灰碱水、牛粪碱水这三种碱水,待确认衣服已被碱水充分浸透后,便放在水中漂洗,冲去粗大的污垢。之后,他见衣服还不清净,便第二次同样用那些碱水处理、漂洗,冲去较细的污垢。之后,见还不清净,便第三次用碱水处理、漂洗,冲去更细的污垢。之后,见还不清净,便第四次用碱水处理、漂洗,连渗入纤维内部的污垢也彻底冲净,然后把衣服交还主人。主人将它放入香匣,需要时便随时穿着。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhakameva hi passati. ‘Kilese pana aññe añño pajahatī’ti ettha khāropamaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Eko puriso kiliṭṭhaṃ vatthaṃ rajakassa adāsi. Rajako ūsakhāraṃ chārikakhāraṃ gomayakhāranti tayo khāre datvā khārehi khāditabhāvaṃ ñatvā udake vikkhāletvā oḷārikoḷārikaṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti dutiyampi tatheva khāre datvā, udake vikkhāletvā, tato nātisaṇhataraṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti tatiyampi te khāre datvā udake vikkhāletvā tato saṇhataraṃ malaṃ pavāhesi. Tato na tāva parisuddhanti catutthampi te khāre datvā, udake vikkhāletvā aṃsuabbhantaragatampi nissesaṃ malaṃ pavāhetvā sāmikassa adāsi. So gandhakaraṇḍake pakkhipitvā icchiticchitakāle paridahati.
其中,脏衣服比喻随烦恼的心。给予三种碱水的阶段,比喻在三种随观中运作业处。在水中漂洗后冲走粗垢,比喻由入流道断除五下分结。再次给予那些碱水,比喻认为“此心还未清净”而继续在三种随观中运作业处;之后冲走较细的垢,比喻由斯陀含道断除粗重的二结。之后认为“衣服还不清净”而再给碱水,比喻认为“此心还未清净”而继续在三种随观中运作业处;之后冲走更细的垢,比喻由阿那含道断除微细的二结。认为“衣服还不清净”而再给碱水,比喻认为“此心还未清净”而继续在三种随观中运作业处;之后通过漂洗,连渗入纤维内部的垢也彻底冲净,将衣服洗得如银板般清净,放入香匣,想穿时随时穿着,正如以阿拉汉道断尽八种烦恼后,清净的无漏心想住于果等至时,便可随时安住而度过。这是“不同的道断除不同的烦恼”在此处的譬喻。这也被说过:显示巴利原文
Tattha kiliṭṭhavatthaṃ viya kilesānugataṃ cittaṃ. Tividhakhāradānakālo viya tīsu anupassanāsu kammassa pavattanakālo. Udake vikkhāletvā oḷārikoḷārikamalappavāhanaṃ viya sotāpattimaggena pañcakilesakhepanaṃ. Dutiyampi tesaṃ khārānaṃ anuppadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato nātisaṇhataramalappavāhanaṃ viya sakadāgāmimaggena oḷārikasaṃyojanadvayakhepanaṃ. Tato ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ vattha’nti puna khārattayadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato saṇhataramalappavāhanaṃ viya anāgāmimaggena aṇusahagatasaṃyojanadvayakhepanaṃ. ‘Na tāva parisuddhaṃ vattha’nti puna khārattayadānaṃ viya ‘na tāva parisuddhaṃ idaṃ citta’nti tāsuyeva tīsu anupassanāsu kammappavattanaṃ. Tato vikkhālanena aṃsuabbhantaragate male pavāhetvā parisuddhassa rajatapaṭṭasadisassa gandhakaraṇḍake nikkhittassa vatthassa icchiticchitakkhaṇe paridahanaṃ viya arahattamaggena aṭṭhannaṃ kilesānaṃ khepitattā parisuddhassa khīṇāsavacittassa icchiticchitakkhaṇe phalasamāpattivihārena vītināmanaṃ. Idaṃ ‘aññe añño kilese pajahatī’ti ettha opammaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
譬如,贤友,一件被污垢沾染的脏衣服,其主人把它交给洗衣匠。洗衣匠用碱水、或灰汁、或牛粪充分搓揉后,在清水中漂洗。虽然那件衣服变得洁净、清白,但它仍然带有未除尽的细微碱味、或灰汁味、或牛粪味。洗衣匠把它交还给主人。主人把它存放在熏过香的匣子里。它原本带有的未除尽的细微碱味、或灰汁味、或牛粪味,也就随之断除。同样地,贤友,虽然圣弟子已断除五下分结,但在五取蕴上,仍然带有未除尽的细微‘我是’之慢、‘我是’之欲、‘我是’之随眠。他随后于五取蕴安住于观生灭:‘如此是色,如此是色的集起,如此是色的灭去;如此是受……如此是想……如此是行……如此是识,如此是识的集起,如此是识的灭去。’当他如此于五取蕴安住于观生灭时,他原本在五取蕴上带有的未除尽的细微‘我是’之慢、‘我是’之欲、‘我是’之随眠,也就随之断除。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi , āvuso, vatthaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ malaggahitaṃ, tamenaṃ sāmikā rajakassa anupadajjeyyuṃ. Tamenaṃ rajako ūse vā khāre vā gomaye vā sammadditvā acche udake vikkhāleti. Kiñcāpi taṃ hoti vatthaṃ parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ, atha khvassa hotiyeva ‘aṇusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato’. Tamenaṃ rajako sāmikānaṃ deti. Tamenaṃ sāmikā gandhaparibhāvite karaṇḍake nikkhipanti. Yopissa hoti aṇusahagato ūsagandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato, sopi samugghātaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, āvuso, kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti, atha khvassa hotiyeva pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu aṇusahagato ‘asmī’ti māno, ‘asmī’ti chando, ‘asmī’ti anusayo asamūhato, so aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati – ‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā iti saññā iti saṅkhārā iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Tassimesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yopissa hoti pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu aṇusahagato ‘asmī’ti māno, ‘asmī’ti chando, ‘asmī’ti anusayo asamūhato, sopi samugghātaṃ gacchatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.89).
其中,由入流道断除五种不善心,以及与心所俱起的恶法。由斯陀含道,两种忧俱心变得薄弱,及与其俱起之恶法。由阿那含道,他们(两种忧俱心)连同相应之法悉被断除。由阿罗汉道,断除五种不善心,及与心所俱起之恶法。当此十二不善心断除之时,漏尽者即不再有依于心所而随起的烦恼。显示巴利原文
Tattha sotāpattimaggena pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Sakadāgāmimaggena dve domanassasahagatacittāni tanukāni bhavanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Anāgāmimaggena tāniyeva pahīyanti saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Arahattamaggena pañca akusalacittāni pahīyanti saddhiṃ cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammehi. Imesaṃ dvādasannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya khīṇāsavassa cittaṅgavasena puna pacchatopavattanakakileso nāma na hoti.
于此有一譬喻:据说,有位大国王在边境设防后,住于大都城中,安享王权。此时,边境发生叛乱。那时,十二名盗贼首领各率数千人众,劫掠国土。边境居民与大臣便差人禀报国王:‘边境已叛。’国王传令:‘你们尽管擒拿,所需之物我自会供给。’他们在初次交锋中,便击杀了五名盗贼首领,及其随从与数千人众。其余七人带着各自部属逃入山中。大臣们将此事奏报国王。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ opammaṃ – eko kira mahārājā paccante ārakkhaṃ datvā mahānagare issariyaṃ anubhavanto vasati. Athassa paccanto kuppi. Tasmiṃ samaye dvādasa corajeṭṭhakā anekehi purisasahassehi saddhiṃ raṭṭhaṃ vilumpanti. Paccantavāsino mahāmattā ‘paccanto kupito’ti rañño pahiṇiṃsu. Rājā ‘vissaṭṭhā gaṇhatha, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ kattabbaṃ karissāmī’ti sāsanaṃ pahiṇi . Te paṭhamasampahāreneva anekehi purisasahassehi saddhiṃ pañca corajeṭṭhake ghātayiṃsu. Sesā satta janā attano attano parivāre gahetvā pabbataṃ pavisiṃsu. Amaccā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王说:‘该怎么做我自有分寸,你们继续捉拿他们便是’,并送去财物。他们在第二次交锋中,击杀了二名盗贼首领,并削弱了其随从。他们悉数逃散,遁入山中。大臣们又将此情奏报国王。显示巴利原文
Rājā ‘tumhākaṃ kattabbayuttaṃ ahaṃ jānissāmi, tepi gaṇhathā’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te dutiyasampahārena dve corajeṭṭhake pahariṃsu, parivārepi tesaṃ dubbale akaṃsu. Te sabbepi palāyitvā pabbataṃ pavisiṃsu. Tampi pavattiṃ amaccā rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王又送去财物说:“放手去捉拿他们。”在第三次交战中,他们连同同伙一起击杀了二名盗贼首领,并将此事禀报国王。显示巴利原文
Puna rājā ‘vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te tatiyasampahārena saddhiṃ sahāyapurisehi dve corajeṭṭhake ghātayitvā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño pesayiṃsu.
国王又送去财物说:“放手去捉拿剩余的盗贼。”在第四次交战中,他们连同随从一举击杀了五名盗贼首领。自十二名盗贼首领被诛灭后,再没有盗贼出现。国土安宁,人们仿佛怀抱着孩子跳舞一般安居乐业。国王在得胜勇士们的簇拥下登上妙胜宫殿,享受广大财富。显示巴利原文
Puna rājā ‘avasese vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanaṃ pahiṇi. Te catutthasampahārena saparivāre pañca corajeṭṭhake ghātayiṃsu. Dvādasannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālato paṭṭhāya koci coro nāma natthi. Khemā janapadā ure putte naccentā maññe viharanti. Rājā vijitasaṅgāmehi yodhehi parivuto varapāsādagato mahāsampattiṃ anubhavi.
其中,大国王比喻法王。边境居民与大臣比喻修行善男子。十二盗贼首领比喻十二种不善心。其数千同伙比喻以心所形式生起的种种恶法。国王得知“边境反叛”而下令之时,比喻当所缘中烦恼生起时,修行者向导师报告:“尊者,我心中生起了烦恼”之时。“放手去捉拿”并赐予财物,比喻法王教导业处:“比丘,应调伏烦恼。”连同随从诛杀五名盗贼首领之时,比喻由入流道断除五种相应不善心。显示巴利原文
Tattha mahanto rājā viya dhammarājā. Paccantavāsino amaccā viya yogāvacarā kulaputtā. Dvādasa corajeṭṭhakā viya dvādasa akusalacittāni. Tesaṃ sahāyā anekasahassapurisā viya cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakapāpadhammā. Rañño paccanto kupitoti pahitakālo viya ārammaṇe kilesesu uppannesu ‘bhante, kileso me uppanno’ti satthu ārocanakālo. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti dhanadānaṃ viya ‘kilese niggaṇha bhikkhū’ti dhammarañño kammaṭṭhānācikkhanaṃ. Saparivārānaṃ pañcannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālo viya sotāpattimaggena sampayuttānaṃ pañcannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahānaṃ.
如同再次向国王禀报事态一般,便是称扬正自觉者所证得的功德。正如“把剩下的也捉拿”并再次施予财物,世尊则于此开示了斯陀含道的观智。在第二次交战时,连同随从的两名盗贼首领被削弱,由斯陀含道亦令与之相应的两种忧俱心变得薄弱。显示巴利原文
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya sammāsambuddhassa paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Sesake ca gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato sakadāgāmimaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Dutiyasampahārena saparivārānaṃ dvinnaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ dubbalīkaraṇaṃ viya sakadāgāmimaggena sasampayuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ domanassacittānaṃ tanubhāvakaraṇaṃ.
如同再次向国王禀报事态一般,便是对导师所获功德的称扬。所谓“放手去捉拿”,并再次施予财物,则如同世尊教导阿那含道的观智。在第三次交战时,连同随从的两名盗贼首领被歼灭,正如由阿那含道断除与之相应的两种忧俱心。显示巴利原文
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya satthu paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato anāgāmimaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Tatiyasampahārena saparivārānaṃ dvinnaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātanaṃ viya anāgāmimaggena sasampayuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ domanassacittānaṃ pahānaṃ.
如同再次向国王禀报事态一般,便是称扬如来所获的功德。说“放手去捉拿”并再次施予财物,则如同世尊阐明阿罗汉道的观智。以第四次打击,当五名盗贼首领及其随从被杀的那一刻起,国土便得安宁;同样地,以阿罗汉道断除与之相应的五种不善心之后,从十二种不善心被断除之时起,依于心而生起的不善法便不复存在。国王获胜后,为大群大臣所围绕,在殊胜的宫殿中享受大富贵,正如断尽一切烦恼的法王为漏尽者所围绕,于空、无相、无愿等定中,随其所欲享受果等至之乐。应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Puna rañño pavattipesanaṃ viya tathāgatassa paṭiladdhaguṇārocanaṃ. ‘Vissaṭṭhā gaṇhantū’ti puna dhanadānaṃ viya bhagavato arahattamaggassa vipassanācikkhanaṃ. Catutthasampahārena saparivārānaṃ pañcannaṃ corajeṭṭhakānaṃ ghātitakālato paṭṭhāya janapadassa khemakālo viya arahattamaggena sasampayuttesu pañcasu akusalacittesu pahīnesu dvādasannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya puna cittaṅgavasena uppajjanakassa akusaladhammassa abhāvo. Rañño vijitasaṅgāmassa amaccagaṇaparivutassa varapāsāde mahāsampattianubhavanaṃ viya khīṇāsavaparivutassa dhammarañño suññataanimittaappaṇihitabhedesu samāpattisukhesu icchiticchitaphalasamāpattisukhānubhavanaṃ veditabbanti.
法分别说论显示巴利原文
Dhammuddesavārakathā
365 现在,为了分别开示不善法句,便开始了“哪些法是不善”等语。其中,法的确定等各章分类,以及前文所出诸词的意义抉择,皆应依循前文所述方式来了知。不过,我们在此只解说其独特之处。其中,在时的确定上,首先,由于不善并不像善那样具有“地”的差别,因此即使它唯属欲界,也未说为“欲界”。所谓“与见相应”:此处,见本身即是“见取”,如同“粪取、尿取”(增支部9.11)等的说法;或者,因为此见无所趋向,唯是见的所依处,故称见取。与此相应,即与见取相应。显示巴利原文
365. Idāni akusaladhammapadaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ katame dhammā akusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha dhammavavatthānādivārappabhedo ca heṭṭhā āgatānaṃ padānaṃ atthavinicchayo ca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tattha tattha pana visesamattameva vaṇṇayissāma. Tattha samayavavatthāne tāva yasmā, kusalassa viya, akusalassa bhūmibhedo natthi, tasmā ekantaṃ kāmāvacarampi samānaṃ etaṃ ‘kāmāvacara’nti na vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhigatasampayuttanti ettha diṭṭhi eva diṭṭhigataṃ ‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’ntiādīni (a. ni. 9.11) viya. Gantabbābhāvato vā diṭṭhiyā gatamattamevetantipi diṭṭhigataṃ. Tena sampayuttaṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ.
其中,应知此称为见取的邪见,由听闻非法、亲近恶友、不欲见圣者等因,以及不如理作意等因而生。具体而言:那些与邪见言说相应的非法,是以极度尊崇、越过中道、缺乏审察的方式去听闻;那些见有缺失的恶友,是因与之交往而产生恶友关系;因不欲见佛陀等圣者与善士;因于四念处等种种圣法未能通达;因于别解脱律仪、根律仪、念律仪、智律仪、断律仪等种种圣法及善士法,处于名为律仪毁失的不律仪中;又因受这些因素熏染的不如理作意;以及因热衷于怪异、祥瑞之类,此邪见便生起。应如此了知。而心的无行状态,则如前文所述应知。显示巴利原文
Tattha asaddhammasavanaṃ, akalyāṇamittatā, ariyānaṃ adassanakāmatādīni ayoniso manasikāroti evamādīhi kāraṇehi imassa diṭṭhigatasaṅkhātassa micchādassanassa uppatti veditabbā. Ye hi ete diṭṭhivādapaṭisaṃyuttā asaddhammā tesaṃ bahumānapubbaṅgamena atikkantamajjhattena upaparikkhārahitena savanena, ye ca diṭṭhivipannā akalyāṇamittā taṃsampavaṅkatāsaṅkhātāya akalyāṇamittatāya, buddhādīnaṃ ariyānañceva sappurisānañca adassanakāmatāya catusatipaṭṭhānādibhede ariyadhamme akovidattena pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvarasatisaṃvarañāṇasaṃvarapahānasaṃvarappabhede ariyadhamme ceva sappurisadhamme ca saṃvarabhedasaṅkhātena avinayena teheva kāraṇehi paribhāvitena ayoniso manasikārena kotūhalamaṅgalādipasutatāya ca etaṃ uppajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Asaṅkhārabhāvo panassa cittassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在法分别说中,“触”即与不善心俱生的触。受等亦同此理。如是,这些与前者之别,唯在不善而已。显示巴利原文
Dhammuddesavāre phassoti akusalacittasahajāto phasso. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Iti akusalamattameva etesaṃ purimehi viseso.
“心一境性”即是:即使在杀生等处,心亦因不散乱而有一境性。因为人们令心专注、不散乱,将刀剑不偏不倚地刺入有情的身体;极其专注者偷取他人财物;以一味之心行于邪淫。如此,即使在不善转起之时,心亦有一境性。显示巴利原文
Cittassekaggatā hotīti pāṇātipātādīsupi avikkhittabhāvena cittassa ekaggatā hoti. Manussā hi cittaṃ samādahitvā avikkhittā hutvā avirajjhamānāni satthāni pāṇasarīresu nipātenti, susamāhitā paresaṃ santakaṃ haranti, ekarasena cittena micchācāraṃ āpajjanti. Evaṃ akusalappavattiyampi cittassa ekaggatā hoti.
“邪见”:即不真实的见,或因偏离真实而执取,故为虚妄的见,是邪见。又因带来不利,为智者所厌恶的见,也是邪见。邪思惟等同理。再者,他们以此邪观,或自己邪观,或此仅仅是邪见,故为邪见。此邪见以不如理执著为相,以执取为味,以邪执为现起,以不欲见圣者等为足处;应视为最上的过失。在邪思惟等中,“邪”字只是差别。其余应如善法章中所说而了知。显示巴利原文
Micchādiṭṭhīti ayāthāvadiṭṭhi, virajjhitvā gahaṇato vā vitathā diṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhi. Anatthāvahattā paṇḍitehi jigucchitā diṭṭhītipi micchādiṭṭhi. Micchāsaṅkappādīsupi eseva nayo. Apica micchā passanti tāya, sayaṃ vā micchā passati, micchādassanamattameva vā esāti micchādiṭṭhi. Sā ayoniso abhinivesalakkhaṇā, parāmāsarasā, micchābhinivesapaccupaṭṭhānā, ariyānaṃ adassanakāmatādipadaṭṭhānā; paramaṃ vajjanti daṭṭhabbā. Micchāsaṅkappādīsu ‘micchā’ti padamattameva viseso. Sesaṃ kusalādhikāre vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
“无惭力、无愧力”:此处,“力”的含义将在论释分中显明。其余诸词:不惭耻故为无惭,无惭的状态即无惭;无愧耻故为无愧。其中,无惭以不厌恶身恶行等为相,或以无羞耻为相;无愧以对他们不畏惧为相,或以无怖畏为相。无惭即是力,故为无惭力;无愧即是力,故为无愧力。这是此处的略义。广说则应依前文所述的对立面而了知。显示巴利原文
Ahirikabalaṃanottappabalanti ettha balattho niddesavāre āvi bhavissati. Itaresu pana – na hiriyatīti ahiriko. Ahirikassa bhāvo ahirikaṃ. Na ottappaṃ anottappaṃ. Tesu ahirikaṃ kāyaduccaritādīhi ajigucchanalakkhaṇaṃ, alajjālakkhaṇaṃ vā. Anottappaṃ teheva asārajjanalakkhaṇaṃ anuttāsanalakkhaṇaṃ vā. Ahirikameva balaṃ ahirikabalaṃ. Anottappameva balaṃ anottappabalaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepattho. Vitthāro pana heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbo.
以此而贪染,或自己贪染,或仅是贪染,故为贪。以此而愚痴,或自己愚痴,或仅是愚痴,故为痴。其中,贪以执取所缘为相,如猴胶;以粘著为味,如投于热锅的肉片;以不舍弃为现起,如油彩之染著;以于结缚法中见乐味为足处。当知此贪借由渴爱之河增长,如急流之河趋向大海,唯导至恶趣。显示巴利原文
Lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati, lubbhanamattameva vā tanti lobho. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, muyhanamattameva vā tanti moho. Tesu lobho ārammaṇaggahaṇalakkhaṇo makkaṭālepo viya, abhisaṅgaraso tattakapāle khittamaṃsapesi viya, apariccāgapaccupaṭṭhāno telañjanarāgo viya, saṃyojaniyadhammesu assādadassanapadaṭṭhāno. So taṇhānadībhāvena vaḍḍhamāno, sīghasotā nadī viya mahāsamuddaṃ, apāyameva gahetvā gacchatīti daṭṭhabbo.
痴,以心的暗钝为相,或以无智为相;以不通达为味,或以覆蔽所缘自性为味;以不如理行持为现起,或以黑暗为现起;以不如理作意为足处。当知此为诸不善之根。显示巴利原文
Moho cittassa andhabhāvalakkhaṇo aññāṇalakkhaṇo vā, asampaṭivedharaso ārammaṇasabhāvacchādanaraso vā, asammāpaṭipattipaccupaṭṭhāno andhakārapaccupaṭṭhāno vā, ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhāno. Sabbākusalānaṃ mūlanti daṭṭhabbo.
贪欲,由它而贪求,或自身贪求,抑或仅是贪求的状态本身,故名为贪欲。它以渴望将他人的成就占为己有为特相;以那种方式不断寻求为作用;以面向他人成就为现起;以对他人的成就乐著为近因。它确实现起为朝向他人成就。于中有乐著时,它便生起,应知犹如心向他人成就伸手一般。显示巴利原文
Abhijjhāyanti tāya, sayaṃ vā abhijjhāyati, abhijjhāyanamattameva vā esāti abhijjhā. Sā parasampattīnaṃ sakakaraṇaicchālakkhaṇā, tenākārena esanabhāvarasā, parasampatti-abhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, parasampattīsu abhiratipadaṭṭhānā. Parasampattiabhimukhā eva hi sā upaṭṭhahati. Tāsu ca abhiratiyā sati pavattati, parasampattīsu cetaso hatthappasāroviyāti daṭṭhabbā.
于“有止”等句中,因平息于其他事中的散乱,故名为止。当不善生起时,它策励其心,故名为策励。不令散乱,故名不散乱。显示巴利原文
Samatho hotītiādīsu aññesu kiccesu vikkhepasamanato samatho. Akusalappavattiyaṃ cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti paggāho. Na vikkhipatīti avikkhepo.
于此心中,信、念、慧以及六对等法未被摄入。何以故?在不信的心中,无有净信,故信未被摄入。难道那些邪见者不信自己的老师吗?他们是信的。然而,那并不名为信,仅仅是对言语的接受罢了。从义理上说,那或是未加审察,或是邪见。在没有念的心中,念不存在,故未被摄入。难道邪见者不记得自己所造之业吗?他们是记得的。但那不名为念。那纯粹是以那种方式生起的不善心。因此,念未被摄入。那么,为何经典中说“邪念”?那是为了圆满邪道与邪性,由于不善蕴中欠缺念,且其与念正相反对,故于彼处以方便说而说。依了义而言,则无此。故未被摄入。在愚痴的心中,慧不存在,故未被摄入。难道邪见者没有欺诳的慧吗?有。但那不是慧,那名为幻术。从义理上说,那即是渴爱。而此心是具有不安、沉重、压抑、粗硬、僵硬、不适业、病态、弯曲、扭曲的。因此,轻安等六对未被摄入。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ citte saddhā, sati, paññā, cha yugaḷakānīti ime dhammā na gahitā. Kasmā? Assaddhiyacitte pasādo nāma natthi. Tasmā tāva saddhā na gahitā. Kiṃ pana diṭṭhigatikā attano attano satthārānaṃ na saddahantīti? Saddahanti. Sā pana saddhā nāma na hoti, vacanasampaṭicchanamattamevetaṃ. Atthato anupaparikkhā vā hoti, diṭṭhi vā. Asatiyacitte pana sati natthīti na gahitā. Kiṃ diṭṭhigatikā attanā katakammaṃ na sarantīti? Saranti. Sā pana sati nāma na hoti. Kevalaṃ tenākārena akusalacittappavatti. Tasmā sati na gahitā. Atha kasmā ‘‘micchāsatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.333; saṃ. ni. 5.1) suttante vuttā? Sā pana akusalakkhandhānaṃ sativirahitattā satipaṭipakkhattā ca micchāmaggamicchattānaṃ pūraṇatthaṃ tattha pariyāyena desanā katā. Nippariyāyena panesā natthi. Tasmā na gahitā. Andhabālacitte pana paññā natthīti na gahitā. Kiṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vañcanāpaññā natthīti? Atthi. Na panesā paññā, māyā nāmesā hoti. Sā atthato taṇhāva. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ sadarathaṃ garukaṃ bhāriyaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ thaddhaṃ akammaññaṃ gilānaṃ vaṅkaṃ kuṭilaṃ. Tasmā passaddhādīni cha yugaḷakāni na gahitāni.
至此,已依次第按句序,以心所的方式,显示了载于巴利圣典中的三十二法。今为显示或存法,故说“或复有彼于其时”等。于此,于一切不善心中,欲、胜解、作意、慢、嫉、悭、惛沉、睡眠、掉举、恶作,此十种为或存法,亦即所谓“经中所来,于经句中所见”。而在此心中,欲、胜解、作意、掉举,此四种称为决定支,是或存法。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā padapaṭipāṭiyā cittaṅgavasena pāḷiāruḷhāni dvattiṃsa padāni dassetvā idāni yevāpanakadhamme dassetuṃ ye vā pana tasmiṃ samayetiādimāha. Tattha sabbesupi akusalacittesu chando adhimokkho manasikāro māno issā macchariyaṃ thinaṃ middhaṃ uddhaccaṃ kukkuccanti ime daseva yevāpanakā honti dhammā, suttāgatā, suttapadesu dissareti vuttā. Imasmiṃ pana citte chando adhimokkho manasikāro uddhaccanti ime apaṇṇakaṅgasaṅkhātā cattārova yevāpanakā honti.
其中,欲等应如前文所述的方式来了知。区别仅在于:那些是善的,而这些是不善的。其余者,掉举的状态即是“掉举”。它以心不寂静为特相,如被风所动的水;以不稳固为作用,如被风吹动的旗帜;以散乱为现起,如被石块击起的灰尘;以对心不寂静的不如理作意为近因。应知其为心的散乱。显示巴利原文
Tattha chandādayo heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi te kusalā, ime akusalā. Itaraṃ pana uddhatassa bhāvo ‘uddhaccaṃ’. Taṃ cetaso avūpasamalakkhaṇaṃ vātābhighātacalajalaṃ viya, anavaṭṭhānarasaṃ vātābhighātacaladhajapaṭākā viya, bhantattapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ pāsāṇābhighātasamuddhatabhasmā viya, cetaso avūpasame ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Cittavikkhepoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
如此,触等三十二法,连同依‘或存法’而说的四法,在《法摄要品》中,共有三十六项法句。除去四必定支,巴利圣典所出的有三十二法;而在此,从‘未摄之摄’来说,则有触等五法、寻、伺、喜、心一境性、精进根、命根、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪、痴——这十六种法。显示巴利原文
Iti phassādīni dvattiṃsa, yevāpanakavasena vuttāni cattārīti sabbānipi imasmiṃ dhammuddesavāre chattiṃsa dhammapadāni bhavanti. Cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāni hāpetvā pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni dvattiṃsameva. Aggahitaggahaṇena panettha phassapañcakaṃ, vitakko vicāro pīti cittassekaggatā vīriyindriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobho mohoti soḷasa dhammā honti.
于这十六法中,七法无分别,九法有分别。哪七法?触、想、思、伺、喜、命根、痴——这七法是无分别。受、心、寻、心一境性、精进根、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪——这九法是有分别。显示巴利原文
Tesu soḷasasu satta dhammā avibhattikā nava savibhattikā honti. Katame satta? Phasso saññā cetanā vicāro pīti jīvitindriyaṃ mohoti ime satta avibhattikā. Vedanā cittaṃ vitakko cittassekaggatā vīriyindriyaṃ micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobhoti ime nava savibhattikā.
其中,有六法在二处被分别,一法在三处,一法在四处,一法在六处。如何呢?心、寻、邪见、无惭、无愧、贪——这六法在二处被分别。具体而言:心,在触等五法中说是‘心’,在诸根中说是‘意根’;寻,在诸禅支中说是‘寻’,在诸道支中说是‘邪思惟’;邪见,在诸道支与诸业道中都是‘邪见’;无惭,在诸力中说是‘无惭力’,在毁世二法中说是‘无惭’;无愧也是如此;贪,在诸根中说是‘贪’,在诸业道中说是‘贪欲’。这六法即在二处被分别。显示巴利原文
Tesu cha dhammā dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā, eko tīsu, eko catūsu, eko chasu. Kathaṃ? Cittaṃ vitakko micchādiṭṭhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ lobhoti ime cha dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā. Tesu hi cittaṃ tāva phassapañcakaṃ patvā cittaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, indriyāni patvā manindriyanti. Vitakko jhānaṅgāni patvā vitakko hotīti vutto, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāsaṅkappoti. Micchādiṭṭhi maggaṅgesupi kammapathesupi micchādiṭṭhiyeva. Ahirikaṃ balāni patvā ahirikabalaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, lokanāsakadukaṃ patvā ahirikanti. Anottappepi eseva nayo. Lobho mūlaṃ patvā lobho hotīti vutto. Kammapathaṃ patvā abhijjhāti. Ime cha dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattā.
受:于触等五法中,说为“受”;于诸禅支中,说为“乐”;于诸根中,说为“喜根”。如是,同一法于三处被分别。显示巴利原文
Vedanā pana phassapañcakaṃ patvā vedanā hotīti vuttā, jhānaṅgāni patvā sukhanti, indriyāni patvā somanassindriyanti. Evaṃ ekova dhammo tīsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
精进:于诸根中,说为“精进根”;于诸道支中,说为“邪精进”;于诸力中,说为“精进力”;于后二法中,说为“策励”。如是,同一法于四处被分别。显示巴利原文
Vīriyaṃ pana indriyāni patvā vīriyindriyaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāvāyāmo hotīti, balāni patvā vīriyabalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā paggāho hotīti. Evaṃ ayaṃ eko dhammo catūsu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
定:于诸禅支中,说为“心一境性”;于诸根中,说为“定根”;于诸道支中,说为“邪定”;于诸力中,说为“定力”;于后二法中,第二对以单一说为“止”,第三对说为“不散乱”。如是,同一法于六处被分别。显示巴利原文
Samādhi pana jhānaṅgāni patvā cittassekaggatā hotīti vutto, indriyāni patvā samādhindriyanti, maggaṅgāni patvā micchāsamādhīti, balāni patvā samādhibalanti, piṭṭhidukaṃ patvā dutiyaduke ekakavaseneva samathoti , tatiye avikkhepoti. Evamayaṃ eko dhammo chasu ṭhānesu vibhatto.
所有这些法,依触等五法、禅支、根、道支、力、根本、业道、毁世二法、后二法,而有九种分类。其中应说之义,已于初善心释义中说明。显示巴利原文
Sabbepi panete dhammā phassapañcakavasena jhānaṅgavasena indriyavasena maggaṅgavasena balavasena mūlavasena kammapathavasena lokanāsakavasena piṭṭhidukavasenāti nava rāsayo honti. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ taṃ paṭhamakusalacittaniddese vuttamevāti.
释义篇论显示巴利原文
Niddesavārakathā
375 375. 在释义篇中,对心一境性的释义,首先说“安住、稳固”。此二词皆是“住立”的同义词。然而,在善法释义中所说“深入所缘、进入后而安住,故为稳固”,此义于此不得。因为不善法中的心一境性微弱,已于前文阐明。显示巴利原文
375. Niddesavāre cittassekaggatāniddese tāva saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhitīti. Idaṃ dvayaṃ ṭhitivevacanameva. Yaṃ pana kusalaniddese ‘ārammaṇaṃ ogāhetvā anupavisitvā tiṭṭhatīti avaṭṭhitī’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ idha na labbhati. Akusalasmiñhi dubbalā cittassekaggatāti heṭṭhā dīpitameva.
384 由于掉举与疑而生起的散乱,其对立面即是“不散乱”——这样的含义此处并不取用。然而,不使俱生法散乱,故为“不散乱”。不令其散逸,故为“不散逸”。依不善心一境性而不散乱的心意状态,为“不散乱心意性”。于俱生法中不动摇,故为“定力”。由于不如理地安立,故为“邪定”——此处应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
384. Uddhaccavicikicchāvasena pavattassa visāhārassa paṭipakkhato avisāhāroti evarūpopi attho idha na labbhati. Sahajātadhamme pana na visāharatīti avisāhāro. Na vikkhipatīti avikkhepo. Akusalacittekaggatāvasena avisāhaṭassa mānasassa bhāvo avisāhaṭamānasatā. Sahajātadhammesu na kampatīti samādhibalaṃ. Ayāthāvasamādhānato micchāsamādhīti evamidha attho daṭṭhabbo.
385 在精进根的释义中,前文所述“此是出离,为遣除诸欲”等方法,此处并不采用。应知精进力唯依于俱生法中不动摇之义而了知。显示巴利原文
385. Vīriyindriyaniddese yo heṭṭhā ‘nikkamo ceso kāmānaṃ panudanāyā’tiādi nayo vutto, so idha na labbhati. Sahajātadhammesu akampanaṭṭheneva vīriyabalaṃ veditabbaṃ.
386 在邪见的释义中:以不如理见之义,名为邪见。此见入于诸见之中,因摄于六十二见之内,故为“见趣”。其义下文已说。见本身以难以超越之义,名为“见丛”,犹如草丛、林丛、山丛。见本身以有恐怖、有畏惧之义,名为“见荒漠”,如贼难荒漠、猛兽荒漠、沙漠、无水荒漠、饥馑荒漠。以刺破正见及违逆之义,名为“见歪曲”。因为邪见生起时,既刺破正见,又违逆之。由于时而执取常见,时而执取断见,此见以丑陋之相颤动,故为“见颤动”。因为陷于见者不能安住一处,时而随顺常见,时而随顺断见。见本身以系缚之义,即是结缚,故为“见结”。显示巴利原文
386. Micchādiṭṭhiniddese ayāthāvadassanaṭṭhena micchādiṭṭhi. Diṭṭhīsu gataṃ idaṃ dassanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiantogatattāti diṭṭhigataṃ. Heṭṭhāpissa attho vuttoyeva. Diṭṭhiyeva duratikkamanaṭṭhena diṭṭhigahanaṃ, tiṇagahanavanagahanapabbatagahanāni viya. Diṭṭhiyeva sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayaṭṭhena diṭṭhikantāro, corakantāravāḷakantāramarukantāranirudakakantāradubbhikkhakantārā viya. Sammādiṭṭhiyā vinivijjhanaṭṭhena vilomanaṭṭhena ca diṭṭhivisūkāyikaṃ. Micchādassanañhi uppajjamānaṃ sammādassanaṃ vinivijjhati ceva vilometi ca. Kadāci sassatassa kadāci ucchedassa gahaṇato diṭṭhiyā virūpaṃ phanditanti diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ. Diṭṭhigatiko hi ekasmiṃ patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti, kadāci sassataṃ anupatati kadāci ucchedaṃ. Diṭṭhiyeva bandhanaṭṭhena saṃyojananti diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ.
犹如鳄鱼捕人一般,紧紧抓取所缘,故为“执取”。由安立而执取,故为“安立执”。因其以强力转起之态,安立后而执取。以执为常等而耽著,故为“执著”。超越法的实性,以常等想从外而执捉,故为“触握”。以能招致不利故,是可鄙之道,或为通往诸可鄙恶趣之道,故为“邪道”。以是不如理之路,故为“邪路”。正如迷于方向之人,虽执取“此是某村之路”,却不能抵达该村;同样地,堕于见者虽执取“此是善趣之道”的见解,却不能到达善趣。因此为不如理之路,即是邪路。以是邪谬之自性,故为“邪性”。众生在此处流转,愚者在此处渡过,故为“渡场”。此渡场又是诸不利之处,故为“渡处”。或者,对于外道而言,以产生之地及住处之义,亦称为“处”,故为“渡处”。是颠倒的执取,或由颠倒而执取,故为“颠倒执”,即颠倒执取之义。显示巴利原文
Susumārādayo viya purisaṃ, ārammaṇaṃ daḷhaṃ gaṇhātīti gāho. Patiṭṭhahanato patiṭṭhāho. Ayañhi balavappavattibhāvena patiṭṭhahitvā gaṇhāti. Niccādivasena abhinivisatīti abhiniveso. Dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā niccādivasena parato āmasatīti parāmāso. Anatthāvahattā kucchito maggo, kucchitānaṃ vā apāyānaṃ maggoti kummaggo. Ayāthāvapathato micchāpatho. Yathā hi disāmūḷhena ayaṃ asukagāmassa nāma pathoti gahitopi taṃ gāmaṃ na sampāpeti, evaṃ diṭṭhigatikena sugatipathoti gahitāpi diṭṭhi sugatiṃ na pāpetīti ayāthāvapathato, micchāpatho. Micchāsabhāvato micchattaṃ. Tattheva paribbhamanato taranti ettha bālāti titthaṃ. Titthañca taṃ anatthānañca āyatananti titthāyatanaṃ. Titthiyānaṃ vā sañjātidesaṭṭhena nivāsaṭhānaṭṭhena ca āyatanantipi titthāyatanaṃ. Vipariyesabhūto gāho, vipariyesato vā gāhoti vipariyesaggāho; vipallattha gāhoti attho.
387-388 于无惭、无愧的释义中,应通过惭、愧释义的反面来了知其义。而无惭力与无愧力,仅以于俱生法中不动摇之义,即可了知。显示巴利原文
387-388. Ahirikānottappaniddesesu hirottappaniddesavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Sahajātadhammesu pana akampanaṭṭheneva ahirikabalaṃ anottappabalañca veditabbaṃ.
389 于贪、痴的释义中:贪染,故为“贪”。贪染的行相,为“贪染相”。与贪相应的识,或贪染的人,为“贪染者”;贪染者的状态,为“贪染性”。执著,故为“执著”。执著的行相,为“执著相”。执著者的状态,为“执著性”。以希求义故,为“希求”。再次提及“贪”一词的缘由,前文已述。此是不善,且是根,或为不善之根,故为“不善根”。显示巴利原文
389. Lobhamohaniddesesu lubbhatīti lobho. Lubbhanāti lubbhanākāro. Lobhasampayuttacittaṃ, puggalo vā lubbhito; lubbhitassa bhāvo lubbhitattaṃ. Sārajjatīti sārāgo. Sārajjanākāro sārajjanā. Sārajjitassa bhāvo sārajjitattaṃ. Abhijjhāyanaṭṭhena abhijjhā. Puna ‘lobha’-vacane kāraṇaṃ vuttameva. Akusalañca taṃ mūlañca akusalānaṃ vā mūlanti akusalamūlaṃ.
390 由于是智与见的对立面,故为“无智”、“无见”。面对法却不能正确地与之相会、正确地与之契合,故为“无现观”。如理觉悟法,故为“随觉”;其对立面,故为“无随觉”。与无常等结合后仍不觉悟,故为“不正觉”。觉悟不实、不平等者,也是“不正觉”。不证悟四谛法,故为“无证悟”。对色等诸法,不能以无常等共相加以总括,故为“不总括”。不能彻底洞察彼法,故为“不彻察”。不平等地观察,故为“不平等观”。不观察诸法的自性,故为“不省察”。显示巴利原文
390. Ñāṇadassanapaṭipakkhato aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ. Abhimukho hutvā dhammena na sameti, na samāgacchatīti anabhisamayo. Anurūpato dhamme bujjhatīti anubodho. Tappaṭipakkhatāya ananubodho. Aniccādīhi saddhiṃ yojetvā na bujjhatīti asambodho. Asantaṃ asamañca bujjhatītipi asambodho. Catusaccadhammaṃ nappaṭivijjhatīti appaṭivedho. Rūpādīsu ekadhammampi aniccādisāmaññato na saṅgaṇhātīti asaṃgāhanā. Tameva dhammaṃ na pariyogāhatīti apariyogāhanā. Na samaṃ pekkhatīti asamapekkhaṇā. Dhammānaṃ sabhāvaṃ pati na apekkhatīti apaccavekkhaṇā.
由于在善与不善业中颠倒而转,或无法把握自性,此中没有任何业是现前的,自己也没有任何业的现前作证,故为“无现前业”。如果它不生起,心相续本会是清净、洁净、明净的,而它却败坏了那份清净,故为“败坏清净者”。愚者的状态,故为“愚性”。迷惑,故为“痴”。更强的痴,为“迷痴”。全面地迷惑,故为“极迷”。因为是明的对立面,故不是明,为“无明”。瀑流、轭的含义已如前说。以牢固住立为义,随眠,故为“随眠”。令心被缠缚、被征服,故为“缠”。由于不执取利益,不能朝向利益而行,反而只是跛行,故为“跛者”;即跛行之义。或者,以难以打开为义,故为“跛者”。正如名为“大闩”的跛者难以打开,同样,此法也像跛者一样难以开启,故为“跛者”。其余含义浅显易了。摄的章节与空的章节,也应依前面所说的方法,从含义上了知。显示巴利原文
Kusalākusalakammesu viparītavuttiyā sabhāvaggahaṇābhāvena vā ekampi kammaṃ etassa paccakkhaṃ natthi, sayaṃ vā kassaci kammassa paccakkhakaraṇaṃ nāma na hotīti appaccakkhakammaṃ. Yaṃ etasmiṃ anuppajjamāne cittasantānaṃ mejjhaṃ bhaveyya, suci, vodānaṃ, taṃ duṭṭhaṃ mejjhaṃ imināti dummejjhaṃ. Bālānaṃ bhāvoti bālyaṃ. Muyhatīti moho. Balavataro moho pamoho. Samantato muyhatīti sammoho. Vijjāya paṭipakkhabhāvato na vijjāti avijjā. Oghayogattho vuttoyeva. Thāmagataṭṭhena anusetīti anusayo. Cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti, abhibhavatīti pariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Hitaggahaṇābhāvena hitābhimukhaṃ gantuṃ na sakkoti, aññadatthu laṅgatiyevāti laṅgī; khañjatīti attho. Durugghāṭanaṭṭhena vā laṅgī. Yathā hi mahāpalighasaṅkhātā laṅgī durugghāṭā hoti, evamayampi laṅgī viyāti laṅgī. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Saṅgahavārasuññatavārāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva atthato veditabbāti.
399 第二心中,“有行”一词是简别语。其含义也如前文所说。然而,这种心虽是在六种所缘中,对悦俱者生起贪爱,并以“有情、有情”等方式执取的人中产生,但由于属有行,故是藉由加行、藉由方便而生起——例如,有位善家子追求外道家庭的少女,对方以“你们是见解不同的人”为由,不愿许配少女。这时,其他亲属劝说道:“他们所做的,他也会照做”,由此促成了婚事。于是他便随同他们一起亲近外道。最初他心存疑虑。时日既久,他觉得这些人的行为合乎己意,便认同其信仰,执取其邪见——应知,此心即于此时生起。显示巴利原文
399. Dutiyacitte sasaṅkhārenāti padaṃ visesaṃ. Tampi heṭṭhā vuttatthameva. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ kiñcāpi chasu ārammaṇesu somanassitassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena parāmasantassa uppajjati, tathāpi sasaṅkhārikattā sappayogena saupāyena uppajjanato – yadā kulaputto micchādiṭṭhikassa kulassa kumārikaṃ pattheti. Te ca ‘aññadiṭṭhikā tumhe’ti kumārikaṃ na denti. Athaññe ñātakā ‘yaṃ tumhe karotha tamevāyaṃ karissatī’ti dāpenti. So tehi saddhiṃ titthiye upasaṅkamati. Āditova vematiko hoti. Gacchante gacchante kāle etesaṃ kiriyā manāpāti laddhiṃ roceti, diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti – evarūpe kāle idaṃ labbhatīti veditabbaṃ.
然而,在此处所说的杂心所中,以昏沉睡眠为增盛。其中,令心昏昧称为“昏”,令心沉睡称为“眠”;其含义为:无精进、心的萎缩、无力与障碍。昏与眠合称昏沉睡眠。其中,昏以无精进为相,以消除精进为味,以心的沉滞为现起。眠以不适业为相,以覆盖为味,以退缩状态为现起,或者以点头、睡眠为现起。二者皆以对不乐、疲倦、伸懒腰等的不如理作意为足处。显示巴利原文
Yevāpanakesu panettha thinamiddhaṃ adhikaṃ. Tattha thinanatā ‘thinaṃ’. Middhanatā ‘middhaṃ’; anussāhasaṃhananatā asattivighāto cāti attho. Thinañca middhañca thinamiddhaṃ. Tattha thinaṃ anussāhalakkhaṇaṃ, vīriyavinodanarasaṃ, saṃsīdanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Middhaṃ akammaññatālakkhaṇaṃ, onahanarasaṃ, līnabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ pacalāyikāniddāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Ubhayampi aratitandīvijambhitādīsu ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānanti.
400 第三心,于六所缘中,对悦俱者生起贪后,以“有情、有情”等见而不执取者,在观看那罗延天、毗罗阇那、角力、战斗、舞伎、集会等,或热衷于听闻合意声音等时生起。此处,与慢俱的有五种无决定支。其中,“慢”即想“我胜”等。它以高举为相,以抬举为味,以欲标榜为现起,以与见不相应的贪为足处,应知犹如疯狂。显示巴利原文
400. Tatiyaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu somanassitassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena aparāmasantassa nārāyaṇavirājanamallayuddhanaṭasamajjādīni passato manāpiyasaddasavanādipasutassa vā uppajjati. Idha mānena saddhiṃ pañca apaṇṇakaṅgāni honti. Tattha maññatīti ‘māno’. So unnatilakkhaṇo, sampaggaharaso, ketukamyatāpaccupaṭṭhāno, diṭṭhivippayuttalobhapadaṭṭhāno, ummādo viya daṭṭhabboti.
402 第四心,是在上述种种场合中,当有人向头上吐唾沫、撒脚尘时,为了避开这些而怀着精进、不断从各处张望者;以及当王宫舞伎出场、正进行驱赶时,从各个缝隙张望者等——在如是等场合中生起。然而,这里与昏沉睡眠俱的有七种杂心所。在这两种心中,邪见皆被排除。应知,除彼之外,其余诸法的计数随其余心所而定。显示巴利原文
402. Catutthaṃ vuttappakāresu eva ṭhānesu yadā sīse kheḷaṃ khipanti, pādapaṃsuṃ okiranti, tadā tassa pariharaṇatthaṃ saussāhena antarantarā olokentānaṃ rājanāṭakesu nikkhantesu ussāraṇāya vattamānāya tena tena chiddena olokentānañcāti evamādīsu ṭhānesu uppajjati. Idha pana thinamiddhehi saddhiṃ satta yevāpanakā honti. Ubhayatthāpi micchādiṭṭhi parihāyati. Taṃ ṭhapetvā sesānaṃ vasena dhammagaṇanā veditabbāti.
403 第五心,于六种所缘中,对受处于中舍者生起贪,并以“有情、有情”等邪见执取者的心中生起。然而,于此本来喜俱之处,仅成舍受,喜支已舍离。其余一切与第一心相同。显示巴利原文
403. Pañcamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattassa lobhaṃ uppādetvā ‘satto satto’tiādinā nayena parāmasantassa uppajjati. Somanassaṭṭhāne panettha upekkhāvedanā hoti, pītipadaṃ parihāyati. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ paṭhamacittasadisameva.
409-412 第六、第七、第八心亦应如是了知:转换了受并舍离喜支之后,依第二、第三、第四心中所述的方法而了知。在这八种贪俱心中,可得俱生增上与所缘增上两种增上。显示巴利原文
409-412. Chaṭṭhasattamaṭṭhamānipi vedanaṃ parivattetvā pītipadañca hāpetvā dutiyatatiyacatutthesu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Imesu aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittesu sahajātādhipati ārammaṇādhipatīti dvepi adhipatayo labbhanti.
413 第九心,于六种所缘中,对忧俱者生起嗔恚时生起。在彼之分际分别论中:首先,“恶”心,或因受之低劣故,为“可鄙”之心,名为“忧”;忧的状态即是“忧”。与彼俱行,故名“忧俱”。以不喜爱之方式于所缘中抗拒,故名“嗔”。与彼相应,故名“嗔相应”。显示巴利原文
413. Navamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu domanassitassa paṭighaṃ uppādayato uppajjati. Tassa samayavavatthānavāre tāva duṭṭhu mano, hīnavedanattā vā kucchitaṃ manoti dummano; dummanassa bhāvo domanassaṃ. Tena sahagatanti domanassasahagataṃ. Asampiyāyanabhāvena ārammaṇasmiṃ paṭihaññatīti paṭighaṃ. Tena sampayuttanti paṭighasampayuttaṃ.
在《法摄要》中,有三处提到忧受。其中,“受”一词已如前说。至于“苦”与“忧”二词,从相、味等而论:忧以领纳不可意所缘为相,或以如实地受用不可意之相为味;以心的逼迫为现起;唯以心所依处为足处。显示巴利原文
Dhammuddese tīsupi ṭhānesu domanassavedanāva āgatā. Tattha vedanāpadaṃ vuttameva. Tathā dukkhadomanassapadāni lakkhaṇādito pana aniṭṭhārammaṇānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ domanassaṃ, yathātathā vā aniṭṭhākārasambhogarasaṃ, cetasikābādhapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ekanteneva hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ.
在根本业道中,如前文诸心所说“有贪,有贪求”,同样,此处说“有嗔,有嗔恚”。其中,以此而嗔怒,或自己嗔怒,或仅为嗔怒的状态,故名为嗔。它以粗暴为相,犹如被激怒的毒蛇;以扩散为味,犹如毒液蔓延;或以烧毁自己的依处为味,犹如森林大火;以嗔怒为现起,犹如敌逢良机;以嗔恨事为足处,当观如掺毒之腐尿。显示巴利原文
Mūlakammapathesu yathā purimacittesu lobho hoti, abhijjhā hotīti āgataṃ, evaṃ doso hoti, byāpādo hotīti vuttaṃ. Tattha dussanti tena, sayaṃ vā dussati, dussanamattameva vā tanti doso so caṇḍikkalakkhaṇo pahaṭāsiviso viya, visappanaraso visanipāto viya, attano nissayadahanaraso vā dāvaggi viya, dussanapaccupaṭṭhāno laddhokāso viya sapatto, āghātavatthupadaṭṭhāno visasaṃsaṭṭhapūtimuttaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo.
“嗔恚”者,以此而心被恼害、趋于腐败,或破坏律仪、行仪、容貌、成就、利益、安乐等,故名“嗔恚”。从义理上说,它即是嗔。在此,依词句次第,有二十九句;以“未执取之执取”而论,则有十四句。依他们,应知有带格尾缀与不带格尾缀等类别的区分。显示巴利原文
Byāpajjati tena cittaṃ, pūtibhāvaṃ upagacchati, byāpādayati vā vinayācārarūpasampattihitasukhādīnīti byāpādo. Atthato panesa dosoyeva. Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā ekūnatiṃsa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsibhedo veditabbo.
在‘或无论何种’诸法中,欲、胜解、作意、掉举是确定的;而嫉妒、悭吝、恶作则各与另一法结合,成为五法组而生起。因此,这三种法被称为‘不定的或无论何种法’。其中,‘嫉妒’意为‘他嫉妒’。它以对他人的成就生起嫉妒为特相,以对他人的成就感到不喜为作用,以对他人的成就背向为现起,以他人的成就为近因,应视为结缚。‘悭吝’是悭吝的状态。它以隐藏自己已得或应得的成就为特相,以不能忍受这些成就与他人共享为作用,以收缩为现起,或以吝啬为现起,以自己的成就为近因,应视为心的丑陋状态。‘恶作’意为所作恶、所作不善,其状态为恶作。它以事后追悔为特相,以对已作、未作之事感到悲伤为作用,以懊悔为现起,以已作、未作之事为近因,应视为如同奴役。以上是论母释中的差别。显示巴利原文
Yevāpanakesu chandādhimokkhamanasikārauddhaccāni niyatāni. Issāmacchariyakukkuccesu pana aññatarena saddhiṃ pañca pañca hutvāpi uppajjanti. Evamepi tayo dhammā aniyatayevāpanakā nāma. Tesu issatīti ‘issā’. Sā parasampattīnaṃ usūyanalakkhaṇā, tattheva anabhiratirasā, tato vimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, parasampattipadaṭṭhānā. Saṃyojananti daṭṭhabbā. Maccherabhāvo ‘macchariyaṃ’. Taṃ laddhānaṃ vā labhitabbānaṃ vā attano sampattīnaṃ nigūhanalakkhaṇaṃ, tāsaṃyeva parehi sādhāraṇabhāvaakkhamanarasaṃ, saṅkocanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ kaṭukañcukatāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā, attasampattipadaṭṭhānaṃ. Cetaso virūpabhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kucchitaṃ kataṃ kukataṃ. Tassa bhāvo ‘kukkuccaṃ’. Taṃ pacchānutāpalakkhaṇaṃ, katākatānusocanarasaṃ, vippaṭisārapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, katākatapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Dāsabyaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva uddesavāre viseso.
415 415. 在广释中,关于受的说明,应知‘不乐’即是‘乐’的对立面。显示巴利原文
415. Niddesavāre vedanāniddese asātaṃ sātapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbaṃ.
418 418. 在嗔的说明中,‘嗔’即‘他嗔怒’。‘嗔怒’指嗔怒的行为方式。‘嗔怒状态’指嗔怒的状态。‘恼害’是以舍弃自然状态之义而恼害。‘恼害行为’指恼害的行为方式。‘违逆’意为‘他违逆’。‘反复违逆’意为‘他反复违逆’。或者说,这是就违逆的行相与反复违逆的行相而言。‘暴恶’指所谓的暴恶者,即顽固之人;其状态即是暴恶。‘不润泽’指由此所说的言语不润泽,是粗恶、不圆满的。因为当愤怒时,确实没有圆满的言语;即使某人有所言说,那也是微不足道的。又有些人说,因为不产生(善)而称为‘不润泽’。那并不合理,因为喜悦也能不产生(善)。‘不悦意’即与前文所说的悦意相对立,故为不悦意。然而,因为这不悦意是属于心的,而非属于众生,所以说‘心的’。其余诸词,在此处及摄未摄章中,应如前文所述的方式理解。显示巴利原文
418. Dosaniddese dussatīti doso. Dussanāti dussanākāro. Dussitattanti dussitabhāvo. Pakatibhāvavijahanaṭṭhena byāpajjanaṃ byāpatti. Byāpajjanāti byāpajjanākāro. Virujjhatīti virodho. Punappunaṃ virujjhatīti paṭivirodho. Viruddhākārapaṭiviruddhākāravasena vā idaṃ vuttaṃ. Caṇḍiko vuccati caṇḍo, thaddhapuggalo; tassa bhāvo caṇḍikkaṃ. Na etena suropitaṃ vacanaṃ hoti, duruttaṃ aparipuṇṇameva hotīti asuropo. Kuddhakāle hi paripuṇṇavacanaṃ nāma natthi. Sacepi kassaci hoti taṃ appamāṇaṃ. Apare pana assujananaṭṭhena assuropanato assuropoti vadanti. Taṃ akāraṇaṃ, somanassassāpi assujananato. Heṭṭhā vuttaattamanatāpaṭipakkhato na attamanatāti anattamanatā. Sā pana yasmā cittasseva, na sattassa, tasmā cittassāti vuttaṃ. Sesamettha saṅgahasuññatavāresu ca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
421 421. 第十种嗔恚心生起的情形:或因有行而受他人怂恿,或因忆念他人之过失,或因自己忆念他人过失后而愤怒。显示巴利原文
421. Dasamaṃ sasaṅkhārattā parehi ussāhitassa vā, paresaṃ vā aparādhaṃ sāritassa, sayameva vā paresaṃ aparādhaṃ anussaritvā kujjhamānassa uppajjati.
在此,依词序有二十九词,若不计重复,则仅有十四词。在‘或无论何种’法中,昏沉睡眠也被包含。因此,此处除了嫉妒、悭吝、恶作之外,有四确定支及昏沉睡眠,此六者在嫉妒等生起时,与其中任一法俱起,共七种‘或无论何种’法在一刹那中生起。其余一切在一切转起中与第九心相似。然而,在这两种忧俱心中,唯有俱生增上缘,无所缘增上缘。因为愤怒者不会敬重任何事物。显示巴利原文
Idhāpi padapaṭipāṭiyā ekūnatiṃsa, aggahitaggahaṇena ca cuddaseva padāni honti. Yevāpanakesu pana thinamiddhampi labbhati. Tasmā ettha vinā issāmacchariyakukkuccehi cattāri apaṇṇakaṅgāni thinamiddhanti ime cha issādīnaṃ uppattikāle tesu aññatarena saddhiṃ satta yevāpanakā ekakkhaṇe uppajjanti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ sabbavāresu navamasadisameva. Imesu pana dvīsu domanassacittesu sahajātādhipatiyeva labbhati, na ārammaṇādhipati. Na hi kuddho kiñci garuṃ karotīti.
第十一心显示巴利原文
Ekādasamacittaṃ
422 422. 第十一种疑俱心,于六所缘中,依受而住于中舍,在疑惑转起时生起。在其时分确定中,‘疑相应’一词前所未见。其含义是:与疑相应,故为疑相应。在《法集》中,仅‘有疑’一词是差别所在。其中,‘疑’意为‘无有治疗’;或者,以此寻求自性而感疲惫、苦恼,故称为疑。它以怀疑为特相,以动摇为作用,以不决定为现起,或以执取多端为现起,以不如理作意为近因。当知此为修行之障碍。显示巴利原文
422. Ekādasamaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattassa kaṅkhāpavattikāle uppajjati. Tassa samayavavatthāne vicikicchāsampayuttanti padaṃ apubbaṃ. Tassattho – vicikicchāya sampayuttanti vicikicchāsampayuttaṃ. Dhammuddese ‘vicikicchā hotī’ti padameva viseso. Tattha vigatā cikicchāti vicikicchā. Sabhāvaṃ vā vicinanto etāya kicchati kilamatīti vicikicchā. Sā saṃsayalakkhaṇā, kampanarasā, anicchayapaccupaṭṭhānā anekaṃsagāhapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānā. Paṭipattiantarāyakarāti daṭṭhabbā.
此处按词序有二十三词,不重复计则有十四词。应以此为据,来辨别有格变化与无格变化的词类判定。作意与掉举,唯此二者属于“或无论何种”法。显示巴利原文
Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā tevīsati padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsivinicchayo veditabbo. Manasikāro uddhaccanti dveyeva yevāpanakā.
424 424. 在广释的心一境性解说中,因为此心微弱,此处只是转起而安住的程度,因此不说“安住”等词,而只说“心之住”一词。也正因如此,在论母释中也不说“定根”等。显示巴利原文
424. Niddesavārassa cittassekaggatāniddese yasmā idaṃ dubbalaṃ cittaṃ pavattiṭṭhitimattakamevettha hoti, tasmā ‘saṇṭhitī’tiādīni avatvā cittassa ‘ṭhitī’ti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Teneva ca kāraṇena uddesavārepi ‘samādhindriya’ntiādi na vuttaṃ.
425 425. 在疑的解说中,“疑”(kaṅkhā)是依怀疑之义而说。“疑之来”(kaṅkhāyanā)即疑的来临,前疑能引来后疑;或者依行相而说。具疑之心因被疑所驱使,故称“疑所行”(kaṅkhāyitaṃ),其状态则为“疑所行性”(kaṅkhāyitattaṃ)。“犹豫”(vimatī)意为倾向不定。“疑”(vicikicchā)意义如前所述。“二重动摇”(dveḷhakaṃ)依动摇之义而于二处摇动。“二路”(dvedhāpatho)因障碍修行而犹如处于歧路。“疑”(saṃsayo)因在“此为常抑或无常?”等思择中不能安住于一种行相,故周遍而卧。“非一执取”(anekaṃsaggāho)因不能执取一端,故非单一执取。“趋向”(āsappanā)因不能决断而从所缘退缩。“周遍爬行”(parisappanā)因不能深入而周遍爬行于周边。“不遍入”(apariyogāhanā)因不能完全深入。“僵硬”(thambhitattaṃ)因不能依决定而于所缘中转起,故为僵硬,即心的僵硬之态。显示巴利原文
425. Vicikicchāniddese kaṅkhanavasena kaṅkhā. Kaṅkhāya āyanāti kaṅkhāyanā. Purimakaṅkhā hi uttarakaṅkhaṃ āneti nāma. Ākāravasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. Kaṅkhāsamaṅgicittaṃ kaṅkhāya āyitattā kaṅkhāyitaṃ nāma. Tassa bhāvo kaṅkhāyitattaṃ. Vimatīti namati. Vicikicchā vuttatthā eva. Kampanaṭṭhena dvidhā eḷayatīti dveḷhakaṃ. Paṭipattinivāraṇena dvidhāpatho viyāti dvedhāpatho. ‘Niccaṃ nu kho idaṃ, aniccaṃ nu kho’tiādipavattiyā ekasmiṃ ākāre saṇṭhātuṃ asamatthatāya samantato setīti saṃsayo. Ekaṃsaṃ gahetuṃ asamatthatāya na ekaṃsaggāhoti anekaṃsaggāho. Nicchetuṃ asakkontī ārammaṇato osakkatīti āsappanā. Ogāhituṃ asakkontī parisamantato sappatīti parisappanā. Pariyogāhituṃ asamatthatāya apariyogāhanā. Nicchayavasena ārammaṇe pavattituṃ asamatthatāya thambhitattaṃ; cittassa thaddhabhāvoti attho. Vicikicchā hi uppajjitvā cittaṃ thaddhaṃ karoti. Yasmā panesā uppajjamānā ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā manaṃ vilikhantī viya, tasmā manovilekhoti vuttā. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
第十二心显示巴利原文
Dvādasamacittaṃ
427 第十二种心,在时间确定上,与掉举相应,故名掉举相应心。此心于六所缘中,依受而言为中舍,却现起为掉举。在此法数中,于‘疑’处说‘有掉举’。依逐字排列,有二十八字;依不重复字计,有十四字。应据这些字了知有格变化及无格变化之类别。胜解与作意,唯此二为杂项。显示巴利原文
427. Dvādasamassa samayavavatthāne uddhaccena sampayuttanti uddhaccasampayuttaṃ. Idañhi cittaṃ chasu ārammaṇesu vedanāvasena majjhattaṃ hutvā uddhataṃ hoti. Idha dhammuddese ‘vicikicchā’-ṭhāne ‘uddhaccaṃ hotī’ti āgataṃ. Padapaṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhavīsati padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena cuddasa. Tesaṃ vasena savibhattikāvibhattikarāsividhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Adhimokkho manasikāroti dveyeva yevāpanakā.
429 于释义轮之掉举释义中,‘心之’即指非众生、非人之心。‘掉举’即掉举之相。‘非寂止’即不寂止。‘令心散乱’即心之散乱。‘心之迷乱性’即心之迷乱状态,犹如迷乱的车辆、迷乱的牛等。以此说明唯于同一所缘上的动荡。掉举乃于同一所缘上动荡,疑则于多种所缘上动荡。其余一切轮中,应依前述之理了知。显示巴利原文
429. Niddesavārassa uddhaccaniddese cittassāti na sattassa, na posassa. Uddhaccanti uddhatākāro. Na vūpasamoti avūpasamo. Ceto vikkhipatīti cetasovikkhepo. Bhantattaṃ cittassāti cittassa bhantabhāvo, bhantayānabhantagoṇādīni viya. Iminā ekārammaṇasmiṃyeva vipphandanaṃ kathitaṃ. Uddhaccañhi ekārammaṇe vipphandati, vicikicchā nānārammaṇe. Sesaṃ sabbavāresu heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
今于此二心中,有杂项决断。若问:‘于所缘上转起之心,名为几种?’应说:‘唯此二种。’其中,疑相应心决定转起,而掉举相应心则因已得胜解、已得立足处而转起。譬如将圆珠与方珠置于斜面上放手,圆珠决定滚动,方珠则停停走走地滚动,应知此理亦同。一切心中,未举出低劣等分类,因一切心皆决定为低劣。俱生增上虽可得,亦未举出,因前已示其理。然因无智,此处无‘审察增上’。后二心中,其余增上亦无。何以故?因其不以任何法为优先而生起,且在《发趣论》中已遮止故。显示巴利原文
Idāni imasmiṃ cittadvaye pakiṇṇakavinicchayo hoti. ‘Ārammaṇe pavaṭṭanakacittāni nāma katī’ti? Hi vutte ‘imāneva dve’ti vattabbaṃ. Tattha vicikicchāsahagataṃ ekantena pavaṭṭati, uddhaccasahagataṃ pana laddhādhimokkhattā laddhapatiṭṭhaṃ pavaṭṭati. Yathā hi vaṭṭacaturassesu dvīsu maṇīsu pabbhāraṭṭhāne pavaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhesu vaṭṭamaṇi ekanteneva pavaṭṭati, caturasso patiṭṭhāya patiṭṭhāya pavaṭṭati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sabbesupi hīnādibhedo na uddhaṭo, sabbesaṃ ekantahīnattā. Sahajātādhipati labbhamānopi na uddhaṭo, heṭṭhā dassitanayattā. Ñāṇābhāvato panettha vīmaṃsādhipati nāma natthi. Pacchimadvaye sesopi natthi eva. Kasmā? Kañci dhammaṃ dhuraṃ katvā anuppajjanato, paṭṭhāne ca paṭisiddhato.
当以这十二种不善心造业时,除掉举相应心之外,其余十一心能牵引结生。疑相应心虽未得胜解、力量微弱,却仍能牵引结生;掉举相应心已得胜解、强而有力,为何不能牵引?因其非见所断故。倘若它能牵引,则应被归入“见所断”的句类分别之中。因此除它之外,其余十一心牵引结生。其中,以任何一种心造业时,即由此思心所在四恶趣中结生。在不善异熟中,以无因意识界舍俱心执取结生。掉举相应心本亦应唯于此恶趣中施与结生,然实无此,故不被归入“见所断”的句类分别中。显示巴利原文
Imehi pana dvādasahipi akusalacittehi kamme āyūhite, ṭhapetvā uddhaccasahagataṃ, sesāni ekādaseva paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhanti. Vicikicchāsahagate aladdhādhimokkhe dubbalepi paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhamāne uddhaccasahagataṃ laddhādhimokkhaṃ balavaṃ kasmā nākaḍḍhatīti? Dassanena pahātabbābhāvato. Yadi hi ākaḍḍheyya ‘dassanenapahātabba’-padavibhaṅge āgaccheyya, tasmā, ṭhapetvā taṃ, sesāni ekādasa ākaḍḍhanti. Tesu hi yena kenaci kamme āyūhite tāya cetanāya catūsu apāyesu paṭisandhi hoti. Akusalavipākesu ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuupekkhāsahagatāya paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāti. Itarassāpi ettheva paṭisandhidānaṃ bhaveyya. Yasmā panetaṃ natthi, tasmā ‘dassanenapahātabba’-padavibhaṅge nāgatanti.
无因善异熟显示巴利原文
Ahetukakusalavipāko
431 今为开示无记句而作分别,故起“何等法为无记”等文。其中,无记有四种:异熟、唯作、色、涅槃。此中先说异熟无记;于异熟无记中先说善异熟;于善异熟中先说小异熟;于小异熟中先说无因;于无因中先说五识;依门之次第,先说眼识。为示此眼识唯依不共业缘而生,除去门、所缘等共缘,故说“由欲界善业之已作性”等。其中,“已作性”即已作之因;“已积集性”即已积集、已增长之因。“眼识”,即依为因的眼而生之识,或从眼生起之识,或依止于眼的识,故称眼识。其后耳识等,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
431. Idāni abyākatapadaṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha catubbidhaṃ abyākataṃ – vipākaṃ kiriyaṃ rūpaṃ nibbānanti. Tesu vipākābyākataṃ. Vipākābyākatepi kusalavipākaṃ. Tasmimpi parittavipākaṃ. Tasmimpi ahetukaṃ. Tasmimpi pañcaviññāṇaṃ. Tasmimpi dvārapaṭipāṭiyā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ . Tassāpi, ṭhapetvā dvārārammaṇādisādhāraṇapaccayaṃ, asādhāraṇakammapaccayavaseneva uppattiṃ dīpetuṃ kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattātiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha katattāti katakāraṇā. Upacitattāti ācitattā, vaḍḍhitakāraṇā. Cakkhuviññāṇanti kāraṇabhūtassa cakkhussa viññāṇaṃ, cakkhuto vā pavattaṃ, cakkhusmiṃ vā nissitaṃ viññāṇanti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Parato sotaviññāṇādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中,眼识以依止于眼而了知色为相,唯以色为所缘为味,朝向色为现起,以色所缘的意界唯作心之离去为足处。其后耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识,则以依止于耳等而了知声等为相,唯以声等为所缘为味,朝向声等为现起,以声等所缘的意界唯作心之离去为足处。显示巴利原文
Tattha cakkhusannissitarūpavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, rūpamattārammaṇarasaṃ, rūpābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ , rūpārammaṇāya kiriyamanodhātuyā apagamapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Parato āgatāni sotādisannissitasaddādivijānanalakkhaṇāni sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni saddādimattārammaṇarasāni, saddādiabhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānāni, saddādiārammaṇānaṃ kiriyamanodhātūnaṃ apagamapadaṭṭhānāni.
此处依逐字列出,共有十字;依不重复字计,则有七字。其中五字无格变化,二字有格变化。此中,心依触五支及根,于二处有格变化;受依触五支、禅支及根,于三处有格变化。类别亦唯此三种。“杂项”唯有一项,即作意。显示巴利原文
Idha padapaṭipāṭiyā dasa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena satta. Tesu pañca avibhattikāni, dve savibhattikāni. Tesu cittaṃ phassapañcakavasena ceva indriyavasena ca dvīsu ṭhānesu vibhattiṃ gacchati, vedanā phassapañcakajhānaṅgaindriyavasena tīsuyeva. Rāsayopi imeva tayo honti. Yevāpanako eko manasikāro eva.
436 在释义轮中,说“眼识洁白”,乃是就依处而言。因为善心由其自性清净而称为洁白,不善心由有分流而称为洁白,异熟心则由依处洁白而称为洁白。显示巴利原文
436. Niddesavāre cakkhuviññāṇaṃ paṇḍaranti vatthuto vuttaṃ. Kusalañhi attano parisuddhatāya paṇḍaraṃ nāma, akusalaṃ bhavaṅganissandena, vipākaṃ vatthupaṇḍarattā.
439 关于心一境性的释义,只说“心之住”一句。由于此心微弱,在此仅能获得转起时的住立,而不能达到“安住、确立”的状态。在摄轮中,并未举出禅支与道支。为什么呢?以寻为最后支的才名为禅那,以因为最后支的才名为道。于自然无寻的心中,得不到禅支;于无因的心中,得不到道支。因此,在此两者都未举出。此处行蕴只以四支来分别。空轮则如常例。对耳识等的释义,也应依此理去了知。显示巴利原文
439. Cittassekaggatāniddese cittassa ṭhitīti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Idampi hi dubbalaṃ cittaṃ pavattiṭṭhitimattamevettha labbhati, ‘saṇṭhitiavaṭṭhiti’-bhāvaṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti. Saṅgahavāre jhānaṅgamaggaṅgāni na uddhaṭāni. Kasmā? Vitakkapacchimakañhi jhānaṃ nāma, hetupacchimako maggo nāma. Pakatiyā avitakkacitte jhānaṅgaṃ na labbhati, ahetukacitte ca maggaṅgāni. Tasmā idha ubhayampi na uddhaṭaṃ. Saṅkhārakkhandhopettha caturaṅgikoyeva bhājito. Suññatavāro pākatikoyeva. Sotaviññāṇādiniddesāpi imināva nayena veditabbā.
因为在眼识等中纯粹说为“舍”,而在身识中说为“乐”,这就是此处的差别。也应了知,这也是由撞击的方式所致。因为在眼门等四门中,只是所造色撞击所造色;所造色相互撞击时,其冲击与摩擦并不强烈。如同在四个铁砧上各放一团棉花,再用另一棉花团击打,仅是如此接触而已。这时受为舍受。然而在身门中,以外部的诸大种为所缘,撞击内部的身净色后,便对所依止的大种产生撞击。如同在铁砧上铺着棉团,用铁锤锤击,铁锤穿透棉团而撞在铁砧上,摩擦强烈;同样,其冲击和摩擦都很强烈。对于可意的所缘,便生起乐俱行的身识;对于不可意的所缘,便生起苦俱行的身识。显示巴利原文
Kevalañhi cakkhuviññāṇādīsu ‘upekkhā’ bhājitā, kāyaviññāṇe ‘sukha’nti, ayamettha viseso. Sopi ca ghaṭṭanavasena hotīti veditabbo. Cakkhudvārādīsu hi catūsu upādārūpameva upādārūpaṃ ghaṭṭeti, upādārūpeyeva upādārūpaṃ ghaṭṭente paṭighaṭṭanānighaṃso balavā na hoti. Catunnaṃ adhikaraṇīnaṃ upari cattāro kappāsapicupiṇḍe ṭhapetvā picupiṇḍeheva pahatakālo viya phuṭṭhamattameva hoti. Vedanā majjhattaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati. Kāyadvāre pana bahiddhā mahābhūtārammaṇaṃ ajjhattikakāyapasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā pasādapaccayesu mahābhūtesu paṭihaññati. Yathā adhikaraṇīmatthake kappāsapicupiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā kūṭena paharantassa kappāsapicupiṇḍaṃ chinditvā kūṭaṃ adhikaraṇiṃ gaṇhatīti, nighaṃso balavā hoti, evameva paṭighaṭṭanānighaṃso balavā hoti. Iṭṭhe ārammaṇe sukhasahagataṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, aniṭṭhe dukkhasahagataṃ.
然而,这五种心的依处、门和所缘是固定的,这里不存在所谓依处等的转换。因为善异熟眼识以眼净色为依处,对于可意及可意中舍的、由四种因所生的色所缘,执行看的作用,依止于眼门而成熟。耳识等则以耳净色等为依处,对于可意、不可意及中舍的声音等,执行听、嗅、尝、触的作用,依止于耳门等而成熟。不过,此处的声音唯由两种因所生。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana pañcannaṃ cittānaṃ vatthudvārārammaṇāni nibaddhāneva honti, vatthādisaṅkamanaṃ nāmettha natthi. Kusalavipākacakkhuviññāṇañhi cakkhupasādaṃ vatthuṃ katvā iṭṭhe ca iṭṭhamajjhatte ca catusamuṭṭhānikarūpārammaṇe dassanakiccaṃ sādhayamānaṃ cakkhudvāre ṭhatvā vipaccati. Sotaviññāṇādīni sotapasādādīni vatthuṃ katvā iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattesu saddādīsu savanaghāyanasāyanaphusanakiccāni sādhayamānāni sotadvārādīsu ṭhatvā vipaccanti. Saddo panettha dvisamuṭṭhānikoyeva hoti.
455 在意界的解说中:以自性空、无有情之义,‘意’本身即是界,故为‘意界’。它紧随眼识等之后,以了知色等为特征,以领受色等为味,以如此状态为现起,以眼识等的灭去为足处。在此法解说中,有十二词。以未执取而执取的方式,有九词。其中七个无格变化,两个有格变化。‘胜解’与‘作意’二者为杂项。‘寻’的解说置于‘引导’之后。然而,因此心既非善亦非不善,故不称为正思惟或邪思惟。即使于摄论中可得,禅支亦已落入五识之流而去。道支则根本不可得,故未举出。空性章节是平常的。此心的依处固定,仅为心所依处;门与所缘则不固定。其中,虽门与所缘会转换,但位置是同一,因其唯有领受的作用。它在五门中,对五种所缘,成为领受而成熟。在善异熟眼识等灭去之后,紧接于彼眼识等所在之处,领受彼色所缘等。显示巴利原文
455. Manodhātuniddese sabhāvasuññatanissattaṭṭhena manoyeva dhātu manodhātu. Sā cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantaraṃ rūpādivijānanalakkhaṇā, rūpādīnaṃ sampaṭicchanarasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, cakkhuviññāṇādiapagamapadaṭṭhānā . Idha dhammuddese dvādasa padāni honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena nava. Tesu satta avibhattikāni dve savibhattikāni. Adhimokkho manasikāroti dve yevāpanakā. Vitakkaniddeso abhiniropanaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapito. Yasmā panetaṃ cittaṃ neva kusalaṃ nākusalaṃ, tasmā sammāsaṅkappoti vā micchāsaṅkappoti vā na vuttaṃ. Saṅgahavāre labbhamānampi jhānaṅgaṃ pañcaviññāṇasote patitvā gatanti. Maggaṅgaṃ pana na labbhatiyevāti na uddhaṭaṃ. Suññatavāro pākatikoyeva. Imassa cittassa vatthu nibaddhaṃ hadayavatthumeva hoti. Dvārārammaṇāni anibaddhāni. Tattha kiñcāpi dvārārammaṇāni saṅkamanti, ṭhānaṃ pana ekaṃ. Sampaṭicchanakiccameva hetaṃ hoti. Idañhi pañcadvāre pañcasu ārammaṇesu sampaṭicchanaṃ hutvā vipaccati. Kusalavipākesu cakkhuviññāṇādīsu niruddhesu taṃsamanantarā tāneva ṭhānappattāni rūpārammaṇādīni sampaṭicchati.
469 在意识界的解说中,第一意识界多了‘喜’一词,受则是‘悦’受,因为它唯在可意所缘中生起。第二意识界则于可意及中舍的所缘中生起,因此那里有‘舍’受。其词句与意界解说相似。由于两者皆落入五识之流,故禅支未被举出;道支则因不可得而未举出。其余一切应依前述方法了知。然从特征等而言,应知这两种意识界均为无因异熟,以了知六种所缘为特征,以推度等为味,以如此状态为现起,以心所依处为足处。显示巴利原文
469. Manoviññāṇadhātuniddesesu paṭhamamanoviññāṇadhātuyaṃ ‘pīti’padaṃ adhikaṃ. Vedanāpi ‘somanassa’-vedanā hoti. Ayañhi iṭṭhārammaṇasmiṃyeva pavattati. Dutiyamanoviññāṇadhātu iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe. Tasmā tattha ‘upekkhā’ vedanā hotīti. Padāni manodhātuniddesasadisāneva. Ubhayatthāpi pañcaviññāṇasote patitvā gatattāyeva jhānaṅgāni na uddhaṭāni. Maggaṅgāni alābhatoyeva. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Lakkhaṇādito panesā duvidhāpi manoviññāṇadhātu ahetukavipākā, chaḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇā, santīraṇādirasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā.
其中,第一意识界在两种情况下成熟。它在五门中,紧接于善异熟眼识等之后,当异熟意界领受该所缘而灭去后,便在同一所缘上执行推度的作用,安立于五门而成熟。而在六门中,对于强有力的所缘,它成为彼所缘而成熟。如何呢?譬如在湍急的水流中,船横向行驶,水被分开后,短暂地随船而行一段,随后仍顺流而去;同样地,在六门中,当强有力的所缘出现并诱惑时,速行心便奔驰。在速行之后,本是有分的时刻,然而此心不给有分机会,执取速行心所执取的所缘后,持续一个或两个心识刹那,然后便沉入有分。犹如牛群渡河,也应如此详细地作譬喻。如此,此心因为执取了速行心所执取的所缘,故称为‘彼所缘’而成熟。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamā dvīsu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Sā hi pañcadvāre kusalavipākacakkhuviññāṇādianantaraṃ, vipākamanodhātuyā taṃ ārammaṇaṃ sampaṭicchitvā niruddhāya, tasmiṃ yevārammaṇe santīraṇakiccaṃ sādhayamānā pañcasu dvāresu ṭhatvā vipaccati. Chasu dvāresu pana balavārammaṇe tadārammaṇā hutvā vipaccati. Kathaṃ? Yathā hi caṇḍasote, tiriyaṃ nāvāya gacchantiyā, udakaṃ chijjitvā thokaṃ ṭhānaṃ nāvaṃ anubandhitvā yathāsotameva gacchati, evameva chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe palobhayamāne āpāthagate javanaṃ javati. Tasmiṃ javite bhavaṅgassa vāro. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ bhavaṅgassa vāraṃ adatvā javanena gahitārammaṇaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ dve cittavāre pavattitvā bhavaṅgameva otarati. Gavakkhandhe nadiṃ tarantepi evameva upamā vitthāretabbā. Evamesā yaṃ javanena gahitārammaṇaṃ tasseva gahitattā tadārammaṇaṃ nāma hutvā vipaccati.
第二意识界则在五种情况下成熟。如何呢?在人间,对于生而盲、生而聋、生而哑、生而疯狂、两性人、非男非女者,在结生时,它成为结生而成熟。结生过后,在尽其寿命期间,它成为有分而成熟。在可意中舍的五所缘路心中,它成为推度而成熟;在六门中对于强有力的所缘,它成为彼所缘而成熟;在死时,它成为死心而成熟。它即在这五种情况下成熟。显示巴利原文
Dutiyā pana pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Kathaṃ? Manussaloke tāva jaccandhajaccabadhirajaccaeḷajaccummattakaubhatobyañjanakanapuṃsakānaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇakāle paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccati. Paṭisandhiyā vītivattāya yāvatāyukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā vipaccati. Iṭṭhamajjhatte pañcārammaṇavīthiyā santīraṇaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccatīti.
第八大善报心识之解说显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhamahāvipākacittavaṇṇanā
498 现在,为了显示八种大异熟心,又开始说“哪些法是无记的”等等。在那里,于圣典中仅显示了方法,所有分项皆被略摄。它们的含义应依前文所说的方法来理解。然而,为了显示其中的差别,才说“无贪是无记根”等。未说到的部分,应如此理解:即在欲界善心中所说的业门、业道、福行事及事类的区分,在这里并不存在。为什么呢?因为(异熟心)不产生表色、不是异熟法、且不如此转起。至于“或随一法”中所说的悲与喜,由于它们以有情为所缘,在异熟心中并不存在,因为欲界异熟心纯粹以小法为所缘。不仅悲与喜,离(心所)在这里也不存在,因为(《分别论》)说过:“五学处只是善的”。显示巴利原文
498. Idāni aṭṭhamahāvipākacittāni dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha pāḷiyaṃ nayamattaṃ dassetvā sabbavārā saṃkhittā. Tesaṃ attho heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yo panettha viseso taṃ dassetuṃ alobho abyākatamūlantiādi vuttaṃ. Yampi na vuttaṃ taṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – yo hi kāmāvacarakusalesu kammadvārakammapathapuññakiriyavatthubhedo vutto so idha natthi. Kasmā? Aviññattijanakato avipākadhammato tathā appavattito ca. Yāpi tā yevāpanakesu karuṇāmuditā vuttā, tā sattārammaṇattā vipākesu na santi. Ekantaparittārammaṇāni hi kāmāvacaravipākāni. Na kevalañca karuṇāmuditā, viratiyopettha na santi. ‘Pañca sikkhāpadāni kusalānevā’ti (vibha. 715) hi vuttaṃ.
这里关于无行与有行的区分,应依善心以及缘的差别来理解。因为无行善的异熟就是无行的,有行善的异熟就是有行的。由强力的缘所生的是无行,由其他缘所生的是有行。即使在劣、中、胜的区分中,这些心也不称为劣、中、胜,因为它们不是由劣、中、胜的欲等所成就的。然而,劣善的异熟为劣,中善的异熟为中,胜善的异熟为胜。在这里,增上(缘)并不存在。为什么呢?因为不应以欲等为主导来令(异熟心)生起。其余一切,皆与在八种善心中所说相似。显示巴利原文
Asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravidhānañcettha kusalato ceva paccayabhedato ca veditabbaṃ. Asaṅkhārikassa hi kusalassa asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikassa sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Balavapaccayehi ca uppannaṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ, itarehi itaraṃ. Hīnādibhedepi imāni hīnamajjhimapaṇītehi chandādīhi anipphāditattā hīnamajjhimapaṇītāni nāma na honti. Hīnassa pana kusalassa vipākaṃ hīnaṃ, majjhimassa majjhimaṃ, paṇītassa paṇītaṃ. Adhipatino pettha na santi. Kasmā? Chandādīni dhuraṃ katvā anuppādetabbato. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhasu kusalesu vuttasadisameva.
现在应知这八种大异熟心的异熟之处。这些心在四种处异熟:结生时、有分时、死时,以及彼所缘时。如何呢?首先,在人类和欲界天中,对于具福德、有二因或三因者,在执取结生时,它们成为结生而异熟。在结生过去之后,于转起中,在六十年、八十年乃至不可计数的寿命期间,成为有分;在六门中面对强力所缘时,成为彼所缘;在命终时,成为死心。如此,它们在四种处异熟。显示巴利原文
Idāni imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ mahāvipākacittānaṃ vipaccanaṭṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Etāni hi catūsu ṭhānesu vipaccanti – paṭisandhiyaṃ, bhavaṅge, cutiyaṃ, tadārammaṇeti. Kathaṃ? Manussesu tāva kāmāvacaradevesu ca puññavantānaṃ duhetukatihetukānaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇakāle paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccanti. Paṭisandhiyā vītivattāya pavatte saṭṭhipi asītipi vassāni asaṅkhyeyyampi āyukālaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu vipaccanti.
其中,一切知菩萨在入胎结生时,皆是以第一种心——喜俱、三因、无行的大异熟心结生。而这正是修习慈心前分心的异熟。由此心所成就的结生,寿量不可计数。然而,它仍随时间的推移而变异。但大尸婆长老说:‘舍俱之心比喜俱之心更为强力。他们是以此心入胎的,因为以此心入胎者具有宏大的志向,即使面对天界的所缘也不会漂浮动摇,一如三藏小那伽长老等人。’对此,注释书中予以驳斥:‘这是长老个人的意愿,并非如此。’并说道:‘一切知菩萨的利益精进极为强猛,因此,他们是以修习慈心前分所产生的欲界善异熟——喜俱、三因、无行的心入胎的。’显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbepi sabbaññubodhisattā pacchimapaṭisandhiggahaṇe paṭhamena somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikamahāvipākacittena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. Taṃ pana mettāpubbabhāgacittassa vipākaṃ hoti. Tena dinnāya paṭisandhiyā asaṅkhyeyyaṃ āyu. Kālavasena pana pariṇamati. Mahāsīvatthero panāha – ‘somanassasahagatato upekkhāsahagataṃ balavataraṃ. Tena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. Tena gahitapaṭisandhikā hi mahajjhāsayā honti. Dibbesupi ārammaṇesu uppilāvino na honti, tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherādayo viyā’ti . Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana – ‘ayaṃ therassa manoratho,’‘natthi eta’nti paṭikkhipitvā ‘sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ hitūpacāro balavā hoti , tasmā mettāpubbabhāgakāmāvacarakusalavipākasomanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikacittena paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantī’ti vuttaṃ.
果报抉择论显示巴利原文
Vipākuddhārakathā
如今,在抉择异熟的论题中,应当确立如下的论母:三藏小那伽长老首先认为:‘由一个善思,能生起十六种异熟心。其中,十二道心与八无因心也是如此。’摩罗瓦比住者大达多长老则认为:‘由一个善思,能生起十二种异熟心。其中,十道心与八无因心也是如此。’三藏大法护长老认为:‘由一个善思,能生起十种异熟心。其中,八无因心也是如此。’显示巴利原文
Idāni vipākuddhārakathāya mātikā ṭhapetabbā – tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthero tāva āha – ekāya kusalacetanāya soḷasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ettheva dvādasakamaggopi ahetukaṭṭhakampīti. Moravāpivāsī mahādattatthero panāha – ekāya kusalacetanāya dvādasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ettheva dasakamaggopi ahetukaṭṭhakampīti. Tipiṭakamahādhammarakkhitatthero āha – ekāya kusalacetanāya dasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti, ettheva ahetukaṭṭhakanti.
关于这一点,他们提出了一个名为‘舍伽城之问’的论题。据说,在舍伽城,优婆塞们聚坐于讲堂之中,提出疑问道:‘由一个思所积聚的业,其结生是一个还是多个?’他们无法自行决断,便前往阿毗达摩长老处请教。长老们以譬喻令其信解:‘如同从一颗芒果种子,只会长出一棵苗芽一样,结生也只有一个。’此后又有一天,他们再提问:‘由不同的思所积聚的业,其结生是多个还是一个?’他们再次无法决断而请问。长老们令他们信解说:‘如同种下许多芒果种子,便会生出许多苗芽一样,结生也就是多个。’显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne sāketapañhaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu. Sākete kira upāsakā sālāyaṃ nisīditvā ‘kiṃ nu kho ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite ekā paṭisandhi hoti udāhu nānā’ti? Pañhaṃ nāma samuṭṭhāpetvā nicchetuṃ asakkontā ābhidhammikatthere upasaṅkamitvā pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘yathā ekasmā ambabījā ekova aṅkuro nikkhamati, evaṃ ekāva paṭisandhi hotī’ti saññāpesuṃ. Athekadivasaṃ ‘kiṃ nu kho nānācetanāhi kamme āyūhite paṭisandhiyo nānā honti udāhu ekā’ti? Pañhaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā nicchetuṃ asakkontā there pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘yathā bahūsu ambabījesu ropitesu bahū aṅkurā nikkhamanti, evaṃ bahukāva paṭisandhiyo hontī’ti saññāpesuṃ.
在此处,还取用了一种名为“增盛说明”的义理。在这些众生之中,贪可以增盛,嗔可以增盛,痴也可以增盛;同样,无贪、无嗔、无痴也可以增盛。是什么决定了他们这些法的增盛状态呢?是由前因决定的。在业力积累的刹那,差别便已产生。这是如何发生的呢?“因为在业力积累的刹那,如果某人的贪强盛而无贪微弱,无嗔与无痴强盛而嗔与痴微弱,那么他那微弱的无贪便不能制伏贪,而强盛的无嗔与无痴则能制伏嗔与痴。因此,凭借该业所赋予的结生之力,他得以投生,成为一个贪婪,却又乐善、不忿怒,且具有智慧的人,拥有如金刚般锐利的智慧。”显示巴利原文
Aparampi imasmiṃ ṭhāne ussadakittanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Imesañhi sattānaṃ lobhopi ussanno hoti, dosopi mohopi; alobhopi adosopi amohopi. Taṃ nesaṃ ussannabhāvaṃ ko niyāmetīti? Pubbahetu niyāmeti. Kammāyūhanakkhaṇeyeva nānattaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Yassa hi kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobho balavā hoti alobho mando, adosāmohā balavanto dosamohā mandā, tassa mando alobho lobhaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkoti, adosāmohā pana balavanto dosamohe pariyādātuṃ sakkonti. Tasmā so tena kammena dinnapaṭisandhivasena nibbatto luddho hoti, sukhasīlo akkodhano, paññavā pana hoti vajirūpamañāṇo’’ti.
然而,在业力积累的刹那,如果某人的贪与嗔强盛,无贪与无嗔微弱,而无痴强盛、痴微弱,那么依前所述之理,他便会成为一个既贪婪又嗔恚,但却具有智慧的人,拥有如金刚般锐利的智慧,如同达多无畏长老一样。显示巴利原文
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhadosā balavanto honti alobhādosā mandā, amoho balavā moho mando, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca, paññavā pana hoti vajirūpamañāṇo dattābhayatthero viya.
然而,在业力积累的刹那,如果某人的贪、嗔、痴强盛,而其他的无贪等法则微弱,那么依前所述之理,他就会成为一个贪婪而又愚钝的人,然而却乐善、不忿怒。显示巴利原文
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhādosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti dandho ca, sukhasīlako pana hoti akkodhano.
同样地,若在业积聚的刹那,某人的贪、嗔、痴三者皆强盛,而无贪等微弱,则依前述之理,他既是贪者,亦是嗔者,也是痴者。显示巴利原文
‘Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi lobhadosamohā balavanto honti alobhādayo mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca mūḷho ca.
然而,若在业积聚的刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴强而有力,贪等三者微弱,则此人如前所述,烦恼轻微,即使见到天界的所缘也毫不动摇,但心怀嗔怒且智慧迟钝。显示巴利原文
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva appakileso hoti, dibbārammaṇampi disvā niccalo, duṭṭho pana hoti dandhapañño cāti.
然而,若在业积聚的刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴强而有力,贪等三者微弱,则此人如前所述,既不贪著,又乐于善行,但智慧迟钝。显示巴利原文
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhādosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti, sukhasīlako ca, dandho pana hoti.
同样,若在造业刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴强而有力,贪等三者微弱,那么此人如前所述,虽无贪而具智慧,却心怀嗔恚、易怒。显示巴利原文
‘Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosāmohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti paññavā ca, duṭṭho ca pana hoti kodhano.
若在造业刹那,无贪、无嗔、无痴三法皆强而有力,贪、嗔、痴三者微弱,则此人即如大僧护长老一般,无贪、无嗔且具智慧。显示巴利原文
‘Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi alobhādayo balavanto honti lobhādayo mandā, so mahāsaṅgharakkhitatthero viya aluddho aduṭṭho paññavā ca hotī’ti.
此外,此处也提到了‘因的说明’。三因业能生起三因、二因及无因的果报。二因业不能生起三因果报,而能生起其余两种。由三因业结生,可得三因结生与二因结生,而无因结生则不生。由二因业结生,可得二因结生与无因结生,而三因结生则不生。无行善业能生无行及有行的果报;有行善业能生有行及无行的果报。受应依所缘而转起;彼所缘应依速行而确定。显示巴利原文
Aparampi imasmiṃ ṭhāne hetukittanaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Tihetukakammañhi tihetukampi duhetukampi ahetukampi vipākaṃ deti. Duhetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākaṃ na deti, itaraṃ deti. Tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukāpi hoti, duhetukāpi; ahetukā na hoti. Duhetukena duhetukāpi hoti ahetukāpi; tihetukā na hoti. Asaṅkhārikaṃ kusalaṃ asaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikampi vipākaṃ deti. Sasaṅkhārikaṃ sasaṅkhārikampi asaṅkhārikampi vipākaṃ deti. Ārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Javanena tadārammaṇaṃ niyāmetabbaṃ.
现在应知:在各长老的论说中,有十六种等方式。以与初欲界善心相似的初大果报心结生者,从母胎出后,达到能够确立防护与不防护的状态。当可意所缘现于眼门时,若唯作意界未转向有分,则能超越所缘的数量没有限制。为什么呢?因为所缘羸弱。这是第一种无效转起。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassa tassa therassa vāde soḷasamaggādayo veditabbā. Paṭhamakāmāvacarakusalasadisena hi paṭhamamahāvipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa gabbhāvāsato nikkhamitvā saṃvarāsaṃvare paṭṭhapetuṃ samatthabhāvaṃ upagatassa cakkhudvārasmiṃ ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge anāvaṭṭiteyeva atikkamanaārammaṇānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Kasmā evaṃ hoti? Ārammaṇadubbalatāya. Ayaṃ tāva eko moghavāro.
然而,若转向有分,当唯作意界转向有分后,不达到确定,而在中途或停于眼识、或停于领受、或停于推度便回转,这是不可能的。但依确定而停住后,会有一个或两个心转起。由此获得习行后,停于速行处,再沉入有分,这也是由于所缘羸弱的缘故。这种转起可在说“如我所见,如我所闻”等时获得。这是第二种无效转起。显示巴利原文
Sace pana bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite, voṭṭhabbanaṃ apāpetvāva antarā, cakkhuviññāṇe vā sampaṭicchane vā santīraṇe vā ṭhatvā nivattissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Voṭṭhabbanavasena pana ṭhatvā ekaṃ vā dve vā cittāni pavattanti. Tato āsevanaṃ labhitvā javanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā puna bhavaṅgaṃ otarati idampi ārammaṇadubbalatāya eva hoti. Ayaṃ pana vāro ‘diṭṭhaṃ viya me, sutaṃ viya me’tiādīni vadanakāle labbhati. Ayampi dutiyo moghavāro.
另一种情况:当唯作意界转向有分后,路心生起,速行运行。速行结束时,是彼所缘生起的时机。若彼所缘未生起,便沉入有分。于此有如下譬喻——犹如在河中设置障碍,将水导向大渠;水流出后,充满两岸的田地;多余的水经由螃蟹路等流走,再沉入河中。应当这样看待:在此,河中水流持续之时,如同有分流持续之时;设置障碍之时,如同唯作意界转向有分之时;大渠中水流持续之时,如同路心转起之时;充满两岸田地,如同速行;经由螃蟹路等流走、水再沉入河中,如同速行运行后,彼所缘未生起便再沉入有分。如此,沉入有分的心也无法计数。这也是由于所缘羸弱之故。这是第三种无效转起。显示巴利原文
Aparassa kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite vīthicittāni uppajjanti, javanaṃ javati. Javanapariyosāne pana tadārammaṇassa vāro. Tasmiṃ anuppanneyeva bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Tatrāyaṃ upamā – yathā hi nadiyā āvaraṇaṃ bandhitvā mahāmātikābhimukhe udake kate udakaṃ gantvā ubhosu tīresu kedāre pūretvā atirekaṃ kakkaṭakamaggādīhi palāyitvā puna nadiṃyeva otarati, evametaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha hi nadiyaṃ udakappavattanakālo viya bhavaṅgavīthippavattanakālo . Āvaraṇabandhanakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭanakālo. Mahāmātikāya udakappavattanakālo viya vīthicittappavatti. Ubhosu tīresu kedārapūraṇaṃ viya javanaṃ. Kakkaṭakamaggādīhi palāyitvā puna udakassa nadīotaraṇaṃ viya javanaṃ javitvā tadārammaṇe anuppanneyeva puna bhavaṅgotaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otaraṇacittānampi gaṇanapatho natthi. Idañcāpi ārammaṇadubbalatāya eva hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo moghavāro.
若强力所缘现前,当唯作意界转向有分后,眼识等便生起。在速行处,初欲界善心作为速行,运作六或七次后,便给予彼所缘生起的机会。彼所缘确立时,与之相似的广大果报心即确立。此心得二名:因与结生心相似,称为‘根本有分’;因执取了速行所执取的所缘,称为‘彼所缘’。在此处,眼识、领受、推度、彼所缘这四种果报心可计入。显示巴利原文
Sace pana balavārammaṇaṃ āpāthagataṃ hoti kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭite cakkhuviññāṇādīni uppajjanti. Javanaṭṭhāne pana paṭhamakāmāvacarakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hutvā chasattavāre javitvā tadārammaṇassa vāraṃ deti. Tadārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhahamānaṃ taṃsadisameva mahāvipākacittaṃ patiṭṭhāti. Idaṃ dve nāmāni labhati – paṭisandhicittasadisattā ‘mūlabhavaṅga’nti ca, yaṃ javanena gahitaṃ ārammaṇaṃ tassa gahitattā ‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ santīraṇaṃ tadārammaṇanti cattāri vipākacittāni gaṇanūpagāni honti.
若第二善心成为速行,与之相似的第二果报心即作为彼所缘而确立。此心也得二名:因与结生心不相似,称为‘客有分’;如前所述,亦名‘彼所缘’。此心与前四种合为五种。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana dutiyakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ dutiyavipākacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idañca dve nāmāni labhati . Paṭisandhicittena asadisattā ‘āgantukabhavaṅga’nti ca purimanayeneva ‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni cattāri pañca honti.
若第三善心成为速行,与之相似的第三果报心即作为彼所缘而确立。此心亦如前所得名:‘客有分’与‘彼所缘’。此心与前五种合为六种。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana tatiyakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ tatiyavipākacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idampi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhati. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni pañca cha honti.
然而,当第四善心成为速行时,与之相似的第四果报心便作为彼所缘而安立。此处亦如前述,获得‘客有分’与‘彼所缘’两个名称。加上此心,前六种共为七种。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana catutthakusalacittaṃ javanaṃ hoti, tadā taṃsadisaṃ catutthavipākacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāti. Idampi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhati. Iminā saddhiṃ purimāni cha satta honti.
然而,当‘可意、中性’的所缘出现于该门时,此处同样依前述方式可得三种无效路心。但是,由于感受随所缘而转,因此这时是舍俱推度心。在四种舍俱大善速行心结束时,有四种舍俱大果报心作为彼所缘而安住。它们亦依前述方式获得‘来客有分’和‘彼所缘’两种名称,又被称为‘后有分’。如此,这五种加上前七种,共为十二种。如是,眼门有十二种,耳门等亦各有十二种,合为六十种。如此,由一种思业造作之时,便生起六十种果报心。然而,若以未执取之执取而言,则眼门有十二种,耳、鼻、舌、身识共四种,总计十六种。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana tasmiṃ dvāre ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇaṃ’ āpāthamāgacchati, tatrāpi vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā labbhanti. Yasmā pana ārammaṇena vedanā parivattati tasmā tattha upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ. Catunnañca upekkhāsahagatamahākusalajavanānaṃ pariyosāne cattāri upekkhāsahagatamahāvipākacittāneva tadārammaṇabhāvena patiṭṭhahanti. Tānipi vuttanayeneva ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti ca dve nāmāni labhanti. ‘Piṭṭhibhavaṅgānī’tipi vuccanti eva. Iti imāni pañca purimehi sattahi saddhiṃ dvādasa honti. Evaṃ cakkhudvāre dvādasa, sotadvārādīsu dvādasa dvādasāti, samasaṭṭhi honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samasaṭṭhi vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre dvādasa, sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti soḷasa honti.
于此,诸师曾举‘芒果喻’为例:据说有一人,在果实累累的芒果树下,蒙头而卧,沉沉入睡。此时,一颗熟透的芒果从蒂头脱落,恍如拂拭其耳廓一般,‘嗒’的一声掉落在地。他被这声响惊醒,睁眼观看,随即伸手取果,捏了捏,又闻了闻,而后便享用了。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne ambopamaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu – eko kira puriso phalitambarukkhamūle sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nipanno niddāyati. Athekaṃ ambapakkaṃ vaṇṭato muccitvā tassa kaṇṇasakkhaliṃ puñchamānaṃ viya ‘tha’nti bhūmiyaṃ pati. So tassa saddena pabujjhitvā ummīletvā olokesi. Tato hatthaṃ pasāretvā phalaṃ gahetvā madditvā upasiṅghitvā paribhuñji.
其中,那人于芒果树下沉睡之时,即如有分心相续之时。芒果从蒂脱落、擦过耳际下落之时,即如所缘撞击净色之时。因彼声而醒觉之时,即如唯作意界令有分心转向之时。睁眼而视之时,即如眼识成办看的作用之时。伸手取果之时,即如果报意界领纳所缘之时。取来后捏触之时,即如果报意识界推度所缘之时。嗅闻之时,即如唯作意识界确定所缘之时。品尝之时,即如速行心体验所缘之味之时。此喻意在说明:所缘撞击净色仅是作用;当净色被撞击时,唯作意界仅是有分转向;眼识仅是看;果报意界仅是领纳所缘;果报意识界仅是推度所缘;唯作意识界仅是确定所缘,这些仅仅是作用。唯独速行心才真正体验所缘之味。显示巴利原文
Tattha, tassa purisassa ambarukkhamūle niddāyanakālo viya bhavaṅgasamaṅgikālo. Ambapakkassa vaṇṭato muccitvā kaṇṇasakkhaliṃ puñchamānassa patanakālo viya ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanakālo. Tena saddena pabuddhakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Ummīletvā olokitakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa dassanakiccasādhanakālo. Hatthaṃ pasāretvā gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. Gahetvā madditakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. Upasiṅghitakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo . Paribhuttakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitakālo. Ayaṃ upamā kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanameva kiccaṃ. Tena pasāde ghaṭṭite kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanameva, cakkhuviññāṇassa dassanamattakameva, vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇasampaṭicchanamattakameva, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇasantīraṇamattakameva, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇavavatthāpanamattakameva kiccaṃ. Ekantena pana ārammaṇarasaṃ javanameva anubhavatīti dīpeti.
在此,并没有任何造作者或令造作者说:“你成为有分,你成为转向,你成为看,你成为领受,你成为推度,你成为确定,你成为速行。”显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘tvaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ nāma hohi, tvaṃ āvajjanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ dassanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ santīraṇaṃ nāma, tvaṃ voṭṭhabbanaṃ nāma, tvaṃ javanaṃ nāma, hohī’ti koci kattā vā kāretā vā natthi.
然而,在这里,他们举出了五种法则:种子法则、时节法则、业法则、法法则、心法则。其中,野豆藤向上生长、南向藤蔓从右侧绕树、向日葵花朝向太阳、蔓草趋向树木生长、椰子顶部有孔——像这样,种子各各产生自类果实,是名种子法则。于各自的时节,那些树木同时开花、结果、抽发嫩叶,是名时节法则。三因业产生三因、二因、无因的果报;二因业产生二因、无因的果报,不产生三因的果报。像这样,业各各产生自类果报,是名业法则。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne pañcavidhaṃ niyāmaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu – bījaniyāmaṃ utuniyāmaṃ kammaniyāmaṃ dhammaniyāmaṃ cittaniyāmanti. Tattha kulatthagacchassa uttaraggabhāvo, dakkhiṇavalliyā dakkhiṇato rukkhapariharaṇaṃ, sūriyāvaṭṭapupphānaṃ sūriyābhimukhabhāvo, māluvalatāya rukkhābhimukhagamanameva, nāḷikerassa matthake chiddasabbhāvoti tesaṃ tesaṃ bījānaṃ taṃtaṃsadisaphaladānaṃ bījaniyāmo nāma. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye tesaṃ tesaṃ rukkhānaṃ ekappahāreneva pupphaphalapallavaggahaṇaṃ utuniyāmo nāma. Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukaduhetukāhetukavipākaṃ deti. Duhetukakammaṃ duhetukāhetukavipākaṃ deti, tihetukaṃ na detīti, evaṃ tassa tassa kammassa taṃtaṃsadisavipākadānameva kammaniyāmo nāma.
另有一种业法则,正是依业与果报相似之理。为说明此理,他们讲述了下列故事:正自觉者住世时,舍卫城有一个城门口村。那时,一个燃烧的草把腾空飞起,套在了一只正飞掠空中的乌鸦颈上。乌鸦惨叫着坠落地面而死。大海中,有一艘船停滞不前。人们寻找水下障碍,却一无所获,于是便抽签寻找那不幸之人。结果签落在了船主的一位女信徒身上。众人便说:“别为了一人而令众人遭殃,我们把她投入水中吧。”船主说:“我不忍眼见她浮在水面。”便命人将一罐沙绑在她颈上,将她投入水中。就在那一刻,船如离弦之箭飞驰而去。有一位比丘住在山洞中。一块巨大的山岩坠下,堵住了洞口。到了第七天,那岩石自行移开了。当正自觉者坐在祇园精舍说法时,这三件事同时被禀报了。导师说:“这不是别人所为,正是他们自己所作之业。”为了开示,他讲述了过去之事:显示巴利原文
Aparopi kammasarikkhakavipākavaseneva kammaniyāmo hoti. Tassa dīpanatthamidaṃ vatthuṃ kathenti – sammāsambuddhakāle sāvatthiyā dvāragāmo jhāyi . Tato pajjalitaṃ tiṇakaraḷaṃ uṭṭhahitvā ākāsena gacchato kākassa gīvāya paṭimuñci. So viravanto bhūmiyaṃ patitvā kālamakāsi. Mahāsamuddepi ekā nāvā niccalā aṭṭhāsi. Heṭṭhā kenaci niruddhabhāvaṃ apassantā kāḷakaṇṇisalākaṃ vicāresuṃ. Sā nāvikasseva upāsikāya hatthe pati. Tato ekissā kāraṇā mā sabbe nassantu, udake naṃ khipāmāti āhaṃsu. Nāviko ‘na sakkhissāmi etaṃ udake uppilavamānaṃ passitu’nti vālikāghaṭaṃ gīvāyaṃ bandhāpetvā khipāpesi. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nāvā khittasaro viya pakkhandi. Eko bhikkhu leṇe vasati. Mahantaṃ pabbatakūṭaṃ patitvā dvāraṃ pidahi. Taṃ sattame divase sayameva apagataṃ. Sammāsambuddhassa jetavane nisīditvā dhammaṃ kathentassa imāni tīṇi vatthūni ekappahāreneva ārocesuṃ. Satthā ‘na etaṃ aññehi kataṃ, tehi katakammameva ta’nti atītaṃ āharitvā dassento āha –
乌鸦过去世曾为人身,因无法驯服一头恶牛,便在牛颈上绑上草辫,点火焚烧。牛因此丧命。如今,这一业使它在空中飞行时也未能逃脱。那位女子过去世也身为女子。她养熟了一只狗,狗跟随她前往森林,又跟随她回来。人们嘲笑说:“我们的猎狗人出来了。”她感到羞恼,却又无法阻止那狗,便将一罐沙绑在狗颈上,投入水中。这个业令她在大海中无法逃脱。那位比丘过去世曾为牧牛人,他用一把树枝堵住了一只蜥蜴钻入的洞穴。第七天,他自行回来移开了树枝。蜥蜴颤抖着爬了出来。他出于悲悯,未曾杀害它。这个业使他进入山间坐下后,同样无法逃脱。综合这三件事,佛陀宣说了以下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Kāko purimattabhāve manusso hutvā ekaṃ duṭṭhagoṇaṃ dametuṃ asakkonto gīvāya palālaveṇiṃ bandhitvā aggiṃ adāsi. Goṇo teneva mato. Idāni taṃ kammaṃ etassa ākāsena gacchatopi na muccituṃ adāsi. Sāpi itthī purimattabhāve ekā itthīyeva. Eko kukkuro tāya paricito hutvā araññaṃ gacchantiyā saddhiṃ gacchati, saddhimevāgacchati. Manussā ‘nikkhanto idāni amhākaṃ sunakhaluddako’ti uppaṇḍenti. Sā tena aṭṭīyamānā kukkuraṃ nivāretuṃ asakkontī vālikāghaṭaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā udake khipi. Taṃ kammaṃ tassā samuddamajjhe muccituṃ nādāsi. Sopi bhikkhu purimattabhāve gopālako hutvā bilaṃ paviṭṭhāya godhāya sākhābhaṅgamuṭṭhiyā dvāraṃ thakesi. Tato sattame divase sayaṃ āgantvā vivari. Godhā kampamānā nikkhami. Karuṇāya taṃ na māresi. Taṃ kammaṃ tassa pabbatantaraṃ pavisitvā nisinnassa muccituṃ nādāsīti. Imāni tīṇi vatthūni samodhānetvā imaṃ gāthamāha –
“不处虚空,不处大海,”
不遁入山林岩隙;
世间无有此处;
立于彼处能解脱恶业。」(《法句经》第127偈)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, Na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa; Na vijjate so jagatippadeso, Yatthaṭṭhito mucceyya pāpakammā’’ti. (dha. pa. 127);
这也即是业定律。其他类似的事例亦应加以讲述。显示巴利原文
Ayampi kammaniyāmoyeva nāma. Aññānipi evarūpāni vatthūni kathetabbāni.
而菩萨入胎时、出母胎时、如来证正觉时、转法轮时、舍弃寿行时,以及入般涅槃时,一万世界震动,此称为法定律。显示巴利原文
Bodhisattānaṃ pana paṭisandhiggahaṇe, mātukucchito nikkhamane, abhisambodhiyaṃ tathāgatassa dhammacakkappavattane, āyusaṅkhārassa ossajjane, parinibbāne ca dasasahassacakkavāḷakampanaṃ dhammaniyāmo nāma.
然而,当所缘撞击净色时,并没有任何造作者或令造作者说‘你当成为转向’……‘你当成为速行’,而是各各依其自性,从所缘撞击净色的那一刹那起,唯作意界心转向有分,眼识执行看的作用,异熟意界执行领受的作用,异熟意识界执行推度的作用,唯作意识界执行确定的作用,速行体验所缘之味,这即是心定律,也正是此处所指。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇena pana pasāde ghaṭṭite ‘tvaṃ āvajjanaṃ nāma hohi…pe… tvaṃ javanaṃ nāma hohī’ti koci kattā vā kāretā vā natthi, attano attano pana dhammatāya eva ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālato paṭṭhāya kiriyamanodhātucittaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ sādheti, vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ sādheti, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu santīraṇakiccaṃ sādheti, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātu voṭṭhabbanakiccaṃ sādheti, javanaṃ ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavatīti ayaṃ cittaniyāmo nāma. Ayaṃ idha adhippeto.
当依有行的三因善心,以及依舍俱的无行、有行善心造业时,由相应的异熟心结生,其理亦然。然而,就两种舍俱心而言,应先显示其“以可意、中舍为所缘”的转起,再显示其“以可意为所缘”的转起。显示巴利原文
Sasaṅkhārikatihetukakusalenāpi upekkhāsahagatehi asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikakusalacittehipi kamme āyūhite taṃsadisavipākacittehi ādinnāya paṭisandhiyā eseva nayo. Upekkhāsahagatadvaye pana paṭhamaṃ ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇavasena’ pavattiṃ dassetvā pacchā ‘iṭṭhārammaṇavasena’ dassetabbā.
如此,于一一门中,各有十二种,总计成六十。以“未摄受而摄受”的方式,生起十六种异熟心。显示巴利原文
Evampi ekekasmiṃ dvāre dvādasa dvādasa hutvā samasaṭṭhi honti. Aggahitaggahaṇena soḷasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti.
在此处,他们举出了一个名为“五榨蔗机”的比喻。据说,在榨甘蔗的时节,有十一名榨机工从某个村子出来,看见一片甘蔗园,知道已经成熟,便走近园主,告知:“我等是榨机工。”园主说:“我正找你们呢。”便领他们去了甘蔗棚。他们在那里备好榨机,说道:“我们十一人,尚需再得一人,请以工资雇佣。”园主说:“我就做你们的搭档吧。”让人将甘蔗棚装满甘蔗后,他便成了他们的搭档。之后,他们各司其职:煮蔗者煮汁,制糖者制糖,园主称量并分配份额。他们各自取了应得的份额,将甘蔗棚交还主人。以同样的方式,在其他四个棚做完后,便离开了。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne pañcaucchunāḷiyantopamaṃ nāma gaṇhiṃsu. Ucchupīḷanasamaye kira ekasmā gāmā ekādasa yantavāhā nikkhamitvā ekaṃ ucchuvāṭaṃ disvā tassa paripakkabhāvaṃ ñatvā ucchusāmikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘yantavāhā maya’nti ārocesuṃ. So ‘ahaṃ tumheyeva pariyesāmī’ti ucchusālaṃ te gahetvā agamāsi. Te tattha nāḷiyantaṃ sajjetvā ‘mayaṃ ekādasa janā, aparampi ekaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, vetanena gaṇhathā’ti āhaṃsu. Ucchusāmiko ‘ahameva sahāyo bhavissāmī’ti ucchūnaṃ sālaṃ pūrāpetvā tesaṃ sahāyo ahosi. Te attano attano kiccāni katvā, phāṇitapācakena ucchurase pakke, guḷabandhakena baddhe, ucchusāmikena tulayitvā bhāgesu dinnesu, attano attano bhāgaṃ ādāya ucchusālaṃ sāmikassa paṭicchāpetvā, eteneva upāyena aparāsupi catūsu sālāsu kammaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
其中,五个榨机房应视作五种净色,五个甘蔗园应视作五种所缘,十一个游走的榨机工应视作十一种异熟心,五个甘蔗棚主应视作五种识。如同在第一个棚中,主人与十二人一同工作后分配份额,那时即是十一种异熟心与眼识在眼门对色所缘各自发挥作用的时分。如同棚主接手棚屋之时,即是眼识不再转起的时分。如同在第二、第三、第四、第五棚中,十二人一同工作后分配份额,那时即是十一种异熟心与身识在身门对触所缘各自发挥作用的时分。如同棚主接手棚屋之时,应知即是身识不再转起的时分。至此,已说由三因业而得三因结生的部分。然而,由彼所得的二因结生,则被隐覆而过。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañca yantasālā viya pañca pasādā daṭṭhabbā. Pañca ucchuvāṭā viya pañca ārammaṇāni. Ekādasa vicaraṇakayantavāhā viya ekādasa vipākacittāni. Pañca ucchusālāsāmino viya pañcaviññāṇāni. Paṭhamakasālāyaṃ sāmikena saddhiṃ dvādasannaṃ janānaṃ ekatova hutvā katakammānaṃ bhāgaggahaṇakālo viya ekādasannaṃ vipākacittānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ ekato hutvā cakkhudvāre rūpārammaṇe sakasakakiccakaraṇakālo. Sālāsāmikassa sālāya sampaṭicchanakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa dvārasaṅkantiakaraṇaṃ. Dutiya tatiya catuttha pañcamasālāya dvādasannaṃ ekato hutvā katakammānaṃ bhāgaggahaṇakālo viya ekādasannaṃ vipākacittānaṃ kāyaviññāṇena saddhiṃ ekato hutvā kāyadvāre phoṭṭhabbārammaṇe sakasakakiccakaraṇakālo. Sālāsāmikassa sālāya sampaṭicchanakālo viya kāyaviññāṇassa dvārasaṅkantiakaraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukā hotīti vāro kathito. Yā pana tena duhetukapaṭisandhi hoti, sā paṭicchannāva hutvā gatā.
现在说由二因业得二因结生的部分:对于以二因喜俱无行心造业、由相似的二因异熟心结生者,依前述之理,在眼门‘可意所缘’现前时,有三个空过时分。二因喜俱无行速行结束时,有与其相似的彼所缘,称为‘根本有分’。有行速行结束时,有与其相似的彼所缘,称为‘客来有分’。在‘可意中舍所缘’中,两种舍俱速行结束时,各各生起两种同样的彼所缘。此处每一门各有八,总计四十心。以未摄受的摄受方式,眼门有八,耳、鼻、舌、身识有四,共十二。如此,由一种思造业时,生起十二种异熟心。芒果比喻中五定律的解说本是常见的。对于由二因其余三种心相似的异熟结生者,也是同样的道理。然而,在此榨机工的比喻中,榨机工有七个。应知,在那里安置榨机后,以棚主为第八,依前述之理进行连接。至此,已说由二因业得二因结生的部分。显示巴利原文
Idāni duhetukakammena duhetukā paṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathetabbo. Duhetukena hi somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikacittena kamme āyūhite taṃsadiseneva duhetukavipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuttanayeneva cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate tayo moghavārā. Duhetukasomanassasahagataasaṅkhārikajavanāvasāne taṃsadisameva mūlabhavaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ. Sasaṅkhārikajavanāvasāne taṃsadisameva āgantukabhavaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ dvinnaṃ upekkhāsahagatajavanānaṃ avasāne tādisāneva dve tadārammaṇāni uppajjanti. Idha ekekasmiṃ dvāre aṭṭha aṭṭha katvā samacattālīsa cittāni. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre aṭṭha, sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti dvādasa honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite dvādasa vipākacittāni uppajjanti. Ambopamapañcaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Duhetukasesacittattayasadisavipākena gahitapaṭisandhikepi eseva nayo. Yantavāhopamāya panettha satta yantavāhā. Tehi tattha yante nāma sajjite sālāsāmikaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ katvā vuttanayānusārena yojanā veditabbā. Ettāvatā duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito.
现在说无因结生:对于以四种二因善心之一造业、由善异熟舍俱无因意识界心结生者,其结生不可说为与业相似,因为业是二因,结生是无因。当他长大时,在眼门‘可意中舍所缘’现前时,应知依前述之理有三个空过时分。在四种二因善心之一的速行结束时,无因心作为彼所缘而安立,获得‘根本有分’与‘彼所缘’两个名称。如此,此处的眼识、领受、舍俱推度及彼所缘也都是舍俱的,于其中取一种,可计入的只有三种。显示巴利原文
Idāni ahetukapaṭisandhikathā hoti – catunnañhi duhetukakusalacittānaṃ aññatarena kamme āyūhite kusalavipākaupekkhāsahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātucittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa paṭisandhi kammasadisāti na vattabbā. Kammañhi duhetukaṃ paṭisandhi ahetukā. Tassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ āpāthamāgate purimanayeneva tayo moghavārā veditabbā. Catunnaṃ pana duhetukakusalacittānaṃ aññatarajavanassa pariyosāne ahetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇabhāvena patiṭṭhāti. Taṃ ‘mūlabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamettha cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ tadārammaṇampi upekkhāsahagatamevāti tesu ekaṃ gahetvā gaṇanūpagāni tīṇeva honti.
然而,于‘可爱所缘’中,推度心与彼所缘心唯是喜俱。若于此中取其一者,则前者有三或四种。如是,于五门中各成四种,当由同一思心所造业时,便会生起二十种果报心,应当如此了知。若依‘不取已取’之理,则眼门有四种,耳、鼻、舌、身门各四种,合为八种。此即‘无因八法’。这是就人间而取的。显示巴利原文
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana santīraṇampi tadārammaṇampi somanassasahagatameva. Tesu ekaṃ gahetvā purimāni tīṇi cattāri honti. Evaṃ pañcasu dvāresu cattāri cattāri katvā ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite vīsati vipākacittāni uppajjantīti veditabbāni. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cattāri sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni cattārīti aṭṭha honti. Idaṃ ‘ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ’ nāma. Idaṃ manussalokena gahitaṃ.
然而,于四恶趣中流转时,(无因八法)亦可获得。譬如,大目犍连长老于地狱中化现莲花,坐于莲蕊之上为地狱众生说法。当时,那些看见长老的众生,便生起善果报的眼识;听闻其声者生起耳识;长老在檀香林中昼日禅坐后离去时,他们闻到衣香即生起鼻识;为灭地狱之火而令天降雨、施与水时,便生起舌识;令微风生起时,则生起身识。如是,眼等五识、一种领受心、两种推度心,即得无因八法。龙、金翅鸟、天宫鬼等虽以不善心结生,但在生命流转中善业亦能成熟。转轮圣王的吉祥象、马等也是如此。以上是就‘可爱所缘、可爱中立所缘’中依善速行而作的论述。显示巴利原文
Catūsu pana apāyesu pavatte labbhati. Yadā hi mahāmoggallānatthero niraye padumaṃ māpetvā padumakaṇṇikāya nisinno nerayikānaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi, tadā tesaṃ theraṃ passantānaṃ kusalavipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjati. Saddaṃ suṇantānaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ, candanavane divāvihāraṃ nisīditvā gatassa cīvaragandhaghāyanakāle ghānaviññāṇaṃ, nirayaggiṃ nibbāpetuṃ devaṃ vassāpetvā pānīyadānakāle jivhāviññāṇaṃ, mandamandavātasamuṭṭhāpanakāle kāyaviññāṇanti evaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca , ekaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ, dve santīraṇānīti ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ labbhati . Nāgasupaṇṇavemānikapetānampi akusalena paṭisandhi hoti. Pavatte kusalaṃ vipaccati. Tathā cakkavattino maṅgalahatthiassādīnaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva ‘iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇesu’ kusalajavanavasena kathāmaggo.
然而,于‘可爱所缘’中,若四种喜俱的不善心速行之后,善果报的喜俱无因心即成为彼所缘。于‘可爱中立所缘’中,若四种舍俱、与贪相应的不善心速行之后,善果报的舍俱无因心即成为彼所缘。至于所谓‘应由速行决定彼所缘’之说,应知这是就善心而言的。若问:忧俱速行之后,所生起的彼所缘为何?那所生的即是不善果报的无因意识界心。显示巴利原文
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana catūsu somanassasahagatākusalacittesu javitesu kusalavipākaṃ somanassasahagatāhetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ catūsu upekkhāsahagatalobhasampayuttesu javitesu kusalavipākaṃ upekkhāsahagatāhetukacittaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana ‘javanena tadārammaṇaṃ niyametabba’nti vuttaṃ taṃ kusalaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Domanassasahagatajavanānantaraṃ tadārammaṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ kiṃ uppajjatīti? Akusalavipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātucittaṃ uppajjati.
那么,是什么决定了此速行是善还是不善呢?是转向与确定。因为,若转向时如理作意、确定时如理决意,速行却成为不善,这是不可能的。若转向时不如理作意、确定时不如理决意,速行却成为善,这也是不可能的。应知:当两者皆如理作意与决意时,速行即为善;不如理时,则为不善。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pana javanaṃ kusalatthāya vā akusalatthāya vā ko niyāmetīti? Āvajjanañceva voṭṭhabbanañca. Āvajjanena hi yoniso āvaṭṭite voṭṭhabbanena yoniso vavatthāpite javanaṃ akusalaṃ bhavissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Āvajjanena ayoniso āvaṭṭite voṭṭhabbanena ayoniso vavatthāpite javanaṃ kusalaṃ bhavissatītipi aṭṭhānametaṃ. Ubhayena pana yoniso āvaṭṭite vavatthāpite ca javanaṃ kusalaṃ hoti, ayoniso akusalanti veditabbaṃ.
然而,在“可爱所缘”中,对于疑惑者与掉举者,彼所缘是什么?在可爱所缘的情况下,不论有疑无疑、掉举与否,彼所缘唯是善果报的无因喜俱心。在“可爱中立所缘”中,则是善果报的无因舍俱心。以上是名为大法护长老之说的简略义理阐明。因为在喜俱速行之后,会寻求五种彼所缘;在舍俱速行之后,会寻求六种彼所缘。显示巴利原文
‘Iṭṭhārammaṇe’ pana kaṅkhato uddhatassa ca tadārammaṇaṃ kiṃ hotīti? Iṭṭhārammaṇasmiṃ kaṅkhatu vā mā vā, uddhato vā hotu mā vā, kusalavipākāhetukasomanassacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hoti, ‘iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ ‘kusalavipākāhetukaupekkhāsahagata’nti, ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepato atthadīpano mahādhammarakkhitattheravādo nāma. Somanassasahagatasmiñhi javane javite pañca tadārammaṇāni gavesitabbānīti. Upekkhāsahagatasmiṃ javane javite cha gavesitabbānīti.
再者,当一位喜俱结生者,在生命流转中证得禅那后,因放逸而退失禅那,省察“我的胜法失去了”时,由于追悔而生起忧,此时生起的是什么?因为《发趣论》中否定“喜后生忧,忧后生喜”。缘取广大法而速行之后,彼所缘在那里也被否定。生起的是善果报或不善果报的舍俱无因意识界心。它的转向又如何呢?“如同有分与转向,它没有转向的作用。”“这些心依自己的倾向、习惯与惯行而生起,这又是如何生起的?”“就像非想非非想处是灭尽的等无间缘,从灭尽出定者的果等至心、圣道心、道后的果心,如此,即使没有转向,也依倾向、习惯与惯行而生起。因为心虽无转向也能生起,但无所缘则不能。”“那么,它的所缘是什么?”“是色等有限法中的某一种。应知:在这些法中,那时进入根门的那个所缘,心便缘取它而生起。”显示巴利原文
Atha yadā somanassasahagatapaṭisandhikassa pavatte jhānaṃ nibbattetvā pamādena parihīnajjhānassa ‘paṇītadhammo me naṭṭho’ti paccavekkhato vippaṭisāravasena domanassaṃ uppajjati, tadā kiṃ uppajjati? ‘Somanassānantarañhi domanassaṃ domanassānantarañca somanassaṃ’ paṭṭhāne paṭisiddhaṃ. Mahaggatadhammaṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇampi tattheva paṭisiddhanti? Kusalavipākā vā akusalavipākā vā upekkhāsahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātu uppajjati , kimassā āvajjananti? ‘Bhavaṅgāvajjanānaṃ viya natthassā āvajjanakicca’nti. ‘Etāni tāva attano ninnattā ca ciṇṇattā ca samudācārattā ca uppajjantu, ayaṃ kathaṃ uppajjatī’ti? ‘Yathā nirodhassa anantarapaccayaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa phalasamāpatticittaṃ, ariyamaggacittaṃ, maggānantarāni phalacittāni, evaṃ asantepi āvajjane, ninnaciṇṇasamudācārabhāvena uppajjati. Vinā hi āvajjanena cittaṃ uppajjati, ārammaṇena pana vinā nuppajjatī’ti. ‘Atha kimassārammaṇa’nti? ‘Rūpādīsu parittadhammesu aññataraṃ. Etesu hi yadeva tasmiṃ samaye āpāthamāgataṃ hoti, taṃ ārabbha etaṃ cittaṃ uppajjatī’ti veditabbaṃ.
现在,为令这一切心的性质得以明了,说此杂论:显示巴利原文
Idāni sabbesampi etesaṃ cittānaṃ pākaṭabhāvatthaṃ ayaṃ pakiṇṇakanayo vutto –
经、守门者、村民、芒果树、拘利耶;
生盲、椅蛇、境取者与亲依止义。
显示巴利原文 Suttaṃ dovāriko ca, gāmillo ambo koliyakena ca; Jaccandho pīṭhasappī ca, visayaggāho ca upanissayamatthasoti.
此处,“经”:好比路边一只蜘蛛,向五个方向牵出丝线,结成网后,躺在网中央。当第一方向所牵的丝线被小虫、飞蛾或苍蝇触动时,它便从躺卧之处起身,沿着丝线而去,吸食其汁液后,又回到原处躺下。若第二方向等的丝线被触动,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘sutta’nti, eko panthamakkaṭako pañcasu disāsu suttaṃ pasāretvā jālaṃ katvā majjhe nipajjati. Paṭhamadisāya pasāritasutte pāṇakena vā paṭaṅgena vā makkhikāya vā pahaṭe nipannaṭṭhānato calitvā nikkhamitvā suttānusārena gantvā tassa yūsaṃ pivitvā punaāgantvā tattheva nipajjati. Dutiyadisādīsu pahaṭakālepi evameva karoti.
其中,向五个方向铺开的蛛丝,如同五净色;躺在中央的蜘蛛,如同心。小虫等触网,如同所缘撞击净色。躺在中央的蜘蛛起身,如同在取着撞击净色的所缘之后,唯作意界令有分转动。沿丝线而行,如同心路过程的诸心转起;刺入头部吸食汁液,如同速行在诸所缘上速行;再回到中央躺下,如同心依止于心所依处而转起。显示巴利原文
Tattha pañcasu disāsu pasāritasuttaṃ viya pañcapasādā. Majjhe nipannamakkaṭako viya cittaṃ. Pāṇakādīhi suttaghaṭṭanakālo viya ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālo. Majjhe nipannamakkaṭakassa calanaṃ viya pasādaghaṭṭanakaṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Suttānusārena gamanakālo viya vīthicittappavatti. Sīse vijjhitvā yūsapivanaṃ viya javanassa ārammaṇe javitakālo. Punaāgantvā majjhe nipajjanaṃ viya cittassa hadayavatthumeva nissāya pavattanaṃ.
这个比喻是在说明什么呢?说明当所缘撞击净色时,在依净色为依处的心之后,依心色为依处的心会先生起。同时也说明,每一所缘都会在二门中呈现。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇena pasāde ghaṭṭite pasādavatthukacittato hadayarūpavatthukacittaṃ paṭhamataraṃ uppajjatīti dīpeti. Ekekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dvīsu dvīsu dvāresu āpāthamāgacchatītipi.
守门者喻:有一国王卧于床榻安眠,其侍从坐于一旁,为他按摩双脚。一名聋守门者站在门前,三位护卫依次而立。此时,有位边地人手持礼物前来敲门。聋守门者听不见声音,按脚侍从便向他示意。依此示意,守门者开门察看。第一护卫接过礼物,递与第二护卫;第二护卫递与第三护卫;第三护卫呈给国王。国王纳受享用。显示巴利原文
‘Dovāriko’ti , eko rājā sayanagato niddāyati. Tassa paricārako pāde parimajjanto nisīdi. Badhiradovāriko dvāre ṭhito. Tayo paṭihārā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitā. Atheko paccantavāsī manusso paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgantvā dvāraṃ ākoṭesi. Badhiradovāriko saddaṃ na suṇāti. Pādaparimajjako saññaṃ adāsi. Tāya saññāya dvāraṃ vivaritvā passi. Paṭhamapaṭihāro paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā dutiyassa adāsi, dutiyo tatiyassa, tatiyo rañño. Rājā paribhuñji.
在此喻中,那位国王应视为速行,按脚侍从应视为转向,聋守门者应视为眼识,三位护卫应视为领受等三种路心。边地人手持礼物前来敲门,应视为所缘撞击净色。按脚侍从给出示意之时,应视为唯作意界使有分转动之时。依其示意,聋守门者开门之时,应视为眼识对所缘执行看的作用之时。第一护卫接过礼物之时,应视为异熟意界领受所缘之时。第一护卫递与第二护卫之时,应视为异熟意识界推度所缘之时。第二护卫递与第三护卫之时,应视为唯作意识界确定所缘之时。第三护卫呈给国王之时,应视为由确定将所缘交付速行之时。国王享用之时,应视为速行体验所缘之味之时。显示巴利原文
Tattha so rājā viya javanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pādaparimajjako viya āvajjanaṃ. Badhiradovāriko viya cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tayo paṭihārā viya sampaṭicchanādīni tīṇi vīthicittāni. Paccantavāsino paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya āgantvā dvārākoṭanaṃ viya ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭanaṃ. Pādaparimajjakena saññāya dinnakālo viya kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. Tena dinnasaññāya badhiradovārikassa dvāravivaraṇakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇassa ārammaṇe dassanakiccasādhanakālo. Paṭhamapaṭihārena paṇṇākārassa gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. Paṭhamena dutiyassa dinnakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. Dutiyena tatiyassa dinnakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo. Tatiyena rañño dinnakālo viya voṭṭhabbanena javanassa niyyāditakālo. Rañño paribhogakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasānubhavanakālo.
此喻说明什么?说明:所缘撞击净色,仅仅是作用;唯作意界使有分转动,仅仅是作用;眼识等的看、领受、推度、确定,仅仅是作用。然而,唯独速行真正体验所缘之味。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Ārammaṇassa pasādaghaṭṭamattanameva kiccaṃ, kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanamattameva, cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ dassanasampaṭicchanasantīraṇavavatthāpanamattāneva kiccāni. Ekantena pana javanameva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhotīti dīpeti.
所谓“村童”,是指众多村童在巷中玩沙土游戏。其中一人的手碰到了一枚铜钱,他说:“我手里碰到了,这是什么?”一个说:“这是白色的。”另一个连沙带土紧紧握住。又一个说:“这是宽的、四方的。”再一个说:“这是铜钱。”于是他带回去交给母亲,母亲拿去用了。显示巴利原文
‘Gāmillo’ti , sambahulā gāmadārakā antaravīthiyaṃ paṃsukīḷaṃ kīḷanti. Tatthekassa hatthe kahāpaṇo paṭihaññi. So ‘mayhaṃ hatthe paṭihataṃ, kiṃ nu kho eta’nti āha. Atheko ‘paṇḍaraṃ eta’nti āha. Aparo saha paṃsunā gāḷhaṃ gaṇhi. Añño ‘puthulaṃ caturassaṃ eta’nti āha. Aparo ‘kahāpaṇo eso’ti āha. Atha naṃ āharitvā mātu adāsi. Sā kamme upanesi.
其中,当众多村童在巷中玩耍而坐时,应视为有分心生起。当铜钱碰到手时,应视为所缘撞击净色。当说“这是什么?”时,应视为唯作意界执取所缘而令有分转动。当说“这是白色的”时,应视为眼识完成看的作用。当连沙土紧握时,应视为异熟意界领受所缘。当说“这是宽的、四方的”时,应视为异熟意识界推度所缘。当说“这是铜钱”时,应视为唯作意识界确定所缘。当母亲拿去使用时,应知是速行在体验所缘之味。显示巴利原文
Tattha sambahulānaṃ dārakānaṃ antaravīthiyaṃ kīḷantānaṃ nisinnakālo viya bhavaṅgacittappavatti daṭṭhabbā. Kahāpaṇassa hatthe paṭihatakālo viya ārammaṇena pasādassa ghaṭṭitakālo. ‘Kiṃ nu kho eta’nti vuttakālo viya taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅgassa āvaṭṭitakālo. ‘Paṇḍaraṃ eta’nti vuttakālo viya cakkhuviññāṇena dassanakiccassa sādhitakālo. Saha paṃsunā gāḷhaṃ gahitakālo viya vipākamanodhātuyā ārammaṇassa sampaṭicchitakālo. ‘Puthulaṃ caturassaṃ eta’nti vuttakālo viya vipākamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa santīraṇakālo. ‘Eso kahāpaṇo’ti vuttakālo viya kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇassa vavatthāpitakālo. Mātarā kamme upanītakālo viya javanassa ārammaṇarasānubhavanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
此比喻说明什么?说明唯作意界不曾见而令有分转动,异熟意界不曾见而领受,异熟意识界不曾见而推度,唯作意识界不曾见而确定,速行不曾见而体验所缘之味。然而,唯独眼识确实完成看的作用。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ opammaṃ kiṃ dīpeti? Kiriyamanodhātu adisvāva bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti, vipākamanodhātu adisvāva sampaṭicchati, vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu adisvāva santīreti, kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātu adisvāva vavatthāpeti, javanaṃ adisvāva ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhoti. Ekantena pana cakkhuviññāṇameva dassanakiccaṃ sādhetīti dīpeti.
“Ambo koliyakena cā”一句,是指前文所说的芒果喻与甘蔗屋主人喻而说。显示巴利原文
‘Ambo koliyakena cā’ti, idaṃ heṭṭhā vuttaṃ ambopamañca ucchusālāsāmikopamañca sandhāya vuttaṃ.
“Jaccandho pīṭhasappī cā”者:据说这两人曾一同坐在城门处的厅堂里。当时,跛者对盲者说:“朋友盲者,你为何在这里困苦游荡?某处地方丰足,饮食又多,何不到那里安乐度日呢?”盲者说:“你既然告诉了我,你自己为什么不去那里安乐生活?”跛者说:“我没有脚,不能去。”盲者说:“我也没有眼,不能看。”跛者便说:“既然如此,你的脚还在,我的眼还在。”两人都说“好”,同意之后,盲者便将跛者背在肩上。跛者坐在他的肩头,用左手搂住他的头,以右手指着路说:“这里有树根拦路,这里有石头,向左避开,往右走;向右避开,往左走。”就这样,盲者有脚,跛者有眼,两者配合,得以到达想去的地方,安乐度日。显示巴利原文
‘Jaccandho pīṭhasappī cā’ti, ubhopi kira te nagaradvāre sālāyaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tattha pīṭhasappī āha – ‘bho andhaka, kasmā tvaṃ idha sussamāno vicarasi, asuko padeso subhikkho bahvannapāno, kiṃ tattha gantvā sukhena jīvituṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti? ‘Mayhaṃ tāva tayā ācikkhitaṃ, tuyhaṃ pana tattha gantvā sukhena jīvituṃ kiṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti? ‘Mayhaṃ gantuṃ pādā natthī’ti. ‘Mayhampi passituṃ cakkhūni natthī’ti. ‘Yadi evaṃ, tava pādā hontu, mama cakkhūnī’ti ubhopi ‘sādhū’ti sampaṭicchitvā jaccandho pīṭhasappiṃ khandhaṃ āropesi. So tassa khandhe nisīditvā vāmahatthenassa sīsaṃ parikkhipitvā dakkhiṇahatthena ‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne mūlaṃ āvaritvā ṭhitaṃ, imasmiṃ pāsāṇo, vāmaṃ muñca dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇha, dakkhiṇaṃ muñca vāmaṃ gaṇhā’ti maggaṃ niyametvā ācikkhati. Evaṃ jaccandhassa pādā pīṭhasappissa cakkhūnīti ubhopi sampayogena icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā sukhena jīviṃsu.
这里,生盲者好比色身,跛者好比非色身。当跛者不在时,盲者无法生起向前行进的动作,正如色法若没有非色法,便不能实现执取、执持和动转。当盲者不在时,跛者也生不起向前行进的动作,正如在五蕴有中,如果没有非色法,色法便不能转起。两者会合、到达所欲之处并安乐生活的时刻,就如同色法与非色法相互结合,方有可能在一切作用中转起。这一问答是依于五蕴有而说。显示巴利原文
Tattha jaccandho viya rūpakāyo, pīṭhasappī viya arūpakāyo. Pīṭhasappinā vinā jaccandhassa disaṃ gantuṃ gamanābhisaṅkhārassa anibbattitakālo viya rūpassa arūpena vinā ādānagahaṇacopanaṃ pāpetuṃ asamatthatā. Jaccandhena vinā pīṭhasappissa disaṃ gantuṃ gamanābhisaṅkhārassa appavattanaṃ viya pañcavokāre rūpaṃ, vinā arūpassa appavatti. Dvinnampi sampayogena icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā sukhena jīvitakālo viya rūpārūpadhammānaṃ aññamaññayogena sabbakiccesu pavattisambhāvoti. Ayaṃ pañho pañcavokārabhavavasena kathito.
“Visayaggāho”者,即眼根执取色境,耳等诸根执取声等所缘。显示巴利原文
‘Visayaggāho’ cāti, cakkhu rūpavisayaṃ gaṇhāti. Sotādīni saddādivisaye.
“Upanissayamatthaso”者,指“依缘”与“义”两方面。其中,因眼根未损坏、诸色现前、依于光明、以作意为因,眼识与相应诸法由四缘而生。在此,死者眼根已坏;活者眼根虽未灭,若被胆汁、痰或血所障碍,便不成为识缘,是谓“损坏”;堪为识缘者,名为“未损坏”。耳等诸根亦同此理。然而,即使眼根未损坏,若外部的色所缘未现前,眼识亦不生;若已现前而无光明为依,亦不生;若光明已具,而作意界未令有分转向,亦不生。唯有转向时,眼识方得生起,且必与相应诸法俱生。如是,眼识借此四缘而生。显示巴利原文
‘Upanissayamatthaso’ti, ‘upanissayato’ ca ‘atthato’ ca. Tattha asambhinnattā cakkhussa, āpāthagatattā rūpānaṃ, ālokasannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha matassāpi cakkhu sambhinnaṃ hoti. Jīvato niruddhampi, pittena vā semhena vā ruhirena vā palibuddhampi, cakkhuviññāṇassa paccayo bhavituṃ asakkontaṃ ‘sambhinnaṃ’ nāma hoti. Sakkontaṃ asambhinnaṃ nāma. Sotādīsupi eseva nayo. Cakkhusmiṃ pana asambhinnepi bahiddhā rūpārammaṇe āpāthaṃ anāgacchante cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nuppajjati. Tasmiṃ pana āpāthaṃ āgacchantepi ālokasannissaye asati nuppajjati. Tasmiṃ santepi kiriyamanodhātuyā bhavaṅge anāvaṭṭite nuppajjati. Āvaṭṭiteyeva uppajjati. Evaṃ uppajjamānaṃ sampayuttadhammehi saddhiṃyeva uppajjati. Iti ime cattāro paccaye labhitvā uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ (ma. ni. 1.306 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).
由于耳根未坏、诸声现前、依于虚空、以作意为因,耳识与相应诸法由四缘而生。其中,“依于虚空”者,谓耳识须以虚空为依方能生起,非离此能生——耳孔若被塞住,耳识便不转起。余如前理可知。此理此处如是,余处亦然,唯差别处另作说明。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnattā sotassa, āpāthagatattā saddānaṃ, ākāsasannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘ākāsasannissita’nti ākāsasannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na vinā tena. Na hi pihitakaṇṇacchiddassa sotaviññāṇaṃ pavattati. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Yathā cettha evaṃ ito paresupi. Visesamattaṃ pana vakkhāma.
因鼻根未坏、香尘现前、以风为依、以作意为缘,鼻识与相应诸法由四缘而生。其中“以风为依”的意思是:唯当风进入鼻腔时方得生起,若无风便不生。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnattā ghānassa, āpāthagatattā gandhānaṃ, vāyosannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ , saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘vāyosannissita’nti ghānabilaṃ vāyumhi pavisanteyeva uppajjati, tasmiṃ asati nuppajjatīti attho.
因舌根未坏、味尘现前、以水为依、以作意为缘,舌识与相应诸法由四缘而生。其中“以水为依”的意思是:唯依于舌中的水方得生起,非离水而生。若舌干燥者,即使将干硬之食置于舌上,舌识亦不生。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnattā jivhāya, āpāthagatattā rasānaṃ, āposannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati jivhāviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘āposannissita’nti jivhātemanaṃ āpaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na vinā tena. Sukkhajivhānañhi sukkhakhādanīye jivhāya ṭhapitepi jivhāviññāṇaṃ nuppajjateva.
因身根未坏、触尘现前、以地为依、以作意为缘,身识与相应诸法由四缘而生。其中“以地为依”的意思是:唯获得以身净色为缘的地界所依,方能生起,非离彼而生。因为在身门中,外来的所缘大种撞击内在身净色后,会在作为净色之缘的大种上引发冲击。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnattā kāyassa, āpāthagatattā phoṭṭhabbānaṃ, pathavisannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘pathavisannissita’nti kāyapasādapaccayaṃ pathavisannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na tena vinā. Kāyadvārasmiñhi bahiddhāmahābhūtārammaṇaṃ ajjhattikaṃ kāyapasādaṃ ghaṭṭetvā pasādapaccayesu mahābhūtesu paṭihaññati.
由于意未损坏、诸法已现前、依于所依、以作意为因,意识与相应诸法由四缘而生。此中,“意”指有分心。即使它已灭,或虽正转起但因力量微劣而不能成为转向心之缘,即名为“损坏”;而能成为转向心之缘者,则名为“未损坏”。“诸法已现前”是说所缘法已呈现在意门。“依于所依”是指要依于心所依处为依止方能生起,并非离彼而生,此义也通于五蕴有而说。“以作意为因”的意思是:唯有当唯作意界令有分转向时,意识才得以生起。以上是“依缘与义”中关于依缘的解释。显示巴利原文
Asambhinnattā manassa, āpāthagatattā dhammānaṃ, vatthusannissitaṃ, manasikārahetukaṃ catūhi paccayehi uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ, saddhiṃ sampayuttadhammehi. Tattha ‘mano’ti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Taṃ niruddhampi, āvajjanacittassa paccayo bhavituṃ asamatthaṃ mandathāmagatameva pavattamānampi, sambhinnaṃ nāma hoti. Āvajjanassa pana paccayo bhavituṃ samatthaṃ asambhinnaṃ nāma. ‘Āpāthagatattā dhammāna’nti dhammārammaṇe āpāthagate. ‘Vatthusannissita’nti hadayavatthusannissayaṃ laddhāva uppajjati, na tena vinā. Ayampi pañho pañcavokārabhavaṃ sandhāya kathito. ‘Manasikārahetuka’nti kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātuyā bhavaṅge āvaṭṭiteyeva uppajjatīti attho. Ayaṃ tāva ‘upanissayamatthaso’ti ettha upanissayavaṇṇanā.
就“义”而言,眼以见为义,耳以闻为义,鼻以嗅为义,舌以尝为义,身以触为义,意以识知为义。其中,见即是眼之义,因为眼应藉由见得以成就,故说“以见为义”。其余诸处也依此理类推。至此,依三藏小那伽长老之论,十六行相道已结束,连同十二行相道及无因八事。显示巴利原文
‘Atthato’ pana cakkhu dassanatthaṃ, sotaṃ savanatthaṃ, ghānaṃ ghāyanatthaṃ, jivhā sāyanatthā, kāyo phusanattho , mano vijānanattho. Tattha dassanaṃ attho assa. Tañhi tena nipphādetabbanti dassanatthaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ettāvatā tipiṭakacūḷanāgattheravāde soḷasakamaggo niṭṭhito, saddhiṃ dvādasakamaggena ceva ahetukaṭṭhakena cāti.
现在,在摩罗瓦比寺住者大达多长老的论中,说到十二行相道。其中,关于萨给塔问题、优萨达因缘等的说明一如往常。然而,这位长老看到了无行和有行中的过失,便说:“无行唯给予无行之果报,不给予有行;有行也唯给予有行之果报,不给予无行。”并且,他并非依速行来论心的定律,而是依所缘来论受的定律。由此,在他的果报分类中,便产生了名为十二行相道的说法;十行相道及无因八事也含摄在其中。显示巴利原文
Idāni moravāpīvāsīmahādattattheravāde dvādasakamaggakathā hoti. Tattha sāketapañhaussadakittanahetukittanāni pākatikāneva. Ayaṃ pana thero asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikesu dosaṃ disvā ‘asaṅkhārikaṃ asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ deti, no sasaṅkhārikaṃ; sasaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikameva no asaṅkhārika’nti āha. Javanena cesa cittaniyāmaṃ na katheti. Ārammaṇena pana vedanāniyāmaṃ katheti. Tenassa vipākuddhāre dvādasakamaggo nāma jāto. Dasakamaggopi, ahetukaṭṭhakampi ettheva paviṭṭhaṃ.
这里的方法是:当以喜俱三因无行心造业时,对于以同类果报心结生并已成长者,眼门中有可意所缘现前,依前面所说的道理就有三个空转。于此,善心有四种喜俱心,不善心有四种,唯作心有五种——在这十三种心当中,以其中某心完成速行之后,在彼所缘安立时,或安立为喜俱无行三因心,或安立为二因心。这样,在其眼门之内,眼识等三心与彼所缘二心,共有五心纳入了计数。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikacittena hi kamme āyūhite tādiseneva vipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthagate heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Tassa kusalato cattāri somanassasahagatāni, akusalato cattāri, kiriyato pañcāti imesaṃ terasannaṃ cittānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne tadārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhahamānaṃ somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikatihetukacittampi duhetukacittampi patiṭṭhāti. Evamassa cakkhudvāre cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, tadārammaṇāni dveti, pañca gaṇanūpagacittāni honti.
不过,依所缘转换感受之后,善心四种、不善心四种、唯作心四种,也就是十二种舍俱心之中,随一速行结束之际,舍俱三因无行果报心及二因无行果报心便作为彼所缘而生起。如此,眼门中的舍俱推度心与这两种彼所缘,共有三种可计入的心;它们和前五种合为八种。耳门等也各是八种,因此以同一思造业时,便有四十八种心生起。若是采取不执取的方式,眼门有八种,耳识等有四种,总共有十二种。其中,“根本有分”、“客有分”以及“芒果譬喻法则”的解说,应依照前文所述来了解。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇena pana vedanaṃ parivattetvā kusalato catunnaṃ, akusalato catunnaṃ, kiriyato catunnanti, dvādasannaṃ upekkhāsahagatacittānaṃ aññatarena javitāvasāne upekkhāsahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikavipākampi duhetukaasaṅkhārikavipākampi tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā uppajjati. Evamassa cakkhudvāre upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ, imāni dve tadārammaṇānīti, tīṇi gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. Tāni purimehi pañcahi saddhiṃ aṭṭha. Sotadvārādīsupi aṭṭha aṭṭhāti ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samacattālīsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre aṭṭha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti, dvādasa honti. Tattha ‘mūlabhavaṅgatā’‘āgantukabhavaṅgatā’‘ambopamaniyāmakathā’ ca vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
以喜俱三因有行善心造业时,或以舍俱三因无行及有行心造业时,道理也是一样。在这里,机械譬喻也同样是常见的。至此,便说明了“由三因业得三因结生”的部分;而“由三因业得二因结生”的部分,则隐而未述。显示巴利原文
Somanassasahagatatihetukasasaṅkhārikakusalacittena kamme āyūhitepi upekkhāsahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikehi kamme āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Tattha yantopamāpi ettha pākatikā eva. Ettāvatā tihetukakammena tihetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito. Tihetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro pana paṭicchanno hutvā gato.
现在说明由二因业而得二因结生的道理。当以喜俱二因无行心造业时,若以同类果报心结生者,在其成长后,当可意所缘现于眼门时,依前述方式,有三次空转。但二因者则无速行作用,因此,于善心四种喜俱、不善心四种——即此八种中任一种速行结束时,唯有二因喜俱无行心成为彼所缘。如是,其眼识等三种,加上此彼所缘,共有四种可计入之心。若为「可意中性所缘」时,善心舍俱四种、不善心四种——即八种中任一种速行结束时,唯有二因舍俱无行心成为彼所缘。如是,其舍俱推度心,与此彼所缘,共有两种可计入之心。此与前四种合为六种。在耳门等中也是如此,各有六种,因此,当以同一思造业时,有三十六种心生起。若以不取执取的方式,则眼门有六种,耳识等各有四种,共十种。芒果譬喻之说仍是共通的。据云,机械譬喻于此不适用。显示巴利原文
Idāni duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhikathā hoti. Somanassasahagataduhetukaasaṅkhārikacittena hi kamme āyūhite tādiseneva vipākacittena gahitapaṭisandhikassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Duhetukassa pana javanakiriyā natthi. Tasmā kusalato cattāri somanassasahagatāni, akusalato cattārīti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne duhetukameva somanassasahagataasaṅkhārikaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Evamassa cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, idañca tadārammaṇanti, cattāri gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ pana kusalato upekkhāsahagatānaṃ catunnaṃ, akusalato catunnanti, aṭṭhannaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne duhetukameva upekkhāsahagataṃ asaṅkhārikaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Evamassa upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ, idañca tadārammaṇanti, dve gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. Tāni purimehi catūhi saddhiṃ cha. Sotadvārādīsupi cha chāti ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite samatiṃsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti dasa honti. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Yantopamā idha na labbhatīti vuttaṃ.
以喜俱二因有行善心造业时,或以舍俱二因无行及有行心造业时,也是同样的道理。至此,已说明由二因业而得二因结生的一节。显示巴利原文
Somanassasahagataduhetukasasaṅkhārikakusalacittena kamme āyūhitepi upekkhāsahagataduhetukaasaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikehi kamme āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Ettāvatā duhetukakammena duhetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro kathito.
然而,关于「得无因结生」一节,应如此了知:当以善心四种智不相应心造业,而以善果报无因意识界舍俱心取得结生时,不应说结生与业相似。从此以后,依前述方式解说,对于可意及可意中性所缘,心的运作方式应被了知。因为在此长老的见解中,是将速行总合于速行之内。其余如「此速行乃由善或不善所决定」等一切论说,都应依前述方式了知。至此,在摩罗瓦比住大达多长老的主张中,十二分道连同十分道及无因八法,已告结束。显示巴利原文
Ahetukapaṭisandhi hotīti vāro pana evaṃ veditabbo – kusalato catūhi ñāṇavippayuttehi kamme āyūhite, kusalavipākāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā upekkhāsahagatāya paṭisandhiyā gahitāya, kammasadisā paṭisandhīti na vattabbā. Ito paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva kathetvā iṭṭhepi iṭṭhamajjhattepi cittappavatti veditabbā. Imassa hi therassa vāde piṇḍajavanaṃ javati. Sesā idaṃ pana javanaṃ kusalatthāya vā akusalatthāya vā ko niyāmetītiādikathā sabbā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāti. Ettāvatā moravāpīvāsīmahādattattheravāde dvādasakamaggo niṭṭhito saddhiṃ dasakamaggena ceva ahetukaṭṭhakena ca.
现在说到大法护长老的主张,其中有十分道之论。其中,萨给塔问难优萨达的记载一如常例。然而在因的记述上有如是差别:三因业能招感三因、二因及无因之果报。二因业不能招感三因之果报,但能招感其余二种。以三因业结生者,必定是三因,不会是二因或无因。以二因业结生者,是二因或无因,不会是三因。无行之业唯招感无行之果,不招感有行之果。有行之业亦唯招感有行之果,不招感无行之果。受则应依所缘而转换。速行仅是速行总合于速行。当从最初开始解说诸心。显示巴利原文
Idāni mahādhammarakkhitattheravāde dasakamaggakathā hoti. Tattha sāketapañhaussadakittanāni pākatikāneva. Hetukittane pana ayaṃ viseso. Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākampi duhetukavipākampi ahetukavipākampi deti. Duhetukakammaṃ tihetukameva na deti, itaraṃ deti. Tihetukakammena paṭisandhi tihetukāva hoti; duhetukāhetukā na hoti. Duhetukakammena duhetukāhetukā hoti, tihetukā na hoti. Asaṅkhārikakammaṃ vipākaṃ asaṅkhārikameva deti, no sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Sasaṅkhārikampi sasaṅkhārikameva deti, no asaṅkhārikaṃ. Ārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Javanaṃ piṇḍajavanameva javati. Ādito paṭṭhāya cittāni kathetabbāni.
于此有如是论说:一人以初善心造业,即依初果心结生。此是与业相似的结生。当他长大成人后,在眼门有‘可爱所缘’呈现时,依前述方式有三种空过刹那。随即,在他依前说之十三种喜俱速行中的某一种速行结束后,初果心便成为彼所缘。它获得‘根本有分’与‘彼所缘’二种名称。如是,他的眼识等三心与此彼所缘,共有四种可计之心。于‘可爱、中等所缘’之时,依前说之十二种舍俱速行中的某一种速行结束后,便生起舍俱三因无行之彼所缘。它获得‘外来有分’与‘彼所缘’二种名称。如是,他的舍俱推度心与此彼所缘,共有二种可计之心。它们与前四种合共为六种。如是,当以一个思心造业时,在五门中生起三十三种心。然而,若取执取未执取之说,则眼门有六种,耳识等各有四种,合为十种而已。芒果譬喻之确定说即如常所述。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ kathā – eko paṭhamakusalacittena kammaṃ āyūhati, paṭhamavipākacitteneva paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāti. Ayaṃ kammasadisā paṭisandhi. Tassa vuḍḍhippattassa cakkhudvāre ‘iṭṭhārammaṇe’ āpāthagate vuttanayeneva tayo moghavārā honti. Athassa heṭṭhā vuttānaṃ terasannaṃ somanassasahagatajavanānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne paṭhamavipākacittameva tadārammaṇaṃ hoti. Taṃ ‘mūlabhavaṅgaṃ’ ‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamassa cakkhuviññāṇādīni tīṇi, idañca tadārammaṇanti, cattāri gaṇanūpagacittāni honti. ‘Iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe’ heṭṭhā vuttānaṃyeva dvādasannaṃ upekkhāsahagatajavanānaṃ aññatarena javitapariyosāne upekkhāsahagataṃ tihetukaṃ asaṅkhārikacittaṃ tadārammaṇatāya pavattati. Taṃ ‘āgantukabhavaṅgaṃ’‘tadārammaṇa’nti dve nāmāni labhati. Evamassa upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇaṃ idañca tadārammaṇanti dve gaṇanūpagacittāni. Tāni purimehi catūhi saddhiṃ cha honti. Evaṃ ekāya cetanāya kamme āyūhite pañcasu dvāresu samatiṃsa cittāni uppajjanti. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana cakkhudvāre cha, sotaviññāṇādīni cattārīti dasa honti. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikāyeva.
以第二、第三、第四善心造业时,也有等量的果报心生起。以四种舍俱善心造业时,理亦相同。然在此处,当先显示可爱、中等所缘,而后以可爱所缘转换感受。芒果譬喻之确定说即如常所述。机关譬喻则未能得见。从‘然则以善的四种智不相应心中的某一种造业’开始,应详为解说一切,并述无因八种。至此,大法护长老论中的十支道,连同无因八种,已告圆满。显示巴利原文
Dutiyatatiyacatutthakusalacittehi kamme āyūhitepi ettakāneva vipākacittāni honti. Catūhi upekkhāsahagatacittehi āyūhitepi eseva nayo. Idha pana paṭhamaṃ iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇaṃ dassetabbaṃ. Pacchā iṭṭhārammaṇena vedanā parivattetabbā. Ambopamaniyāmakathā pākatikā eva. Yantopamā na labbhati. ‘Kusalato pana catunnaṃ ñāṇavippayuttānaṃ aññatarena kamme āyūhite’ti ito paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ vitthāretvā ahetukaṭṭhakaṃ kathetabbaṃ. Ettāvatā mahādhammarakkhitattheravāde dasakamaggo niṭṭhito hoti, saddhiṃ ahetukaṭṭhakenāti.
那么,这三位长老中,应当采纳哪一位的说法呢?不应绝对地只取某一位。而应从所有人的说法中,采纳合理之处。在第一说中,有行与无行的区分,是基于缘的差别而安立的。因此,这一说采纳的是:无行善业由弱缘所生,而得有行果报;有行善业由强缘所生,而得无行果报。并且,虽然唯作速行也可得,却将其舍置,而以善速行确定彼所缘,再以彼所缘确定受,依有学与凡夫而开示了十六支道。然而,在这一说中,于不善速行结束时,只显示了无因果报作为彼所缘,这在其余两说中并未显示。因此,其他两说中所说的有因果报,在此处也完全可得。此中有这样的道理:当善速行之间偶尔生起不善速行时,在善速行结束时,彼所缘即与所习行的速行相顺;在不善速行结束时,有因的彼所缘是合理的。当连续唯有不善速行时,彼所缘则为无因。如此,在第一说中应采纳合理之处。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ therānaṃ katarassa vādo gahetabboti? Na kassaci ekaṃsena. Sabbesaṃ pana vādesu yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Paṭhamavādasmiñhi sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhāravidhānaṃ paccayabhedato adhippetaṃ. Tenettha , asaṅkhārikakusalassa dubbalapaccayehi uppannaṃ sasaṅkhārikavipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikakusalassa balavapaccayehi uppannaṃ asaṅkhārikavipākañca gahetvā, labbhamānānipi kiriyajavanāni pahāya, kusalajavanena tadārammaṇaṃ ārammaṇena ca vedanaṃ niyāmetvā, sekkhaputhujjanavasena soḷasakamaggo kathito. Yaṃ panettha akusalajavanāvasāne ahetukavipākameva tadārammaṇaṃ dassitaṃ, taṃ itaresu na dassitameva. Tasmā taṃ tattha tesu vuttaṃ sahetukavipākañca, etthāpi sabbamidaṃ labbhateva. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – yadā hi kusalajavanānaṃ antarantarā akusalaṃ javati, tadā kusalāvasāne āciṇṇasadisameva, akusalāvasāne sahetukaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ yuttaṃ. Yadā nirantaraṃ akusalameva tadā ahetukaṃ. Evaṃ tāva paṭhamavāde yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ.
在第二说中,也是从善而安立了有行与无行的区分。因此,这一说采纳的是:无行善业唯有无行果报,有行善业唯有有行果报。并且,不以速行来决定彼所缘,而是仅依总括一切速行的方式,开示了有学、无学与凡夫皆可生起的十二支道。然而,在这一说中,于三因速行结束时,三因的彼所缘是合理的;于二因速行结束时,二因的彼所缘是合理的;于无因速行结束时,无因的彼所缘是合理的,只是未加区分而说。如此,在第二说中应采纳合理之处。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavāde pana kusalato sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhāravidhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tenettha asaṅkhārikakusalassa asaṅkhārikameva vipākaṃ, sasaṅkhārikakusalassa ca sasaṅkhārikameva gahetvā, javanena tadārammaṇaniyāmaṃ akatvā, sabbesampi sekkhāsekkhaputhujjanānaṃ uppattiraho piṇḍajavanavaseneva dvādasakamaggo kathito. Tihetukajavanāvasāne panettha tihetukaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ yuttaṃ. Duhetukajavanāvasāne duhetukaṃ, ahetukajavanāvasāne ahetukaṃ bhājetvā pana na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ dutiyavāde yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ.
在第三说中,同样是从善而安立了无行与有行的区分。然而,根据‘三因业能给予三因果报、二因果报及无因果报’的说法,对于无行三因结生者,也应当有无行二因心作为彼所缘的情况。但此说没有显示这一点,而只显示了与业因相似的彼所缘。这与前面关于因的解说在见解上并不相符。它纯粹是为了阐明十支道而说。不过,其余的情形确实也是可得而存在的。如此,在第三说中亦应采纳合理之处。而且,这整个彼所缘之论,都是针对能引生结生的业之果报而说的。然而,根据‘有因有分以无间缘为无因有分之缘’(《发趣论》3.1.102)的说法,由不同的业,即使无因结生者也能生起有因果报的彼所缘。其生起方式将在《大论》中阐明。显示巴利原文
Tatiyavādepi kusalatova asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravidhānaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘Tihetukakammaṃ tihetukavipākampi duhetukavipākampi ahetukavipākampi detī’ti pana vacanato asaṅkhārikatihetukapaṭisandhikassa asaṅkhārikaduhetukenapi tadārammaṇena bhavitabbaṃ. Taṃ adassetvā hetusadisameva tadārammaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Taṃ purimāya hetukittanaladdhiyā na yujjati. Kevalaṃ dasakamaggavibhāvanatthameva vuttaṃ. Itarampi pana labbhateva. Evaṃ tatiyavādepi yuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ayañca sabbāpi paṭisandhijanakasseva kammassa vipākaṃ sandhāya tadārammaṇakathā. ‘Sahetukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ ahetukassa bhavaṅgassa anantarapaccayena paccayo’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.1.102) vacanato pana nānākammena ahetukapaṭisandhikassāpi sahetukavipākaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ uppajjati. Tassa uppattividhānaṃ mahāpakaraṇe āvi bhavissatīti.
色界无色界果报论显示巴利原文
Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaravipākakathā
499 如今,为显示色界等之果报,再开演“哪些法是无记”等。其中,因为欲界果报既有与相应善法相似的,也有不相似的,所以并未将其作为随顺善而加以分别。然而,色界与无色界的果报,犹如象、马、山等的影子与象等自身相似一般,唯与相应善法相似,故作为随顺善而分别。再者,欲界业有时给予果报,而色界与无色界业则无有障碍地、即在下一生中便给予果报,因此也作为随顺善而分别。其余可依前文善法中所说的方法了知。不过,此处有差别:道支等的分类以及劣、胜、中等状态,应依禅那的证得了知。又,这些(色界、无色界善心)以欲等中的某一法为增上而生起,故只是无有主宰的。显示巴利原文
499. Idāni rūpāvacarādivipākaṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha yasmā kāmāvacaravipākaṃ attano kusalena sadisampi hoti, asadisampi, tasmā na taṃ kusalānugatikaṃ katvā bhājitaṃ. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaravipākaṃ pana yathā hatthiassapabbatādīnaṃ chāyā hatthiādisadisāva honti, tathā attano kusalasadisameva hotīti kusalānugatikaṃ katvā bhājitaṃ. Kāmāvacarakammañca yadā kadāci vipākaṃ deti, rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ pana anantarāyena, dutiyasmiṃyeva attabhāve, vipākaṃ detītipi kusalānugatikameva katvā bhājitaṃ. Sesaṃ kusale vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paṭipadādibhedo ca hīnapaṇītamajjhimabhāvo ca etesu jhānāgamanato veditabbo. Chandādīnaṃ pana aññataraṃ dhuraṃ katvā anuppādanīyattā niradhipatikāneva etānīti.
出世间果报论显示巴利原文
Lokuttaravipākakathā
505 出世间的果报亦因与善法相似,故依随顺善法而分别。然而,由于三地善法以死与结生的方式积聚、增长轮回,因此于彼处说为“已作、已积累”。而出世间法则即使被彼所积累,也能予以削减,且自身不以死与结生的方式积累,故此处不说“已作、已积累”,而说“已作、已修习”。显示巴利原文
505. Lokuttaravipākampi kusalasadisattā kusalānugatikameva katvā bhājitaṃ. Yasmā pana tebhūmakakusalaṃ cutipaṭisandhivasena vaṭṭaṃ ācināti vaḍḍheti, tasmā tattha katattā upacitattāti vuttaṃ. Lokuttaraṃ pana tena ācitampi apacināti, sayampi cutipaṭisandhivasena na ācināti, tenettha ‘katattā upacitattā’ti avatvā katattā bhāvitattāti vuttaṃ.
关于“空”等,首先,“道”由三种原因而得名:从来源、从功德、从所缘。此于前面善法章节中已详细说明。其中,依经教方式,既从功德也从所缘而得名,因为那属于方便说。而阿毗达摩论则是非方便说,因此在此处不从功德或所缘而得名,唯从来源而得名。来源才是关键。来源有两种:观来源与道来源。显示巴利原文
Suññatantiādīsu ‘maggo’ tāva ‘āgamanato saguṇato ārammaṇatoti tīhi kāraṇehi nāmaṃ labhatī’ti, idaṃ heṭṭhā kusalādhikāre vitthāritaṃ. Tattha suttantikapariyāyena saguṇatopi ārammaṇatopi nāmaṃ labhati. Pariyāyadesanā hesā. Abhidhammakathā pana nippariyāyadesanā. Tasmā idha saguṇato vā ārammaṇato vā nāmaṃ na labhati, āgamanatova labhati. Āgamanameva hi dhuraṃ. Taṃ duvidhaṃ hoti – vipassanāgamanaṃ maggāgamananti.
其中,在道所来之处,以观之行相生起为关键;在果所来之处,则以道之行相生起为关键——此义前文已述。此处是就果所来之处而言,故应知此处以道之行相生起为关键。而此道由行相生起而得名为‘空’后,又从其功德及所缘而被称为‘无相’与‘无愿’。因此,它自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果三个名称。如何赋予?此纯依行相生起而得名的‘空道’,自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘空’之名称。‘空无相道’自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘无相’之名称。‘空无愿道’自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘无愿’之名称。然而,这三个名称唯依此理在道心之后的果心中获得,而非在后时以转起果等至的形式获得。在后时,能以无常等三种观进行观察。那时,依出起观之力,生起称为无相、无愿、空的三种果。它们的所缘即是那些行法。无常随观等智,称为随顺智。显示巴利原文
Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne vipassanāgamanaṃ dhuraṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ dhuranti, idampi heṭṭhā vuttameva. Tesu idaṃ phalassa āgataṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā idha maggāgamanaṃ dhuranti veditabbaṃ. So panesa maggo āgamanato ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ labhitvā saguṇato ca ārammaṇato ca ‘animitto’‘appaṇihito’tipi vuccati. Tasmā sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa tīṇi nāmāni deti. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi suddhāgamanavaseneva laddhanāmo ‘suññatamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Suññataanimittamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘animitta’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Suññataappaṇihitamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. Imāni pana tīṇi nāmāni maggānantare phalacittasmiṃyeva iminā nayena labbhanti, no aparabhāge vaḷañjanakaphalasamāpattiyā. Aparabhāge pana aniccatādīhi tīhi vipassanāhi vipassituṃ sakkoti. Athassa vuṭṭhitavuṭṭhitavipassanāvasena animittaappaṇihitasuññatasaṅkhātāni tīṇi phalāni uppajjanti. Tesaṃ tāneva saṅkhārārammaṇāni. Aniccānupassanādīni ñāṇāni anulomañāṇāni nāma honti.
而此于空道中所说之理,于无愿道中亦同。此纯依行相生起而得名的‘无愿道’,自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘无愿’之名称。‘无愿无相道’自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘无相’之名称。‘无愿空道’自己安立于所来之处,赋予自果‘空’之名称。这三个名称亦唯依此理在道心之后的果心中获得,而非在后时以转起果等至的形式获得。如是,于此果报分别中,应知善心有三倍的果报心。显示巴利原文
Yo cāyaṃ suññatamagge vutto. Appaṇihitamaggepi eseva nayo. Ayampi hi suddhāgamanavasena laddhanāmo ‘appaṇihitamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘appaṇihita’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Appaṇihitaanimittamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘animitta’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. ‘Appaṇihitasuññatamaggo’ sayaṃ āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā attano phalassa nāmaṃ dadamāno ‘suññata’nti nāmaṃ akāsi. Imānipi tīṇi nāmāni maggānantare phalacittasmiṃyeva iminā nayena labbhanti, na aparabhāge vaḷañjanakaphalasamāpattiyāti. Evaṃ imasmiṃ vipākaniddese kusalacittehi tiguṇāni vipākacittāni veditabbāni.
然而,如同三地善法不能令自果获得增上一般,出世间善法则不如此。何以故?因为三地善法的积累之时与异熟之时不同,以其不同故,它们不能令自果获得增上。而出世间善法,则因彼信、彼精进、彼念、彼定、彼慧尚未止息,无有差错、无有失误,于道心之后即刻获得果报,因此能令自果获得增上。显示巴利原文
Yathā pana tebhūmakakusalāni attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkonti, na evaṃ lokuttarakusalāni. Kasmā? Tebhūmakakusalānañhi añño āyūhanakālo añño vipaccanakālo. Tena tāni attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkonti. Lokuttarāni pana tāya saddhāya, tasmiṃ vīriye, tāya satiyā, tasmiṃ samādhimhi, tāya paññāya avūpasantāya , apaṇṇakaṃ aviraddhaṃ maggānantarameva vipākaṃ paṭilabhanti, tena attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ sakkonti.
譬如小火所在之处,火焰才刚熄灭,热气便消散无余;然而,当扑灭了炽燃的大火堆后,即便涂上牛粪,热气也仍然不得平息。同样的道理,三地善法中,业的刹那与异熟的刹那各不相同,如同小火之处热气息灭的情形。因此,它不能令自果获得增上。而出世间法则因信……慧等尚未止息,于道之后即刻生起果,故应知其能令自果获得增上。因此,古德说:‘除出世间外,果报中无增上。’显示巴利原文
Yathā hi parittakassa aggino gataṭṭhāne aggismiṃ nibbutamatteyeva uṇhākāro nibbāyitvā kiñci na hoti, mahantaṃ pana ādittaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetvā gomayaparibhaṇḍe katepi uṇhākāro avūpasantova hoti, evameva tebhūmakakusale añño kammakkhaṇo añño vipākakkhaṇo parittaaggiṭṭhāne uṇhabhāvanibbutakālo viya hoti. Tasmā taṃ attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Lokuttare pana tāya saddhāya…pe… tāya paññāya avūpasantāya, maggānantarameva phalaṃ uppajjati, tasmā taṃ attano vipākaṃ adhipatiṃ labhāpetīti veditabbaṃ. Tenāhu porāṇā – ‘vipāke adhipati natthi ṭhapetvā lokuttara’nti.
555 在第四果的解义中,“已知根”是指:对于已知者──即已于四谛中完成智之作用者,此根即为其根;或者,对于已于四谛中完成其作用、已了知四谛、已通达而安住者,在相应诸法中,依根的意义而成就的根。在释词中,“已知者”指已了达而住者。“诸法”指相应诸法之中。“已知”即了知,所谓慧、知等,如前所述。“道支”“道所摄”,意指属于果道之支,以及摄于果道中,这便是此处的意思。显示巴利原文
555. Catutthaphalaniddese aññātāvindriyanti aññātāvino catūsu saccesu niṭṭhitañāṇakiccassa indriyaṃ, aññātāvīnaṃ vā catūsu saccesu niṭṭhitakiccānaṃ cattāri saccāni ñatvā paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitānaṃ dhammānaṃ abbhantare indaṭṭhasādhanena indriyaṃ. Niddesavārepissa aññātāvīnanti ājānitvā ṭhitānaṃ. Dhammānanti sampayuttadhammānaṃ abbhantare. Aññāti ājānanā, paññā pajānanātiādīni vuttatthāneva. Maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannanti phalamaggassa aṅgaṃ, phalamagge ca pariyāpannanti attho.
这里另有一项杂集:一根去一处,一根去六处,一根去一处。即:一根“未知当知根”去一处──入流道;一根“已知根”去六处──下分三果、上分三道;一根“具知根”去一处──阿罗汉果。于一切道果中,依义而言各有八根,故说为六十四出世间根;而依圣典,则各立九根,成为七十二根。于道,说为“道支”;于果,亦为道支。于道,说为“觉支”;于果,亦为觉支。于道刹那,说为“远离、离欲”;于果刹那,亦为远离、离欲。其中,道即以道性而为道;果则依于道而得名;亦可说果支属于果所摄。于道,是觉者的支分,故为“正觉支”;于果,是已觉者的支分,故亦为“正觉支”。于道,唯以远离、离欲而说为远离、离欲;于果,则以已远离、已离欲而说。显示巴利原文
Apicettha idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ – ekaṃ indriyaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, ekaṃ cha ṭhānāni gacchati, ekaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati. Ekañhi ‘anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ’ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati sotāpattimaggaṃ. Ekaṃ ‘aññindriyaṃ’ heṭṭhā tīṇi phalāni, upari tayo maggeti cha ṭhānāni gacchati. Ekaṃ ‘aññātāvindriyaṃ’ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati arahattaphalaṃ. Sabbesupi maggaphalesu atthato aṭṭha aṭṭha indriyānīti catusaṭṭhi lokuttarindriyāni kathitāni. Pāḷito pana nava nava katvā dvāsattati honti. Magge maggaṅganti vuttaṃ. Phalepi maggaṅgaṃ. Magge bojjhaṅgoti vutto phalepi bojjhaṅgo. Maggakkhaṇe ārati viratīti vuttā phalakkhaṇepi ārati viratīti. Tattha maggo maggabhāveneva maggo, phalaṃ pana maggaṃ upādāya maggo nāma; phalaṅgaṃ phalapariyāpannanti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Magge bujjhanakassa aṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo, phale buddhassa aṅgoti sambojjhaṅgo. Magge āramaṇaviramaṇavaseneva ārati virati. Phale pana ārativirativasenāti.
不善果报论显示巴利原文
Akusalavipākakathā
556 自此以下为不善果报:眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识五种,意界一种,意识界一种,这七种心——无论依经还是依义,都与前面所述同类的善果报心相似。显示巴利原文
556. Ito parāni akusalavipākāni – pañca cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni, ekā manodhātu, ekā manoviññāṇadhātūti imāni satta cittāni – pāḷito ca atthato ca heṭṭhā vuttehi tādiseheva kusalavipākacittehi sadisāni.
只是那些心以善业为缘,这些心则以不善业为缘。那些心于可爱、不可爱、中舍的所缘中运转,这些心则于不可爱、不可爱中舍的所缘中运转。那里有乐俱身识,这里则有苦俱身识。那里,舍俱意识界在人中,以生盲等的结生为起始,于五种处所生起。而在这里,当造下十一种不善业(即所谓十不善业思)时,取业、业相、趣相中的某一种为所缘,于四恶趣中结生而生起;从结生之后的第二心刹那开始,尽形寿作有分心;以不可爱、不可爱中舍的所缘,在五门路中作确定心;于强所缘的六门中作彼所缘;于死时作死心——如是,唯于这五处生起。显示巴利原文
Kevalañhi tāni kusalakammapaccayāni imāni akusalakammapaccayāni. Tāni ca iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattesu ārammaṇesu vattanti, imāni aniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattesu. Tattha ca sukhasahagataṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ, idha dukkhasahagataṃ . Tattha ca upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu manussesu jaccandhādīnaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ādiṃ katvā pañcasu ṭhānesu vipaccati. Idha pana ekādasavidhenāpi akusalacittena kamme āyūhite kammakammanimittagatinimittesu aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā catūsu apāyesu paṭisandhi hutvā vipaccati; dutiyavārato paṭṭhāya yāvatāyukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ hutvā, aniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇāya pañcaviññāṇavīthiyā santīraṇaṃ hutvā, balavārammaṇe chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā, maraṇakāle cuti hutvāti, evaṃ pañcasu eva ṭhānesu vipaccatīti.
唯作无记之解释显示巴利原文
Kiriyābyākatavaṇṇanā
566 现在,为了分别显示唯作无记,而开示“复次,哪些法是无记”等。其中,“唯作”即仅仅是造作。因为在一切唯作心中,未达到速行状态的,犹如风中花;达到速行状态的,犹如截断根株的树之花,不结果实,唯依各自的作用而转起,故说“唯作”。在“非善非不善”等处,因无称为善根的善因,故“非善”;因无称为不善根的不善因,故“非不善”;因无称为如理作意与不如理作意的善、不善缘,故“非善非不善”;因无称为善、不善的生因,故非业异熟。显示巴利原文
566. Idāni kiriyābyākataṃ bhājetvā dassetuṃ puna katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha kiriyāti karaṇamattaṃ. Sabbesuyeva hi kiriyacittesu yaṃ javanabhāvaṃ appattaṃ taṃ vātapupphaṃ viya. Yaṃ javanabhāvappattaṃ taṃ chinnamūlakarukkhapupphaṃ viya aphalaṃ hoti, taṃtaṃ kiccasādhanavasena pavattattā pana karaṇamattameva hoti. Tasmā kiriyāti vuttaṃ. Nevakusalānākusalātiādīsu kusalamūlasaṅkhātassa kusalahetuno abhāvā ‘nevakusalā’; akusalamūlasaṅkhātassa akusalahetuno abhāvā ‘nevaakusalā’; yonisomanasikāraayonisomanasikārasaṅkhātānampi kusalākusalapaccayānaṃ abhāvā ‘nevakusalānākusalā’. Kusalākusalasaṅkhātassa janakahetuno abhāvā nevakammavipākā.
在此,于心一境性的解说中,仅有转起与住立的状态可得。在眼等五识、三种意界、三种意识界及疑俱——这十七种心中,由于心力微弱,不得住立、安住等。其余一切,除生起之处外,当依果报意界解说中所说的方法而了知。因为彼心于五识之后生起,而此心则在五门转起时,先于一切而生起。如何呢?首先,于眼门,当可爱、可爱中舍、不可爱、不可爱中舍的色所缘中,任一净色被撞击时,即取彼所缘,以转向的作用为前导,折转有分而生起。于耳门等,亦是同理。显示巴利原文
Idhāpi cittassekaggatāniddese pavattiṭṭhitimattameva labbhati. Dve pañcaviññāṇāni, tisso manodhātuyo, tisso manoviññāṇadhātuyo, vicikicchāsahagatanti imesu sattarasasu cittesu dubbalattā saṇṭhiti avaṭṭhitiādīni na labbhanti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ vipākamanodhātuniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, aññatra uppattiṭṭhānā. Tañhi cittaṃ pañcaviññāṇānantaraṃ uppajjati. Idaṃ pana pañcadvāre vaḷañjanakappavattikāle sabbesaṃ pure uppajjati. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvāre tāva iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattaaniṭṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattesu rūpārammaṇesu yena kenaci pasāde ghaṭṭite taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā āvajjanavasena purecārikaṃ hutvā bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭayamānaṃ uppajjati. Sotadvārādīsupi eseva nayoti.
唯作意识界诸心显示巴利原文
Kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātucittāni
568 意识界生起……俱有喜:此心与他人不共,唯是漏尽者所独有。于六门中可得。于眼门,漏尽者见到适于精勤的处所,便以此心而生喜悦。于耳门,到达分配物品之处,当粗暴的人们大声叫嚷并抓取时,以此心而生喜悦:“如是贪欲已为我所断除。”于鼻门,以香或花供养塔庙时,以此心而生喜悦。于舌门,得到美味之食,分配而受用时,以此心而生喜悦:“可念之法确已为我圆满。”于身门,履行正行义务时,以此心而生喜悦:“我于身门的义务已得圆满。”如是,首先于五门中获得。显示巴利原文
568.Manoviññāṇadhātuuppannā hoti…pe… somanassasahagatāti, idaṃ cittaṃ aññesaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ. Khīṇāsavasseva pāṭipuggalikaṃ. Chasu dvāresu labbhati. Cakkhudvāre hi padhānasāruppaṃ ṭhānaṃ disvā khīṇāsavo iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Sotadvāre bhaṇḍabhājanīyaṭṭhānaṃ patvā mahāsaddaṃ katvā luddhaluddhesu gaṇhantesu ‘evarūpā nāma me loluppataṇhā pahīnā’ti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Ghānadvāre gandhehi vā pupphehi vā cetiyaṃ pūjento iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Jivhādvāre rasasampannaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ laddhā bhājetvā paribhuñjanto ‘sāraṇīyadhammo vata me pūrito’ti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Kāyadvāre abhisamācārikavattaṃ karonto ‘kāyadvāre me vattaṃ pūrita’nti iminā cittena somanassito hoti. Evaṃ tāva pañcadvāre labbhati.
于意门,则缘过去、未来而生起。如来曾忆念光辉护持青年、摩伽提婆王、黑仙人等时所行之事而展露微笑。这实为宿命智与一切知智的作用。当此二智的功用完成时,此心便由喜悦而生起。对于未来,如“此人将成琴师、鼓师、独觉”等,如来亦展露微笑。这则是未来分智与一切知智的作用。当此二智的功用完成时,此心同样由喜悦而生起。显示巴利原文
Manodvāre pana atītānāgatamārabbha uppajjati. Jotipālamāṇava(ma. ni. 2.282 ādayo) magghadevarāja(ma. ni. 2.308 ādayo) kaṇhatāpasādikālasmiñhi (jā. 1.10.11 ādayo) kataṃ kāraṇaṃ āvajjetvā tathāgato sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Taṃ pana pubbenivāsañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ kiccaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ hāsayamānaṃ uppajjati. Anāgate ‘tantissaro mudiṅgassaro paccekabuddho bhavissatī’ti sitaṃ pātvākāsi. Tampi anāgataṃsañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ kiccaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dvinna ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ hāsayamānaṃ uppajjati.
在广说中,由于此心较其他无因心更为强盛,心一境性被确立为定力,精进也被确立为精进力。然而在略说中,由于未提到“有定力、有精进力”,以圆满的力义而言,此二者不名为力。但因为此心是“非善非不善”,故仍称之为力而作安立。又因并非究竟意义上的力,所以在摄要中亦未说“有二力”。其余一切,应如喜俱无因意识界广说中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Niddesavāre panassa sesaahetukacittehi balavataratāya cittekaggatā samādhibalaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapitā. Vīriyampi vīriyabalaṃ pāpetvā. Uddesavāre pana ‘samādhibalaṃ hoti vīriyabalaṃ hotī’ti anāgatattā paripuṇṇena balaṭṭhenetaṃ dvayaṃ balaṃ nāma na hoti. Yasmā pana ‘neva kusalaṃ nākusalaṃ’ tasmā balanti vatvāna ṭhapitaṃ. Yasmā ca na nippariyāyena balaṃ, tasmā saṅgahavārepi ‘dve balāni hontī’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ somanassasahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātuniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
574 舍俱者:此心于三界中,为一切有心众生所共有,无任何有心众生不生起此心。生起时,于五门为确定心,于意门为转向心。六种不共智也凭借此心所取之缘而执取所缘。此心名为大象心,没有它不取的所缘。若问:“非一切知智而以一切知智为所依者,是何?”当答:“即此。”其余应如前一心所述的方法来理解。只是前者因有喜,故分析为九支行蕴;此处因无喜,故为八支。显示巴利原文
574.Upekkhāsahagatāti idaṃ cittaṃ tīsu bhavesu sabbesaṃ sacittakasattānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, na kassaci sacittakassa nuppajjati nāma. Uppajjamānaṃ pana pañcadvāre voṭṭhabbanaṃ hoti, manodvāre āvajjanaṃ. Cha asādhāraṇañāṇānipi iminā gahitārammaṇameva gaṇhanti. Mahāgajaṃ nāmetaṃ cittaṃ; imassa anārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi. ‘Asabbaññutaññāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇagatikaṃ nāma katama’nti vutte ‘ida’nti vattabbaṃ. Sesamettha purimacitte vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kevalañhi tattha sappītikattā navaṅgiko saṅkhārakkhandho vibhatto. Idha nippītikattā aṭṭhaṅgiko.
此刻,就善心而言的那八种大心,因在漏尽者中生起而转为唯作心,故应依善心广说中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Idāni yāni kusalato aṭṭha mahācittāneva khīṇāsavassa uppajjanatāya kiriyāni jātāni, tasmā tāni kusalaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
此处应将发笑心加以汇总。那么,这些心有多少呢?据说有十三种。凡夫以四种喜俱善心、四种喜俱不善心,合八种心而笑。有学以四种喜俱善心、两种与邪见不相应的喜俱不善心,合六种心而笑。漏尽者以五种喜俱唯作心而笑。显示巴利原文
Idha ṭhatvā hasanakacittāni samodhānetabbāni. Kati panetāni hontīti? Vuccate terasa. Puthujjanā hi kusalato catūhi somanassasahagatehi, akusalato catūhīti, aṭṭhahi cittehi hasanti. Sekkhā kusalato catūhi somanassasahagatehi, akusalato dvīhi diṭṭhigatavippayuttehi somanassasahagatehīti, chahi cittehi hasanti. Khīṇāsavā kiriyato pañcahi somanassasahagatehi hasantīti.
色界、无色界唯作显示巴利原文
Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyaṃ
577 577. 在色界、无色界唯作心的广说中,“现法乐住”即于现世——在此生之中——仅为安乐住。其中,漏尽者于凡夫时证得的等至,若未入他们至,则仍属善心;若入等至,则成唯作心。而于漏尽者时证得的等至,则唯是唯作心。其余一切,因与彼相似,应依善心广说中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
577. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyaniddesesu diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāranti diṭṭhadhamme, imasmiṃyeva attabhāve, sukhavihāramattaṃ. Tattha khīṇāsavassa puthujjanakāle nibbattitā samāpatti yāva na naṃ samāpajjati tāva kusalāva samāpannakāle kiriyā hoti. Khīṇāsavakāle panassa nibbattitā samāpatti kiriyāva hoti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ taṃsadisattā kusalaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.